A new BTS Collab event hosted by myself and @anyamaris
Proof. The up and coming hot new music company born from the dreams of seven friends: the wealthy Kim Brothers- Seokjin, Namjoon and Taehyung along with their half-brother Jungkook, their cousin Jimin and two friends from school, Yoongi and Hoseok.
Each of them are very dedicated to their careers, and yet, there is something lacking in all of their personal lives. While they created something together as a team, every one of them will have to face their own trials when it comes to matters of the heart.
*Links will be added as they're posted. Individual posting dates TBD
Title: Loosen up
Author: @colormepurplex2
Pairing: CEO!Namjoon x Personal Assistant!Reader
Genre(s): CEO AU; boss/assistant; Angst; fluff; Smut
WC: TBD
Summary: Namjoon is uptight, strait-laced, and far too serious. He knows it, his business partners and family know it, and, as his personal assistant, you know it better than any of them. So, what do you do when he asksâno, *begs*âfor you to help him loosen up a little?
Summary: Jin's life was structured around routine. He preferred it that way. A rigid businessman in public and private meets his match in a vivacious barista employed at the coffee shop he stops in at every morning. She flips his world on its axis and forces him to question everything he thought he wanted. But will he let her melt the ice around his heart and can love brew where it's least expected?
Title: Looking in
Author: @anyamaris
Pairing: CEO!Taehyung x Childhood Friend!Reader
Genre(s): Unrequited love; angst; smut
WC: TBD
Summary: Returning home after years at University, youâre eager to establish your own business and reconnect with your long time friends. Surprisingly, your childhood crush has developed into something more mature, but thereâs just one catch. Heâs in an arranged marriage with your best friend.
Title: Beautiful Mistakes
Author: @lo1k-diamonds
Pairing: Producer!Yoongi x Songwriter!Reader
Genre(s): Co-workers to lovers; Angst; Smut
WC: TBD
Summary: Yoongi wouldn't be caught dead meddling in people's lives, but once he sees you on that screen, he has to help you somehow. It's an impulse, a mistake. The kind that ruins everything for you. He can't undo it, but he can help you turn your life around, even if he can't tell you why.
Title: Rhythm reborn
Author: @moonleeai
Pairing: Lead Choreographer!Hoseok x Ex-girlfriend!Reader
Genre(s): Second chance AU; angst, smut, fluff
WC: TBD
Summary: You took a chance on love, but Hoseokâs relentless pursuit of success pulls you apart, leaving both of you tangled in loneliness. Yet, beneath the weight of pain and silence, a fragile hope flickersâa chance to rediscover the rhythm that connects the heart, offering a second chance at love.
Title: Promise
Author: @pars-ley
Pairing: Lead Lyricist!Jimin x Family Friend!Reader
Genre(s): Arranged marriage AU; love triangle; mutual pining; angst; fluff; smut
WC: TBD
Summary: Jimin has been a constant in your life ever since you can remember. He's the person you go to in times of need, the one you trust more than anyone and the one you fantasise about spending your life with. If you gave him the chance you know he'd jump at a life with you too. Sounds perfect, right? Just one problemâŚyou're betrothed to his cousin.
Title: Who...
Author: @mrsparkjimin18
Pairing: Idol!Jungkook x Older!Reader
Genre(s): Forbidden love/taboo; age gap reader; Smut; Angst
WC: TBD
Summary: You never expected to see him again â not like this. No longer a little boy, but a man. And not just any manâŚthe one you canât seem to ignore. Thereâs a line between your fates. Drawn by time, by age, by everything youâre supposed to be. But this â whatever this is â feels like the kind of choice that changes everything. If you take one step closer, there may be no turning backâŚ
Anya is live and ready to show you everything. Watch her strip, dance, and perform exclusive shows just for you. Interact in real-time and make your fantasies come true.
â Live Streamingâ Interactive Chatâ Private Showsâ HD Qualityâ Free Actions
Free to watch ⢠No registration required ⢠HD streaming
Idol!Kim Namjoon x Writer!ReaderÂ
AU: Idol, Friends to Lovers, Exes to LoversÂ
Rating: MA
WC: 9,271
â ď¸Warnings: unprotected sex, swearing
Story written for @lo1k-diamonds as part of the @bangtanwritershq Fic Exchange Event âMikrokosmos Music Boxâ
Music Box Song: Pied Piper
Summary: A showcase forces you back into the orbit of Kim Namjoon, the man who once loved you and then left you broken. Seeing him again reopens old wounds, but history unfolds, and he tries to explain his past mistakes, while you struggle between anger, hurt, and the part of you that never stopped loving him.
You tell yourself itâs just work.
Thatâs the only reason youâre here, standing in the back of a packed venue, press badge hanging around your collar like a shield. Your company assigned you to cover BTSâs comeback showcase, and refusing wasnât an option. You tried. God, you tried. But the moment your manager said his name, your stomach dropped in that old, familiar way you hate. You should have known better than to think distance could save you from him.
You thought you were past this. Past him.
The lights dim. The crowd screams. And then he walks out.
Kim Namjoon.
The man who once held your heart like it was made of glass, then shattered it without a backward glance.
You freeze. Your lungs collapse. You watch him claim center stage, every movement dripping with the confidence you once mistook for sincerity. The opening notes slash through you; your pulse surges. Of all the songs, itâs the one about temptation, about coming back when you know you shouldnât. About someone who canât resist him. It feels less like a performance and more like a summons.
You hate how fitting it feels.
He moves with confidence, charisma, every line dripping with that dangerous charm you once mistook for sincerity. The crowd eats it up. They always do.
But then his eyes sweep the room.
And land on you.
Itâs only a second. A flicker. A moment so brief you could pretend you imagined it.
But you didnât.
You know that look. You spent years memorizing it.
His expression doesnât change, but something sharp and knowing flashes across his face, like heâs amused. Like heâs calling you out. Like heâs saying, You still follow me, donât you?
Your chest tightens painfully.
You look away first.
You shouldnât have come. You knew this would happen. You knew seeing him again would rip open wounds you spent years stitching shut. But you thought you were stronger now. You thought time had dulled the ache.Â
Turns out you were wrong.
The song continues, but you donât hear it. Not really. All you hear is the echo of the past, his voice telling you he didnât have time for your feelings, that you were a distraction, that he needed space to focus on his career. You remember the way he walked away from you in that hallway, leaving you crying alone because he had a schedule to get to.
You swallow hard, bile rising in your throat.
Your mind takes you back to the night he looked at you with exhaustion on his face and impatience in his voice and told you, as gently as a knife, that you were asking too much.
Too much.
You had loved him through every late night, every missed call, every quiet apology that never quite became enough. You had told yourself love meant understanding, that being patient meant being good, that if you just gave him space, he would come back to you softer, surer, ready to choose you the way you had always chosen him.
Instead, he chose his work.
He chose his schedule.
He chose the door.
You remember standing in that hallway trying not to cry, trying to keep your voice steady while your chest felt like it was caving in.
âDo I matter to you at all?âÂ
And he had looked away.
Not because he was cruel. That almost would have been easier.
Because he was tired.
Because he was afraid.
Because he knew the answer would hurt you and said it anyway in a form that sounded kinder than it was.
âI canât do this right now,â heâd said. âI donât have time for this. Not with everything else on my plate.â
This.
As if your heart were an inconvenience.
As if your love were a problem that could be postponed until he had room for it.
âYouâre asking me to choose,â he had said then, voice low and sharp with frustration. âAnd Iâm telling you I canât. I need space. I need to focus.â
And you had stood there, shattered and silent, while he walked away.
You didnât even remember him turning the corner.
Only the sound of his steps fading.
Only the way your own breath had broken in your throat when the door finally clicked shut behind him.
Only the humiliation of being left there, in the same building as everyone elseâs dreams, with yours collapsing quietly in your hands.
Now, in the present, the same sensation claws its way up your throat.
You can feel the old wound reopening with brutal precision.
When the song ends, the crowd erupts. You slip out before the lights come back up, weaving through bodies, ignoring the way your heart rattles in your chest. You need air. You need distance. You need to get out before you do something stupid, like look at him again.
Outside, the night is cool, but your skin burns.
Youâre halfway to the parking lot when your phone buzzes.
A text from the one name you shouldâve erased, but never did.
Namjoon: You came.
You stare at the screen, heart pounding, anger and hurt twisting together until you canât tell them apart.
Of course, he noticed.
Of course, he reached out.
Of course, he still has the power to ruin you with two words.
You lock your phone without replying.
You tell yourself you donât care.
You tell yourself youâre over him.
You tell yourself he canât pull you back in again.
But as you walk away from the venue, your chest aches in that old, familiar way.
And you know, painfully, that the past isnât as dead as you wanted it to be.Â
The worst part is that some traitorous part of you still wants to follow wherever he leads.
Flashback
The first thing you learn about Namjoon is that he talks to the room when he thinks no one is listening.
Not in a grand, dramatic way. Not like heâs performing for himself. Itâs smaller than that. Quieter. A half-formed thought muttered under his breath while he rereads a line for the tenth time, or a soft exhale when he gets stuck on a melody and doesnât know yet that youâve already noticed.
The second thing you learn is that he likes it when you stay.
Not in any way he says out loud.
Just in the way his shoulders loosen when you settle into the corner of the studio with your laptop open. In the way he glances over at you before he makes another pass at a verse, as if your presence alone is enough to keep him from spiraling into his own head. You tell yourself itâs harmless, but it never feels harmless when he looks at you like that.
And, eventually, in the way he starts saving you the good chair without asking.
Tonight is no different.
You let yourself into the studio with a quiet knock, balancing a coffee carrier in one hand and a bag of convenience store snacks in the other.
Namjoon looks up from his desk and blinks once. âYou brought energizers.â
You set the bag down beside him. âYou sounded like a man who was about to become unbearable.â
He gives you a look. âIâm always unbearable.â
âExactly,â you say, slipping off your shoes and making yourself comfortable on the couch like you belong there, because by now, in the small, private world of this room, you almost do. âIâm preventing a disaster.â
He huffs a laugh and reaches for the coffee first. âYou know, most people bring encouragement.â
âIâm not most people.â
âNo,â he says after a beat, watching you over the rim of the cup, âyouâre not.â
The words land a little harder than they should.
You pretend not to notice.
Instead, you pull your laptop onto your knees and open the draft he sent earlier. âSo,â you say lightly, âare we working tonight, or are we just staring dramatically at the walls again?â
He swivels his chair halfway toward you. âI was thinking.â
âThatâs dangerous.â
âThatâs rude.â
âThatâs accurate.â
His mouth twitches like heâs trying not to smile. âYouâre in a mood.â
âYouâre the one who texted me at eleven-thirty like the fate of the universe depended on this chorus.â
âIt kind of does.â
You glance up. âIt really doesnât.â
âIt does to me.â
And there it is again, that pull in his voice, soft, certain, impossible to ignore.
The room is quiet after that. Not uncomfortable. Just⌠aware.
You look back down at the page before your face can give anything away. âFine. Play it.â
The rough track fills the studio, unfinished and stripped down, all raw edges and half-formed emotion. You listen carefully, eyes on the notes he sent, while he leans back in his chair and watches you like heâs waiting for a verdict.
When the song ends, you tap the screen with one finger.
âThis part,â you say, âis too careful.â
His brows lift. âCareful?â
âYouâre protecting yourself from the line right before it.â You tilt your head. âYou donât trust it enough to let it hurt.â
He looks at you for a long second. âYou make it sound easy.â
âItâs not easy,â you say. âItâs just honest.â
He leans forward, elbows on his knees. âYou say that like honesty never costs anything.â
You pause. You know heâs getting too close to the truth, and worse, you know heâs letting you. Thatâs the thing about him. He has a way of slipping a little too close to the truth when youâre not ready for it.
You meet his eyes. âI just think itâs worth it.â
He studies you like heâs trying to decide whether he believes you or not. Then, quietly, âYou always make me feel like Iâm missing something.â
âBecause you are.â
He gives a short laugh. âThere you go again.â
âAgain with what?â
âSeeing straight through me.â
You shrug, though something in your chest tightens. âYouâre not that hard to read.â
That earns a slow, skeptical look. âThatâs a lie.â
You smile into your coffee. âOkay. Maybe a little hard.â
His gaze lingers.
Not in a way that feels dangerous yet. Not exactly.
More like heâs getting used to how it feels to look at you and not want to look away.Â
You shift first, breaking the moment before it can become something else.
âBesides,â you say, turning back to the draft, âif you were easy to read, Iâd be out of a job.â
âThatâs what you think this is?â he asks.
You donât answer immediately.
Because there are easier answers than the truth.
So you give him the version thatâs safer.
âItâs what I tell myself.â
Heâs quiet for a moment after that.
Then he reaches over and steals one of the snacks from the bag, and the tension dissolves just enough for you to breathe again.
âYouâre impossible,â you say.
âYou came here anyway.â
âYes,â you reply, dryly. âFor the honor of being emotionally exhausted.â
He laughs, genuinely this time, and the sound stays in the room long after it fades. And you hate how quickly that sound settles into you, like itâs always had a place there.
For the next hour, you work in pieces. He plays a verse. You make a note. He argues with the note. You defend it. He pretends to hate your answer and then, five minutes later, uses it exactly as you suggested.
He doesnât mention it when he does.
He just plays it again, quieter this time, glancing at you like heâs waiting to see if you notice.
You do.
Of course you do.
âYou changed it,â you say without looking up.
âI didnât,â he replies immediately.
You lift a brow, eyes still on your screen. âYou literally did.â
Silence.
Then, a beat later, ââŚmaybe a little.â
You smile despite yourself.
He watches that, too.
And something in his expression softens in a way that makes your chest feel strangely warm.
It becomes easier than it should be.
Thatâs the problem.
Not the fighting. Not the teasing. Not even the way he watches you while you think.
Itâs how natural it feels to be here.
To exist in the same room without trying too hard.
To fill the silence without forcing it.
To understand when he needs space and when he wants company.Â
At some point, he gets up to stretch, rolling his neck with a tired grimace. âYou should go home soon.â
You glance at the clock. âThat sounded suspiciously like concern.â
âIt was.â
âWow,â you say. âYouâre getting sentimental.â
He snorts. âDonât ruin it.â
You stand too, reaching for your jacket on the chair. âIâd never.â
Youâre halfway to the door when he says your name.
Not sharply. Not urgently.
Just enough to make you pause.
You turn.
Heâs leaning against the desk now, one hand braced behind him, looking at you with an expression you canât quite name. Tired, maybe. Thoughtful. A little too open.
âWhat?â you ask.
He hesitates.
That alone is enough to make your stomach dip.
Then he says, âItâs too quiet when you leave.â
You blink, unsure whether you heard him correctly. âYou want me to stay?â
The question is casual. Too casual. You know it, and he knows it.
His gaze doesnât move. âI didnât say that.â
âYou implied it.â
âI didnât.â
You fold your arms, trying for lightness and failing just enough to feel the heat rise in your face. âNamjoon.â
He looks away first, which is somehow worse.
Then he says, more softly than before, âI just work better when youâre here.â
Your pulse gives a traitorous little jump.
You stare at him.
He stares at the floor like itâs suddenly fascinating.
There it is again. That feeling. The one that makes the air feel thinner. The one that keeps showing up more often lately, settling between you like a question neither of you knows how to ask properly.
You clear your throat. âThatâs a very polite way of saying Iâm your emotional support human.â
That makes him laugh under his breath, and the moment breaks before it can become too much.
âMaybe,â he says.
You reach for your bag. âI should probably be offended.â
âAre you?â
âNot yet.â
He pushes off the desk and walks you to the door, close enough that you can feel the warmth of him beside you, but not so close that either of you has to name it. In another life, maybe this would mean nothing. In this one, it means everything.
Outside the studio, the hallway is dim.
He stops beside you instead of stepping away right away, and that small hesitation makes something in your chest tighten.
âYou can come back tomorrow,â he says.
You arch a brow. âIs that an order?â
âNo,â he says, a little too quickly. Then, after a beat, âItâs⌠an invitation.â
The word hangs between you.
Soft.
Careful.
Loaded.
You let it sit there for a second before answering. âThen maybe I will.â
His expression changes so subtly you almost miss it.
Relief, maybe.
Or something close enough to scare you.
You look up at him and find him already watching you.
For one suspended second, neither of you move.
Then you lift a hand and tap two fingers against his chest, right over his heart, because you need to do something with the strange tenderness building in your throat.
âDonât get used to it,â you murmur.
His gaze drops to your hand, then returns to your face. âToo late.â
The answer is so soft you almost think you imagined it.
You pull your hand back first.
And when you walk down the hall, you realize something with a kind of terrible clarity.
You donât just like being in the room with him.
You like who you become there.
After that night, you start noticing things.
The way Namjoon waits for you to settle before he starts speaking. The way he glances at the empty side of the couch when youâre late. The way he remembers your coffee order without asking, the way he moves just a little slower when youâre standing too close, as if heâs giving you time to decide whether that closeness matters.
It does.Â
Thatâs the problem.
It matters too much.
You tell yourself itâs nothing. Habit. Comfort. Friendship stretching into familiarity.
But then he looks at you one evening over the rim of his coffee cup and says, âYouâre quiet tonight.â
You shrug, staring at the screen in front of you. âIâm always quiet.â
âNo,â he says, almost absently. âNot like this.â
You look up.
Heâs not teasing. Not really. Thereâs something softer in his expression now, something that makes your stomach tilt in a way you donât know how to name.
âYouâve been doing that a lot,â you say.
âDoing what?â
âLooking at me like youâre trying to figure something out.â
He freezes just enough for you to notice.
The air shifts.
He sets his cup down carefully. âMaybe I am.â
Your pulse gives a small, traitorous kick.
You keep your face neutral through sheer force of will. âAnd?â
âAnd what?â
You lean back in your chair, pretending you arenât suddenly too aware of the room, the silence, the fact that heâs watching you like heâs forgotten how to pretend not to.
âHave you figured it out yet?â
For once, he doesnât answer right away.
Instead, he looks at you for a long moment, and the quiet between you starts to feel less like peace and more like a line either one of you could cross if you were brave enough.
Then he says, very softly, âNo.â
Your breath catches.
The word is so simple. So careful.
But it lands like a confession anyway.
You open your mouth, then close it again.
Heâs still looking at you.
Still waiting.
Still not moving.
Neither of you is.
And that is somehow worse than if he had.
Later, when the room has gone dim and the studio lights have been turned low, you end up alone on the couch while he finishes one more version of the track. Itâs late. Too late. The kind of late that makes honesty feel easier than it should.
Youâre half-asleep when the music stops.
You hear his chair roll back. Hear his footsteps cross the room.
Then the cushion dips beside you.
You open your eyes.
Heâs close. Too close.
Not touching, but near enough that you can feel the warmth of him, the pull of him, the quiet attention he never used to let himself show this openly. It feels less like closeness and more like surrender.
âYou should go home,â he says.
You turn your head toward him. âYou first.â
He huffs a small laugh. âYouâre stalling.â
You donât deny it.
He leans back against the couch, one arm resting along the top of it, and the movement makes him look completely at ease in a way that is almost unfair. âWhatâs wrong?â
You stare at the ceiling for a second before answering.
âI donât know.â
Itâs the truth, which is irritating.
Because the truth is that something has changed, and you can feel it in every small silence, every glance, every accidental brush of shoulders. You can feel it in the way being here no longer feels like just friendship, but not yet something youâre allowed to name. You can feel the song in it, slow and impossible to stop listening to.
Namjoon is quiet.
Then, after a moment, he says, âYou can tell me.â
You almost laugh at that, because the problem is exactly that you do tell him things. More than you mean to. More than you should.
So when you turn to face him and find him already looking at you like that, careful and open and unguarded, the words come out before you can stop them.
âIt feels different lately.â
His eyes donât move.
âDifferent how?â he asks.
Your throat tightens.
You could lie. Make a joke. Change the subject.
Instead, because he deserves the truth and because youâre tired of pretending you donât feel everything too much, you whisper, âLike Iâm waiting for something.â
His expression shifts so subtly you almost miss it.
âWhat kind of something?â
Your heart is beating too hard now. You can hear it in your ears.
You look at him, really look at him, and realize heâs not asking carelessly. Heâs asking because he already knows the answer might change things.
That should scare you. It does, but not enough to make you back away.
You breathe in slowly. âI think you know.â
His gaze drops to your mouth for the briefest second.
Thatâs all it takes.
The room goes still.
The air between you feels charged, fragile, impossible to ignore.
He says your name, and it sounds different now. Lower. Rougher around the edges. Like heâs calling you closer before heâs even touched you.
Your pulse stutters.
You donât move.
You donât tell him to stop.
So he doesnât.
He leans in slowly, giving you every chance to pull away, and when you donât, his hand lifts to your cheek with impossible care. Your breath catches before he even touches you.
The kiss is soft at first.
Almost hesitant.
Like heâs testing whether this is real.
Then your hand slips into the front of his shirt, and thatâs all it takes to break the careful restraint heâs been holding in place. He exhales against your mouth, and the sound sends a shiver through you.
His other hand settles at your waist, warm through your clothes, anchoring you to him like heâs afraid youâll disappear if he doesnât keep hold of something.
You kiss him back harder.
Not desperate.
Not rushed.
Just honest.
It feels like a door opening slowly after being shut for too long.
Like every late-night conversation, every shared silence, every almost-moment has finally found its shape.
When he pulls back, itâs only enough to rest his forehead against yours.
Neither of you speaks right away.
The silence isnât empty anymore.
Itâs full of everything you just did not say.
âThis changes things,â you whisper.
His thumb brushes once, gently, at your waist. âI know.â
You swallow. âAnd if I panic?â
His mouth curves just slightly. âThen Iâll wait.â
That nearly undoes you. Because he says it like waiting is devotion, like staying is the same thing as choosing you.
You close your eyes for a second, trying to steady your breathing, but heâs still there, still close, still looking at you like youâve become the most important thing in the room.
When you open your eyes again, heâs watching you with something quiet and devastating in his expression.
Something hopeful.
Something scared.
And then he kisses you again.
This one is slower.
Deeper.
Less careful.
Itâs the kind of kiss that changes the shape of a friendship before either of you has words for what it means.
By the time you finally pull away, your chest aches with the force of how much you feel.
Namjoon doesnât move right away.
Neither do you.
Then, softly, he asks, âIs this okay?â
The question hits harder than the kiss did.
Because it isnât just desire.
Itâs trust.
Itâs choice.
Itâs him giving you room to say no, even now.
You look at him, this man who started as a work assignment, then became a friend, and now feels like home, and nod.
âYes,â you whisper. âItâs okay.â
His eyes close for just a second.
Relief passes over his face like heâs been holding his breath for weeks.
When he kisses you again, itâs fierce and hopeful, like a beginning or a beautiful disaster.
He doesn't stop. His hands slide down your sides, gripping your hips with a kind of reverent desperation, and then he's lifting you onto his lap.
"Namjoon-" you start, but his mouth is on your throat, teeth grazing the tendon there with just enough pressure to make you arch, and your words dissolve into a gasp. The warmth of him makes it impossible to remember why you ever resisted.
"Tell me to stop," he breathes against your skin, even as his hands are already pulling your shirt free from your waistband, fingers finding bare skin and making you shiver. "Tell me, and I will."
You don't. You reach for him instead, yanking at the buttons of his shirt until they give, until you can press your palms against the heat of his chest, feel his heart hammering against your touch.
He groans, and then he's between your thighs, pressing you back against the couch with his weight, and you can feel how hard he is through the layers still separating you. The friction makes your head fall back, your legs wrapping around his waist to pull him closer.
"Fuck," he whispers, his forehead dropping to your shoulder. "You feel⌠Damn, I've thought about this. I've thought about you like this."
"Show me," you challenge, and it comes out breathless, needy.
He does. His hands map your body like he's memorizing every curve, every sensitive place that makes you gasp. When he cups your breast through your bra, thumb brushing over the peak, you moan loud enough that he captures your mouth to swallow the sound.
The studio is too exposed, but you don't care. You're already reaching for his belt, fingers fumbling in your urgency, and he helps you, shoving his jeans down enough to free himself. He's thick and hot in your hand, and he moans against your neck when you stroke him once, twice, learning the weight of him.
"Wait," he pants, stilling your hand. "Wait, I don't-" He pulls back enough to meet your eyes, and his are blown wide, dark with want. "I don't have anything."
You still. You should care more. You should stop. But his thumb is tracing circles on your inner thigh, climbing higher, and your brain is fogging with need.
"I'm on the pill," you whisper. "And I'm clean. If you-"
"I am," he says immediately. He kisses you again, softer this time. "I want to feel you. Just you."
You nod, and that's all the permission he needs. He hooks his fingers in your underwear and pulls, the fabric tearing slightly in his haste, and then his hand is there, sliding through your wetness, testing how ready you are.
"Namjoon," you whimper, rocking against his fingers.
"You're soaked," he murmurs, almost wonderingly. "For me?"
"For you," you confirm, and then he's guiding himself to your entrance, the head of him pressing against you, and the stretch as he pushes inside is so good you forget how to breathe.
He goes slow, watching your face for any sign of discomfort, but you're clutching at his shoulders, pulling him deeper, and when he's fully seated inside you, you both exhale shakily.
"You okay?" he asks, his voice rough.
"Move," you demand, and he does.
He sets a rhythm that's almost brutal in its intensity, the couch creaking beneath you, your heels digging into his lower back to urge him on. Every thrust hits something deep inside you that makes sparks dance behind your eyelids, and when he reaches between you to press his thumb against your clit, you cry out his name.
"That's it," he encourages, his pace faltering as he chases his own release. "Let me hear you. I've wanted this⌠wanted you so fucking long."
You come apart around him, your orgasm crashing through you suddenly and overwhelmingly, your nails scoring his back as you ride it out. He follows seconds later, burying his face in your neck and groaning long and low as he spills inside you, the pulse of him intimate and claiming.
After, when you're both trembling and sweat-cooled, he holds you on that couch, your bodies tangled together. Namjoon doesnât move right away.
He keeps you tucked against him, one hand spread wide over your back, fingers absently tracing slow, uneven patterns like heâs still trying to memorize the shape of you. His other arm is wrapped around your shoulders, holding you close, not tightly, not like heâs afraid, just⌠securely.
Like heâs decided you belong there.
Your cheek is pressed to his chest, and his heartbeat is still a little fast, but steadier now. You follow the rhythm of it without thinking, your breathing slowly syncing with his.
For a long moment, neither of you says anything.
It doesnât feel necessary.
Your fingers drift lazily along his side, catching on the edge of his shirt where itâs bunched up, and you smooth it down without really thinking about it. The small, automatic gesture makes something in his chest shift.
He lets out a quiet breath.
âYouâre still here,â he murmurs, almost like heâs surprised by it.
You tilt your head just enough to look up at him. âWhere else would I go?â
He doesnât answer right away.
His gaze drops to your face, softer now than youâve ever seen it, unguarded in a way that would have terrified him a few weeks ago. His thumb comes up to brush gently under your eye, like heâs checking that youâre real.
âI donât know,â he admits. âI just thought⌠maybe it would feel different.â
âIt does,â you say honestly.
That makes his expression flicker, something uncertain passing through it. âYeah?â
You shift slightly, propping yourself up just enough to meet his eyes properly. âYeah. But not in a bad way.â
He studies you like that answer matters more than anything else you could have said.
âOkay,â he says quietly.
You watch the way his shoulders loosen, just a fraction, like heâs been bracing for something he doesnât have to face after all.
Your hand drifts up to his collar, straightening it where youâd pulled it out of place earlier. Itâs a small, almost domestic motion, and it makes him go very still beneath you.
âYouâre staring again,â you murmur.
âI know.â
âFigured anything out yet?â
His mouth curves faintly, but thereâs no teasing in it this time. âYeah.â
Your brows lift. âThatâs new.â
He huffs a soft breath, eyes flicking between yours like heâs choosing his words carefully. âI thinkâŚâ He pauses, then starts again, quieter. âI think I donât want this to be something we pretend didnât happen.â
Your chest tightens a little at that.
âGood,â you say, just as softly. âBecause I donât think I could.â
Something like relief passes through him again, deeper this time, more certain.
His hand slides up your back, settling at the nape of your neck, not pulling you in, just resting there. âStay a little longer,â he adds, almost like an afterthought, but not quite.
You donât tease him for it this time.
âOkay.â
The word is simple. Easy.
But it lands between you like a promise.
He leans in, pressing a slow, lingering kiss to your forehead, so different from before that it makes your breath catch anyway. Thereâs no urgency in it. No edge.
Just warmth.
Just him.
You let yourself sink back down against him after, listening to the steady rhythm of his breathing, the quiet hum of the studio equipment still running in the background.
At some point, his fingers find your hand and lace through it without asking.
At some point, your eyes drift closed.
And just before sleep pulls you under, you feel his grip tighten slightly, like heâs making sure youâre still there.
Like heâs not ready to let go yet.
Neither are you.
You shouldnât have replied.
You know that, and you spent the whole night pacing, telling yourself not to. But when Namjoon texted again â We should talk â something in you cracked. Curiosity, maybe. Anger. Or the part of you that still wanted answers, no matter how much you hated that it did.
Whatever it was, it got the better of you, and by the time you realized it, you were already following the pull of him like a warning you were never meant to resist.
Now youâre outside his hotel room, staring at the small number plaque by the door, your pulse hammering in your throat. You shouldnât be here. You promised yourself you wouldnât let him drag you back into his orbit.
And yet, here you are.
You knock once. The door opens almost immediately.
Namjoon looks different up close. Older. Sharper around the edges. Tired, in a way you donât remember. But his eyes, those warm, thoughtful eyes, are unchanged, and that hurts more than anything else.
âHey,â he says quietly.
You donât answer. You step inside instead, because if you linger on him too long, you might lose whatever nerve brought you here in the first place.
The room is dim, oddly familiar, and the sight of it pulls at something in your chest.
He gestures toward the chair. You stay standing.
âWhy did you want to talk?â you ask, folding your arms.
He hesitates, which is enough to put you on edge. Namjoon never used to hesitate.
âI wanted to explain,â he says. âAbout the song. About⌠everything.â
You let out a short, humorless laugh. âYou think Iâm upset about the song?â
He flinches. Good. Let him feel it.
He turns to his laptop and opens a file. A rough beat fills the room, stripped down and raw, far less polished than the version you just heard.
âI wrote it about someone I couldnât let go of,â he says softly. âSomeone I treated badly. Someone Iââ
âDonât,â you cut in. âDonât try to make this easier on yourself.â
His jaw tightens. âThatâs not what Iâm doing.â
âReally?â You take a step closer, anger rising fast. âBecause I remember exactly how it ended. I remember you saying you didnât have time for my feelings. That I was a distraction. That your career had to come first.â
He closes his eyes as if the words physically land. You want him to hurt, but even now, he still looks like heâs pulling you closer just by being sorry.
You keep going, because stopping now would mean breathing, and breathing would mean feeling.
âI remember crying in a hallway while you walked away because you had a schedule. I remember you choosing everything else over me. Every single time.â
Silence follows.
Heavy. Suffocating.
When he opens his eyes again, he looks wrecked.
âI know,â he says. âI know what I did. I know how badly I hurt you.â
You hate that part of you wants to hear more. You hate that any of this is getting through.
âI was selfish,â he says. âI was scared. I thought pushing you away would make things easier. For me. For my career.â He swallows. âI didnât realize I was destroying the one thing I actually cared about.â
You look away because the sincerity in his voice is too much to take in all at once.
Your hand closes around the strap of your bag. âI canât do this,â you say. âI canât let you ruin me again.â
You turn to go, but his hand catches your wrist. not hard, not forceful, just desperate.
âDonât,â he says, and his voice cracks.
âLet go,â you snap, even though youâre not pulling away.
He doesnât.
Instead, he steps closer, backing you toward the door, and you can feel the heat of him, smell the cologne that used to cling to your sheets.
âI canât stop thinking about you,â he admits, forehead resting against yours. His hand slides from your wrist to your waist, careful, almost pleading. âI write songs about you. I dream about you. I wake up reaching for you, and youâre not there.â
âGood,â you say, though your voice shakes. âYou deserve that.â
âI do,â he says. His thumb moves in slow circles against your side. âI do deserve it. But Iâm still suffering. Every day without you is suffering.â
Your eyes sting. You blink hard, furious at the tears gathering there.
âThen why did you leave?â
âBecause I was a coward,â he says. His hand lifts to your face, cradling your jaw so gently it nearly undoes you. âBecause I thought I was protecting you from my life by destroying us. I was wrong. I was so fucking wrong, and Iâve regretted it every day since.â
His thumb brushes your lower lip.
Your breath catches.
âTell me to stop,â he whispers, the same way he did before. âTell me to let you go, and I will. Iâll never contact you again. Iâll let you hate me in peace.â
You should.
You know you should.
Instead, you grab his shirt and pull him down to you.
The kiss is angry, all sharp edges and pent-up frustration, teeth and breath and years of missing each other. You bite his lip hard enough to taste copper, and he groans into your mouth, hands sliding down to grip your hips and lift you.
You wrap your legs around his waist, your back hitting the door with a dull thud as he presses closer, every bit of restraint fraying at the seams.
Then he says your name, rough, wrecked, and you pull back before the moment can consume you completely.
His grip loosens as he lowers you, and for a second, he doesnât understand. You can see it in the way his expression shifts, confused, then cautious.
Then he sees your face.
And everything stills.
Not completely. His hands are still on you, his body still close, but the urgency has broken apart, replaced by something quieter. Something unsure.
âDonât,â you say, and your voice cracks. You hate that it does. You swallow and try again. âDonât say my name like that.â
âLike what?â he asks, careful now.
âLike you remember me,â you say, your chest tight. âLike this is familiar. Like we can just fall back into it.â
His jaw tightens. âIt is familiar.â
âThatâs the problem.â
The words land hard.
He eases back just enough to look at you properly, his hands loosening as if heâs forcing himself not to hold on too tightly.
âYou think this is just habit?â he asks.
âI think,â you say, struggling to keep your voice steady, âthat you donât get to touch me like nothing happened.â
That gets to him.
You see it in the flicker across his face, not anger, not defense, just pain.
âNothing happened?â he repeats softly.
âYou left,â you snap, and the crack in your control finally shows. âYou walked away like I was something you could come back to later. Like Iâd still be here when you decided you were ready.â
âI didnâtââ
âYou did.â Your voice rises before you can stop it. âYou made that choice for me. You didnât ask. You didnât fight. You just decided I was expendable.â
His face tightens like the word hit too close.
âDonât rewrite it like I didnât care,â he says quietly.
âThen what was it?â you demand. âBecause from where I was standing, it looked a lot like you choosing everything else over me.â
âI was trying to keep you from getting hurt.â
You laugh, bitter and sharp. âYou donât get to say that.â
âItâs the truth.â
âYou hurt me anyway.â
The silence that follows is loud enough to feel.
His hands fall away.
âI know,â he says finally, and his voice is so quiet it almost breaks something in you. âI know I did.â
You shake your head and blink hard, furious at the tears threatening to spill.
âI spent months,â you whisper, âthinking I wasnât enough for you. That if I had been easier, quieter, less demanding, you wouldâve stayed.â
His head snaps up. âDonât.â
âBut itâs true,â you say, voice shaking now. âThatâs what you made me believe.â
âNo.â His voice sharpens. âThatâs what I made you feel. Thatâs not the same thing.â
âIt is when youâre the one living it.â
He drags a hand through his hair, pacing once like he needs movement to survive this conversation.
âI didnât leave because you were too much,â he says. âI left because you were too important.â
You stare at him. âThat doesnât make sense.â
âIt does when youâre me.â
And for the first time, he doesnât look composed. He doesnât look in control.
He looks like a man who made the worst decision of his life and has been carrying it ever since.
âI knew,â he says, voice rough, âthat if I stayed, I would choose you. Every time. Over sleep. Over work. Over everything Iâd spent years building.â
âAnd that was a bad thing?â you ask.
âAt the time?â He shakes his head. âYeah. Because I didnât know how to have both. And instead of learning, I ran.â
Itâs not pretty. Itâs not romantic.
Itâs just honest.
âI thought letting you go would hurt less than failing you,â he says. âI thought if I ruined it myself, it wouldnât fall apart later.â
Your chest aches.
âThat wasnât your choice to make,â you whisper.
âI know that now.â
You look at him, this man who once felt like everything, then nothing, and now something dangerously in between.
âYou donât get to come back and pick up where we left off,â you say.
âIâm not asking to.â
âThen what are you asking for?â
He hesitates, and somehow that hurts more than anything else.
âAnything,â he admits. âEven if itâs just you not looking at me like Iâm a stranger who ruined your life.â
Your throat tightens.
âYou didnât ruin my life,â you say.
âI ruined us.â
You donât argue.
Because he did. And he knows it.
âI donât know how to forgive you,â you admit, barely above a whisper.
âI donât know how to forgive myself either,â he says.
For a moment, neither of you moves.
Then he adds, quieter, âBut I want to try.â
Your heart does the worst possible thing and softens.
âI should go.â
He doesnât stop you. He just watches you with those tired, devastating eyes.
You leave anyway.
And this time, you feel him watching you all the way down the hall.
You leave him with all the words he should have said years ago.
By the time you reach the elevator, your chest is tight with the one truth you didnât want to admit.
Youâre not over him.
And that terrifies you more than anything.
You didnât expect silence to hurt this much.
After storming out of the hotel, you thought youâd feel relief. Freedom. Vindication.
Instead, the quiet that follows is suffocating. Every hour without a message from him feels like a reminder of the past, of how easily he once let you slip through his fingers.
You tell yourself itâs better this way, you donât care.
You tell yourself youâre done.
But the truth sits heavy in your chest. Youâre not done. Not even close.
Only three days pass before you see him.
Not in person, on your phone screen. A livestream. You shouldnât click it. You know better. But your thumb betrays you, and suddenly heâs there, smiling for millions, looking like the world hasnât shifted off its axis.
Except⌠somethingâs wrong.
His smile doesnât reach his eyes. His voice is softer, strained. He keeps losing his train of thought. He laughs at things that arenât funny. He looks like a man trying to hold himself together with shaky hands.
Then someone asks him a question in the comments. You donât see what it is, but you see the way he freezes.
He looks down. Breathes in. And says, âSometimes the person you hurt the most is the one you wanted to protect.â
Your heart stops.
He doesnât say your name. He doesnât have to. You feel the words like a bruise pressed too hard. It sounds less like an answer and more like a plea meant only for you.
You close the stream when itâs over and try to convince yourself it means nothing.
But when the doorbell rings an hour later, you already know who it is.
You open the door, and there he stands, hoodie, cap, mask pulled down just enough for you to see the exhaustion etched into his face. He looks nothing like the confident man onstage. He looks⌠wrecked.
âCan we talk?â he asks, voice low.
You should say no. You should protect yourself.
But you step aside.
He enters slowly, like heâs afraid heâll break something just by breathing. You donât offer him a seat. You donât offer him comfort. You just cross your arms and wait. And still, even now, he moves like he expects you to follow him somewhere.
He takes off his cap, runs a hand through his hair, and exhales shakily.
âIâm sorry,â he says.
You blink. âFor what? The song? The studio? The rumors? Or the part where you broke me years ago and pretended it was necessary?â
He flinches. âAll of it.â
You donât respond. You want him to keep talking. You want him to bleed the truth.
âI was selfish,â he says. âI was scared. I thought if I let myself love you the way I wanted to, Iâd lose everything Iâd worked for. So I pushed you away. Cruelly.â
You swallow, throat tight.
âI told myself it was for the best,â he continues. âThat youâd be better off without me. That I was protecting you.â
You laugh, a sharp, broken sound. âYou werenât protecting me. You were protecting yourself.â
He nods, eyes shining with something raw. âI know. I know that now.â
Silence stretches between you, heavy and trembling.
He steps closer, not enough to touch, but enough that you can feel his warmth.
âI never stopped thinking about you,â he says. âNot once. Not for a day. And when I saw you at the showcaseâŚâ His voice cracks. âI realized I still want you. I stillââ
âDonât,â you whisper. âDonât say things you canât follow through on.â
He shakes his head. âIâm not that person anymore. Iâm not the guy who walked away from you in that hallway. Iâve grown. Iâve changed. Iâve learned what I lost.â
You look away because the sincerity in his voice is dangerous. It pulls at the parts of you that still ache for him.
He takes a breath. And then he says the words you never expected to hear.
âIf you tell me to leave, I will. For good. I wonât text. I wonât call. I wonât show up again. Iâll disappear from your life completely.â
Your chest tightens painfully.
âBut if thereâs even a small part of you,â he continues, voice trembling, âthat wants to try again⌠Iâll do whatever it takes. Slowly. Carefully. On your terms.â
You stare at him, this man who once shattered you, now standing in your living room, looking like heâs the one breaking.
You donât know what to say.
You donât know what you want.
You only know one thing:
This is the first time heâs ever given you a choice.
And that terrifies you more than anything.
You donât answer him right away.
You canât.
Your mind is a storm, memories, wounds, longing, fear, all crashing into each other until you canât tell where one ends and the next begins.
Namjoon stands in your living room like heâs waiting for a verdict. Like he already knows he might not survive it. Whatever it is, it has you listening again.
âSay something,â he whispers.
You sit down because your legs wonât hold you anymore. He stays standing, as if he doesnât think he deserves to be on the same level as you.
âYou hurt me,â you say quietly.
He nods. âI know.â
âNo,â you continue, voice trembling. âYou didnât just hurt me. You broke me. You made me feel small. Replaceable. Like my feelings were an inconvenience.â
His eyes shine, but he doesnât look away. âI know.â
âYou walked away when I needed you most.â
âI know.â
âAnd now youâre here⌠asking me to trust you again.â
He swallows hard. âIâm asking you to let me earn it.â
Silence.
You study him, really study him.
The exhaustion.
The regret.
The way heâs holding himself, like heâs afraid to breathe too loudly.
Heâs not the boy who hurt you.
But heâs still a man who did.
âWhy now?â you ask. âWhy after all this time?â
He takes a shaky breath. âBecause I finally understand what I lost. And because seeing you again made me realize I donât want to spend the rest of my life pretending I donât love you.â
Your heart stutters.
He steps closer and slowly kneels in front of you. Not dramatic. Not romantic. Just honest.
âIâm not asking you to forget,â he says. âIâm not asking you to pretend the past didnât happen. Iâm asking for a chance to do better. To be better. For you.â
You look down at your hands, trembling.
âNamjoon,â you whisper, âIâm scared.â
âI am too,â he admits. âBut Iâd rather be scared with you than safe without you.â
The words hit you like a punch, not because theyâre perfect, but because theyâre real. Raw. Unpolished. Nothing like the rehearsed lines he used to give you.
You take a long, unsteady breath.
âI canât go back to what we were,â you say.
âI donât want what we were,â he replies. âI want something new. Something healthy. Something we build together.â
You close your eyes.
You think about the hallway where he left you crying.
You think about the years you spent trying to forget him.
You think about the way he looks tonight, broken, remorseful, changed.
And then you think about the truth youâve been avoiding:
You love him.
You never stopped.
When you open your eyes, heâs watching you like youâre the only thing in the world that matters.
The silence stretches between you, heavy with everything unsaid. He's still kneeling before you, your hand in his, and you realize you've been holding your breath.
"Come here," you whisper.
He doesn't hesitate. He rises and sits beside you on the couch. Not touching, giving you space, giving you choice. But his eyes never leave yours, and you can see the want there, banked and respectful but burning nonetheless.
You reach for him. Your hand trembles as you brush his hair back from his forehead, trace the line of his jaw, the familiar territory of his face that you thought you'd never map again.
"I don't know how to do this," you admit. "I don't know how to trust you again."
"Then don't," he says softly. "Not yet. Let me earn it."
He leans in slowly, like heâs giving you time to stop him, and presses a kiss to your cheek. Then your jaw. Then the corner of your mouth. Each touch is a question.
You hesitate. Then turn your head and meet him halfway.
This kiss is different from all the others. Careful. Uncertain. Two people feeling their way through something fragile. His hand comes up to cup the back of your neck, thumb brushing along your jaw, and when you part your lips, itâs not surrender, itâs permission.
"Can I?" he murmurs, pulling back just enough to search your face. "I want to touch you. But only if you're sure."
You swallow, heart racing.
"I'm not sure," you admit.
He stills immediately.
"But I still want this," you add, quieter. "Right now. With you."
Something in his expression softens, relief, restraint, something deeper.
"Okay," he says. "We go at your pace."
He stands, offering his hand instead of pulling you in.Â
You lead him to the bedroom, your heart hammering against your ribs. This feels monumental yet terrifying. When you reach your room, he closes the door behind you and turns to face you in the moonlight filtering through the curtains.
"You're sure?" he asks, and his voice is rough with restraint. "We can wait. We can go slow. I can just hold you, if that's what you need."
You step closer, your hands finding the hem of his shirt. "I need you to touch me like you used to. Like I'm yours."
"You are," he says, his voice breaking. "You've always been."
He lets you pull his shirt over his head, and then he's doing the same to you, his fingers brushing your skin with such delicacy that you shiver. He unhooks your bra with ease, but his hands shake as he cups your breasts, his thumbs brushing over your nipples with worshipful care.
"Beautiful," he murmurs, bending to take one into his mouth. "I've missed this. Missed you."
You arch into his touch, your fingers threading through his hair. When he straightens, he's unbuttoning your jeans, sliding them down your legs along with your underwear, and then he's kneeling again, pressing kisses to your hip bones, your thighs, the sensitive skin of your inner knees.
"Namjoon," you gasp when his mouth finds your center, his tongue tracing you with devastating precision. You grip his hair, your legs trembling, and he holds your hips steady, eating you like he's starving, like he's been waiting years for this taste.
When you come, it's slow and deep, rolling through you in waves that make your toes curl. He rises, wiping his mouth with the back of his hand, his eyes dark with satisfaction.
"I could do that all night," he says, his voice rough. "Just let me make you feel good."
"I want you inside me," you tell him, reaching for his belt. "I want to feel you. All of you."
He helps you undress him, and then he's guiding you back onto the bed, settling between your thighs. He reaches for his wallet, pulling out a condom, but you stop him.
"I'm still on the pill." The words hang between you, heavy with meaning. "If you want-"
"I want," he says, his voice thick. "I want everything with you. Always have."
He enters you slowly, inch by inch, watching your face for any sign of discomfort. But you're wet and ready, your body welcoming him home, and when he's fully sheathed inside you, you both exhale shakily.
"Okay?" he asks, his forehead pressed to yours.
"Yes," you whisper. "Move, Joon. Please."
He does, setting a rhythm that's slow and deep, each thrust deliberate, his hands roaming your body like he's relearning every curve, every place that makes you gasp. He kisses you constantly, your mouth, your throat, your shoulders, whispering apologies and promises between breaths.
"I love you," he gasps, his pace faltering as he gets close. "I never stopped. I'm so sorry. I'm going to spend forever making this up to you."
"Just love me," you tell him, wrapping your legs around his waist to pull him deeper. "That's all I need."
You come together, your orgasms cresting in tandem, his name falling from your lips like a prayer as he spills inside you, hot and claiming. He collapses beside you, pulling you into his arms, your bodies tangled.
"I've got you," he whispers against your hair, his hand stroking your back in soothing circles. "I'm not going anywhere. Not ever again."
You believe him. You truly believe him.
And as you drift to sleep in his arms, you know that this, this fragile, terrifying, beautiful thing, is only the beginning because somewhere beneath the gentleness of his touch is that same pull that once led you astray, the knowing promise that if he calls, youâll follow.
Later, youâll tell yourself you should have been stronger, should have resisted the way he wraps his voice around your doubts and turns them into devotion, but tonight, with his breath warm against your cheek and his fingers tracing quiet patterns at your spine, you let yourself sink into the spell of him, aware and helpless and willing.
âť Petals & Ink
âł Singer&TattooShopOwner!Jimin x TattooApprentice!f.Reader
⤠Hanahaki Disease, Tattoo Shop AU
⤠Brother's Best Friend | angst, fluff, eventual smut
⤠Rating: MA
⤠WC: ~7,499 (ongoing)
⤠Summary: You once thought unrequited love was a thing of fiction books and heartache ballads. Now, itâs your reality. He sees you as nothing more than his best friendâs older sister; you see him as your ultimate demiseâŚone bloody petal at a time.
â ď¸Crass language, blood, thoughts of death/dying, more to come!
Each chapter will have specific warnings listed.
Chapter 1. Fresh Ink
Chapter 2. Pretty Petals (coming soon)
Story is in progress.
A/N: This is written for the @bangtanwritershq 2nd Quarter Writing Event, The Secret Garden. This story takes place in the same universe as As Fate Would Have It and features recurring characters/plots/themes from that story.
A/N: Thank you to @moonleeai @downbad4yoongi for their unfailing beta services!
Can also be found on:Â Ao3Â |Â Wattpad
â Â Back to Main Master List
ÂŠď¸ Â 2026-06 ColorMePurplex2
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter contains mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: mentions of the assault, cursing, cigarettes, explicit content: nipple play, oral sex (female receiving), lube, protected sex
âword count: 9.3k
âa/n: only two chapters left, I can't believe it's almost over :') thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Friday, November 13th
You lie with your head against Jungkookâs chest, his heartbeat a steady melody in your ear. Itâs almost enough to lull you to sleep, but itâs still early, and tonight is the last night you have with him. Youâre watching a movie in your hotel room, lying in bed scarcely dressed, yet you canât focus on the movie.
The clock is ticking, and dread has been slowly taking over you, so thoroughly you barely talked today. Jungkook doesnât seem to be faring any better than you are, and heâs held you all day as you spent it in bed.
Earlier this week, you went to stay at his house for a while. But it was hard, even though people donât show up at his door like they used to before. The proximity of the alley made you uneasy, until you found out that they tore down the whole alley to make room for a new condominium complex.
The place your assault took place doesnât exist anymore. Like the assault never happened anyway, like it happened in an alternate universe, and itâs strangely catatonic. Youâd imagined youâd feel cathartic about it, but you just donât feel⌠anything. Truth be told, youâve never really felt anything about the assault in and of itself. It always was like it happened to someone else.
The only thing that lingered for a while was your uneasiness when it came to being with Jungkook, and so youâve given yourself a week to experience how it feels to be with him. But you havenât really gone outside, and no rumors sparked about you and him. No one knows that youâre with him, and so the uneasiness feels distant.
Yet, youâre aware it will come back to slap you in the face if you do try to make things work with Jungkook. And maybe thatâs why youâve been dreading tomorrow. Indeed, youâve been dreading the end thatâs been drawing itself for you and Jeon Jungkook, despite the idyllic moments youâve shared all week.
It makes it so much harder that heâs been everything youâve always dreamed of in a relationship this week, taking care of you better than anyone ever has. He cooked for you again when you were at his house, he holds you every night as you fall asleep, he lets you talk for hours about your ideas for the fantasy book without interrupting, letting you bounce from one thing to the other like itâs not annoying⌠He washes your hair, washes your back and most of all, he makes love to you like no one has before.
Heâs a dream in the form of a man. And this week, youâve allowed yourself to believe heâs yours. From this moment on to the end of line. But though youâve always been a hopeless romantic, one thing your assault did do to you is turn you into someone realistic.
And a relationship with Jungkook is not sustainable. Not with the distance. Not with what happened the last time you were in a relationship with him, even though you never called it what it was. At least thatâs what youâve been telling yourself all week. Every moment of every day, youâve just been trying to commit everything to memory. To write it all down in the pages of your mind, to revisit when youâre gone.
When youâre back home, on the other side of the world. Because you canât risk being with him again. Not when you almost died the first time.
Your heart strains in your chest, and you shut your eyes, nuzzling your face in Jungkookâs neck. He wraps his arm around you tighter, kissing your forehead.
âEverything okay?â he asks, his voice barely above a whisper.
You nod, but itâs weak. âIâm leaving tomorrow.â
Thereâs a long silence, and then he says, âI know.â
You search for words to say, for how to tell him that youâre scared. That you know youâre about to break the two of you again, and you feel horrible for it.
Itâs been more than a year. Last Wednesday, you spent the day at Jungkookâs house, remembering how it ended three-hundred-and-sixty-five days ago. And you donât think you have it in you to risk everything again. Even if that means losing him.Â
Youâre all over the place. Unable to focus on one thing or the other, because youâre terrified, yes, and despite everything, you donât want to lose him either. It makes it hard for you to figure out what to say, and Jungkook must sense that youâre struggling, because he speaks up in a gentle tone.
âIt doesnât have to end there, you know?â he says. âWe could try to make it work.â
You trace a circle on the skin of his chest, trying to focus on him. On this precious moment before the bomb drops, where the world holds its breath hoping destruction wonât come.Â
But destruction always comes. Everything is meant to be broken, after all.
âI donât think we should,â you reply.
You think you hear Jungkookâs heartbeat quickening. It starts hammering in your ear, a physiological response to the words you just said.
âWhy not?â
âI genuinely do not want to do long distance.â
Itâs not just that, but you canât bring yourself to say the full truth, yet. Like itâll make it all worse, all so much realer.
Jungkook shifts, his arm falling from around you. But you lay your hand flat on him, trying to keep him from getting away.
âThen what was this week for?â he asks as he stops moving.
Itâs bitter. So bitter you can taste it on your tongue.
âI just wanted us to enjoy each otherâs company before I leave,â you say. âWe never got to spend time like this together.â
âSo it has to end?â He chuckles. âI donât think Iâm following you.â
Even if itâs the last thing you want to do, you sit up, meeting his gaze. âJungkook, you canât tell me you want to do long distance.â
His eyes shine, unshed tears collecting on his waterline. âIâd do anything for you, Y/n. I donât care about the distance.â
You close your eyes again as a lump forms in your throat. Itâs big enough to choke you up, and breathing gets hard. The air that does get to your lungs burns, and you wish the universe would be kinder to you and Jeon Jungkook.
Havenât you gone through enough?
âBut I do,â you whisper. âI donât want to do the distance, Jungkook.â
âIâll move to where you live, then.â He says it with so much determination you allow yourself to believe it for a few seconds.
When those seconds pass, your eyes flutter open, and you meet his gaze once more. Thereâs a tear on his cheek, but he does nothing to dry it. So you reach forward, wiping it for him.
âYouâd give up your whole life here to move to America?â
âIf thatâs what it takes.â
But from the way more tears escape his eyes, you know heâs also realizing that itâs not possible.
He canât leave his group and his company. He has responsibilities here in Seoul, and you have responsibilities back home. You could try long distance, thatâs for sure, butâŚ
But you donât have it in you. Not when you know youâd be miserable.
You might be miserable regardless, but at least you had this week to get ready for the rest of your life without him.
âPlease, Y/n,â he whispers.
Youâre crying too. You wish you werenât, wish you could be strong tonight butâŚ
But you arenât. Youâre breaking, but youâre breaking together with him, and you wouldnât have it any other way.
âJungkook, you canât move out of Seoul, and I canât move hereâŚâ
âBut you could,â he says, frowning. He wipes his cheek angrily. âYou were here for a long time before.â
âI was on a visa, and I canât get the same visa again.â
âWe can figure it out.â
âI donât know, Jungkook.â
He pushes his hair back. âDonât run away from me again, Y/n.â He holds your gaze despite the fact that youâre both crying, and his features are blurry. âDonât.â
You canât look away. In truth, it would likely be possible for you to move here. ButâŚ
But youâre terrified at the idea of it. Of leaving behind your agent and your family, for good this time. You know you had a life here, a life you put on pause when you went back home and could just resume butâŚ
What if the trauma sneaks up on you while youâre here, though? What if itâs just waiting for you to get comfortable before it comes up to you, ruining the progress youâve made since last year? More than that, what if his fans get enough of you again when they find out youâre dating once more, and you get killed this time?
Though you donât remember the assault, and though you mostly feel catatonic about everything surrounding it, fear lingers. Being with Jungkook causes that fear. Or at least thatâs what youâve been telling yourself.
âItâs not about running away, Jungkook,â you gently say. Your heart reaches for his, and you think it finds it. You wrap it in a warm embrace, and you add, âThe last time we were together, I almost died. I canât live with the fear that it might happen again.â
There it is. The truth. The one where you stop pretending that itâs about the distance. Because in the end, you know the distance doesnât really matter. You know you and Jungkook would figure it out. But the fear⌠youâre not quite sure you can live with it. Not when it could trigger the trauma.
So the truth drops like a bomb on the bed between you and Jungkook, and you wait for the shockwave to destroy everything on its passage. You wait and wait⌠But it never comes. No. Thereâs a calm silence instead, and Jungkook melts, pulling you to his chest. He holds you tight, presses a kiss on the top of your head.
âI understand,â he says softly as he rocks you from side to side ever so gently. âButâŚâ he trails off, and you hear him gulp. âPeople donât come anymore,â he whispers. âAnd I could also move into an apartment in a safer building. Then you wouldnât have to be scared.â
You imagine it. You imagine building a home with him here, and itâs so beautiful you cry even harder.
âBut the danger will always be there,â you point out as tears keep pouring out of your eyes. âWhenever I step outside, Iâd be in danger.â
âIâll protect you,â he promises. âAlways.â
You chuckle, but itâs sorrowful, broken. âI know you would.â
He stops rocking you from side to side, instead rubbing your back soothingly as he holds you even closer. You hide your face in his neck, inhaling his familiar scent. âI could get you a dog,â he suggests after a few moments of silence. âA Doberman or something. To help you feel safer.â
âIâve always wanted to have a dog,â you admit, and your crying recedes, replaced by curiosity at this utopia heâs building for you and him.
âThen youâd get a dog.â His arms tighten around you, and he leans his chin on top of your head. âWeâd move to a safer place, and Iâd beat up whoever approaches you.â
âThat sounds excessive,â you say with another chuckle, but itâs not quite as sad this time. âWhat if itâs a friend?â
âWell, I wonât beat up Jennie or Hyunseok,â he replies. âBut I bet theyâll also help make you feel safe.â
âI know they would.â
He pulls back, just enough to glance down at your face. âLetâs try, Y/n. Letâs please give it a try.â
You suddenly become exhausted, looking into his beautiful eyes. Thereâs so much hope in his gaze and all you can feel is exhaustion. Like the tears that were running down your cheeks a second ago drained all of your energy, replacing it with deep fatigue.Â
You donât have any fight left in you. In truth, you didnât really have any to begin with. Youâd imagined Jungkook would just accept your decision â you donât know why you didnât consider the fact that heâd fight for you.
But it makes sense. After everything, it makes sense that Jeon Jungkook would fight for you. It fills your heart with peace, lessening the fear, and you sigh deeply.
âI donât know,â you let out as youâre still just holding his gaze.
You genuinely donât. Youâve spent the week trying to gather the courage to tell him you didnât want to try, and seeing that hope in his eyes takes away the limited amount of strength youâd gathered.Â
âYou donât have to give me an answer now,â he reassures you with a soft smile. âYou still have to go home tomorrow after all. But please think about it.â
That you can do. Because, even if you tell him no right now, even if you tell him you donât want to try, you know your mind will come back to this conversation for the rest of your life. Haunting you with the what if you said yes? What if you gave it a try and it worked? What if the fear stayed at bay, and you managed to finally be with Jungkook, for real this time?
You reckon, after everything youâve been through, youâd deserve it. Youâd deserve a happy ending, but youâre too tired to make a decision right now.Â
You need some time.
âOkay,â you let out. âIâll think about it.â He nods, and tears roll on his cheeks again. You dry them for him, your hands lingering on his face before they fall in the space between you again. âBut I genuinely donât know, Jungkook. I donât know if I want to move here.â
âThatâs okay.â He pulls you closer until youâre resting your head against his chest once more. âItâs a lot to ask for sure. I just want you to think about it.â
âI will,â you whisper. âI promise I will.â
You donât know how long you hug each other like this. You only know the movie youâve never paid attention to comes to an end on the TV, the credits rolling as youâre still holding each other, and you do feel at peace with this moment.
With the fact that youâre not ending things right now. Maybe itâs just pushing it back to a later time, but you canât bring yourself to care about it right now.
Not when you have less than twenty four hours before youâre going home. So when you do eventually pull away from the hug to find that Jungkookâs cheeks have dried on their own, his tears disappeared, you glance at his mouth.
It doesnât take you much longer than a heartbeat before youâre leaning in, pressing your lips on his. And Jungkook kisses you back desperately, one hand going to the back of your head and the other grabbing your jaw.Â
You scared him. You realize you scared the shit out of him as he kisses you like heâs never kissed you before. Like heâs trying to make every swipe of his lips count, in case itâs the last time he gets to kiss you.Â
And then heâs kissing down your neck, pausing at your perked nipples on your chest. He worships every inch of skin between your breasts to your pussy, leaving little love bites on the way down. He diverges to your scars, kisses each of them once, and then he keeps on heading down, until heâs breathing a warm breath on your clit after heâs pushed your panties to the side.
It doesnât take long before your legs are on his shoulders, and your hand is lost in his hair, pulling at the strands as he pushes his tongue into you. You moan, and you grind your hips on his face. He groans against you, and he makes out with you, pulling endless pleasure from you.
Heâs good at this. Has always been good at this, and you reckon heâs been made for you.
Jeon Jungkook has to have been made for you.
Then why is the universe so cruel to the two of you?
Jungkook only allows himself to bury his dick in you when youâve already come twice. And he only does so after having put a condom on, spurting a blob of lube on his dick, too. Heâs found out over the week of fucking with condoms on that you get uncomfortable with them, and so heâs been insisting on using an indecent amount of lube.
It works. Heâs been able to make you come with just his dick this week, and you really doubt anyone is ever going to make you feel like this again.
Jungkook fucks you slow, his shining gaze never looking away from yours. You get lost in his eyes, much like he gets lost in yours, and you try to ignore the occasional painful beating of your heart in your chest when you consider that youâre almost gone.
Your eyes flutter close when he kisses you then, so languid and deep that you forget youâre leaving at all. And when you open your eyes again, you look at each other with three little words written in your gaze.
You want to tell him. But at the same time, what if you canât do it in the end? What if you put the weight of those three little words on his shoulders without ever giving yourself to him in the end?
You canât do that to him. Even after he comes and you just lie in each otherâs arms, those three words a loud cry in your head, you still donât say it. You hold the words back, and so does he. You wonder, is he too haunted by them?
He must be. He has to be. His eyes truly hold the weight of them after all.Â
Youâre at peace. Youâre scared, but youâre also at peace. And though youâre not sure yet what decision youâll make in the end, you can say that it was all worth it. That spending this week with him was worth everything.
Heâll be the one, or the one that got away. And you really are at peace with it.
Thursday, November 19th
You stare at the words on the screen of your laptop. At the first sentence of this book youâve finally decided to write, and itâs like a weight has been lifted off your shoulders.
Unlike Atlas, youâve been allowed to put the world down, and you close your eyes, a smile pulling at the corners of your lips.
Itâll all work in the end, wonât it?
Your mother knocks on the doorframe of the office, startling you. Your eyes shoot open, and you look at her as she stands there.
âYou need to stop coming downstairs without telling me first,â you tease.
She leans against the doorframe, folding her arms on her chest. âYou live in my house, so get used to it.â
You glare at her, but you donât really mean it. She must see it in your eyes, because she pushes off the doorframe, walking in. She takes a look at your laptop, and a grin splits her face open.
âYouâre writing!â
You chuckle. âYeah, but I was just interrupted.â
She wraps her arms around you, leaning her chin on the top of her head.Â
âIn a land far, far away eons ago, a young princess jumped off a bridge into the sparkling water of a swirling river,â your mother reads out loud. âYou did make her a princess in the end?â
âFor now,â you reply. âI feel like it was the best option.â
It was also Jungkookâs pick amongst all of your ideas.
Your mother nods. âIâm so excited about this.â She shakes you from side to side. âItâs going to be a phenomenon.â
âYou say that about all of my books,â you say, laughing lightly.Â
âAnd Iâm right about it, too!â
You shake your head, but you canât help the way youâre smiling.Â
Your parentsâ support has always meant the world to you, after all.
âDad will love this, too,â your mother adds. âYou know heâs a sucker for fantasy.â
âHe said he wonât read fantasy anymore because heâs waiting for the rest of Game of Thrones to be released,â you remind her.
âWe both know that book is never coming.â She lets go of you, leaning against the desk instead to look at you. âAnd he reads all of your books. I know heâll make an exception for you.â
You know he will. In fact, you have no doubt that he will, because your father is like that. Heâll probably talk about it to everyone at the golf range too, and you already know youâll have to sign books for all of his friends.
He gets more excited about your books than you do, and you love it.
âHope it doesnât disappoint, then,â you joke.
Your mother glares down at you. âYour books never disappoint. You know that.â
âYes, yes.â
She seems unconvinced that youâre being genuine, but she lets it go, instead saying, âAre you having dinner with me tonight? Dad will be out with your uncle, so itâs just me.â
âI will,â you reply. âWhat time do you want me to come up?â
She glances at the time on your laptop. âIn two hours?â
You nod. âAlright. Iâll come up. But let me focus now. I really want to write something for Stella today.â
Your mother claps her hands excitedly. âShe will be over the moon.â
She will. She has been slowly pestering you about writing again lately, though you know itâs all in good fun.
You wave your mother goodbye as she starts to walk away, and she looks at you over your shoulder. âGood luck with writing. Iâll see you later.â
âSee you later, mom.â
In truth, you find you didnât need any luck. Indeed, it seems that brainstorming with Jungkook last week really worked, because you pound out nearly five thousand words before you have to go up for dinner, setting up the wartorn city.
Hence why the princess had to jump in the water, after all. Indeed, the neighbouring kingdom has invaded, and they killed her father, taking over the throne. Her mother helped her escape, not wanting her daughter to be forced to marry the new king.
Itâs a rough draft. You know youâll have to rework everything to make it work, but youâre excited to be writing again.
Youâve truly healed. More than you realized you had.
You find your mother in the kitchen as she finishes making a sauce to go along with the steak she cooked. She tells you to set the table, and you do so quickly, before helping her with bringing the food over.
âSo, how did it go?â your mother asks as you start eating,
Her steak is devilish, and you take a moment to appreciate the taste before you swallow. âIt went really well,â you tell her. âIâll write some more after dinner, and send it all to Stella before bed.â
âThatâs amazing.â Your mother takes a sip of water, and then adds, âIt must feel good to be writing again.â
You nod. âIt does. I thought it would be scary, but it isnât at all.â
âItâs because you love it,â your mother points out. âYouâve always shone the brightest when youâre writing.â
âThank you?â you say like a question, unsure if itâs a compliment.
âItâs true!â your mother insists. âI still have the stories you wrote by hand while you were in middle school somewhere. They were the start of a passion.â
âGosh, I do not ever want to see those,â you admit before taking a bite of the pasta she made along with the steak. The flavours melt on your tongue, and you widen your gaze. âThis shit is so good,â you tell your mother once youâve swallowed.
âItâs a recipe your dad has been bothering me about for a while,â she says. âIt got on my nerves, so I made it today because I know he wonât have some.â
âMom,â you let out before bursting out laughing. âThatâs petty.â
âHe deserves it.â
You snort, and then the conversation moves to your cousin Chelsea, who just found out sheâs pregnant with twins. After that, you talk about everything and nothing, staying at the table for a while even when youâve finished eating. Youâre sipping your glass of water when your mother almost makes you choke as she asks, âHave you made a decision about Jungkook?â
You put the glass down, coughing. âI said I donât want to talk about it.â
âWell, weâre having dinner, and itâs just us two, so you will talk about it.â
You stare at her, cocking an eyebrow. She doesnât back down though, and you end up sighing deeply, glancing down at your empty plate. âI still donât know, honestly.â
âHow come?â
You shrug. âItâs just⌠scary. I donât know if I want to move away from you and dad.â
âYou know weâre thinking about selling the house to move to a condo instead,â your mother points out, and a wave of nostalgic sadness flows through you.
Theyâve mentioned it a couple of times. You have a tendency to brush it off, mostly because you donât want to think that soon, your childhood house will become another familyâs to make memories in, but you know itâs coming.
âSo youâre going to have to move anyway,â she continues.
âI know.â You sigh again, and then you meet her gaze. âArenât you afraid that heâs dangerous for me, though?â
She frowns. âWhy would I be? He loves you.â
Your mother is not shy to tell you Jungkook loves you every occasion she gets. It never gets easier to hear.
âBecause I almost got killed because heâs famous,â you reply.
Your mother just holds your gaze for a little while. It seems like sheâs analyzing you, and your intuition is confirmed when she says, âHe was with you every day while you were in the coma last year,â she reminds you. âHe brushed your hair and cleaned your face every day. He talked to you, sang to you, and held your hand while we were sitting next to you. I have not for a single moment doubted that he believes you are the love of his life.â
âBut what if I get hurt again?â you whisper in a small voice.
âYou might get hurt walking down the stairs of the house,â your mother replies. âYou might get hurt while driving your car. If you wanted to avoid everything that puts you at risk, you would never leave your bed. Yet you still do.â
âI canât believe youâre not more scared than that.â
She purses her lips, tilting her head to the side. âOh, honey. I am terrified. But Iâm not going to be selfish and lock you in a room just because I donât want you to get hurt again. You deserve to experience life to its fullest, especially when it was almost taken from you. And I know Jungkook. He would do everything in his power to keep you safe.â
You know he would. Heâs made it clear before you left.
âI donât know,â you let out, and you cower away from her gaze, looking down at the table again. âI know that realistically, thereâs not a lot of chances of it happening again anyway. I wouldnât put myself at risk like that again. ButâŚâ
âBefore you continue,â your mother interrupts. âTake back what you just said.â
You frown. âHuh?â
âYou never put yourself at risk,â your mother says. âYou didnât know that that was going to happen. You couldnât have known. And you were in a city with a safe reputation. Donât blame yourself for what happened.â
You find your gaze growing wet all of a sudden. âMomâŚâ
âIâm serious,â she insists. âYou know I donât like when you make it sound like it was your fault, because it never was.â
âIâm sorry.â
She reaches towards you, grabbing your hand. âDonât be sorry,â she gently says. âJust donât make it seem like you had anything to do with what happened, because you didnât.â
You blink the tears away, nodding once. âOkay. Yes.â
She smiles at you, and then says, âSo, you were saying there isnât a lot of chances of it happening again?â
You nod. âYeah. Mostly because Iâd be more careful, but also because I know Jungkook would never allow it to happen. He said heâd get me a guard dog, mom.â
âIâm pretty sure heâd get you a lot more than a dog if you just let him.â
You know sheâs right, and your heart beats just a little faster in your chest at the thought.
âBut Iâm scared.â
âHoney.â She squeezes your hand. âWas it scary to start writing again?â
It was. She knows it was, and you already see where she is going with this. But you decide to let her finish her thought, mostly because you reckon you need to hear it.
âYes, it was,â you answer.
âAnd how did it go?â she asks.
âIt went well.â
She nods, smiling. âAnd why do you think that is?â
âBecause itâs my passion,â you reply. âBecause I love writing. Writing is what makes sense to me.â
âDonât you think he makes sense to you, too?â
You take a deep breath. âHe does. But itâs a lot scarier to be with him than to write, mom.â
âLove doesnât come without risk, ever,â she says. âI think you need to stop letting the fear stop you. You did it with writing, and it went well.â
âIâm not going to be killed by writing a book, though,â you point out. âThatâs like the least risky shit I could do.â
âFair,â she concedes. âBut youâre not going to avoid being in a relationship for the rest of your days because youâre scared either. You deserve to love and be loved.â
âIt wouldnât be scary with someone else, though.â
âBut would you love them?â she asks, and hell, you think you wouldnât. Your heart has belonged to Jungkook for far too long for it to ever belong to someone else. âI doubt you would.â
âSo you think I should do it? I should risk it all to be with him?â
âYes,â she says without a doubt. âHe is so in love with you. Love like that only comes once in a lifetime. You donât want to lose it.â
You really donât. Youâve never wanted to lose it, but youâve also always believed that, even if you werenât together, Jungkook would still love you. So you wouldnât lose the love in the end, even if you never shared it. But then againâŚÂ
You look at the kitchen of your childhood house. You take it all in â the memories of happy family dinners, of your parents dancing in the kitchen when they thought no one was looking. Of your parents kissing and you and your brothers pretending to throw up because you were too young to understand what love was. You think about when they celebrated their thirtieth wedding anniversary two years ago. You think about the love you were fortunate to grow up witnessingâŚ
Your parents are soulmates. Youâve never doubted it, not for a second. Theyâre the reason why you became a hopeless romantic. Youâve always believed youâd find your person too, like they found each other.
And it occurs to you that youâve found your person a while ago, in the basement of a fancy club in Gangnam. Youâve found your person in a starry gaze and a sleeve of tattoos. Youâve found your person in the scariest time of your life, too.Â
Because he was there for you through it all. He stuck with you, through thick and thin, through sickness and health, through life and death. But you pushed him away, because youâre terrified.
Youâre terrified, yes, but you also love him. More than you even thought it was possible to love someone. And your mother is right â you would never be able to love someone again. And you doubt you want to live a life of celibacy, even though you think there is some sort of peace to such a life.
There is much more peace in the arms of the man that you love. In his sweet smiles and gentle kisses.
In the way he chose you, over everyone else.
âShould I just say fuck it and go back to him, then?â
Your mother laughs. âYes. You should say fuck itââ she winces at the curse word â âand tell him you love him and that heâs worth the risk. He needs to hear it.â
He does. You reckon he does, and you need to tell him, too. To finally accept that, though it might be the scariest thing youâll ever do, itâs also going to be the thing making you the most happy in the end.
At the end of the line, when youâll look back on the life youâll have had the chance to live with him, you doubt it will matter that you were scared. And even if something does happen, at least you will have given you and him a try, and youâll go without regrets.
âI need to talk to him,â you declare.
Your mother nods. âDo it.â
Friday, November 20th
Jungkook is sitting on the bench in his home gym, watching Jennie and Taehyung at the squat rack. Though he isnât really paying attention to them â heâs been lost in thoughts of you since last week, anxious at the fact that you havenât reached out since you went home.
Heâs giving you space, though. You asked for it, and he said heâd give you time and space to think. And even though youâve only been gone since last Saturday, itâs been getting harder and harder to live with your silence.
Heâd rather you just pull the band-aid off right away if you donât want to give it a try. Because the wait is tiring, and he hasnât been able to focus on anything since you left.Â
âDid you want to do some squats too?â Jennie asks.
Jungkook raises his head, only then noticing that sheâs walked over to him. Taehyung is at the mini fridge, and he comes back with water for himself and Jennie.
âNah, Iâm all good,â Jungkook replies.
Jennie slightly frowns, looking at him like she wants to say something. Jungkook waits for it, but it never comes. Instead, she drinks from her bottle, and then says, âWell, weâll do some cardio now.â
Jungkook nods, and they walk over to the treadmill and elliptical machine he got recently. Jennie takes the treadmill, Taehyung choosing the elliptical, and Jungkook looks away, pulling at his piercings.
He stays for about a minute more before feeling the need for air, and he goes upstairs, to his inner yard. He hasnât really smoked cigarettes in a hot minute, but this week, heâs fallen back into old habits.
The smoke in his lungs helps with the stress. More than it should, and he smokes a full cigarette, shivering in the cold day â today has been uncharacteristically cold â before going back downstairs, though he avoids the gym and heads to the studio instead.
He sits in front of the monitor, moving the mouse around so that it turns on. Itâs still on the last thing he was doing, and Jungkook closes the article, opening the software in which he produces his songs.
The article was about Sara. About how she beat cancer and is back to modelling now, and though heâs happy for her, they havenât talked in a year, and he has no intention of talking to her even now. Especially not now, when heâs just waiting for you to come back to him.
If you ever do.Â
The software finishes booting up, and he clicks on the last song heâs been working on, titled âBefore You Goâ for now. He isnât sure if heâll end up naming it something else when heâs done with it, but he feels like the âBefore You Goâ part at the beginning of the chorus sticks out the most, and so he gave it the title.
The song starts playing. Itâs just the guitar track right now, as heâs yet to figure out how to record the lyrics. He glances behind, trying to see past the open door of the studio to the gym to see if Jennie and Taehyung are done working out. He obviously canât see shit, and so he gets up, walks over to the door and manages to spy them still on the treadmill and elliptical.Â
So Jungkook shuts the door, walks back to the computer to press play on the record button for the mic, and he grabs the paper with the lyrics before walking into the recording room. He pulls out earbuds from his gym shorts, putting them on quickly, and then he settles in front of the mic.
He takes a deep, steadying breath, and then he presses play on the guitar track on his phone, and he starts singing.
He didnât really need the paper with the lyrics. At first, he refers to it every few seconds, but as the song progresses and he hits the first chorus, his eyes flutter shut and he lets himself sing. And he sings with the emotions in his chest, with the fear that you might never come back to him. Itâll make for a sad song. Though he reckons the lyrics of this song are the most heartbreaking of this album, so it makes sense.
Nightmare was hard to record because of the trauma that it refers to. But Before You Go⌠itâs a cry for you. And he hopes you can hear it, from where you are on the other side of the world.
He finishes singing, surprising himself that he did it in one go, and he turns the music off on his phone, opening his eyes to see Jennie staring at him from the other side of the window. It startles him, and he curses loudly into the mic, which only makes her burst out laughing.
He walks out of the recording room, pressing pause on the mic. Heâll have to cut the audio to make it fit with the guitar track, but Jennie is sitting in the chair in front of his computer, so itâll have to wait.
âThat was a pretty song,â she says as heâs putting his earbuds back in the case. âBut itâs really fucking sad.â
âWell, they say to sing about what you feel, soâŚâ
Jennieâs features turn apologetic, and Jungkook looks away, unable to stand the pity in her gaze.
âShe hasnât reached out yet?â she asks.
Jungkook shakes his head no. âIâm thinking about texting her on Sunday if she doesnât text me first.â
âI donât think you should.â
Jungkook expected Jennie to say that, but it still sucks to hear.
âIn truth, I think you should prove to her how serious you are about making things work with her,â Jennie adds.
Curiosity piqued, Jungkook meets his friendâs gaze. âWhat do you mean?â
âY/n is a romantic,â Jennie explains. âHer books are all about romance, and she clearly wants something like that for herself, you know?â
Jungkook nods, but remains silent, not quite sure as to where Jennie is headed with this,
âIn her three romance books, the guy character always does a big gesture to win back his love interest,â Jennie adds. âI think she would fall for a big gesture.â
âThe big gesture was to take her to Lotte Tower two weeks ago,â Jungkook points out.
Jennie furrows her brows. âBut that was⌠not even a date, in Y/nâs words.â She must see that it hurt Jungkook, because she adds, âSorry.â
âNo, I know.â Jungkook sighs, shutting his eyes for a few seconds. âSheâs made that clear already. But I donât know what I can do that is more than that.â
âWell, use your big guy brain and figure something she would like!â Jennie says, and Jungkookâs confused at hearing the annoyance in her voice. But it fades quickly as she continues, âYou know her, Jungkook. What would she like?â
He frowns. âShe asked for space. Iâm not going to go and fuck that up.â
âRight.â Jennie pouts. âSheâs been ghosting me too, you know? Itâs starting to piss me off.â
Ah. So that is why Jennieâs annoyed. And though Jennie usually has good advice, Jungkook highly doubts that you want a big gesture right now. You needed time to think, and a big gesture would likely just make you feel pressured into making a decision.
He doesnât want to pressure you at all. Especially not when he might get a lifetime with you after. Whatâs a few weeks of waiting compared to a full lifetime in your company?
Indeed, if you tell him you want to give it a try, Jungkook is never going to let you go. Even if you get tired of him, heâll stay by your side. Until he draws his last breath.
âIt sucks,â Jungkook agrees with Jennie. âBut I asked her to make a big decision. It makes sense that itâs taking her some time.â
Taehyung appears in the doorframe, and Jungkook and Jennie look at him. âWhat are you guys doing?â
âTalking about Y/n,â Jennie replies in Jungkookâs stead.
âAh, I should have expected that,â Taehyung replies. He walks in, plopping down on the couch. âWhatâs up with her?â
âI donât know,â Jungkook says. âShe hasnât reached out yet.â
âShe hasnât talked to me either,â Jennie points out. âIâm worried.â
âYou both need to give her some time,â Taehyung says, and he takes a long sip from the water bottle in his hand. âShe just needs to think. Although⌠she did ghost you last year.â
Jungkookâs heart sinks in his chest at the reminder.
âThanks, Tae, that was so needed right now,â Jennie deadpans.
Taehyung shrugs. âI genuinely think sheâll text you when sheâs ready, though. She had her reasons to ghost last year, but she doesnât have any now.â
âExcept that I literally asked her to move here,â Jungkook points out, and he cringes internally.
You guys arenât even dating and he said you should move here. No wonder you havenât been reaching out.
âIs that really what you said?â Jennie asks.
âWellâŚâ Jungkook trails off. âIt was more of a suggestion because she said she didnât want to do long distance.â
âOh,â Jennie lets out. âRight.â
âBut honestly, sheâs just scared,â Jungkook adds. âWith everything that happened last year, sheâs afraid she might getââ He takes a sharp inhale of breath, finding himself unable to finish the sentence. âBut I know we can figure out a thousand ways to keep her safe.â
âYou could probably get Mr Lee to bodyguard for her,â Taehyung suggests. âI think heâs getting tired of the whole group thing.â
Mr Lee has been their bodyguard since they first debuted. But heâs been getting older, so Jungkook reckons he might indeed be starting to feel the need to slow down. And working private like that, for just one person, might just be what he needs.
âI told her Iâd get her a dog,â Jungkook admits. âI even found a breeder that seems very legit.â
Indeed, during the long hours he spends every night looking at the ceiling as he waits for you to reach out, Jungkook found a breeder that breeds Dobermans. She seems like a genuinely good person, and heâs already let her know that heâd be interested in buying a dog.
Because if you tell him you donât want to give you both a chance, Jungkook knows heâll need a companion around to keep him from going insane like he did last year.
âThatâs adorable,â Jennie lets out. âWoah, Tae, can we get a dog too?â
Taehyung snorts. âIâll think about it.â
Right when Jungkook is about to say he can let them know who the breeder is, his phone dings. Heâs muted everything on his phone except his conversation with you, and his hands immediately grow clammy at the knowledge that youâve reached out.
Finally. The wait is over.
He pulls his phone out of his pocket, and the sight of your name on the screen almost brings him to tears.
âItâs her,â he whispers.
Jennieâs gaze widens as her eyes shoot to him. âWhat did she say?â
âShe asked if she can call.â
Jennie springs up, grabbing Taehyungâs hand and pulling him up, too. âWeâll give you some space. But you tell me what she says the second you hang up.â
Jungkook nods, and he watches his friends go, thankful that Taehyung took the time to shut the door behind them. And then Jungkook stares at his phone again, before sitting in the chair Jennie just vacated.
[2:08 pm] Jungkook: yes, ofc you can call
Your reply comes all of ten seconds later.
[2:09 pm] You: are you available right now?
Instead of waiting, because his heart literally cannot take this anymore, Jungkook presses on the phone icon at the top of his chat with you, and it starts ringing a few seconds later.
You pick up on the third ring, like you might have needed some time to collect yourself.
âHey,â you let out.
Jungkook wants to cry at hearing your voice. Hell, his eyes fill with tears, and he shuts them, trying to picture you on the other side of the line.
On the other side of the world, too.
âHey,â he lets out, his voice small and scared.
What if this is the last time heâll ever talk to you?
âYouâre not busy?â you ask.
Not for you, no.
âNah, Iâm just at home,â he replies.
You hum, and he hears you sigh. His heart starts shattering already, and he wishes he wouldnât have to hear you say youâre over.
He canât hear those words from your lips again.
âIâve started writing the book,â you tell him.
He smiles, even though his heart is bleeding out. âI knew you would.â
âWell, I didnât really have a choice.â You chuckle. âYour album is almost ready, and we had a deal.â
Indeed, back in Okinawa, you made a deal that heâd release his album if you wrote your book. And he knows now that the album will see the light of day.
No matter the outcome of this conversation with you.
âYou made her the princess, yeah?â Jungkook asks.
He kept telling you you should last week.
âI did.â He smiles victoriously, though he doesnât quite feel the joy that he should at you going with his suggestion. âIt made the most sense.â
âI told you,â Jungkook lets out.
You chuckle again, and then thereâs a long silence. Itâs painful, stretching into an eternity he hates, and he taps his foot on the floor, his leg bouncing up and down as he waits for you to speak up.
âWhat have you been to this week?â you ask, clearly avoiding the subject.
Jungkook opens his eyes, looking at the monitor. âJust been working on the album and working out, honestly.â
âRight.â Thereâs another stretch of silence, and then Jungkook hears you take a deep breath. He prepares for impact, readying himself for the way youâre about to rip his heart out of his chest. âI miss you, Jungkook.â
Your voice is small and weak, scared, and it is definitely not what he was expecting to hear. Yet he starts crying all the same, and he leans his head back against the chair.
âI miss you too,â he replies softly.
âIâm scared, you know?â
âI know. Iâm scared, too,â he admits.Â
âWhy are you scared?â you ask, and you sound genuinely confused.
He thinks itâs a stupid question, but then again youâre not in his head.
How can you know if he doesnât tell you?
âIâm scared that youâll realize you and I arenât worth it,â he admits, and fresh tears roll on his cheeks. âIâm scared that Iâll have to learn how to live a lifetime without you by my side. Because I donât think my feelings for you can ever fade. And itâs terrifying.â
âYou would heal,â you reply softly. âYouâre one of the strongest persons I know.â
âY/nâŚâ He chuckles bitterly. âThe nightmare started again this week. I am not as strong as you think I am.â
âBut you are,â you insist. âBecause after everything, youâre still here. Youâre still talking to me, youâre still willing to put your heart in my hands. It takes the highest level of courage to put your heart into the hands of someone thatâs hurt you in the past.â
âIt takes courage, or stupidity?â he asks.
âCourage,â you reply. âBecause youâre you. Youâre unabashedly you, no matter the odds that life throws your way. I need to be more like you.â
That makes him laugh, somehow, and he slightly shakes his head. âI think youâre a lot better than Iâll ever be.â
âThatâs not true.â
âIt is,â he says. âBecause you got out stronger from what happened to you. You never let it affect you, never let it tear you down. I spent so long running away from everything instead of facing it while you faced it head on from the first day.â
He reckons thatâs why you healed when he got stuck in a cycle of toxic coping mechanisms. Because you werenât afraid to face the dirty truth.
He was always just trying to escape from it.
âMaybe it took you longer to get there, but you did get there too, Jungkook,â you gently say. âThe album is proof of that.â
âIs it?â
âIt is. Itâs proof that behind all the pain, thereâs a beautiful soul.â
He doesnât know if itâs a compliment, so he says, âYou think I have a beautiful soul.â
âOh yeah,â you say with more conviction than he expected. âI think you have the most beautiful soul. Because despite everything, like I said before, youâre still your authentic self. And thereâs nothing more beautiful than that.â
âIâm a mess, Y/n,â he reminds you. âDonât gas me up like this.â
âYouâre bad at receiving compliments, arenât you?â
Itâs said in a teasing tone, but heâs so scared youâre about to end everything that heâs not able to laugh. âI guess.â
You sense his unease. He can almost hear the frown in your voice when you say, âI guess that what Iâm trying to say is I really like the person that you are, but I donât think I made it sound like that.â You clear your throat, and then you say, âI think youâre amazing, Jungkook. And I think youâre strong because youâre not afraid of the things that could happen if we were to give us a chance. You follow your heart unapologetically, and youâre not afraid to make it known to the world. And I admire that about you.â
âY/nâŚâ
âWait,â you add, and he can tell youâre crying now. Your voice is wavery, shaking at the edges, and he wishes he could hold you and wipe your tears for you.
He knows you would wipe his, too.
âI admire a lot about you,â you continue. âYour work ethic, the way you live life to its fullest, your energy when it comes to the things you love. But also, the way you can find solutions in the darkest of places, even though you donât realize that you do.â
He doesnât deserve that last compliment. Not when he spent months self-destructing after you, but youâre speaking too fast for him to say it so.
âI think youâre beautiful in and out, and I honestly donât know what you see in me that makes you want to be with me, but I think I want to find out. If youâll have me.â
âŚ
What?
âYouâre not ending things?â he asks, sounding just as shocked as he feels.
âNo,â you reply softly. âIâm done running away from the one I love.â
LoveâŚ
You love him?
âY/n, I wasnât expecting this.â
He thinks heâs forgotten how to breathe. But itâs okay.
Everything is okay in the end, after all.
Thereâs a silence, and then you say, âWell, if youâve changed your mind, I understand it too. And I wonât be mad at you.â
Jungkook laughs. He laughs, because youâre not ending things. Youâre not ending things at all. As a matter of fact, you want to give you both a chance. One he doesnât think heâll ever deserve, but heâll do his best to live up to the expectations every day.
He owes you as much.
âIâm going to book a flight to come see you, okay?â he says with a shaky voice. âI need to see you.â
âSoâŚâ you trail off. âDoes that mean you still want to give us a chance?â
âY/n,â he scolds gently. âOf course, I do. I am so completely in love with you, Iâm never going to let you go again.â
You laugh, and he thinks youâre sobbing at the same time. He needs to hold you close. Needs to feel your body against him, like a confirmation that this is all real.
That he really does get to be with you in the end.
âI love you too,â you whisper. âIâve loved you for a very long time.â
Jungkook is crying too. Yet this time itâs tears of joy, cascading down his cheeks like a testament that he finally did it. He made it through the hardest time of his life and came out of it on the right side. On the one where he gets to be with you.
Fuck. He could scream it from the rooftops. The world needs to know that youâre going to give you a chance. That you and him is a thing that will exist in more than just his wildest hopes and dreams.
You love him, for fuckâs sake.Â
âIâm coming to you,â Jungkook says, and he immediately starts looking for flights on his computer.Â
He finds one that leaves at 6:00 pm. Itâs a direct flight, which means he should get to you by the end of the day tomorrow your time. He buys the ticket, not even waiting for you to say anything.
He thinks youâre too busy crying happy tears to actually reply anyway.Â
âIâll be there tomorrow night,â he tells you once he gets the confirmation number.
He has to run to the airport right away.
âJungkookâŚâ
âYes?â
âI canât wait to see you.â
He smiles, grinning wide. âI canât wait to see you either.â
Thereâs a world of fireworks and butterflies and softness and warmth in his chest. Heâs never felt so many beautiful feelings at the same time, and itâs a little overwhelming. But itâs oh so healing, too.
He really made it through, didnât he?
âIâm sorry I put you through so much shit,â you whisper a few seconds later.
âHey, itâs okay,â he reassures you. And it really is. Heâd do it all over again, knowing that it leads to you in the end. âYou donât ever have to apologize for it, okay?â
âOkay,â you let out, and you laugh softly.
He echoes it, his heart filling with so much more warmth and love he thinks the sun has bloomed behind his ribcage.
You love him. And he loves you.
Holy shit.
There has never been more beauty in this world than at this exact instant in time.
Prev | Next
âââââ
i love them so much and i would go to war for them. hope you guys enjoyed the chapter!! only one more left :') let me know what you thought of this one here!
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
I recently passed 1000 followers on Tumblr, I'm so shocked that anyone wants to read the fics that I put out especially seeing as I'm unable to post regularly. I appreciate every. Single. One of you. Thank you so much for reading, liking, commenting, re logging, I see you all and can't thank you enough.
I have decided to do a little drabble game to celebrate, so please feel free to send me an ask with your choices, see more below:
Please choose one in each section. One member, one trope and one scenario from the list below:
Anya is live and ready to show you everything. Watch her strip, dance, and perform exclusive shows just for you. Interact in real-time and make your fantasies come true.
â Live Streamingâ Interactive Chatâ Private Showsâ HD Qualityâ Free Actions
Free to watch ⢠No registration required ⢠HD streaming
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter contains mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: swearing, mentions of the assault, alcohol, explicit content: jerking off, protected sex, praise
âword count: 15k (another long one oop)
âa/n: a sweet new chapter bc we need it <3 thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Tuesday, November 4thÂ
Seoul is sunny today. Yet itâs colder than youâd expected it to be, and you pull at the lapels of your coat, folding your arms on your chest as you seek warmth. But the sun is shining, the vast blue sky void of any clouds, and itâs much better than back home.
It snowed yesterday at your parentsâ house. It didnât stick around for long, but your mother sent you a picture telling you that you left at just the right time. You reckon you have â youâre not mentally ready for it to be winter yet. Not when you feel like summer was just a few seconds ago. Especially with the trip to Okinawa.
You havenât been able to stop thinking about Okinawa. About how you collided with Jeon Jungkook once more, inevitably so. You havenât spoken since then, but heâs been on your mind constantly for the last month, and for the first time since last year, itâs been a good thing.
The thought of him hasnât been hurting quite as much anymore. Perhaps because you planned to see each other during your two weeks here in Seoul. Youâre excited about it â itâs like youâve found some innocence in the thought of him again, and itâs healed a part of you that was refusing to heal over time.
Maybe you just needed more time. Maybe one day, you would have truly forgotten Jeon Jungkook. But somehow, thinking that you donât have to forget him just yet, if everâŚ
Itâs brought peace to your every moment. Because even though you havenât talked, thereâs peace in the thought of him. In the way the memory of his lips on yours the night of Taehyung and Jennieâs engagement party keeps invading your thoughts whenever you least expect it.
Your mother asked you the reason why your smiles have become so easy, so frequent, and you told her about Jungkook. Her eyes were shining brightly when you did, and the only thing she said was, âI told you so.â
You havenât spoken about it with her again, and she hasnât pushed either. But you know she really hopes your trip here helps you to reconnect with him. You heard her tell your father a few days before you left, when they were cooking together not knowing that you had come up from downstairs.
A gush of wind startles you, a piece of paper flying right into your chest. It flies away before you can get a hold of it, and you look behind yourself to see it catching on a pole behind you.Â
Youâre headed to the coffeeshop the producer sent you, where youâll meet and talk about what happened. You donât really know what she expects you to tell her, considering you donât remember much of it, but she insisted on meeting in person, so here you are today.
Back where you were a year ago, before everything went to shit. And though maybe it should make you feel anxious, the sun above pushes the dark thoughts away before they can truly surface.
It helps that Jennie will be there. Indeed, sheâs worked with that producer before, and so she suggested being there with you during the interview to make sure youâre okay.Â
You havenât seen her since the week in Okinawa, and youâre excited to ask her about her and Taehyungâs plans for the wedding. It seems they arenât planning to elope in the end, like Jungkook said they would, though Jennie mentioned wanting to wait for the weather to be warm outside again before they get married.
You reach the coffeeshop, a cute, aesthetic ancestral building not too far from the hanok village in Insadong. Youâve been here before with Hyunseok, at the beginning of your friendship with him, and youâre excited to be here again.
The food is amazing, and so is the coffee.Â
Thereâs a line when you get there, and you take your phone out of the tote bag on your shoulder to text Jennie to ask if sheâs already here. She texts you to just walk in, that theyâve given your name to the girl at the door, and so you do so, finding the girl in question. She lets you in, and you head to the inside part of the building on the other side of the inner court. You take off your shoes before getting in, and you find Jennie and the producer, Shin Jaebom, at the very back of the coffee shop sitting on little cushions on the floor on each side of a round table, both of them with food on trays.Â
Jennie grins as she catches sight of you, and she gets up to give you a hug. Youâre well aware of the gaze of the people around you, but you ignore it as best as you can, especially considering this place is relatively touristic.
You tell yourself none of these people actually know what happened and why youâre here today, and it eases the anxiety that was threatening to churn in your gut.
âIâm so happy to see you,â Jennie says as she hugs you tight.
You pull away, meeting her gaze. âSo happy to see you too.â
Jaebom got up while you were hugging, and you shake her hand with a polite bow of your head as she says, âNice to meet you.â
âNice to meet you too,â you return.
And then the three of you sit down around the small round table, and Jennie pushes your food towards you â you sent her your order and she got everything for you already. You take a shy bite of the strawberry dessert, and you close your eyes as the sweet taste fills your mouth.
âItâs even better than I remember it,â you tell her, and she chuckles.
âYou should have seen me eat mine before you got here,â she says. âI will come back here for sure.â
âTold you!â
Jaebom has just been watching the exchange, and you meet her gaze, offering her a small smile.
âYou look even better in person than in pictures,â she says, and you feel your cheeks burning furiously from the unexpected compliment. âYouâre right, Jennie, she would look amazing on screen.â
You glance at Jennie. âOn screen?â
âWe were just saying that, if you werenât a writer, you definitely could have made it as an actress,â she explains.
You wince, tilting your head to the side. âI cannot act for the life of myself, unfortunately.â
Jaebom chuckles, and she takes a sip of her iced americano. âIâm sure you could learn if you wanted to.â
But you donât. You think being in front of the cameras like Jennie is would make you panic. Itâd throw you out in the public eye even more than you already are and, with your baggage, youâd likely get a heart attack from it.
âMaybe,â you let out, not wanting to be rude and tell the director you doubt it.Â
She doesnât sense your unease, especially not as she says, âBut weâre not here to discuss that, are we?â You and Jennie both nod, and she adds, âIâm actually glad youâre here too, Jennie. I think your insight is going to be helpful in constructing this series.â
And then Jaebom starts explaining the idea behind the series sheâs been working on. Itâs a story about a female idol whoâs been in the public eye since she was very young. Sheâs loved by everyone, but she has a stalker that progressively becomes bolder and bolder, until he eventually attacks a man she goes on a date with. The series is meant to delve into thriller vibes, and to show the darkest part of what being an idol is like. Sheâs interviewing you for your take on what itâs like to date someone in the public eye when you arenât part of it, and she doesnât mention your assault as much as you thought she would.
âDating someone in the public eye is not for the faint of heart,â you tell her. âIt got stressful at times, and it really limits the kind of things you can do with your partner.â
Indeed, back then, you and Jungkook never went on dates. Youâd always just hang out at his house, and sometimes at your apartment.
âMmh,â she lets out pensively. And then you feel the shift in the air. You know sheâll ask what truly happened last year, and you steel yourself as you hold her gaze. âJennie mentioned you donât remember much about the assault, but what was it like to wake up and be told that it happened?â
Your heart aches, and Jennie grabs your hand, squeezing it reassuringly. You interlace your fingers, and you reply, âIt was scary. At times, I wanted to believe it was all a lie, but I could see how the people around me acted after. Especially my family. They came all the way here to be with me at the hospital, and it made me feel like I was dying.â You wet your lips, glancing at Jennie quickly before resuming your attention on Jaebom. âWhich I know I almost did, but it still feels unreal to think about it a year later. Especially when the memories never came back.â
Jaebom makes a non-committal sound. âSo itâs just like⌠a void when you try to think about it?â
You nod. âYeah, thereâs just nothing there.â
âThat could be a good take for an episodeâŚâ she trails off, looking down at her coffee, which is just ice now. âThe viewers being left in the dark along with the characterâŚâ
And you can imagine it, too. Just a blank scene, with maybe only the sound of sirens in the distance. The story being told backwards, with the first real scene being at the hospital⌠You think that could do great. You say so, and Jaebom agrees with you, taking notes in a little notepad.
âIâm surprised youâre so open about it all,â she says some time later, when youâre concluding the interview. âYou are extremely strong.â
You offer her a tight-lipped smile. âI wouldnât have made it here without the people supporting me.â You glance at Jennie, and she smiles softly. âWhat got me through it all are the friends I made. And the help from my family, obviously.â
Jungkook knows youâre in town. Jennie told him, but you still havenât reached out, and itâs been stressing him out.
What if you changed your mind since last month? What if you donât want to see him anymore?
Heâs been asking himself that question all afternoon as he works on his album, and he eventually gives up on it. He canât focus, the thought of you way too loud to let him think about other things, and though usually itâs a good thing with this album, today it makes it too hard.
Instead, he decides to work out, to lose himself in the repetitive motions of his regular back, shoulders and triceps day. It still doesnât get you off his mind, so he runs on the treadmill for a while, hoping that might help.
Nothing does. Itâs been like this for a few days, even before you actually landed in Seoul. Itâs like he can sense your proximity, and heâs constantly on edge, expecting to see you wherever he goes.Â
Youâre driving him insane. Though he reckons he went insane over you a long time ago. Part of him went insane that first night he touched you, right here in this gymâŚ
âFuck,â he curses loudly, and he stops the treadmill.
It slows to a halt, and he breathes in and out, his heart beating rapidly in his chest. He hears it in his ears, and it seems louder than even his drumset is whenever he plays.Â
But heâs horny. Canât help it, not when all he can remember is the way you came all over his hand that night, before leaving in a hurry.
To think he was going to fall in love with you after thatâŚ
His heart strains, and he takes a deep breath, stepping off the treadmill to head to the mini fridge. He grabs a water bottle from it, chugging half of it in a few long sips, and then he leans against the wall, looking at the spot by the door where the events took place.
Youâre everywhere in this house. Even though you havenât been here in almost a year, youâre everywhere.Â
He still sees you in his bed, your hair like a crown around your head on the pillow. He still sees you in the shower, your skin glistening with water drops. Still sees you sitting at the kitchen island, watching him cook.
Still sees you as you ran out that night, only to never come back. He remembers the good and the bad, but the bad doesnât kill him like it used to. Okinawa really healed something in him.
He still had the nightmare a few times since then. But he woke up, drank water and was able to fall back asleep after. It helps that he started therapy for good, and finally managing to talk to someone about everything without the fear of being judged has been freeing in its own way, too.
Heâs been doing better. Hasnât hooked up with anyone since before Okinawa either. Heâs just been focusing on the album, on working out and on spending time with his friends. He even spent a weekend down south in Busan with his family, and his mother was so happy to see him she kept crying randomly.
It was adorable. But then again, it also hurts to think that the reason why she tends to get emotional when it comes to him now is because Jennie reached out last December, when he was at the bottom of the barrel, and itâs been haunting his mother.
But she was smiling when he left. A wide grin he recognized from whenever she was proud of him as a kid, and he thinks sheâs been healing from it all, too.
He pushes off the wall, clutching the water bottle, and he grabs his phone where he left it on the treadmill. Thereâs still no message from you, and he tells himself itâs okay, that youâre busy, but it doesnât stop his heart from sinking in his chest. He heads upstairs to take a shower, and then he busies himself with cooking dinner.
His phone is on the counter, face up, and it turns on with an incoming text. His hands are dirty with egg yolk, as he was too lazy to use a spoon to separate the yolk from the white, and he groans as he jumps to the sink, rinsing his fingers as fast as he can. He made a mess on the floor, but he ignores it, grabbing his phone with wet hands.
Only to see heâs received an ad on Kakao from a store he went to ages ago. It pisses him off so much he almost throws his phone across the room, but then he reminds himself that he needs it in case you text him.
If you ever do.
Later that night, long after Jungkook has eaten dinner and cleaned the kitchen behind himself, he lies on the couch, watching a drama his mother told him about while he was in Busan. He finally manages to get you off his mind as heâs invested in the story, and he binge watches three episodes without checking his phone.
Heâs yawning, debating going to bed or checking another episode, when he grabs his phone from where he abandoned it on the coffee table earlier. And his heart literally drops out of his chest and onto the floor at the message that sits in his notifications.
[9:34 pm] unknown number: hey, itâs y/n
[9:35 pm] unknown number: how have you been
Itâs hours later, and Jungkook thinks youâre likely asleep by now. He still replies right away after having saved your phone number under your contact, hoping youâre not asleep yet.
[11:56 pm] Jungkook: hey! i was waiting for your message
[11:57 pm] Jungkook: iâve been good. just busy recording the album
[11:57 pm] Jungkook: you?
You donât reply right away, but Jungkook canât stop smiling as he stares at his phone, and at the message you sent him. Itâs a new conversation thread, and it feels like more. It feels like the beginning of something new, and he reckons it is.
This is the beginning of a new story, with you. Or at least he hopes it is. At least he hopes you havenât been able to forget Okinawa either.Â
When heâs brushing his teeth after having finally watched another episode, Jungkookâs phone buzzes on the bathroom counter. He grabs it, heartbeat quickening, to see your name on the screen for the first time since last year.
[1:37 am] You: sorry, i was asleep
[1:38 am] You: iâve been good too. i was stressed about todayâs interview, but it went well
Jungkook frowns as he looks down at his phone, wondering what interview youâre talking about. Jennie was evasive when she mentioned you were hanging out today.
He finishes brushing his teeth quickly, spitting the toothpaste in the sink and rinsing his toothbrush thoroughly before leaving it in the glass by the tap. He heads to his room, lying back on the bed, not bothering to get under the covers as he replies to you.
[1:42 am] Jungkook: the interview?
It doesnât take you long to reply, as if you were just waiting on the conversation for him to say something.
[1:43 am] You: shin jaebom is making a show about the dark aspects of being famous, and she wanted an interviewÂ
[1:44 am] You: for research for a character that will get hurt on the show in similar circumstances that i did
[1:45 am] You: thatâs why iâm in seoul
Jungkook canât help the disappointment that takes over his chest. For some reason, heâd stupidly wished you had decided to move back here, but he reckons it wouldnât make sense for you to.
Your whole life is back in America, after all.
[1:46 am] Jungkook: oh, i didnât know
[1:46 am] Jungkook: it must have not been easy to talk about everything
He sees the three dots appearing and disappearing a few times, and he just watches, stress flooding his bloodstream slowly. But then a text comes in, and he reckons heâs lighter than a feather flowing down from the ceiling.
[1:49 am] You: can i call?
Heâs smiling. Heâs smiling wide when he replies that yes, of course you can call.Â
It takes a few seconds before the call comes in, and heâs a little disappointed that itâs just a regular call, and not a Facetime one. But then again, heâs getting to hear your voice, and itâs so much more than what he thought he was getting tonight.
Heâs more excited than a schoolboy with a crush, and itâd be embarrassing if it wasnât you. But itâs you. Itâs you, and thereâs nothing more natural than getting to talk to you again as if no time has passed.
âHey,â he greets you as he takes the call and places his phone against his ear, staring up at the ceiling.
âHey,â you say back. Thereâs a short silence, and then you say, âSorry I didnât text you before.â
He rolls on his stomach, looking at the calluses in his free hand. âDonât apologize. You were busy with your interview.â
You stay silent for a time, and he wishes he could reach through the phone and hold your hand. Itâs visceral, and he feels it in his entire body, like he might die if he doesnât get to touch you. But then youâre talking again, and the feeling passes.
âYeah so,â you let out, and he hears you yawn. âShit, my bad. So, it wasnât actually as hard as I thought it would be.â
âNo?â
âNo. Iâve healed a lot,â you say. âLike I told you in Okinawa, I didnât develop PTSD or anything, and Iâve been good at dealing with the anxiety. I thinkâŚâ you trail off, and he waits patiently for you to finish your thought. âI think I was kind of using this as a test to make sure Iâve truly moved on, you know?â
He hums. âYeah, I get that. Did you pass the test?â
Thereâs a few seconds of silence, and he imagines you laying on your back, looking at the ceiling much like he was earlier. Are you at the hotel, or are you staying with a friend?
âI did,â you say with quiet conviction. âItâs been a year, but it feels like so much longer.â
True. Itâll be a year next week. But it does feel like so much more for him too. Maybe because touring felt like it lasted forever, and heâs felt⌠changed since he returned from Okinawa. Like heâs a completely new person.
Itâs all thanks to you.
âIâm proud of you,â he whispers, and it takes so long for you to reply he questions if the phone picked up his voice at all.
But then you say, âThank you, Jungkook,â with the smallest voice ever, and he just really wants to hold you for a time.
To hold you and let an eternity pass before he lets go. If he ever does.
âOf course,â he gently murmurs.
He swears he can hear you smiling when you talk next. âSo youâve been working on the album?â
He nods even though you canât see him. âI have. I have a few more songs Iâll show you when I see you.â
âI canât wait.â
Fuck. heâs got butterflies and the whole thing. Itâs scary, so fucking scary, but at the same time, he hasnât felt this carefree in so long, and heâs not going to let his stress damper it.
Like he discussed with his therapist, he wants to try and make it work with you. His therapist mentioned itâd be a good idea to have a conversation with you to make sure itâs something you want, too, but he doesnât know how to ask.
Heâll figure it out when youâre in front of him.
âWhen did you want to hang out, by the way?â he asks then, and he wonders if you can hear how loud and fast his heart is now beating.
âI have things planned up until Friday, but Iâm free Friday evening,â you reply. âAre you?â
He made sure to keep his full schedule free this month so that he wouldnât miss you when youâre available. So he says, âYes, of course.â
âGood.â
âGood,â he echoes, and you chuckle, and he really is a schoolboy with a crush.
Despite everything that happened, he still feels the same.
âWhere are you staying?â he asks after a few seconds of silence.
âI got a hotel not too far from Jennie and Taeâs place,â you answer. âItâs a tiny room, but itâs right next to a subway station.â
âYouâve been taking the subway?â
You chuckle. âNo choice. I canât afford to get a driver like you guys do.â
Jungkook frowns. âDidnât you make good money with your book?â
âI did,â you say, and you sigh. âBut I donât know, I havenât written anything in so long and Iâm a little worried Iâll run out of money.â
âYou wonât,â Jungkook reassures you. âIâm making the album, you have no choice but to write.â
âI was hoping you didnât remember that,â you grumble, and he canât help his laugh.
âOf course, I do.â
Of course. He remembers everything when it comes to you. The good and the bad.
âWell,â you let out. âI guess Iâll have to write that fantasy book, then.â
âYou sure do.â He smiles, and then rolls on his back. âDid you think about it more?â
âI did, actually,â you admit. âIâve started making character sheets.â
âOh? Hit me with them.â
âNo.â
He frowns. âWhat do you mean, no? I want to know!â
You laugh. âLet me figure it all out first. I donât want to give you half of an idea, you know?â
âFair.â He pouts, looking up at the ceiling. The conversation ends there, and he tries to figure out what to say next, settling on a truth that fills his entire body with warmth. âIâm excited to see you Friday.â
âMe too,â you reply softly.
âIâve been thinking about you a lot,â he admits. âMaybe I shouldnât say it, but I really have.â
âI have been thinking about you a lot too,â you reveal. âSo donât feel bad about it.â
Heâs grinning to the ceiling when he says, âGood.â
âGood,â you echo, and you both laugh again.
This is easy. So fucking easy. And Jungkook wonders, why did the universe try to pull you away from each other?
Why did you need to go through all of this pain?
And maybe, maybe it wouldnât have worked out without the pain. Hell, maybe heâs getting too excited. Maybe it wonât even work out now either. But heâs so hopeful, so fucking hopeful, seeing the light at the end of the tunnel for the first time in a year, and heâs not going to let it go.
Not for now. Heâll try, and if you push him away again, then he will have tried. He wonât have to live with the regret and the what-ifs that would surely haunt him if he didnât try with you this time around.
Yes, you might not even want to try. Yes, he might just see you Friday and never see you again. But thereâs light and hope tonight.
Thereâs been light and hope since Okinawa, in all truth.
âWhat do you want to do on Friday?â Jungkook asks.
He hears you yawn, and he waits for a few seconds before you reply, âI honestly donât know.â You let out a small laugh, and then you say, âI realized today that weâve never gone on an actual date.â
âYou want me to take you out on a date?â he asks, and he feels stupid the second the question is out.
âWell, I donât know if Iâd call this a date but⌠yes?â
His heart does a weird thing in his chest. It hurts and fills with joy at the same time. Maybe because youâre not sure if you want to call it a date, but you still want to see him.
Surely it has to mean something, right?
âI can plan something,â he tells you. âI can pick you up at the hotel around 7 pm?â
âThat works for me,â you reply. âJust let me know what I should wear.â
âDress pretty,â he immediately says. âNot that you usually donât. You always do. But if itâs a dateâŚâ
âIâm not saying itâs a date.â You laugh, and then you add, âBut alright, Iâll dress pretty.â
He doesnât like that youâre insisting itâs not a date. It puts a damper on the light at the end of the tunnel, but he still heads towards it, because itâs the only thing he knows to do.
Youâve been at the end of every road for him for a while now.
âAnd donât eat before,â he adds.Â
âI wonât,â you say, and you yawn again. âShit, Iâll have to go back to bed soon. The jetlag is killing me.â
âI wonât keep you up any longer, then,â Jungkook says. âPlease rest up.â
âI will. Iâm hanging out with Hyunseok tomorrow, then seeing Jennie and Mingyu on Thursday⌠but Iâll rest up.â
Jungkook frowns. He didnât even know that Mingyu took a day off from the army, but then again you and Mingyu have always been good friends, and Mingyu hasnât seen you in a year. It makes sense that he wants to see you while youâre here.
They hung out last month, right before Okinawa. And Mingyu was glowing, the perfect picture of a man in love. So Jungkook doesnât feel threatened about you and him hanging out. Not like he did last year.
âI will.â You sigh, adding, âCanât wait to see you.â
âCanât wait to see you either.â
Heâs smiling like a kid on a Christmas morning.
âGood night, Y/n.â
âGood night,â you echo.
He falls asleep with that same smile on his lips that night, his mind swirling with thoughts of you. And he doesnât visit the alley of his nightmare for once. No. Instead, he dreams of the sun and the sea, of pretty eyes that sparkle as they look at him and of a smile heâs come to know more than his own.
Itâs a beautiful dream that almost rivals the fact that heâll see you soon.
Almost.
Thursday, November 5th
The restaurant Mingyu chose is one youâve been to before, at the very beginning of your friendship with Jennie and him. Itâs coincidentally one of his favourite restaurants, and so you and Jennie didnât have it in you to ask to go somewhere else when heâs been stuck in the army for nearly a year now.
You get there early. You didnât mean to, as you were initially supposed to get here with Jennie, but she got stuck in a shooting for longer than expected, and so you get to the restaurant alone, finding Mingyu sitting at the table by himself.
You ended up never replying to the message he sent you last year, when you were in the hospital. Youâve reread it on the way here, and your heart has been sitting uncomfortably in your chest, beating just out of its usual rhythm.
[1:11 am, November 26th] Mingyu (flexing emoji): hey y/n. it was great to see you today, even though we couldnât really talk. as i was sitting there next to you, i realized iâve been repressing a lot of feelings when it comes to you, as i was trying to be respectful of you and jungkookâs relationship. but now that iâm leaving for the next year and a half, i canât help but regret not being honest to myself and to you before. iâm not expecting this message to change anything, and i honestly donât think i want it to. iâm very happy with us being just friends, even though i sometimes think about what could have been if i told you i liked you before you and jk got closer. but i only understood after seeing you guys together, and by then it was too late.Â
[1:20 am] Mingyu (flexing emoji): iâm not the type to do relationships. iâm not the type to really ever fall in love. but thereâs something about you⌠ever since i first saw you at the club in gangnam. before we even talked, you were sitting at the bar with jennie and i just remember thinking damn. i thought it was just physical attraction, but over the months i realized it was more. youâre an amazing person. beautiful inside out, and it really was easy to develop feelings for you even though i knew it was never going to be reciprocated. and youâve made me realize that maybe, maybe i do want a relationship. not with you, ofc, but i want to love someone, and i wanna be loved back. i have a lot of work to do on myself before i get there but⌠yeah.Â
[1:28 am] Mingyu (flexing emoji): anyways, i know this will be a lot to read when you just woke up a few days ago, and iâm not expecting you to reply. i just wonât have my phone for a while starting tomorrow, and i just wanted to get this off my chest. i love you, y/n, as a little more than a friend, but as a friend first and foremost, and i will be praying for your healing. please take care of yourself, and be kind to yourself over the next few months. iâll see you again when iâm out of the military
And now, Mingyu is sitting at the table, raising his head as he sees you walking towards him, and you do wonder⌠What would have happened all those months ago if heâd told you how he felt before you could get closer to Jungkook?
You can almost see it⌠You would have had fun, youâre sure of it. A relationship that feels more like a friendship than a relationship in the end. You doubt it would have lasted â youâre too much of a sucker for romance, and eventually you would have felt like being with him was lacking something.Â
You likely would have ended up breaking his heart in the end, which you reckon he did not deserve. So itâs a good thing that you didnât play out like that, that you and he remained in friendship territory.
âY/n,â he says as he gets up from the table with a wide grin on display. He hugs you for half a heartbeat, and then you sit down next to each other, mostly facing the empty restaurant. âWow, you look amazing.â
You smile, your eyes darting to the muscles on his arms. âLook at yourself. You look like you could split a log open with your hands.â
He makes a show of flexing his arms, and gosh, they are huge. âBeing in the army has its advantages.â
âVisibly.â
You take off your jacket, getting up to shove it in the barrel youâre sitting on along with your purse. Mingyu laughs as you do so, and then he motions at your own arms.
âHave you also joined the army or something?â
You chuckle. âI am now a five days a week-at-the-gym type of girl.â
âLove that.â He smiles, falling silent for a few seconds. âYou really look good, Y/n. Iâm proud of you.â
A lump forms in your throat, silver gathering on your waterline. You donât try to push the emotions away, content just sitting with them for a moment. Mingyu gives you the grace of waiting for you to collect yourself, and when you do, you chuckle, punching him in the shoulder.
âDonât make me cry, weirdo,â you say.
âYah! I didnât say anything!â he lets out, pouting. âIâm just happy to see you.â
âIâm happy to see you too,â you reply, meaning it.Â
âWhat have you been up to?â
A waitress comes at that moment, and Mingyu tells her youâre waiting for someone else. You watch her leave, and then you reply, âHonestly, mostly just the gym and reading. Spending time with my family. Nothing too crazy.â
âSometimes, thatâs just what you need.â He takes a sip of a glass of water, and then he pours you one. âIâd tell you what Iâve been up to, but it really is just boring army shit.â
âIs it that boring?â you ask.
He winces. âMore than you think. Most of the time we donât have much more to do than train. Itâs driving me crazy.â
âYeah, I bet.â You drink some water. âBut youâre more than halfway done, arenât you?â
âItâs nearly been a year,â he says with a nod. âI get out in the first week of June.â
âSee, youâre almost there!âÂ
You try to be encouraging, but the serious, annoyed look he gives you makes you burst out laughing.
âListen, at least you donât have to do the longer service that Min Yoongi had to do,â you point out.
âI mean, yeah, for sure.â He chuckles, glancing at the empty restaurant before resuming his attention on you. âBut at least he got to stay home most of the time. I cannot sleep for the life of me in that dormitory.â
âToo much snoring?â
He nods, eyes going up towards the ceiling. âYou canât even imagine it. Itâs like thereâs a train in there every night.â You scrunch up your nose in disgust, and youâre about to talk, though he adds, âActually, you can understand. They snore like Jungkook does.â
In truth, youâve always found Jungkookâs snoring to be calming. Most of the time, when you would share a bed, it would be like a weird, soothing track to your dreams.
âThat he does,â you still say.
Mingyu gauges your reaction for a time, and then says, âHe mentioned youâre hanging out tomorrow.â
Your throat dries out, your heart stops for a few seconds, and you drink a sip of water, putting the stainless steel glass down slowly. âYeah, we are.â
âHow do you feel about that?â
Mingyu seems genuinely interested in your answer, and you reckon maybe time really has come and gone to a point where he doesnât feel uncomfortable with the idea of you and Jungkook.
âIâm stressed, honestly,â you reply. You worry at some dry skin on your bottom lip for a moment. âI canât tell if itâs good or bad stress yet. But Iâm excited to see him.â
âIâd say itâs good, then,â Mingyu reassures you.
âI hope so.â
âHeâs been going nuts about it,â Mingyu tells you conspirationally. âItâs kind of funny.â
You gulp. âHeâs told you about it?â
âYeah. He asked for date suggestions in the group chat.â
Itâs cute. Itâs cute, and your heart quickens in your chest at hearing it. âDate suggestions, mmh?â
âWell, he said hang outs suggestions,â Mingyu precises. âBut we all know itâs a date.â
You donât say anything to that, losing your gaze in the water in your glass. Mingyu seems to sense your discomfort, because he leans forward, trying to meet your gaze.
âDo you not want it to be a date?â he asks.
âI donât know,â you admit. âItâs been a year. And yes, we had fun in Okinawa, but⌠I donât know if we still have that spark, you know?â
Which is a full blatant lie. You know you still do, and youâve seen it in his eyes in Okinawa, heard it in his voice the other day on the phone. You know itâs still there, but you just donât know if you can date him again.
The baggage between the two of you just seems infinitely heavy. And you donât know if youâd be able to carry it in a relationship. Especially not in a long distance relationship.
âWell, I hope tomorrow helps you figure it out,â Mingyu gently says after a stretch of awkward silence. âJungkook really cares about you a lot.â
âI care about him too.â
And you do. You really fucking do.
âI know.â Thereâs another silence, and Mingyu sighs, glancing at the door. Like heâs hoping that Jennie will arrive soon, but sheâs still nowhere to be seen.
She told you sheâd likely be forty minutes late, so you still have a long time to go.
âBy the way, I did want to talk to you about something,â Mingyu says.
You know exactly what he means, so you reply, âYouâre right. We should talk about it. Andââ he was about to talk, and he shuts his mouth as he waits for you to continue. âI want to apologize for never replying to your message. I didnât know what to say, and then it was too long after and it felt like it was worse to say something then.â
âHonestlyâŚâ he trails off, his eyebrows moving closer on his forehead, a crease appearing between them. âI was glad you never replied,â he admits. âI said that when I was deep in my feelings, and I did need to say it all, but it was the worst time to tell you any of it. So for that I apologize.â
You give him a gentle nod. âI understand why you said it then, though. And I was never upset with you for telling me how you felt. Iâm glad you did.â
âIf it can reassure you, Iâve long since figured that what I felt for you was platonic,â he admits. âThere was always a little maybe, but it never was more than that. And it hasnât been more than that for a really long time now.â
âIâm glad,â you tell him, and your lips stretch into a small smile that he echoes immediately.
âIn truth, I actually met someone,â he says, and the way his cheeks dust with pink is a work of art.
Youâve never seen Kim Mingyu flustered before.
âWhat?â you let out. âWho? How? Youâre in the army.â
âSheâs a nurse on the base where Iâm doing my service,â Mingyu explains after laughing at your questions. âWe actually know each other from high school.â
âNo way.â
âYeah.â He looks away, and he laughs again, the perfect picture of a man in love. âWe dated in high school. We broke up when I debuted in the group I initially was a part of.â
âWhat!â
âStop saying that,â he grumbles, but itâs all in good fun, like the smile on his lips tells you. âYeah, we did. And itâs hilarious, âcause I cut myselfââ he motions at a scar on his forearm â âand she did the stitches, and the whole time I was like, âholy fuck, itâs Im Daeunâ.â He smiles to himself. âShe was pissed. But we spent one of my days off together in September and now⌠now sheâs my girlfriend.â
You donât know how the friends you have in common never thought to supply that information to you. You feel like they should have, but then again, you were so busy catching up about other stuff that the conversation never turned to Mingyu.
And maybe a part of you was avoiding that conversation, afraid that theyâd tell you Mingyu was upset with you.
âOnly you would actually start dating during your military service,â you say, shaking your head slightly, though your lips are still curved upwards. âIâm impressed.â
âWhy did Seungcheol say the same thing?â Mingyu asks, frowning cutely, his lips jutting out in a small pout.Â
âBecause youâve literally never dated before,â you point out, snorting as he just shoots daggers at you.Â
âWell, I dated Daeun before.â
âRight, right,â you let out. âBecause you had one girlfriend in high school and never dated again.â
âOkay, okay, I get it.â You laugh together, and he sighs deeply after, his eyes shining from within. âMaybe part of me was just waiting for her this whole time.â
âStop, thatâs so cheesyâ you tease him. âWhereâs the fuckboy I used to know?â
âHe retired,â Mingyu jokes. âAnd honestly, itâs all thanks to you. And Daeun, but I donât think I would have been able to seriously date her if it wasnât for the things you made me realize.â
You fall more serious, though the smile lingers on your lips. âWell then, Iâm glad it helped. Iâm happy for you.â
âThank you.â He grins his lopsided grin, and then adds, âSheâs amazing, I hope I can introduce you both one day.â
âWeâll find time,â you promise. âJust get out of the military, and then we can plan a trip or something.â
âWith Jungkook,â Mingyu says, and he smirks as you choke on your saliva, winking at you when you glare at him.
âYouâre annoying.â
âHey, Iâm just hoping you guys work your shit out!â He opens his arms as if to prove his innocence. âIâm a romantic, now.â
You keep the glare on, but you do see the romantic in him. It shows in the way he talks about his girlfriend. It makes his eyes sparkle in a way youâve never seen before, and youâre happy for him.
Happier considering the message he sent you last year. Because this whole time, you were feeling guilty. Thinking he probably was sad and grieving what could have been, but instead, he was building something with someone new. Or someone he used to know, that became new again.Â
Thereâs love in everything Mingyu does and says today, and itâs a beautiful sight to see. Even when Jennie gets there later, and you ask her why she didnât tell you. He admits he wanted to tell you himself, and Jennie tells him heâs stupid for waiting so long. Itâs fun, the easy friendship the three of you have always shared not having changed at all despite the year apart, and you find yourself smiling wide as youâre returning to the hotel while the sun is slowly lowering in the sky, kissing the horizon when you finally reach your destination.
Youâre excited for tomorrow. You see it with newfound hope after the conversation you had with your friends and for a moment, you allow yourself to hope. You allow yourself to hope and dream, and it makes you far happier than youâve been in a while.
Because, what is wrong with hoping you might get it right this time?
Friday, November 6th
Jungkook is so nervous heâs been constantly wiping his clammy hands on his pants, and he reckons he needs to stop before he leaves a wet spot on the fabric.
Thankfully, his pants are dark, so it doesnât show, but heâs so nervous he wonders if itâs actually a good idea to see you. His heart feels like itâll explode, his blood pressure likely through the roof, and it makes it hard to breathe.Â
Heâs driving towards your hotel. Youâve agreed to meet in the underground parking to avoid paparazzi and the likes, which was your idea, and heâs so nervous he purposely drives past the entrance of the parking twice before actually turning into it.
As if thatâll lower his anxiety. It does nothing at all, and he wonders if heâll have a heart attack upon seeing you.
Heâs too much of a weak man when it comes to you.
Heâs drumming his fingers on the wheel to the beat of an imaginary song â the playlist he put on when he left his house drove him crazy as he got closer to your hotel, so he turned it off a while ago. Heâs waiting not too far from the elevator, and he swears he might die from all the anxiety.
What a way to go, though. To die because heâs nervous to see you.Â
But then you step out of the elevator corridor, and his heart slows down in his chest, settling to a rhythm heâs grown familiar with whenever youâre around. You smile at his car, and he realizes heâs an idiot for not stepping out, so he rushes to get out of the car, grabbing the bouquet of flowers he got for you on the way.
Your smile brightens as he steps out, and you brush a strand of hair behind your ear. You look so pretty, like a goddess in this underground parking, and Jungkook feels emotional. His chest fills with warmth, with the sum of his longing and yearning for you, and the feelings are so earnest, so potent he forgets how to breathe for a time.
âJungkook,â you say as you stop in front of him.
Not hello. Not hey. No, you say his name, and he almost drops to his knees at the sound of it.
âHey,â he replies, and then he smiles, adding your name.Â
You look at the flowers, chuckling. He hands the bouquet to you, and you take it, smile widening. âThese are going to die, you know that right?â
âWell, I thought they looked pretty, and they reminded me of you. SoâŚâ
âWish I had a vase for them,â you whisper, and he watches as you breathe in the scent of the flowers.Â
âWe can probably get one,â Jungkook suggests, wishing heâd thought of it before.
âIâm leaving in a week,â you point out. âNo need.â
The reminder that you are not here to stay is like a cold shower, and Jungkook takes a deep breath, nodding once. âRight.â
Youâre still smiling when you meet his gaze. âShould we go?â
âYes.â He walks around the car, opening the door for you to get in. You laugh, standing there for a time, and then you follow him.
âDidnât realize you were such a gentleman,â you tease.
Is he doing too much?
He chuckles, scratching the back of his neck. âJust trying to make you smile,â he says, shrugging his shoulders with a sheepish look on his face.
You donât say anything to that, but you are still smiling, your eyes shining from within, and youâre genuinely so beautiful he wonders if heâs dreaming.
Once you get in the car, Jungkook shuts the door behind you, before walking around to get back in the driverâs seat. He then puts the address of your destination in the GPS, and you laugh as you read it.
âYouâre taking me to Lotte tower?â
He pulls at his piercings. âI booked us a restaurant at the top. Itâs a great view at night.â
âOh, right.â You shake your head, chuckling again. âIâm dumb. Didnât even think of that.â
He just smiles, not knowing what to say, and then heâs driving away, getting out of the underground parking to head to the restaurant. Itâs already dark out, so you wonât get to see the sunset together, but you seem to enjoy the view either way, looking out the window as you cruise along the streets of Seoul, heading to your destination.
Jungkook puts music back on as he drives, and you nod your head along to the beat, seemingly far more relaxed than Jungkook feels. Because part of him can hardly believe that youâre right here, in his car. With him, in Seoul, for the first time in a year.
You got assaulted almost a year ago. Heâs been dreading the one year mark, but youâll still be here when it comes to pass, and if he plays his cards right, he reckons you might be together on that day.
Itâs next Wednesday after all.Â
âItâs a lovely night,â you say, pulling him out of his thoughts.
âIt is,â he agrees. âWeâre lucky itâs not freezing.â
âIt might during the night, though,â you say. âThatâs why I made sure to grab a coat.â
Indeed, youâre wearing an elegant jacket with a thick wool layer on the inside. It looks comfortable, almost like a large blanket, and Jungkook thinks he should have thought about a jacket, too.
But youâre not really going to be outside at all tonight. Unless you want to go for a walk after, but he has a feeling walks at night might not be your forte after what happened.
âSmart choice.â
This idle chatter is⌠unusual for the two of you. Though it reminds Jungkook of how awkward he was with you at the very beginning. How he never knew what to say, and always ended up saying the wrong thing somehow. And he reckons it might be a good thing for you to be back on those grounds.
Youâd been able to build your way up from there, after all. Maybe you can do it again today.Â
âSo, do I get to hear the songs?â you ask, taking him by surprise.
âRight now?â
You nod, and he glances at you quickly before looking at the road again. âYeah, why not?â
âHuhâŚâ Jungkook lets out, and he grabs his phone, opening it with face id. He then goes to the files app, and he hands you his phone. âTheyâre labeled as demos,â he explains. âJust choose whichever you want to hear first.â
âThereâs one called Okinawa Beach,â you muse, and the song that was playing on the radio stops, replaced by the first chords of the song.
Itâs a somber song. A song of longing for a love that seems to slip through your fingers no matter how hard you try to hold onto it. Itâs born of how he felt in Okinawa that night when you walked on the beach, before you said you wanted to see him again while youâd be in Seoul. Heâd felt like you were sand in the palm of his hand, and the melody for the song came naturally, elusive guitar chords mixed in with the sound of waves recreating the ambiance of that night.
His voice comes on, and he feels embarrassed for a time, much like he always does the first time he shows a new song to someone. But itâs you, and you were there that night, and he can see by the way your eyes glow more and more every time he glances at you that you, too, remember how it felt to walk on the beach.
The song comes to an end, or at least the singing does, and you listen to the waves and the guitar as he keeps on driving. Itâs peaceful, a piece of that night in Okinawa blooming in the car along with you, and you lean your head against the headrest, glancing at him.
âI think this one is my favourite so far,â you whisper.
He laughs shyly. âYou havenât listened to the rest yet.â
âI donât care,â you insist, shaking your head. âThis is the one.â
Another laugh. âOkay, okay. Got it.â
Youâre smiling wide, eyes shining just like the stars were shining that night, and then you look at the names of the other songs.
âWhich of these have I listened to already?â you ask. âYou showed me four songs already.â
âYouâve heard November, Moonja, Donât Forget, and If the World Ends,â he replies. âThere should be a bunch more.â
You nod, and you click on one of them. Jungkook waits for the track to start, and then he recognizes the beginning of the song Lips of Honey. Itâs the most upbeat song of the album, and he canât help but hum along to it as it plays, singing along with the chorus.
The song ends, and all you say is, âAdorable. Next.â
He snorts, and you go through the album like that, the whole six songs of it that you didnât listen to yet, and then you end up playing Okinawa Beach again, your eyes on his profile.
âThis is really the best,â you confirm. âI really likedâŚâ You look at his phone. âNaenyeon and I Still Do. But this one is the best.â
Jungkook nods, touched that youâd choose this song. Itâs his favourite, too. Heâs thinking of making it a hidden track on the album, for fans to find as they listen through it. Because that moment with you was special, a little piece of a dream heâs been replaying in his mind every night when he falls asleep.
âBut Jungkook,â you add.
Youâre stopped at a red light, so he turns his head to look at you at the heaviness of your tone. âWhat?â
âNightmare isâŚâ
You donât need to say it. Itâs a rough song to listen to. It was the hardest to record, too, as heâd just keep bursting out crying every time he sang it. You can still hear it in his voice in the demo. He sounds raw, naked and vulnerable, and heâs not sure itâll make it to the album, but it was part of his healing journey.
It needed to be out, and now it is.
âI know,â he lets out, holding your gaze.
You reach out, gently brushing his cheek. He wasnât expecting it, and he freezes, up until a car behind honks for him to go.Â
âIâm proud of you for making all these songs,â you say after a moment of silence. âThis album will be very touching to a lot of people.â
But especially to you, he almost says. Because all the songs are about you in the end. But like you said in Okinawa, âHeartbreak is one of the most universal things there is.â Heâs been thinking about making a variation of that sentence the title of the album, but he hasnât figured it out yet.
And heâs in no rush to release anything for now. Especially not when the group is working on a mini album to release on the bandâs anniversary next year, and so heâs also been having to record some stuff with them.
Theyâre going slow. Slow and steady this time, instead of trying to pump some music out right away after their service. Itâs much less hectic, and much more appropriate to the kind of life theyâre all wanting to live now.
Last year, Jungkook would have been horrified at the thought, but he too wants to settle down now. To focus on building a life outside of music, too.Â
âI really hope so,â he says, playing with his piercings mindlessly. âBut I want to try and make more happy songs for it,â he admits. âBecause love isnât just heartbreak, you know?â
âOf course.â Youâre silent for a few heartbeats, long enough for him to meet your gaze. âIn the end, heartbreak is just one of the phases of love.â
âExactly.â
The conversation naturally ends there, and youâre surrounded by comfortable silence for a time, up until you finally reach Lotte tower. Jungkookâs made arrangements for the underground parking here, too, and he ends up leaving the car to the valet as a bodyguard is waiting to escort you both to the restaurant.Â
You take the backrooms to get to the elevator, and then youâre shooting up towards the sky, up until you reach the upper levels of the tower. Youâre so high it feels like youâre amongst the stars, and you look out at the city with awe in your gaze.
âYou know, Iâve never been here before,â you admit, glancing at Jungkook over your shoulder.Â
Youâre standing in front of the glass windows that circle the tower, and though Jungkookâs never been scared of heights before, heâs almost afraid the window will break and youâll fall. Itâs stupid, as heâs aware this place is extremely safe, so he shoves down the fear, blaming it on his general nervousness.
Heâs been calmer since you listened to his music in the car, but somehow, getting here reminds him of everything thatâs come to pass between the two of you, and the insecurity in which youâre both standing in regards to what is going on between you now.
Is it the start of something new, or really just exes catching up?
You walk around for a bit, looking at the city from all the angles. Jungkook takes pictures of you when you ask him too, and you pose with a cute smile, eyes closed. Youâre adorable, and his heart beats a little harder as he watches you, and even more so when you take your phone back from his hands, your fingers barely even touching his.
But itâs enough to send shivers skittering up his arms, and he swallows, almost gulping around a sudden lump in his throat.
âLetâs take a picture together,â you suggest, and you sound pensive, like youâre not even sure itâs a good idea.
Jungkook is quick to pull his phone from his pocket, though, and you end up taking a selfie with his phone high up so that you can see part of the city behind. You seem happy with it, sending it to yourself as you take his phone from his hands to look at it, and again the feeling of your fingers on his scatters his heartbeat to the wind.
How you can still have such an impact on him after so long is beyond his comprehension.
After that, youâre told your table is ready at the restaurant, and Jungkook leads the way, pulling your chair for you. You look around, frowning at the sight of the empty room, and you meet Jungkookâs gaze.
âDid you reserve the whole restaurant or something?â you ask. âWhy is there no one?â
âI reserved the three floors, actually,â Jungkook answers sheepishly. âNo one can come tonight except us.â
âWhy did you do that!â
You sound flustered, your cheeks dotted with red, and Jungkook laughs.
âI figured weâd want privacy.â
âOh.â You let out a small chuckle. âRight, that makes sense. But youâre crazy for booking the whole place. It must have been crazy expensive.â
He shrugs his shoulders. âDonât think about it,â he reassures you. âIâve got connections.â
âOf course, you do.â
Youâre interrupted by a waitress bringing you the menu, and then you sit in silence as you both choose what you want to eat. You mention hesitating between a couple of meals, so Jungkook suggests ordering all of them to try them out. You laugh at his suggestion, only to see heâs serious.
âGosh, Jungkook,â you let out, slightly shaking your head. âThis is going to be expensive.â
âY/n,â he says in a scolding tone, though heâs smiling when he says it. âYou really donât have to worry about it. I got you.â
You just hold his gaze, lips curved upwards, and then you nod. âAlright then, Jungkook. Get the fanciest items on the menu. Bet they have really expensive wine bottles, too.â
âYou want wine?â
You nod. âI do not feel like this is the place to order a cocktail so, yes, Iâd take wine.â
You end up choosing the wine, going for an option thatâs a little more on the cheaper end but that you claim is good from having had it before. Jungkook trusts you â heâs never been too difficult with wine â and heâs glad he did, as the one you chose ends up being a lot more fruity than he expected.
âWow,â he lets out. âThis is good.â
âI know! But itâs dangerous,â you say. âItâs easy to get wasted with this wine.â
Jungkook laughs. âImagine getting plastered in a restaurant like this one.â
âLooking down at the city like weâre on clouds or something,â you muse. âLike weâre Dionysus.â
Jungkook cocks an eyebrow. âReally, Greek mythology?â
âIâve been rereading the Percy Jackson series,â you admit. âSo, yeah, Greek mythology.â
He laughs, way too endeared by you.Â
The conversation flows naturally then, much easier than it was in the car at the beginning. Like you just needed a time to get readjusted to the feeling of talking to each other, and Jungkook is smiling and laughing along with you as you wait for the food.Â
You chat about everything and nothing. He tells you about visiting his family in Busan, and you tell him about your brothers and their families. You talk about what your plans are for the book idea youâve had, and you tell him youâre going to try and finish worldbuilding before you actually go into writing. You show him the map youâve made for your world, and Jungkook whistles, impressed.
âThis is really cool,â he lets out. âYouâre amazing.â
You turn red. âWell, I just used an app. But⌠thanks.â
He smiles, loving the sight of you flustered. Especially when you meet his gaze after, and you just end up giggling lightly.
âWhat?â he asks.
âIâm just happy,â you answer with a shrug of your shoulders.
And fuck, the things it does to his heartâŚ
âIâm happy too.â
You get the food not too long after that, the array of dishes in front of you a little overwhelming. But Jungkook puts a little bit of everything on your plate, and you taste the food together. Everything is good, though Jungkook has a preference for the steak. You seem to really like it too, so he cuts it up for you, taking only a few pieces for himself.
âHave more,â you tell him.
âYou like it.â
âJungkook, donât be annoying,â you scold. âHave some more meat. We both need it for the gains.â
He laughs. âI almost forgot youâre a gym bro, now.â
âA gym bro?â You snort when he nods. âIâm not a gym bro. A gym rat, maybe? But do I look like a bro to you?â
âFlex your arms,â he challenges.
You glare at him, but you still do so. And for a girl, your shape really is impressive. It makes you even more attractive to Jungkook, and he lets his gaze drop to the piece of steak on his plate.
âYeah, a gym bro,â he teases.
âI hate you,â you grumble.
He looks up, his smile wide. âNo, you donât.â
You just keep on glaring at him, but then you break into a small laugh, slightly shaking your head. âYouâre annoying.â
Itâs said with a touching fondness that just makes his chest warm all over again. He wonders if you can see it on his face â are his cheeks dusting with pink like yours tend to do? He wouldnât be surprised.
He really is a weak man when it comes to you, and he wouldnât have it any other way. Because, despite everything that happened, despite the pain he went through at losing youâŚ
His feelings have never changed, havenât they? As he sits across from you, they fill his chest, fill his whole body.
In truth, he thinks they fill his whole soul, too. Like he was an empty glass before, and youâve poured water into him.
âThereâs something Iâve been meaning to talk to you about,â you say when youâre done eating, just sitting at the table talking about everything and nothing.
âMmh?â he lets out.
âYou mentionedâŚâ you trail off, your eyes falling to your empty plate. âThat you hooked up a lot over the last few months.â
His heart hurts in his chest as he thinks about all the girls he used to try to get over you, failing miserably every time. âYeah?â
âI was just wondering⌠what was it like?â
âHonestly?â You meet his gaze, tilting your head to the side, and he hates the sadness passing in your gaze. âI was trying to get over you. And it never really worked. Most of the girls I only saw once, except one of them that I saw both in New York and Toronto because she was staying at the same hotel as we were.â He cringes internally as he sees you tensing, and your gaze falls away from his again. âBut I didnât care about any of them. I always felt miserable about it, too. It helped in the moment, I guess, but I felt worse waking up the next day.â
âThen why did you keep doing it?â you ask, and thereâs no bite in your question. Just genuine curiosity, and Jungkook thinks he doesnât deserve it.
âI didnât think Iâd ever talk to you again,â he admits, careful with his words as he doesnât want to hurt you again. âAnd it was hard. I needed to stop thinking sometimes, and sex worked for that. But like I said, it never really helped for more than a few hours, if even that.â
âThatâs sad,â you whisper.
It is. He was sad, all those months. Longing for another moment with you, believing he didnât deserve it.
He shrugs his shoulders. âLosing you was really hard. I was just trying to cope.â
âI struggled a lot, too,â you reveal, and he wants to reach across the table, to pull you into a tight hug. But he refrains as you add, âI tried seeing someone once. I had a panic attack and stood him up.â
âOh, Y/nâŚâ
âBut I understand why you would use sex to try to move on,â you continue. âIt works for a lot of people. I guess I was just wondering⌠if you felt a connection with any of them.â
He almost laughs at the idea. As if heâll ever be able to have a connection with someone else again.
âNo, I didnât,â he reassures you. âIt was never more than sex.â
âEven that girl you saw twice?â
âEven her,â he says.
He doesnât even remember her name now. Like all the others, she was more a body than a person. Which he reckons is disgusting, but he was lost without you.
Part of him still thinks heâs lost here in front of you, too.
âOkay.â
You donât say anything else, and Jungkook just looks at you for a time. You meet his gaze again, and you smile. He breathes a sigh of relief, before saying, âYou really donât have to worry about any of that, okay?â
âI just⌠feel weirdly jealous, I guess,â you admit, cheeks turning red, and you let out a self-deprecating chuckle. âItâs stupid.â
It isnât. In truth, it makes his mind spin to think youâd be jealous when youâre the one that ended things. His heart beats a little faster, and he has to take a moment to breathe before he replies lest he says something stupid.
âItâs not,â he gently says. âI get it.â
And he does. He genuinely does. To think you tried to go on a date⌠it makes him feel jealous, too.
You hold his gaze, and then you nod once. âAlright. Letâs just⌠not talk about that anymore.â
He chuckles, and you laugh along with him, and heâs surprised that the conversation hasnât brought heaviness to the atmosphere at all. Instead, it seems like you feel relieved, and youâre lighter starting from then, like you shed a layer of heaviness that was clinging to you.
You order desserts, and you eat them with some more idle chatter, sipping your wine slowly. Seoul shines endlessly outside of the window, and Jungkook feels small as he takes in the world at your feet out there. As he takes in the light shining in your eyes, too, little sparks of reignited nostalgia and fondness appearing whenever you look at him.
He doesnât think anyone has ever looked at him the way that you do. The weight of your gaze is heavy, yet softer than a flower petal. Itâs a weight he missed since last month, but also since you ended things with him back in February. Looking back, all the pain he felt over the year feels inconsequential. It feels unreal tonight, with you by his side. At the same time, it all feels worth it.
Every second of heartbreak is worth this moment with you on top of the world. Heâd do it all over again if it meant another moment with you, another minute under that watchful, shining gaze of yours. And as he sits there, he realizes heâll never feel like this ever again. Youâre the closest to heaven that heâs ever been, and maybe one day, when life ends heâll find such peace again, but here on this Earth, youâre the only one thatâs ever made him feel this way.
Back in Busan, his mother told him that there are connections that you get to experience once in a lifetime and, whether they work out or not, you never forget about them. And he feels peaceful as he looks at you, as he realizes heâll never forget you no matter the outcome of tonight.
He wonders, will you ever forget him? Or has he ingrained himself in your memory the way that you have in his?
Even if it ends tonight, he hopes you donât forget. Thereâs beauty in memories shared never to be forgotten. Even if they come to an end inevitably.
âThank you for tonight,â you tell him once the evening does come to an end, and you just sit watching the city while sipping on the last of the wine.
He smiles softly. âThank you. For giving me the chance to organize this for us.â
You mirror the smile, though your gaze falls to the city down below. To the glimmer of the Han river as it snakes its way through Seoul. To the hundreds and thousands of lights that shine like stars down there, and to the real ones that shine in the sky, though very few are visible from here.
âIâd stay here all night,â you whisper.
He takes that truth, hides it in a corner of his heart. âI would, too.â
Almost like a twisted prank of the universe, the bodyguard from earlier comes up to the two of you, clearing his throat. You both look over your shoulders at him, and he looks like he wishes he wasnât there.
Itâd be funny, if not for the words he says next. âI hate to be telling you this, but you will have to go soon. They need to close up for the night.â
Jungkook nods curtly. âCan we have five minutes?â
âSure.â
The bodyguard walks away to give you privacy, and Jungkookâs gaze slides to yours only to find you already looking.
âYou know,â you let out, your tone gentle. âIâm only leaving at the end of next week.â
Jungkookâs heartbeat picks up in his chest. âYeah?â
You nod, though you remain silent for a while as you both just look at each other, entirely forgetting the beauty of the city outside. For a small eternity, itâs just you, your shining gaze and the soft lines of your face.
And then you say, âDo you want to come back to the hotel with me?â
*****
You werenât sure what Jungkook would say to your invitation. You felt like you didnât deserve him saying yes. Not when you were the one that pushed him away all those months ago. But the second you extended the invitation, he lit up from within, shining brighter than the stars and the city lights.Â
So, you head back to your hotel together, fingers interlaced on the console between the two seats as Jungkook drives, humming along to the songs youâve been playing.
Youâve been playing his album again, replaying your favourite song over and over again, if only to let the emotion of it sit in your chest along with all the other emotions youâve been feeling tonight. His thumb is rubbing the back of your hand soothingly, and every time he stops at a red light or a stop sign, he looks at you like youâre the star he orbits.
It makes your heart race, your chest tighten with anticipation, and you want to collide with him. You want your orbits to clash together, even if all thatâs left at the end is dust to be carried away on a cosmic wind.Â
You get to the hotel, and Jungkook lets go of your hand to focus on parking. You just watch him as he does so, your eyes finding his hands as they spin the wheel, and you feel your cheeks burning.
Heâs coming with you. Youâre not letting him go, just yet.
You donât even know if youâll be able to let him go, at all. But then again⌠You live on the other side of the world. You might not be able to let him go, but the universe will do it for you.
Once Jungkook turns off the engine, you both sit in silence for a few seconds, until he says, âLetâs go?â
It spurs you both into action, and you get out of the car, heading to the elevator in front of which he picked you up earlier. Jungkook holds the door open for you to walk into the small room, and you press on the button to call the elevator before turning to face him again.
Heâs looking at you, a pensive look on his features, and he extends his hand in the space between you like an invitation, and you interlace your fingers with his again. He pulls you closer, though he stops before wrapping his arms around you, as if to make sure you want it, too.
You donât hesitate. You close the space between the two of you, wrapping your arms around his waist as you lay your head on his chest, the sound of his heartbeat steady and strong in your ear. Jungkook lowers his head, pressing a soft kiss on the top of your head, and your eyes flutter closed as you take in the sensation of his strong body against yours, again.
You missed this. You missed it so much, and youâre done missing it. You donât want to miss him tonight. Not when youâve spent so many months longing for him despite the distance, the heartbreak, and all the other obstacles that lie between you and him. They donât matter anymore.
At least not for the next few hours. It might matter come dawn, but youâll face it then, and then only. For now, youâll live in the present.
The elevator dings, the doors sliding open, and you step away from Jungkookâs warm embrace to walk into the elevator. He follows you, grabbing your hand again, and he leans against the wall, looking at you as the doors slide close. You stand in front of him, looking up into his dark eyes, though theyâre still shining.
Itâs endless. The light in his eyes when he casts his gaze upon you is endless. You feel yourself leaning in, tiptoeing and he leans down, his lips brushing yours in a barely there kiss that still leaves yours tingling as he pulls away, leaning his head back against the wall.
And then heâs cupping your cheek with his free hand, and you instinctively lean in his palm, still lost in his eyes.
âYouâre so beautiful,â he whispers. âHow can you be so beautiful?â
The elevator reaches your floor, the doors sliding open, and you lead him to your tiny room. You press in the code on the dial pad at the door, and it unlocks, the lock whirring softly. You open the door, stepping in, pulling Jungkook in behind you. He closes the door behind himself, leaning against it.
For a moment, you just stand there looking at each other. And then you clash. But itâs gentle, in slow motion, his hands grabbing your face and pulling you in. He kisses you softly, gently, like heâs afraid to break you, yet your heart goes wild in your chest, each beat longing for him.
For more of him, always.
So you kiss him back. Slowly, softly, getting lost in the eternity of this moment with him. He tilts his head to the side, deepening the kiss with a swipe of his tongue, and you sigh, hands flat on his chest. You feel his heartbeat in your palm as it matches the rhythm of your own. Yet, despite your hearts racing, you still kiss slowly.
You have all night in front of you. And it seems heâs just as keen as you to take advantage of every second with you. He doesnât want to rush things. It shows in the way he slowly undresses you, taking off your coat first. He pushes off the door, and then youâre kicking your shoes off, forgoing to put on slippers.
No, youâre too busy letting him push you back towards the bed. Though he stops to take your shirt off before you reach your destination, and you stand there with your lace bralette on, watching him as he watches you. As his fingers brush up your side, scattering goosebumps in their wake. His eyes are darker now, though theyâre burning like embers as he takes you in.
âYou really are beautiful,â he says then. âAn angel, really.â
You blush, not knowing what to reply. Instead, you reply with actions. With pulling on the hem of his shirt, pushing it up until he takes the cue and takes it off, letting it fall on the floor along with yours.Â
Now, itâs your turn to take in the sight of him. Of his hard muscles, and of his skin that glows like honey in the light of the lamp on the bedside table. He really is stronger than he was last year, having gained a good ten to fifteen pounds of muscles. Itâs intimidating, really, though you still gently graze your fingers on his abs, going up between his pecs until youâre loosely wrapping your hand around his throat.
He gulps. You feel it in your hand, and you pull him down into a kiss. His pink lips are still just as soft as they were a second ago, but the kiss turns more languid, sloppier, his tongue exploring your mouth. You taste all of him, and the lingering taste of the wine, too. It makes your head spin, especially as he pushes you to the bed again.
You stop when your legs hit the side of it, and he pulls away from the kiss to look at you. Your hand has slid on his chest now, resting on his warm skin, and he grabs your wrist with the softest grip, pulling on your hand until he can leave a soft kiss on your palm.Â
Heâs beautiful, too. You might not have said it back, but heâs so beautiful right now, a strand of hair falling in his eyes as he looks down at you. It doesnât seem to bother him, and when you reach up to brush it back, it just falls in his eyes again, so you let it be.
âAre you sure you want to do this tonight?â Jungkook asks then.
You know what heâs referencing right away, and you give him a nod. âYes. I want you, Jungkook. Iâve wanted you for months.â
His eyes shut like it pains him to hear it. But then heâs looking at you again, and you see so much love in his gaze that you canât breathe for a time.
If this were your last day on Earth, youâd die happy. Because you feel known, here in his gaze. You feel seen like youâve never been before, and itâs a feeling you doubt youâll ever forget, even if tonight is the last night you get with him.
Jungkook opens his eyes, and then he gently pushes you back until you sit on the bed. You move back on it so you can lie down, and his gaze falls to your side. You see the moment he looks at your scars, and he clenches his jaw, his features turning hard. Insecure, you cover them with your hand, but he climbs on the bed next to you, pushing your hand away. And then heâs leaning in, pressing a soft kiss on the two scars.
Your eyes are wet when he meets your gaze again. He gently brushes your hair behind your ear, and he kisses you.Â
Youâre in love with him. Even after all the months apart, even after what you went through, youâre still in love with him. It makes you feel like crying even more. If he senses it, it doesnât seem to make him want to pull away. He just keeps on kissing you, emptying your mind with every swipe of his tongue. Soon, your heart settles in your chest, the tears pass, and you hold onto his forearm.
This time, the kiss doesnât stay soft and sweet. It catches fire, grows fiery in a way you canât quite comprehend but that has always made sense between the two of you. It leads to him ridding you of the rest of your clothes before he takes his off, too. And then heâs kneeling between your legs, dick proud and tall as he jerks himself off, looking down at you.
You look down at him, too, take in the sight of the precum sitting on his slit. It glistens in the light of the lamp and, fuck, you canât believe you made it back to him like this.
âDo you have a condom?â you ask.
He freezes, most likely because youâve never worn a condom before, but after what heâs told you about the hooking upâŚÂ
You donât want to risk it.
âYeah,â he lets out, and he gets up to grab his wallet from his pants. He takes a condom out of it, and he tears the tinfoil package open before rolling the condom on. A few seconds later, heâs back to kneeling between your legs, and he says, âReady?â
You are. Youâve been ready for a while now. So you nod, and he aligns himself with your entrance. He stops there for a time, gaze finding yours, and then heâs slowly pushing in, one inch at a time. It hurts, just a little. Most likely because you havenât had sex in almost a year now. And so your mouth falls open on a pained sound, and Jungkook stills.
âAre you okay?â he asks, concern interlaced with the words.
You nod. âIâm justâŚâ you trail off. âYouâre bigger than I remember.â
He smirks. âYou can take it, baby. Youâve always taken me so well.â
The praise sends your mind in a spiral of lust for him, and you raise your hips, trying to get him to push in deeper despite the burning stretch you already feel. His hands find your waist, helping to hold you a little higher, and then he glances at the headboard. He seems to consider something for a second, and then heâs grabbing a pillow, putting it under your ass.
Heâs quick to push inside of you this time around. Itâs unforgiving, and you let out a broken moan as he fully sheaths himself in you.
âSee?â he says as your walls clench around him. âI knew you could take me.â
âJungkookâŚâ
âI know, baby.âÂ
He bends down, kissing you deeply, and then he starts slowly fucking you. Itâs deep, his hips hitting yours in a slap of skin every time, and you wrap your legs around his waist to feel him deeper. He groans, and you suck on his piercings.
âFuck,â he curses. He leans his forehead against yours, never slowing down his rhythm. You just softly moan as he fucks you â as he makes love to you â and he says, âI canât get enough of you. I can never get enough of you.â
And then heâs accelerating the rhythm. It feels good, infinitely so, and you moan his name. It makes him kiss you again, languidly, all tongue and lips and grunts and moans, and you get lost in him while he gets lost in you. He fucks you like that for a while, but eventually, he pulls out and flips you around.
He pushes one of your legs up, and then heâs fucking you from behind, too. His lips are on the side of your head, and then heâs biting at the lobe of your ear, prompting shivers to run up and down your spine. It makes your pussy clench around him, and he groans as he stills deep inside of you.
âYou feel so good,â he whispers. âLike your pussy was made for me.â He starts moving again, back to a slow and steady rhythm. âI just want to be inside you for the rest of the night.â He kisses your cheek. âYouâre so pretty like this.â
You reach back, cupping his cheek. He kisses your palm once, and you feel so full of him, so full of emotions, of love and yearning and longing and everything in between, that you donât see your high coming until it slaps you in the face.
You moan his name, and he whispers sweet nothings in your ear as you come. He fucks you slow and steady through it all, coming to a halt when heâs sure to have milked your high out of you. He lets you breathe for a time, and then he presses a kiss on your cheek before kneeling back.
âIâm going to come now, mâkay?â he says, and itâs all the warning you get before he starts fucking you rough, chasing his own high.Â
Youâre crying out under him, and it feels so good you think you might come again. Youâd forgotten how good sex always is with him, and you grab onto the sheets as he fucks you, his motions growing sloppier until he stills deep inside of you, groaning your name as he shoots his load into the condom.
His dick twitches inside of you, and youâre so sensitive that your walls pulse in return. Itâs heavenly, and youâre swimming in bliss when he leans down to kiss your cheek again.
He slips out of you a few heartbeats later, and he lies down next to you, pulling you into his chest. Heâs sweaty, but you canât bring yourself to care. You want him as close as possible, and you turn so that you can nuzzle your face in his neck. And then you lie there, limbs entwined, for a small eternity.
It feels like youâve come home. After all this time, youâre finally home, and you hold him tighter, trying to pull him in even closer.
âHow are you feeling?â he asks in a whisper as he runs his hand through your hair.
âGood,â you murmur. âYou?â
You hear his smile in his voice when he says, âBetter than I felt all year.â
You press a soft kiss on the mole on his neck. âMe too.â
A sweet eternity passes, the world outside paused for you and him. Jungkook rubs your back, tracing idle shapes into your skin, and you just breathe in the scent of him. You commit the feeling of his body against yours to memoryâŚ
Just in case. Because you never want to forget this moment in time. When you die, you want it to be the scene your mind decides to revisit one last time.
âCan we spend the week together?â you whisper against his skin.
Jungkook pecks the top of your head. âYes. Fuck. Yes, we can. Iâll stay with you.â
You smile, holding him a little tighter.
And even if the week comes to an end, you know that this, this is it. A core memory was born tonight, and you hope he feels it too.
You hope the knowledge of it is shared between the two of you. One last thing to share before you go.
Before the universe decides if itâll split you and Jeon Jungkook up, again.
Prev | Next
âââââ
i am very soft for these two and i love them so so much. let me know what you thought of this chapter here <3
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter deals with heavy themes)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: mentions of jungkook's drinking habits, cursing, alcohol, still a lot of trauma tbh, mentions of the assault and of blood,
âword count: 15.8k (it's a long one oop)
âa/n: I adore this chapter with all of my heart and I hope you will love it too <3 thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Monday, October 5th
The waves lap at the shore, slowly, endlessly. Seagulls cry out in the sky up above, chasing each other across the vast blue expanse over your head. Their shadows chase them on the floor, eaten by the waves as they reach up to where youâre walking, the water fresh despite the hot day.
Itâs your first time in Okinawa. Youâd only heard of it in passing before, and in a song youâve been listening to on repeat since you got here yesterday. Itâs peaceful, much like the palm trees are as they sway in the breeze. The mountains in the distance loom tall and green, and you feel like youâve stepped into paradise.
When Jennie called you on FaceTime two weeks ago to reveal that she and Taehyung got engaged, you did not know what to say. It felt sudden to you, but then again you havenât been in Seoul since February. It feels like the lives of the people over there have been put on pause during your absence, but youâre aware itâs not the case.
Taehyung proposed to her over a romantic dinner the day he got home from the tour. Jennie said that he promised to love her every day of his life, till his heart gives out. It was romantic, much like something youâd write in a book, and the ring he got Jennie isâŚ
Well, simply put, the ring outshines the sun in the sky up above. The rock that sits in its center is slender, surrounded by a group of smaller stones that just makes it sparkle like itâs lit from within. You didnât expect it to be something Jennie would love, as she usually does not wear big jewellery, but sheâs in love with it, so you love it, too.
When Jennie invited you to Okinawa for their engagement party, you considered claiming that you were too busy with writing a book. Which would have been a lie â you havenât written anything since last year, though youâve started thinking about what your next story could be. Youâve thought about fantasy, even though itâs a genre youâve never written before. Maybe a fantasy world of secret societies that compete against each other to rule the world.
You donât have much more than that, and so you couldnât bring yourself to lie and tell Jennie you couldnât come. Especially considering you havenât seen her since she and Hyunseok helped you with packing your stuff at your apartment back in February.Â
You miss her. Sheâs become one of your closest friends, and you have spent months missing her. So you said yes, and she sent you the information of the villa where youâre now staying, along with a message telling you that Jungkook said he would not come if you were there.
It hurt. To think that he does not want to see you, but you understood. You told Jennie to tell him you didnât mind if he were to come, as Jennie and Taehyung have been his friends for much longer than you have, but Jennie never confirmed or denied if he was coming.
You donât know what Jungkook has been up to since the last time you talked in February. You fully cut ties after that, even unfollowing him on social media, and your phone number has changed since youâve moved back home, so if he tried to text or call, you obviously did not see it.
He still follows you with his burner account. Youâve checked while you were at the airport, waiting for the flight that was going to bring you here. And Jungkook was still there, and another quick search later, heâs still liking your posts, too.
Not that youâve been very active on social media. You have put your online life on pause since you went home, needing to really disconnect with everything for a time. It helped tremendously, and you reckon youâve made great progress in healing from your trauma.
Itâs almost as if it never happened. But part of you doesnât want to forget it did, so when a producer from Seoul reached out to say that theyâd like to adapt your story to the screen, you agreed to meet with them.
Youâll be meeting them next month, and itâll be your first time back in Seoul after so long. You donât know how to feel about it.
The song thatâs playing in your earbuds ends, and you look down at your phone to restart it again, the gentle voice and soft guitar chords filling your ears once more. And then you keep on walking down the beach, your sunglasses perched on your nose to protect your eyes from the sun. You push them up, as the sunscreen youâve put on earlier has been making them slide down your nose constantly.
It could be annoying, but you feel so peaceful right now, lost in the paradise that Okinawa is, and you reckon you might come back here again some time.Â
Youâve been walking for a while. Your goal was to reach the limit of the private beach, which you did not realize was so long, but you finally see the sign that indicates the end of the private beach and the start of the public one.
A lot of people are lounging on the other side of the sign, and you turn back around before any of them can recognize you, though you doubt people would actually recognize you here.
You walk back the way you came, following the tracks you left behind on the way to the sign. The waves keep on lapping at your feet, climbing around your ankles. It tickles, but itâs so damn peaceful.
You stop, facing the sea. For a moment, you just look out at the clear water, at the waves as they reach the island. You close your eyes, too, breathing the salty air in, your feet slowly digging in the sand as the waves keep on coming, relentless in their pursuit of the coast.
Your serenity is interrupted by your phone vibrating in your hand. You crack an eye open, looking down to see youâve received a message from Heryung.
[2:37 pm] Heryung: youâre here?!?
You chuckle at the sight, and you quickly reply that you are, before resuming your walk back to the villa.
Originally, Jennie and Taehyung wanted to rent the villa in Jeju island where you stayed in August last year, but it wasnât available under such short notice, and it was also too small to host all of their friends and family members. So they ended up renting this villa, though itâs more of a resort with multiple smaller villas.
Youâre staying at the biggest one, where Jennie and Taehyung are also staying, but youâre in another wing along with Hoseok, Heryung and Jimin. The other members have another villa a little further away from the beach as Jennie and Taehyungâs family settled in the ones on each side of yours.
Itâs nearly three oâclock when the first villa comes into sight, and you notice Park Seojoon and another actor you canât remember the name of standing outside of it, rinsing their feet at the shower outside. The actor you donât know notices you, and he offers you a polite bow that you return before he turns to reply to Park Seojoon.
The latter doesnât see you, and you continue on your way to your villa. Itâs nestled between two palm tree groves, with wooden walkways that lead to the other villas. A bird with a bright orange beak is walking in the grove, and it pauses as it catches sight of you, assessing you for danger.
Youâve taken a picture of it earlier, so you leave it alone this time around as you reach the two steps that lead up to the deck behind the villa. You climb them, heading to the sliding glass doors behind which you can see Heryung and Hoseok standing in the kitchen area. Heryung catches sight of you, and she waves enthusiastically.
You slide the door open, a gush of air conditioner hitting you in the face as you step inside. Heryung is upon you before youâve even had time to close the door behind you, engulfing you in a tight hug.
âHey there,â she says. âIâm so happy youâre here.â She pulls away, still holding your shoulders as you awkwardly take off your Airpods. âI had no idea you were going to be here.â
âSurprise!â you let out, and she laughs.
Her eyes then go down your frame, and she whistles. âGirl, youâve been working out.â
You have. You did even before, but when you returned home, you felt the need to busy yourself with something, to always be on the move. So you started working out nearly every day, and you now have the results to show it.
It was a good way for you to regain power over your own body too, as your therapist said. And it allowed you to decrease the strength of your meds, which youâre hoping to stop taking some time soon.
Youâve healed. Youâve healed so much over the months, and you think youâre lucky to have been able to reach such a calm state of mind, such a physique even after what happened to you.
âYeah, five times a week, baby,â you reply.
She laughs. âDamn, Iâm jealous. I wish I had thighs like yours.â
Hers are dainty, skinny, as her job as a model requires.
âBecome a sportswear model,â you suggest. âIâll go to the gym with you and get you those gains.â
She smirks. âI bet that gives you sick endurance in the...â
You roll your eyes, a light blush dusting your cheeks at the innuendo. In truth, you havenât had sex since nearly a year ago, since the last time you and Jungkook had sex at his house before everything went down. So you wouldnât know about endurance in the way Heryung means, but you do have good endurance on the stairmaster, if that counts.
âDoesnât she look amazing?â Heryung says to her boyfriend over her shoulder.
âHey, Y/n,â Hoseok greets you when you meet his gaze, ignoring Heryung.
âHey, Hobi.â
Jennie appears at the bend in the hallway, and her gaze lights up at the sight of you. âYouâre back!â
She walks over to you, looking behind her as if someone is following, though no one appears. She meets your gaze again, and then glances at Hoseok and Heryung.Â
âHow was the walk?â she asks as she stops next to you, and Heryung finally lets go of your shoulders to let her arms fall at her side.
âGreat,â you reply, frowning in suspicion. âWhatâs up with you?â
âOkay so,â she starts, and then she shuts her eyes and winces. âRemember when I said Jungkook would not come?â
Your heart skips a painful beat in your chest as anticipation fills your ribcage. âYeah?â
âWell, turns out heâs here.â
Your throat dries out, and you just stare at her for a few seconds, not knowing what to say.
âYou said to tell him it was fine to come, and he never confirmed, but heâŚâ
She trails off, because loud voices come from the hallway, and you recognize Jungkookâs laugh.
Youâd recognize it anywhere. Panic grips at you as Taehyung appears first, followed by Jimin and, last but not least, Jungkook. You think your heart entirely stops pumping blood, and you donât think youâre breathing as Jungkook catches sight of you, too.
He stops in his tracks, mouth half open like he was going to say something, and he closes it, blinking once. Jimin and Taehyung seem unaware of the fact heâs stopped, because they pour into the kitchen, talking loudly.
âOof,â Heryung lets out.
Oof indeed.Â
Jimin and Taehyung finally grow aware that you are there, and they both spin to look at Jungkook, whoâs still just staring at you. You offer him a tight-lipped smile, trying to ease the tension thatâs growing in the room, and he gives you a small nod of acknowledgement back, though he doesnât smile.
He doesnât smile, and if it werenât for the fact that youâve really been so good at healing, you think you might shed a tear. Instead, you look away, meeting Jennieâs gaze. Sheâs staring at you as if expecting something to happen, but when you just give her the same smile, her shoulders relax.
âSorry for not letting you know before,â she mouths.
You shrug, and then you look back towards where Jungkook was standing. Heâs moved to where Taehyung and Jimin are, and they start talking again, Hoseok joining them.
Your Korean has grown a little rusty over the months of disuse, but a few seconds of listening to their Satoori dialect tells you theyâre talking about the flight over. You stop focusing on them, instead looking between Jennie and Heryung that are exchanging a gaze.
Itâs awkward. This whole thing is really fucking awkward.
âHe and Jimin are going to share a room,â Jennie says, and she scrunches up her nose.
Because that means heâs staying in this villa, too.
You kind of wish you could dig a hole in the sand outside and hide in it.
âOof,â Heryung repeats.
You snort. You donât know why you do, but you snort, and you reckon youâll be fine. Despite the pain of how it ended, you and Jungkook are on good terms. And itâs only a week. You surely can cohabit for a week without anything happening, canât you?
Tuesday, October 6th
Jungkook thought that seeing you again would hurt. He thought itâd push him back months in the progress heâs made since you ended things in February. And though seeing you did hurt, his heart straining in his chest uncomfortably, it wasnât as bad as he thought it would be.
He still drank more than necessary last night, just to make sure he wouldnât have a nightmare. Jimin drank with him, and they stayed up far later than everyone else, the sun already lightening the sky outside when they ended up crashing. And crashing they did, only waking up in the middle of the afternoon.
The villa is empty when Jungkook ventures outside of the bedroom while Jimin decides to stay in bed. He heads to the bathroom â the one he shares with Heryung, Hoseok, Jimin and you. He notices your toiletry bag, the same one you had last year, and a wave of nostalgia hits him as he turns the shower on, seeing your shampoo in there too.
He doesnât know if heâll be able to talk to you. To cohabit with you should be doable, but losing you hurt so bad, and he doesnât want to go there again.
Hell, he reckons he might find someone to lose himself in like heâs been doing at every stop on the tour. Sex was a good way to not think about you for a time, until it became easy to see another girl and not wish it was you.
Sort of.
As he washes his hair, Jungkookâs eyes fall on your shampoo bottle. And he canât help but wonder, have you been hooking up with other people too? A lump forms in his throat at the thought, and he clears it away, pushing you away from his mind.
Heâll likely see you again today. He does not need to be thinking of you. Itâs hard not to, though, especially when he walks out to the kitchen once heâs done with his shower to see the juice you like in the fridge.
He pours himself a glass, and then grabs a fruit. He sits at the dinner table, eyes cast towards the beach outside, and he sees a group of people playing volleyball. He canât see you, and heâs almost disappointed at the thought.
But itâs okay, he tells himself.Â
He bites into his apple, the satisfying crunch filling the air around him. Itâs juicy, sweeter than he expected it to be, and he wipes his chin as some of the juice drips on it when he takes a second bite.
The day is beautiful outside. The blue sky is empty of clouds, and he reckons he might go for a run on the beach if itâs not too hot.Â
He eats as he watches the people playing outside, wondering where they got the net. Jennie is there, and she serves with precision, aiming right between Taehyungâs siblings on the other side. The ball falls in the sand, and Jennie highfives her teammates.
Jungkook spies Minha standing to the side, a hand on the swell of her belly. She and Seokjin finally managed to get pregnant during the summer, and theyâve both been glowing with joy and pride since then, their love seemingly renewed. Itâs beautiful to see, though Jungkook has found he struggles with witnessing love in general now.
Most likely because his heart feels like it turned to stone after losing you. It was the only way to protect himself from the pain as he had to focus on the tour instead. He grew numb to feelings in general, and heâs been riding that wave since February.
He did try therapy, like you suggested he should. It became quickly clear that with the rhythm of the tour and the jetlag with Korea, doing therapy wasnât really sustainable, though. And so he stopped after a few appointments, focusing on the gym and on the concerts instead.Â
And then, in March, he hooked up with that first girl, and he started focusing on the sex, too. He also started drinking again, though never to the extent that he did last December.
He never wants to go back to where he was last December.
âHoly fuck,â Jimin says as he walks into the kitchen, hair dishevelled. âI feel like a truck hit me.â
âGood morning to you too,â Jungkook says with a chuckle.
Jimin squints his eyes at the brightness on the other side of the sliding doors, and then heads to the fridge, where he grabs a water bottle.
âIâm too old to drink like that anymore,â he says before opening the water bottle, downing half of it in one go. âWay too old.â
âYouâll survive, grandpa,â Jungkook teases.
âIâm going to kill you.â
Jiminâs threat falls flat as he sways, leaning against the counter. Jungkook just laughs at him, and then takes a bite of his apple.
âYou should take a cold shower,â he says once he swallows. âItâll get you right back up and running.â
âIâd rather shoot myself, thanks,â Jimin grumbles.
The sliding doors open, and both of their gazes turn to see you as you freeze there, looking between the two of them.Â
Like yesterday, Jungkook is hit with a wave of nostalgia and pain at the sight of you. He lets it wash over him, tries to stay impassive, but itâs hard when you meet his gaze, and you offer him that same awkward smile as yesterday. He doesnât bother to return it, instead biting into his apple, and your gaze drops to the floor as you step in, closing the door behind you.
âYou guys are up late,â you say to no one in particular, but Jungkook foolishly hopes youâre trying to talk to him.
He immediately douses that hope with a fat dose of reality, because youâve made it clear you wanted nothing to do with him last February.
âItâs his fault,â Jimin grumbles. âAnd Iâm going back to bed before my head explodes.â
Jungkook watches him leave, and then glances at you again. Youâre already looking at him, and his heart skips a beat in his chest. You smile once more, and then you push a strand of hair behind your ear.
This time, Jungkook mirrors the smile. It comes naturally, before he can stop it. Itâs helped by the fact that itâs the first time youâre actually alone since last winter, and he also doesnât want to make things harder for you.
âYou cut your hair,â you comment, and Jungkook frowns, surprised that you would notice.
Indeed, he let it grow over the months of touring, but he got it cut shorter again before he came here, mostly because he knew heâd have trouble with supporting the heat if he still had long hair.
âYeah,â he lets out.
You nod awkwardly, and your gaze drops to the floor again. Jungkook takes the opportunity to actually look at you, his gaze roving down your frame and back up.
You look amazing. Hell, you look like youâve been putting work in at the gym, the muscles you had before having grown tremendously since the last time he saw you. You look strong, like someone to not fuck around with, unless one wants to find out how it feels to get punched in the face. Itâs attractive, especially as youâre not wearing any shorts over your olive green bikini. You are wearing a shirt, though, and Jungkook thanks his stars because he definitely would have made a fool of himself if you didnât.
As he looks at your face again, he sees you looking, but he doesnât let it show that you caught him. Or at least he tries not to, taking another bite of his apple.
âThe weather is amazing outside,â you comment. âYou should come out before itâs too late.â
Jungkook nods. âJust going to finish eating this, and then Iâll go for a run.â
âYou run?â you ask.
He tilts his head to the side. âYeah.â
You hold his gaze for a few seconds, and then you look at the hallway. You seem to hesitate, and then you take a step towards it, before glancing his way again. âWell, I wonât bother you any longer.â
You donât wait for him to say something before youâre walking away, and Jungkook takes a deep breath, sitting back in his chair. The breath hurts, burns like heâs breathing water instead of air. Because talking to youâŚ
It was a lot harder than he thought itâd be. Mostly because of the awkwardness, and of this feeling that you are just strangers now. But then again⌠his next breath fills his lungs with the realization that he did talk to you, and he survived.Â
Heâs moved on more than he thought he did. Or not enough, because he finds himself looking in the direction you disappeared, hoping youâll come back so he can tell you that heâs glad to see you.Â
His emotions are conflicting, and itâs far too frustrating for him to just sit there. So he quickly finishes eating, chugs the glass of juice, and then he heads outside, waving to the people that notice him before he runs down the beach, heading towards the horizon.
Hopefully, the run will clear his mind. And it does, but he reckons itâs all owed to how incredibly peaceful Okinawa is. Especially at this time of the year, when it doesnât feel like the humidity is trying to replace the oxygen. And running on a beach, on the spot where the sand is wet from the high tide, is something heâs always loved, even though heâs only really taken a liking to run on the last months of the tour. But here, on the beach, he feels like he could run up to the mountains in the distance, though heâs forced to turn around when he realizes that thereâs a public beach up ahead, filled with tourists.
He has no intention of getting recognized here, so he turns around, running back the way he came. And as he gets closer to the people playing volleyball, he sees that youâve joined them.
Youâve taken the shirt off, too, and he slows down to a walk as he takes in the sight of you. You jump to try and block Lisaâs hit, but youâre small and your fingers donât even reach the top of the net. It makes everyone laugh, but Jungkook freezes like a deer in headlight, like heâs suddenly been dumped in space, at the sight of the scars on your side.
You havenât gotten the scars removed. He knew it, as the doctor reimbursed him even though he insisted that they keep the money, but seeing them standing stark on your sunkissed skin makes his brain zoom back to that night in November last year, and for a second, all he sees is blood and your eyes clouding over.
Heâll throw up. Heâs going to fucking throw up, and Minha notices him standing there. Before she can say anything, he turns towards the sea and kicks off his shoes before jogging in the waves and diving in.
He stays under the water, eyes closed, as the waves pass overhead. Itâs calm here, so calm he can hear the sirens in the distance. He can hear the doctor telling him to let go of your hand, and he sees you being wheeled away on that stretcher.
He thought youâd never come back. But you did, and you asked him to leave.
What a fucking mess.
He surfaces as his lungs are starting to burn, and he realizes heâs been pulled out at sea more than he intended while being under, the current stronger than he imagined it to be. But heâs always been a decent swimmer, so he doesnât let it worry him as he starts swimming back to shore, up to a spot where his feet can touch the soft sand. He stands there, the waves crashing into him, and he looks at the horizon, at the blue sky and the sea and the seagulls.
The sun chases away the darkness of his memories, and the feeling that his heart was plunged in acid fades away, replaced by his familiar numbness. He clings onto it as he breathes.
He wasnât expecting the strength of that reaction. Hell, he thought he was doing better.
He was just not expecting to see your scars. To be reminded that you almost died last year, and no amount of telling himself it wasnât his fault was enough to convince him he was guilt free.
âEverything okay?â Taehyung says next to him, startling him as Jungkook didnât hear him approach over the sound of the waves.
He glances at his friend. âYeah.â
âYou panicked,â Taehyung pointed out.
Jungkook looks back towards the horizon. âYeah.â
âYou donât have to say youâre okay if you arenât, you know?â
Jungkook gulps, and theyâre both forced to take a step back as a stronger wave splashes into them. âI know,â Jungkook says once the wave has passed. âFor the most part, I am okay, though.â
âYeah?â Taehyung lets out.
Jungkook nods. âYeah. I talked with her earlier.â
âYou did?â
Another nod. âIt went well.â
Except he was awkward, barely even engaging with you, and he left on a run thinking it would help only to panic at the sight of you after.
âThatâs good,â Taehyung says, and he sounds far happier than Jungkook is.
Itâs hard to blame him, as he just got engaged to the love of his life.
âAre you going to try to talk to her again?â
He doesnât know. Hell, he doesnât know if he can without breaking down. Because even as he stares at the horizon, at the spot where the sea and the sky meet, all he sees is the pink and white scars on your side.
They look painful. And he knows they were. He knows how much you bled out that night, and he knows a part of him died with you on the ambulance ride, in the hospital after. He just wasnât faced with it for months, and he had stupidly forgotten.
Now, he remembers. He remembers the pain, the fear, the excruciating wait with your mother. He remembers you telling him to leave, and then he remembers the drinking. Breaking down with Jennie, returning to the tour. Breaking down during the tour, too, seeing you the day after.
You ending things.
And maybe over the months, the sex and the alcohol and the concerts helped with chasing the pain away, helped with that numbness he felt, but his heart hasnât forgotten what it felt for you, and being near you is awakening everything again.
Itâs dangerous grounds to tread â what healed could break again, irreparably. And heâs so tired then, staring at the horizon, that he wishes a wave would just take him out at sea and leave him to die.
âFuck,â he curses.Â
Taehyung stares at his profile. âYou donât have to talk to her,â he carefully says, unaware of the spiral Jungkookâs mind just went down.
âI know.â
But he wants to. He wants to and he wishes you donât. Because it really is dangerous grounds to tread, and he canât afford breaking again. He barely got out alive last time.
âJust go with the flow,â Taehyung suggests. âShe told Jennie sheâs glad youâre here.â
And on that treacherous thread of hope thrown towards Jungkook, Taehyung leaves, not once looking back.
Conflicting emotions. Jungkook reckons itâll be the theme of this week here, after all.
Wednesday, October 7th
You havenât talked to Jungkook since that awkward moment yesterday. You think heâs avoiding you, and itâs been made clear when you all had dinner at the dining hall of the resort. You tried to ask him how his run was, and he just walked past you, ignoring you.
It hurt, and you decided not to reach out first again. You have to respect his boundaries, and heâs made it clear that he doesnât want to talk to you. You cried about it last night, after everyone went to bed, and youâve been tired all day, falling asleep for a nap on the beach.
Youâve been tanning, not having the energy to play volleyball today, and Heryung and Minha have been staying with you, along with Namjoonâs girlfriend, who just got here today. Minji is her name, and sheâs been very sweet, though much like Minha, she doesnât speak a lot of English. So youâve mostly stuck around with Heryung instead, as Jennie has been spending the day with her family.
So a nap on the beach it was, and you wake up feeling sore, your skin slightly burning. You blink a few times, your eyes slowly adjusting to the light until you see that clouds have gathered in the sky, looking rather menacing. You sit up straight to notice the girls have left, and where Heryung used to be, Jungkook is sitting.
His gaze widens when he sees you looking at him.
âYouâre awake,â he states, as if it wasnât obvious.
You close your eyes, rubbing a hand over your features. âHuh?â
Thereâs a short silence as you look at Jungkook again. Heâs still staring at you, and you feel so confused by his sudden willingness to talk you wonder if youâre still asleep.
âItâs going to rain soon,â he says. âThe girls went inside, but you were sleeping, so I said Iâd stay with you and wake you up if it started to rain.â
Well, that explains why heâs here, and why youâre alone with him. Indeed, a glance behind shows that the beach has been vacated, and a strong gust of wind sends your hair flying around your head.
âAh,â you let out flatly.
You make no move to get up, though, and neither does Jungkook. You both just glance at the sea, the churning waters way more aggressive than youâve seen them before.
âDo you think there will be a storm?â you ask as the dark clouds on the horizon seem to be rolling towards you.
âProbably,â he replies. âNot a big one, though. Weâre out of season.â
You nod, and another gush of wind carries a spray of salty water all the way to where youâre sitting.
âGuess I wonât get a tan today,â you comment.
Jungkook chuckles. He chuckles, and itâs the first time youâve heard him chuckle because of you since way before February, and your heart stops in your chest.
You look at him, and he looks at you, and he offers you a small smile.
A truce it is, then.
Your chest fills with warmth, and you look at the horizon again. The storm doesnât look so bad with him sitting next to you.
âHow was the nap?â Jungkook asks, initiating the conversation for the first time since you got here.
âIt was good,â you admit. âI havenât been sleeping too well with the jetlag.â
âYeah, a thirteen hour difference is brutal.â
It is. It was easier when you moved to Korea in April forever ago, but maybe that was just because it wasnât for only a few days. You had so long to get adjusted to it that it didnât really matter if you were tired at the beginning. Here, youâve been trying to get up early, to enjoy the days as much as possible since youâre only here for a week.
âIt is,â you agree with a sigh.
Thereâs a silence, and though you wish you would find how to fill it, it doesnât feel quite as uncomfortable as it could be. Youâre just thankful heâs decided to talk to you, but you also donât want to scare him away.
âHow was the tour?â you ask him when the silence stretches for longer than it needs to.
âIt was great,â Jungkook replies. âIâm glad itâs over though. Touring is exhausting.â
âI bet. Itâs a lot of travelling.â
He makes a non-committal sound, and silence resumes around you, only interrupted by the sound of the wind and the waves. You think it might even be raining a little, but Jungkook isnât moving, so you stay seated on your towel.
âHow have you been?â he asks, and you glance at him.
Heâs already looking your way, and your gazes connect in an embrace you got used to last year.Â
More than a year ago, actually. The summer before his tour, when you were slowly falling in love unaware of what was going to come.
Youâd give a lot to reconnect with the innocence of those days. With the excitement they carried, like you were young and infinite and nothing would ever take you down. How wrong were you.
âItâs been hard,â you admit, because you canât lie to him when youâre looking into those doe eyes. âBut Iâve been healing. Iâm not as dependent on meds as I was initially.â
âIâm happy for you.â
He sounds genuine, yet thereâs sadness in his gaze. Or maybe itâs nostalgia. Maybe he too is remembering the months of you and him falling in love despite his busy schedule.
âWhat about you?â you ask. âHow have you been?â
He clenches his jaw. A muscle feathers under his skin, and his chest goes up and down as he takes a big breath. âIâve been slowly getting better.â
âYeah?â
He nods, and his gaze moves to the ocean. âTried therapy, like you suggested I should. But the schedule was too hard to sustain with the tour.â
You scan his profile, try to read the lines of his face like you did before, but heâs changed. So much. Heâs⌠gotten big over the months apart, gaining his weight back and then some. But he seems more serious than he used to be. Like heâs always deep in thought, which you reckon might be the case when youâre around.
Youâre practically exes after all.
âBut I found ways to get my mind off things,â he adds. âItâs been working well.â
âIâm glad,â you gently say.
He chuckles, his head hanging low as he stares at the sand in front of his feet. Thereâs something condescending in that chuckle â itâs unlike the one from earlier, and you canât help the way a frown slowly overtakes your features.
âWhatâs funny?â you ask.
He shakes his head. âNothing.â
The frown remains as you look out at the sea, and a fat drop of water lands on your knee. You look at it, wiping it absentmindedly.
âItâs raining,â you let out.
âYeah.â
But still he doesnât move, so still you donât, either.
âWhat helped you with healing?â Jungkook asks.
Not expecting the question, your frown falls.
âI think itâs mostly the distance,â you admit. âBeing so far from what happened, physically, helped. And then the support that my parents gave me, and the therapy. Things like that. But also just⌠time helped.â
âIt hasnât even been a year,â he states.
âItâll be a year next month.â You worry at your bottom lip, because the way he said it makes you think of the guilt you feel around your trauma. Around the fact youâre not as traumatized as you believe you should be. But trauma works in mysterious ways, like your therapist said. Itâs better to be thankful about it than resentful that you werenât more affected by what happened.
Though you reckon the anxiety has been a lot to deal with. And you havenât been able to be alone outside at night since then, but itâs not like you actually needed to. The true test will come when the sun will be setting way too early in the months to come.
Only then will you see if youâve truly healed as much as you tell yourself you have.
âIâm glad youâve been better,â Jungkook eventually says. âThat it⌠didnât leave a lasting impression on you.â
He says it awkwardly, and you throw him a look, the corners of your lips curved upwards. âThat it didnât traumatize me too much?â you ask.
He winces, meeting your gaze for half a heartbeat before heâs looking at the sand again. âYeah, kind of.â
You chuckle. âYeah, Iâm glad too. Iâm lucky I didnât develop PTSD.â
Jungkook meets your gaze again, though he shies away from it just as fast as a few more drops of rain fall around you, creating tiny craters in the sand.
âYou are,â Jungkook agrees. He finds a small rock in the sand, and he throws it in the water.Â
âAnd what about you? What helped you?â you ask when the conversation stagnates there.
âI donât think you want to know,â he replies, mysteriously, and he throws another rock.
It fully starts raining then, but itâs been so hot and humid today that it just feels refreshing.
âWell, I asked the question, didnât I?â you tease, but he doesnât even crack a smile. You frown, and then add, âWhat, you went for sex and drugs?â
He throws you a look that makes you want to disappear, the truth written all over his face.
âAh,â you let out, your heart dropping in your chest.
âNot drugs.â Another rock thrown at the sea. âJust sex.â
He was right, you did not want to know.
You get up, grabbing your towel as the rain doubles up, turning into an aggressive shower.Â
âTold you,â he says bitterly as he remains seated.
âIâm glad youâve been fucking,â you say, a lump forming in your throat.
You donât even know why. You were the one to want to break up, if you can even call it that. He was allowed to seek sex with whoever he wanted after that.
âYeah, me too,â he replies. He pushes up, meeting your gaze as you just stand there, clutching your towel to your chest. âIt was meaningless.â
âI donât really care.â
âThen whyâd you ask?â
You glance at the waves, at the dark clouds and the lightning streak that cuts across the sky before a loud boom resonates around you, made louder by the echo on the sea.
âI thought we were having a conversation,â you say, and you push your hair back.
The rain is pebbling at your skin by then, so strong it feels like youâre standing under a pressure hose.Â
âWe were,â Jungkook says.Â
âOkay.â
You turn around, and you start walking up the beach towards the villa. Jungkook stops you, grabbing your wrist. The feeling of his fingers on your skin makes lightning skitter up your arm, much like it skitters through the clouds.
âWe need to get in,â you practically yell as you turn around. âItâs not safe out here.â
âDonât be upset,â Jungkook says, ignoring what you just said. âIt was just sex.â
âI got it, no need to repeat it.â You attempt to walk up to the villa again, but Jungkook stops you again, making you stumble closer to him.
âWhy are you upset?â he asks.
You arenât. Or at least you wish you werenât. But youâre crying, your tears mingling with the rain, and you wish youâd be anywhere on Earth right now rather than next to him.
âIâm not,â you still choose to say. âItâs just fucking weird to talk about that!â
âYouâre the one that asked!â
Youâre both yelling now, partly because of the loudness of the storm, but also because of the emotions lashing at your hearts.
âI did not think that would be your answer, okay? You made it seem like you werenât going to be able to move on. Iâm just surprised you moved on so fast.â
You havenât even been able to consider sex with anyone else, and you were the one to decide to end things.
âSo you havenât been fucking other people?â Jungkook throws back at you.
âNo?â you yell. âIâve been healing, not trying to avoid healthy coping mechanisms.â
Jungkook laughs, throwing his head back. It reveals the tall column of his neck, and you remember days of sucking on his Adamâs apple.
âThatâs rich coming from you,â he says. âYou just ran and pushed away everything that reminded you of November.â
âMaybe I pushed you away because you fucking lied to me to see your ex, huh? Ever stopped to think about that?â
âI apologized a hundred times for it,â he says, so low it sounds like a growl. âIâve hated myself for it ever since it happened, and you didnât even give me the grace to listen. You just ran like a coward.â
âDonât call me a coward when Iâm the only one that did the work to try and heal,â you spit back at him. âI did not use sex as a getaway. I did my therapy, did my homework.â
âTry to go on tour when the person youâre in love with gets assaulted and then dumps you. Weâll see how well youâll cope.â
Heâs stepped closer. Heâs looming over you, water dropping from the wet strands of hair in front of his eyes. It falls on your face, but you stand your ground.Â
âI bet Iâll cope better than you did,â you snarl. âYouâre so fucking upset about it months later. Clearly the sex did not ââ
Jungkook is upon you. His hands cup your cheek, pulling you into an angry kiss, and you freeze for a few seconds, eyes wide open before you push him back hard. He stumbles a step back, his shoulders going up and down rapidly, and you just stare at him for a few heartbeats as thunder rumbles in the sky above. Then you turn around, storming towards the villa.
He doesnât stop you this time. When you reach the deck, you glance over your shoulder to see heâs still standing out there on the beach, rain lashing at him.
Heâs not looking at you, so you walk into the villa without another glance back.
Thursday, October 8th
The storm from yesterday turned into rain that kept on well into the night.Â
When Jimin woke Jungkook up from his nightmare earlier, Jungkook knew he wouldnât be able to go back to sleep even though the sun hadn't risen yet. So he told Jimin that heâd just get a glass of water, but heâs on his second glass of whiskey now, sitting in the living room of the villa, watching the TV on mute.
He doesnât care for the show on the screen. He feels sick, and he knows itâs because he fought with you earlier. He can hardly believe the things he told you in the heat of the moment, and heâs been considering booking a flight and leaving before you get up just to avoid having to face you.
When he walked into the villa after you did yesterday, you were already locked up in your room, and Jennie and Heryung were glaring at him. So he went and locked himself up in the bedroom he shares with Jimin, too. He didnât even go out for dinner, Jimin bringing some food back from the dining hall for him instead.
He barely even ate. Didnât even reply to Jimin when he asked what happened between you and him. He couldnât talk when all he could think about was you, and how he just majorly fucked up.Â
Heâd meant to try and talk to you, to test the waters and see if there was a possibility you could reconnect. But thereâs a world of differences between you and him now, and when you said youâd healed and moved on like it was nothing, Jungkook took it personal.
Because he didnât. He never did. Itâs still all about you after all this time. Even the fucking â itâs just to escape all the thoughts of you. And he got so jealous that you were doing genuinely betterâŚ
Heâs a horrible fucking person.Â
But he thought about you all night last night, as he was editing some songs heâs been working on. You were on his mind when he went to bed at the same time as Jimin did, if only because he didnât want to bother Jimin. So itâs no wonder the nightmare caught up to him, no wonder he was thrashing in the sheets so hard he punched Jimin in the face.
Jimin was pissed, too sleepy to truly understand what was going on, so Jungkook got up.
He stares at the ice at the bottom of his glass, twirling it. It clinks on the sides of the glass, the amber liquid sloshing around. He takes a sip, and the whiskey burns on the way down, but it doesnât do anything to the rawness he feels in his throat and in his lungs, like he was screaming in his sleep.
He doesnât usually scream when he has the nightmares. But maybe, after fighting with youâŚ
He shuts his eyes, pinches the bridge of his nose, and leans back against the couch. Heâs such a fucking mess. Itâs embarrassing, really.Â
He hears the scuffle of feet on the ground, and he straightens, looking over the back of the couch to see you appear in the arch that separates the living room from the hallway. You catch sight of him, your eyes going round, and you make to retreat.
âY/n,â he calls your name, his heartbeat skyrocketing at the sight of you.
Of you, safe and sound and breathing, with no blood tainting the white t-shirt youâre wearing.
âIâm sorry for earlier,â he adds quickly.
You still, halfway turned. And then you glance at him, and he wishes he could read your features like he did back then. But youâre closed off now.
He deserves it.
âWhat are you sorry about?â you ask, your voice colder than the ice in his glass.
âI did not mean what I said,â he explains. âI was just jealous.â
You frown, and you face him fully again, folding your arms on your chest. âYou were jealous?â
He nods, sucking on his piercings. And you seem to believe him, because you walk into the living room, sitting at the end of the couch, so far away from him it feels like the Pacific lies between you and him.
âIâve been miserable,â he admits. âI havenât really gotten better. It just⌠it hurt to see you were doing better. That you healed. When Iâm still stuck back then.â
He hasnât told anyone this before. He blames it on the fact heâs exhausted, itâs the middle of the night, and heâs two drinks in already. But your frown falls as he talks, replaced by pity. He hates it, prefers the frown over the pity, but itâs too late.
The truth is out.
âYou really need therapy,â you whisper.
He glances at the TV, and at the ad on the screen that makes no sense without sound on.Â
âI know,â he replies. âIâm planning on starting again soon now that the tour is over.â
He wasnât, actually. But after that fight with you, he figured he needed it. And you are right â he needs to stop pursuing unhealthy coping mechanisms like sex, no matter how much it helps. Because it only helps for a few minutes before reality settles back in.
âThatâs⌠good.â
You donât say much more, and he doubts he deserves more anyway. Not after what happened yesterday.Â
You both sit in silence for a minute or two, and Jungkook finishes his whiskey, putting it down on the coffee table in front of him. And then, unable to resist, he glances at you. Youâre staring at the TV, but you meet his gaze when you feel his eyes on your profile.
âWhy are you up so early?â he asks.
You wet your lips, turning your head back towards the TV again. âCouldnât sleep. IâŚâ You glance at him, and he balks at the silver in your gaze. He wants to reach out, to dry your tears, but then your next words make him freeze. âYou were screaming.â
Ah. So that indeed explains the rawness in his throat. He faces forward, unable to hold your gaze anymore.
âSorry about that.â
âYou still have nightmares?â you ask.
The TV blurs, and he blinks away the tears. âI told you. I havenât really gotten better.â
âJungkookâŚâ
A tear rolls on his cheeks, and he does nothing to dry it. âI still dream about it every night.â
Except when he just fucked, but he doesnât want to tell you that, not when it led to that fight yesterday.
âThere are meds for that,â you gently say.
He knows. He knows, because you told him about them last February. But he never got around to seeking to get them prescribed. Not when the only place he could visit you was in his dreams.
âYou donât need to pretend to be strong and that you donât need those meds,â you add, as if that is the reason as to why he doesnât want them. âThey would help you.â
âYou know what helps?â he lets out, meeting your gaze.Â
You donât say anything, just give him a small nod of your head.
âIt helps to see you,â he says. âTo know youâre doing great, and that youâre healing. That Iâm the only one stuck back in that alley. It doesnât seem like itâs helping right now, I know, but it will help.â
He hears you take a sharp inhale of breath, and then youâre getting up, sitting back down right next to him on the couch. Youâre so close he can see your eyes shine as you blink away the wetness gathering in them.
âAnd Iâm doing great because of therapy⌠Therapy really does help, Jungkook.â
He shuts his eyes for a few seconds before looking at you again. âListen, I donât want to think about therapy right now. Let me just look at you for a moment.â
You gulp, nodding your head once more. Giving him permission to stare unashamedly, and he does. He looks at you, remembering days where such a look between the two of you would lead to you straddling his lap and kissing him like your life depended on it. Itâs strange to believe that such passion came and went, that you wonât ever share a moment like that again when he still feels that pull for you so deep in his chest.
âYouâre alive,â Jungkook whispers.
He doesnât know where the words come from. They came on their own, fell from his lips without him realizing he was going to talk, and you smile, your eyes so sad, grabbing his hand. You put it on your chest, between your breasts, and he feels every single of your heartbeats under his palm.
âIâm alive,â you confirm. âIâm alive and safe.â Your smile grows a little larger as you hold his hand in place. âAnd Iâve been taking self-defense classes, too.â
He glances between your two eyes a few times. Youâre so close he sees the pores under your eyes, on your cheeks and on your nose. They look so perfect in the white cast from the TV, so natural, and he reaches forward with his free hand, brushing his fingers on your cheeks.
âYou have?â he murmurs.Â
You nod. âI can defend myself now. My mother took the classes with me, and we both can beat ass now.â
He smiles. He remembers your mother â she was a saint, a gentle soul that he immediately liked, and heâs happy that sheâs been there for you like she has.Â
You have an amazing mother.
âThatâs great.â And he means it. It must have helped so much with you feeling safer after what happened to you.
âIt really is.â
You fall silent, and your gaze drops to his lips as he plays with his piercings. You furrow your brow, like youâre upset about it, and you let go of his hand. He pulls it back, though he still feels your warmth on his palm when he drops his hand in his lap.
The small frown sticks on your features though, and he wishes he could erase it. Wishes he could see you smile again, hear you laugh again.
That would help with the nightmares, too. But itâs too much to ask for, isnât it?
âWhat else have you been up to?â he asks.
The frown thankfully dissolves, and you tilt your head, leaning it against the couch as you look at him. âNot much, honestly. Iâve been reading a lot, but I havenât written since before everything went down.â
âDo you still want to write?â he asks.
You look away, eyes glossing over as you get lost in thought. âI think so. I might do a fantasy series next.â
âA series?â he lets out.
You nod, meeting his gaze again. âYeah.â
âThatâs a lot of commitment.â
âIt is,â you agree. âAnd honestly, I just have the basis of a setting so far, so I donât even know if Iâll ever get around to it one day. I donât even know if I have what it takes to write fantasy.â
âWhy not?â
You pout, scrunching your nose up. âI feel like fantasy takes so much more work than romance, or even mafia stories. Since you have to create a whole new world, and give magic laws to it and all.â
âYou donât necessarily have to create a whole new world, no? Twilight was not in a whole new world.â
You snort at his reference, and the sound wraps around his heart, warming it gently. âYeah, contemporary fantasy is a thing. But I just⌠I really donât know if Iâd be able to write it. I usually do romance, and even my last book was far from my usual style.â
Jungkook knows. He saw the comments about it all over your social page.
âAnd why donât you write your usual style?â
You sigh, and it sounds heavy, resigned. âI think Iâve lost my interest in romance.â
He hates the way his heart breaks at hearing you say that. You used to talk about it with stars in your eyes, but after everything you went through⌠He understands why romance might not be of interest to you anymore.
âThatâs unfortunate,â he replies.
You shrug. âHonestly, it started way beforeâŚâ you trail off, making a vague encompassing gesture with your hands. âThatâs why I was writing a mafia story. To have more than just the romance aspect, you know?â
He nods.
âAnd I think maybe I could do that with fantasy, too,â you continue. âI used to read it a lot as a kid, and Iâve been rereading some of my favourite series lately and I just feel like it could be fun to write it, too.â
âThen you should,â Jungkook encourages you. âIâll read it.â
You chuckle. âYou donât read.â
âI promised Iâd read your books, though,â he points out with a smile. âI meant it.â
He did. He promised in February, and he bought all of your books and carries them with him everywhere. He just hasnât gotten around to reading them yet.
He didnât feel ready. But he reckons, after tonight, maybe heâll finally be ready.
âWell then, Iâll put easter eggs in there for you to find,â you tease. âIâll quiz you about them to make sure you really read.â
Youâre talking of a future. A future in which you and him are⌠in good terms enough for you to quiz him about your books. And maybe such a future could be possible. Not one where your lovers like you were before, but maybeâŚ
Maybe you could be friends. Jungkook reckons he would love that.
âHopefully, the easter eggs will translate in Korean,â he says with a wince. âI donât think my English is good enough for that.â
âWhat do you mean?â you say, eyes widening in surprise. âYour English is amazing.â
âThanks.â He chuckles, wetting his lips. âI can speak just fine, Iâm aware, but reading? I donât even read in Korean.â
You laugh. Itâs a clear sound that takes him way back, that reminds him of how awkward he used to be around you. Hell, he could barely even hold your gaze at the beginning, like his body already knew to expect pain when it came to you.
Maybe he was trying to protect himself instinctively.
But hearing you laugh tonight, after the fight you had yesterday⌠Itâs so fucking healing he could cry. And he almost does, silver growing on his waterline, but heâs quick to blink it away. He doesnât even think you notice, especially not when heâs smiling when you meet his gaze next.
âI am touched youâre going to read my books, then,â you say. âI feel special.â
You are. You are so fucking special. The one that got away, and all that.
âCan I show you something?â he asks out of the blue.
Heâll serve you his soul on a platter tonight. It feels like the night for it â he can see it in the wrinkles around your eyes as you smile.
âYeah,â you say.
He canât resist his own smile, and then heâs getting up, heading to his room. He sneaks in, making sure not to wake Jimin again, and he grabs his laptop and headset where he left them earlier. And then he walks back to the living room, finding you sitting with your knees to your chest in the spot where he left you.
He sits back down next to you, opening his laptop. You watch curiously, and then he hands you the headset. You take it, furrowing your eyebrows.Â
âWhat do you want to show me?â you ask.
âIâve been writing some songs,â he says. âIâve spent the last two weeks recording some of them. Itâs not much butâŚâ He only realizes then how naked heâs about to be in front of you. But itâs 4:44 am, and itâs the perfect moment for it. Because heâll probably never have the occasion in the future. âI want to know what you think of them.â
You nod, giving him a small smile as you put the headset on. Itâs too big for you, and Jungkook chuckles, helping you to adjust it to a smaller setting before he looks at his laptop again.
This music⌠It's different from what heâs done before. Itâs guitar and voice only, with no drums even though heâs famous for being a drummer. He doesnât know yet if heâll ever release it, but it needed an out over the last few months.
Writing and music are better coping mechanisms than sex, he reckons. Maybe he should have led with that yesterday instead. It would have saved you both the fight in the rain. And saved him the embarrassment of trying to kiss you only for you to walk away.
He pushes the thought away, not wanting to think about that fight anymore. Not when youâre right next to him, about to listen to music he wrote about the months with you.
About the months after you, too.
He starts the first song, and he watches the timer advancing on it, unable to look at you. No, he feels self-conscious suddenly, like he truly is naked in front of you, and heâs afraid of what youâll think.
What if you get mad at him again? What if he lost you so thoroughly that hearing those songs makes you run?
But itâs too late to go back now, and when the first song finishes, he says, âThere are three more, if you want toââ
âYes,â you interject before heâs even finished talking. âI want to.â
He chuckles, and it sounds a little choked from the lump in his throat. You donât seem to notice, too busy waiting for him to start the second song.
Youâre crying by the time that one ends.
âYou donât have to listen to the rest,â Jungkook says, slightly alarmed. He looks around, trying to find tissues, but thereâs nothing to dry your tears.Â
âPut the next one on,â you insist.
He feels like crying, too, but he obeys, pressing play on the next file. That one makes you smile, but tears still roll down your cheeks. You dry them with the back of your hands, and Jungkook just watches you carefully.
âThe fourthâŚâ
âJungkook, just play the song,â you admonish, and he laughs, pressing play.
When the song ends, you take off the headset, putting it down on the coffee table. Jungkook watches you, waits for you to say something, and you just wipe your cheeks in silence before chuckling.
âThose songs are beautiful,â you say, meeting his gaze. âI didnât know you played the guitar.â
He gulps around the lump in his throat. âWhy do you think I have guitars at home?â
âI donât know, in case some of the other members of your group would want to record at your place.â
He shakes his head. âNo, I play all the instruments I own,â he says with a small laugh. âYou really think the songs are beautiful?â
You point to your face. âMy crying didnât make it obvious?â
He takes a deep breath. âWell, you could be crying because itâs horrible,â he points out. âI used to cry when people would scratch their nails on the chalkboard in school.â
âYouâre an idiot,â you let out. âA fucking idiot.â
It does not sound like an insult. It sounds like some other words he would have loved to hear in another life.
He wrote a song about it. You listened to it, and called it beautiful, and youâre looking at him with so much admiration in your eyes he reckons it doesnât matter if he never hears it in this life.Â
In this life, he got to experience a love so strong it didnât change through the months apart. A love so strong it doesnât need to be reciprocated for him to cradle it in his heart. Though it might be sad that he lost it, and didnât get to share it with you, that love is the most beautiful thing heâs ever experienced, and heâll always be thankful that he got to experience it with you.
It hurt. It really fucking did, but tonight, sitting next to you, it doesnât hurt quite as much anymore.
âSo you like them?â he asks.
âIâve always loved your voice,â you reply. âWith just a guitar track like this, it really shows it⌠better? Your fans are going to love this. Bet itâll make its way to a lot of crying sesh playlists.â
âAh,â he lets out as he scratches the back of his neck, his cheeks burning. âI am not planning to release any of this.â
âWhy not?â you ask. âItâs beautiful, Jungkook. The world deserves to hear it.â
âBut itâsâŚâ He holds your gaze, once again gulps around that stupid lump in his throat. âItâs too personal. I donât know that I want everyone in the world to know how I feel, you know?â
Your eyes turn sad, and you reach up, thumb drying a tear he didnât realize had spilled on his cheek. âYouâd be surprised at the amount of people that can relate to this.â Your lips stretch in a smile that holds the weight of the universe. âHeartbreak is one of the most universal things there is. Love and heartbreak are.â
Youâre right. Of course you are.
âYou really think I should release it?â
You nod enthusiastically. âDefinitely. I know listening to it will be good inspiration for me to write, if I ever start writing again.â
âWhat about this? Iâll release it if you promise to start writing again,â he suggests.
You chuckle. âWell, itâs a given that Iâll write again some day,â you point out. âSo you better release this soon.â
Fuck.Â
âRight.â He chuckles, slightly shaking his head in defeat. âWell, I guess I will have to release it when itâs ready then.â
You smile victoriously, your eyes shining like they used to last year and youâre so fucking beautiful it steals the breath from his lungs. âBet.â
Heâd kiss you. Heâd kiss you right now, but he knows he canât. Not anymore. And though it does hurt to think that he wonât get to love you in this life like he spent so long wishing for, he feels at peace with it.
Healing really did start here tonight, by your side. Because it was always about you, after all.
Friday, October 9th
The reception hall for the party is beautiful. Lavishly decorated, and as you stepped in earlier, you wondered if Taehyung and Jennie are actually getting married today, or if it really is just a party to celebrate their engagement.
Youâve never seen people go all out like this for an engagement, but Jennie is your only celebrity friend. Maybe they just do it differently. Or maybe sheâs just extra.
You think it has to be the latter.
The room is decorated with flowers that scream tropical island, with large petals glowing from red to orange to yellow, and their perfume is gentle and sweet, floating throughout the room. There are strings of fairy lights hung to the ceiling, with colourful garlands entwined, and thereâs a huge table with a mountain of food in a corner.
Most of all, the room has no walls, and the breeze dances amongst the guests, playing with your hair and your dress as it blows. Tall vases with dark green leaves also decorate the space, and youâve seen more than one of them almost falling, though so far none have been destroyed.
You think itâs just a matter of time. With the champagne fountain next to the food table, people are bound to get drunk. Especially when they play bangers after bangers, and everyone is on the dancefloor, smiling and singing and dancing like there is no tomorrow.
The night feels infinite. You feel young, restless, and though you did dance for a while, youâve just been sitting with Minha and Minji for almost an hour as they chat away about their jobs back home.
Turns out theyâre colleagues, so youâve been feeling a little left out of the conversation, but it doesnât matter.Â
No, your spirits have been high since yesterday. Since you woke up on the couch, your head in Jungkookâs lap while he snored with his head leaned back. It looked uncomfortable, yet he pretended his neck was fine when he woke up, but youâve noticed him rubbing it multiple times since then. Not that you told him. Because it would mean admitting youâve been staring, and you donât know if youâre there yet.
You talked until the sun was rising that morning. In truth, you donât even remember falling asleep. The conversation flowed easily between the two of you, and the next thing you knew, you were waking up with his hand lost in your hair.
For a moment, you pretended you werenât awake, but then you caught sight of Jennie staring at you with her mouth hanging open, and you snorted and sat up, which in turn woke Jungkook up.
There has been a full truce between you and Jungkook since then. You havenât had a chance to be alone once more, but itâs not like you tried either. Youâve just been enjoying the familiar camaraderie, the easiness of talking to him like no time has passed.Â
Sometimes, you really do find yourself staring, just because he has grown so much more handsome than you remembered him to be. And sometimes, he catches your gaze. Holds it hostage, like itâs his to keep forever. You like to tell yourself it is, even though youâre aware that that time has come and gone a long time ago.
Youâre not foolish enough to believe you and Jungkook would work now. Not with the baggage you both carry. But here, on this paradise of an island, you like to pretend nothing ever happened. That you just picked up the book where you left it off, and it really does feel like it.
Thereâs no animosity left. Just stolen glances and careful touches. Just some shy laughs and short conversations while youâre in a group.Â
He hasnât tried to be alone with you again. And youâre glad he hasnât pushed his luck â you doubt the universe is kind enough to let you be close to him like that again without it ripping your heart from your chest.
You tried once, and it didnât work. You wonât risk it again.
âStop staring and go talk to him,â Minji says in Korean, startling you.
You look away from Jungkook, who looks amazing in his pale suit. Your gaze trails to Minji instead, who has a knowing smile on her lips.
âI donât know,â you reply, your cheeks burning from being caught. And then you try your luck with your broken Korean, saying, âI donât want to push it.â
âPush it?â Minha says from the other side of Minji. âIâm sure heâs just been waiting for it.â
You gulp, glancing back towards Jungkook. You catch him looking then, and he tilts his head to the side with a soft smile that takes you way back.
Way back to the months of summer last year, when you were falling in love.
You smile back, and then you look down at the empty glass of champagne youâve been holding for the good part of the last hour.Â
âYou think?â you let out, and you lean forward to glance at Minha.
She has her hand on her belly, and she rubs it mindlessly, nodding her head. âGo talk to him. Put him out of his misery.â
You chuckle, and then you nod. âOkay, okay. I will.â
âHave fun!â Minji says as you get up, and you give the two girls a thumbs up before you head to the champagne fountain.Â
You grab a new glass, taking a sip of the rich, bubbly liquid, hoping for it to give you liquid courage. But it seems you donât need it.
Indeed, Jungkook stops next to you, his tattooed hand reaching for a glass of his own. He holds it up in the space between you and him, and you canât hold your smile in as you clink glasses, taking another sip.
âWhat do you think ofââ He motions around â âall of this?â
âItâs lavish,â you reply as you scan the room.
Jennie is looking your way, and she gives you a wink before bursting out laughing as Taehyung pulls her to him.
âLavish,â Jungkook repeats pensively, and then he chuckles. âThatâs one way to put it.â
You nod. âI wonder what the wedding will look like if thatâs the engagement party.â
âHonestly, I think theyâll elope.â Jungkook takes a sip of champagne. âLike Iâm ninety-five percent sure.â
âOh?â you let out, and you glance at Jennie and Taehyung again. At the way theyâre swaying side to side, foreheads touching, so out of beat they stick out like sore thumbs from the dancing crowd. And you see it â you would not even be surprised if they revealed theyâre already married. âYou know what, that would make sense.â
âI know, right!â Jungkook seems enthused that you agree with him, and he adds, âThey even got the extended family to come. It has to be because they are not planning to get married in front of anyone thatâs here tonight.â
âGood for them,â you say.Â
Jungkook nods with a laugh, clinking his glass with yours again before you drink.
âThough,â he lets out once heâs swallowed. âThey might just do a small ceremony back home. Weddings in Korea arenât as intense as American ones are.â
âYou donât usually do receptions, do you?â you ask, even if you know they donât.
âSome people do, but itâs rare,â Jungkook answers. âTake Seokjin and Minha, for example. They got married in a tiny church, and then we all had dinner at a restaurant together and they went home.â
âThat sounds boring.â
Jungkook lets out a small laugh. âWhat? You want a big reception and the whole thing?â
You nod, meeting his gaze for half a heartbeat before you resume your attention on the dancing crowd. âIf I ever get married one day, I want to be a princess for the day.â
âYeah?â
Another enthusiastic nod. âI want a lot of flowers like this, I want the dress and the dancing. I just thinkâŚâ you trail off, falling more serious. âItâs a beautiful celebration of love, and love deserves to be celebrated.â
Jungkook is staring at your profile when you glance at him again, and you feel shy under the scrutiny of his gaze, so you evade it, glancing at the bubbles in your glass of champagne.
âIt does,â Jungkook agrees, his voice low.
You barely hear him over the music, and it feels intimate somehow. It only makes your cheeks burn brighter than youâre sure they already are. But you do have a good foundation on â hopefully it covers the redness.
âWhat about you?â you ask when he doesnât say anything else.
Jungkook doesnât look away from your profile when he says, âItâll be up to my fiancee to decide what she wants.â
You gulp, meeting his intense gaze for a heartbeat before youâre looking at the dancefloor once more. âYou want to get married?â
Jungkook finally looks away, and you take your first full breath in a minute. He doesnât seem to notice your unease, just saying, âI think so. If I fall in love again, I want it to be the real thing.â
It hurts. It hurts to consider he might love someone else one day. That you might too. That what you held in your hearts will truly be something of days past one day.
Though⌠it already is, isnât it?
âYou deserve it,â you reply, voice soft.
Jungkook doesnât say anything to that. He just nods, draining the rest of his champagne. You follow suit, mostly to hide the pain and nostalgia that grabbed ahold of you.
âDo you want to dance?â he asks then, and itâs a vague echo of something he once asked you, at an afterparty when you still believed he hated you.
You look at his extended hand, and meet his doe eyes. Thereâs a hint of nostalgia in there, and you really canât say no.
âDonât complain if I crush your feet,â you tease, but you interlace your fingers with his, letting him guide you towards the dancefloor.
He does so by walking backwards, his eyes never leaving yours. âI remember you being a good dancer, Y/n,â he says. âYou wonât step on my feet.â
Youâre surprised he remembers. Youâve only danced with him once or twice before. But then again, Jungkook seems to remember a lot of things when it comes to you.
Maybe it shouldnât surprise you anymore.
Bad Bunny is playing as you reach the dancefloor, and Jungkook leads you into a simple bachata. Itâs fun as he holds your hands, and you canât look away from his big eyes as he looks down at you, grinning.
Fuck.
Itâs like you get stabbed in the chest. Because he looks so happy like this, so carefree. So different from how you found him yesterday morning. He looked haunted then. Grieving, even. But now⌠now he looks like the weight of the world was taken off his shoulders. Heâs even more beautiful like this, and you hope heâll never lose his spark again.
Jeon Jungkook is the kind of person thatâs meant to glow. To shine brightly, to outshine everyone in a room. You hope nothing ever puts a damper on him anymore.Â
As the Bad Bunny song comes to its end, replaced by a slower rhythm, Jungkook pulls you closer, hands falling to your waist. You wrap your arms around his neck, fingers mindlessly toying with the short hair at the back of his head.
Itâs just as soft as you remember it to be. Maybe even softer, like heâs been using some oil to make it feel like silk.Â
âYouâre beautiful tonight,â Jungkook whispers as you move in slow circles.
The room has faded around you, like youâre standing alone on the dancefloor.Â
âThank you,â you whisper back, cheeks burning with blush.
âThis pink is a good colour on you,â he adds.
You wet your lips. âIt matches the flowers!â
Indeed, you noticed earlier, taking a picture that will surely make its way on your Instagram some time tomorrow while youâre waiting for your flight at the airport.
Jungkook chuckles, his eyes sparkling. âIt does. But you eclipse all of them.â
You roll your eyes, but your lips still curve upwards. âYouâre cheesy.â
âYes, maâam.â
Youâd expected him to deny, so his reply surprises you, making you snort. His smile grows wider, the dimples in his cheeks appearing, and for a moment, you just wish you could kiss him, right here on the dancefloor. Wish you could say fuck it with the past and start again like nothing ever happened.
You wish it was so simple.
âWhen are you going home?â Jungkook asks.
âTomorrow afternoon,â you admit.Â
His grin decreases, and you donât miss the flash of disappointment in his eyes. âAlready? Everyone is staying for a few more days.â
âI know.â But you have a family event at the beginning of next week, even though you insisted on having it next weekend instead. âBut I canât stay longer.â You take a deep breath, offering him a smile you hope is comforting. âThat means you and Jimin wonât have to share a bed anymore.â
Jimin, whoâs been complaining of his nose hurting ever since yesterday morning. Apparently, Jungkook punched him in his sleep while he was having his nightmare.
âOh, true,â Jungkook lets out, but he does not look too happy at the perspective of having a bed for himself.
The sparkle in his eyes is lesser. You hate it, wish you could bring it back, yet you feel like it might be better like this.Â
You and Jeon Jungkook are not meant to be together anyway.
You purse your lips, only then realizing that you havenât been following the music anymore. Maybe because the song ended, and this one is more upbeat.
You catch Jennieâs mother looking at you, and you feel like you need air for a time.
âDo you want to go for a walk?â you suggest.
Jungkook seems to like the idea, a small smile growing on his lips. âYeah, I could use a breather. Itâs getting hot in here.â
It hasnât really, at least not in your opinion, but youâre wearing a summer dress while heâs wearing a suit, and you know heâs always the type to be warm anyway.
So you head outside, following the walkpath that leads towards the beach. The waves replace the sound of the music the further you get from the reception hall, and soon youâre kicking off your heels, holding them in one hand as you step into the cold sand.
Jungkook takes a moment longer to remove his dress shoes and socks, and then heâs following you onto the beach.
The sky is moonless tonight. Dotted with an infinity of tiny pinpricks of light, stars shining on and on overhead. It reminds you of the night sky in Jeju last year. Itâs peaceful, so, so peaceful, and you wonder if youâll find a swing again tonight.
âWow,â Jungkook lets out as he looks up at the sky. âThe stars are shining tonight.â
You nod, gazing up. âItâs beautiful.â
âDoesnât it remind you of Jeju?â he asks.
Youâve gotten closer to where the waves reach up on the shore, and you stop, glancing at Jungkook. You wonder if he can read the nostalgia in your gaze as much as you read it in his.
âIt does.â You stare at the stars, emotions swirling in your chest, toying with your heart. âI wonder if weâll be lucky enough to see some shooting stars.â
âYou want to make a wish tonight?â
You glance at him. âDonât you?â
He just holds your gaze. Doesnât say anything, but itâs written all over his face. You think itâs written all over yours too, and itâs dangerous. Too dangerous. So you turn and start walking towards the horizon, stopping a few steps away when he doesnât follow you.Â
You look over your shoulder to see him still staring at you. âAre you coming?â
He plays with his piercings, and then lets out a small disbelieving chuckle before following you. It makes you smile softly, your heartbeat racing in your chest. You wait for him to catch up to you, and then youâre walking along the shore, eyes cast on the spot in the distance where sky, beach and sea meet.Â
âAre you cold?â Jungkook asks a little while later, after youâve walked in silence for a couple of minutes.
You glance at him, chuckling. âA little. Itâs way colder at night than during the day, isnât it?â
He bends down, dropping his shoes in the sand before he straightens, removing his jacket. He puts it on your shoulders, making sure itâs secure before he bends down again to retrieve his shoes.
Itâs cheesy. Cheesy and romantic and it makes you feel way too many emotions towards the man at your side. You shove them away, remind them that itâs impossible, yet youâre still smiling dumbly as you resume your walk.
âThanks,â you tell Jungkook.
Heâs adjusting the sleeves of his satin shirt. Theyâre wrinkled from being stuck in his jacket, and he mindlessly tries to flatten them as he shoots a glance your way.
âDonât mention it.â
You nod, scrunching your nose up, and then youâre just staring ahead again, seeing Jungkook struggle with his sleeves in the corner of your gaze.
âDo you need help with that?â you ask when itâs clear heâs not going to be able to fix his sleeves on his own.
He chuckles. âYeah, please.â
You step closer to him, handing him your heels before you start fixing his sleeve. Heâs looking at you as you do it, and you focus on the sleeves and the sleeves only, refusing to look up and meet his gaze right now.
Heâs too close. You donât know if youâd survive.
You clear your throat as you finish up, and then you take a step back, grabbing your heels from his hands again. Heâs just watching you, and you meet his gaze, gulping.
âWhat?â
He shakes his head slightly. âNothing.â
You know there is something. But you also know you canât afford to ask about it, not when your resolve is dissolving faster than ice cream melts in the summer. So you just resume your walk, shortly reaching the sign that separates the private resort beach to the public one. Thereâs no one there tonight, yet you still turn around.
You canât afford to be seen together, not after everything that happened.
âHow are you feeling?â Jungkook asks when youâre on your way back to the resort.
You glance at him, meet his gaze for a few seconds. âI wish I was staying longer.â
Itâs as much truth as you dare give him
âMe too.â
Thereâs a lump in your throat, and you swallow around it with a small cough.Â
âIâm glad weâre spending time like this together,â he admits, and you throw him another look. But heâs not done, adding, âIâm really sorry we fought the other day.â
âOh, Jungkook,â you let out. âYou really donât have to apologize for that.â
Especially not when it makes you think of why you fought in the first place, and you remember what he said about hooking up. It douses the feelings that were treacherously distracting you, though, and you internally thank your stars, along with those above.
You were way too close to making a mistake as it was.
âI really do, though,â he insists. âBut thank you for saying I donât.â
You donât know what to say to that, so you choose to remain silent as you keep on walking, the cold sand and the soft breeze your only companions for a time.
Beside the man next to you, that is.
Jungkook only speaks up again when you see the first villa some time later. âWeâre already back.â
âYeah.â You wet your lips, trying to pretend you didnât hear the disappointment in his voice. âThe beach isnât too big.â
âRight,â he lets out.
You throw him a glance. âLetâs go back to the party?â
He looks down. âIâll have to wash my feet before I can put my socks back on.â
âOof, yeah.â You chuckle. âThat would be a sensory nightmare.â
âYeah.â
So you follow him towards your villa, and you both try to brush the sand off your feet once youâre on the deck. The outside shower seems very uninviting in the dark, especially with the spider thatâs lurking in the corner, so you instead head inside once youâve brushed most of the sand off.
Thereâs only one bathroom on your side of the villa, and you refuse to go to Taehyung and Jennieâs side just to be quicker in case theyâve ventured back for a time, like they have been doing a lot today.Â
Instead, you drop your shoes by the sliding door and then walk to the bathroom youâve both been using. Jungkook takes care of turning the shower on, grabbing the shower head from the wall. He motions for you to get closer, and you narrow your gaze at him.
âYouâre not going to spray me, are you?â
He laughs. âAnd risk getting the whole bathroom wet?â
It sounds so suspicious you stay rooted in your spot by the door. âI donât trust you.â
âCome on, Y/n.â He tilts his head to the side, lips jutting out in a small pout that makes you feel so weak in the knees you almost cry. âYou have nothing to be scared of.â
But you do. You have so much to be scared of, because what if⌠What if the memories and the trauma come back if you let him back in? What if theyâre just waiting around the corner to jump at your throat?
âIâll kill you if you get my dress wet,â you threaten, glaring at him.
âI promise I wonât,â he says with a hand on his chest like heâs solemnly swearing it. âOn my honor as a man.â
âWhat is a manâs honor worth anywayâŚâ you grumble, and he widens his gaze, mouth falling open.
âThatâs mean!â
âYou know what I mean, though!â
He laughs, shaking his head. âDo I?â
You nod. âDefinitely.â
He snorts, and then he gives up on convincing you, spraying water on his feet and ridding himself of the sand. âThen keep your sandy feet.â
âThereâs almost nothing left anyway,â you say, pointing at your feet. âAnd Iâm wearing sandals.â
He doesnât say anything, cleaning himself thoroughly, and then heâs straightening to meet your gaze again. âYou sure you donât want to at least rinse?â
You sigh, holding his gaze. âPlease donât get my dress wet.â
âI wonât.â
Heâs more serious than he was earlier, looking even a little annoyed, so you finally give in, walking over to him. You pull your dress up before stepping in the shower, and then he directs the water to your feet. You watch little grains of sand drifting away, and he turns the water off once he deems youâre rinsed enough.
âSee, you had nothing to be scared of,â he says with a pout.
âThank you, Jungkook.â
He makes a non-committal sound, and then looks at you for a time. It takes you a moment to realize heâs waiting for you to step out of the shower so that he can get out too. You blush at the realization, and then youâre getting out, grabbing a clean tower to wipe your feet.Â
Jungkook ends up drying his feet with the same towel, and then he throws it in the hamper the employees of the resort have left in here to collect dirty towels. You can sense the annoyance wafting off of him, and you wish you could take everything back.
You were only teasing.
âYou okay?â you ask.
Jungkook sighs. âYeah.â He must see that youâre unconvinced, because he adds, âYes, I am. Want to go back to the party?â
You nod. But you donât move for a time, just holding his gaze. And then you blurt, âIâll be in Seoul next month.â
His eyes widen ever so slightly. âOh?â
âMaybe we couldâŚâ you trail off.
You trail off, because you shouldnât, and you shouldnât have said anything.
Jungkook must see the moment you shut off from him, especially as you turn around to make an escape. But heâs quicker, grabbing your wrist much like he did when you were fighting on the beach.
âYouâre not walking away from me again,â he says, pulling you back towards him. Heâs frowning, a crease between his eyebrows. âNever again.â
Thereâs a moment of you both staring at each other, and you know you canât resist anymore. Know you were always meant to give in tonight.
Then heâs kissing you. And youâre kissing him back, the months of longing and yearning crashing into you both at the same time. It steals the breath from your lungs, and youâre pretty sure your heart stops for a few seconds before it starts back up again at a wild rhythm that has to be unhealthy.
Especially as Jungkook pushes you back against the wall, caging you there. His lips are insistent against yours, his piercings warm as they press into your lower lip. And he kisses you so thoroughly, so languidly, that your mind goes blank, and you forget why you werenât supposed to do this in the first place.
Thereâs just him. Just him, and his lips, and his hands, and the desire thatâs never been extinguished between the two of you. The stars outside knew, you think, as he cups your cheek to tilt your head to the side while he deepens the kiss. They knew tonight was leading to this, to a jump in the past.
Nostalgia is an emotion youâve always been weak to. So when he pushes his tongue in your mouth, you suck on it, revelling in the grunt that he makes. One of his hands grips your hip, fingers dipping in the supple skin and for a moment, you wish heâd lift your dress. You wish you could feel his fingers on you directly. You wish you could feel so much more, too. Feel the weight of him on you again, and it makes you so fucking nostalgic.
Nostalgia is everywhere tonight. It was in the stars, in his gaze and in the walk on the beach. It was in the conversation you had before you even went on that walk, and you were always meant to succumb to it.
Youâre weak when it comes to Jeon Jungkook. So, fucking weak.
It cost you so much in the past.
Yet it feels so right to kiss him tonight, like two puzzle pieces connecting perfectly like they were always meant to. Itâs like the universe breathes a sigh of relief, or maybe thatâs your soul.
It was longing for him for so long, after all.
You pull away from the kiss what feels like an eternity later, breathing raggedly. Jungkook is not faring any better, and he leans his forehead against yours. You breathe the same air for a time, eyes closed, refusing to let the moment end. But you hear fireworks outside, and Jungkook pulls away, glancing outside the bathroom.
He looks at you again a few seconds later, kissing your forehead ever so gently, and tears build up behind your closed eyelids.
âIâm getting the feeling you donât want to do this,â Jungkook whispers as if he noticed the tears.
âItâs not that.â But maybe it is a little. Because youâre terrified of where that would lead. So you wet your lips, tasting him there, and your eyes flutter open to meet his dark gaze. âI just⌠I donât know if we should.â
If it hurts him, he doesnât let it show. âThatâs okay. Thereâs no pressure.â
You smile softly, blinking the tears away. It works, for the most part. âI want to see you while Iâm in Seoul.â
You do. You really fucking do.
Maybe youâre not meant to leave everything about you and Jeon Jungkook in the past. Kissing him still feels so right, after all.
âIâll be there,â he promises. âJust text me, and Iâll be there.â
A single tear manages to escape the blink of your eyes, and it slides on your cheek. Jungkook looks at it, smiling softly like itâs the treasure heâs been looking for, and he gently dries it before leaning in to press a featherlight kiss on your lips.
Later that night, when you go to bed, you can still feel the warmth of his lips against yours.
Prev | Next
âââââ
oh gosh i love love love this chapter. finally a silver lining for you all <3 let me know what you think of this chapter!
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter deals with heavy themes)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: mentions of the assault, some people recognize oc, a whole bunch of trauma and learning to live with it, cursing, a tough but needed conversation, mentions of suicidal thoughts, it is a really sad chapter all in all
âword count: 12k
âa/n: another sad one tbh, i'm sorry. I hope you guys still enjoy it <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Wednesday, February 11th
You havenât been back in your home country for a while now. Last time you were here, summer blasted at the world outside, Chelseaâs wedding at the summit of it all, but now winter has closed its clutches around the city you grew up in, and part of you wishes you were back in Korea, where the weather has been a little warmer over the last few days.
But now that your ribs have healed, youâve decided to come home for a while, to stay with your family and visit Stella in person, along with the publishing house. They were wanting to set up a meeting with you whenever you were ready to discuss your plans in terms of writing for the next few months considering you havenât done anything sinceâŚ
Since your assault.
Theyâve made it clear that there is no pressure though, repeating it multiple times while you were sitting across from them earlier. They said that they pushed you to release your last book a lot faster than they usually do, and they want to give you a break while you focus on healing.
They claimed theyâll be there whenever youâre ready again, but you know the publishing world is cutthroat. Thereâs a chance theyâll have moved to the next big sensation by then and, strangely, you canât bring yourself to care. Not because of being numb like you were in December, but just because your energy is focused elsewhere right now.
After consulting the doctors back in Korea, youâve managed to convince them to lower the dose of your meds just a little bit. Indeed, youâve been wanting to feel something, craving emotions other than the overwhelming sadness you get whenever you end up thinking about a boy with doe eyes and soft lips. Itâs been a strange adjustment, but you like it better like this.Â
You want to face the emotions head on to be able to heal instead of just pretending that nothing ever happened. Youâve been practicing going outside alone back in Seoul, just to stand outside of your building for a little while before coming back in. You even managed a short walk five minutes away from your condominium not too long before you came back to your home country, but thatâs all youâve managed to do on your own so far.
So Jennie came all the way here with you, as shooting for her movie wrapped up at the end of January. With her, or with Hyunseok, youâve been able to live some sort of a⌠normal life. Youâve gone to a restaurant twice, visited Jennieâs place once, and you even went shopping with Hyunseok last week, but they always had to come meet you at your place first.
But this is good. Being back home, so far away from all the trauma, is good. Itâs practice from being away from your comfort zone, and itâs been healing.
You donât think youâll ever get back to how you were before the assault, some innocence forever stolen from you, but youâre already doing better.Â
Support goes a long way, in situations like this one. And maybe you wonât ever be able to walk around at night alone again, but at least you have people that understand it. And you donât think it matters â you can always take a taxi if you need to get to places alone. But you havenât had to do anything alone once since it all happened, Hyunseok coming with you to every single one of your medical appointments.
Your therapist thinks youâre doing admirable progress, and fast. You reckon itâs all because of her. Her clinical insight, her gentle approach, and the way she makes you feel seen and understood has really been helping with dealing with the anxiety youâve developed.Â
You havenât developed PTSD. She said maybe itâll show up later, in ways you just havenât encountered yet, but you have been trying to be positive.Â
The anxiety is enough, and how would you even develop PTSD about something you donât remember? Youâre no expert in mental health, though, and you know the brain works in weird ways. You could indeed eventually develop PTSD, but so far youâve been okay. You reckon that it helps that you take meds that fully prevent you from dreaming.
You still remember the nightmares that you had before they gave you the meds. Well, you donât remember the nightmares exactly, but you remember the fear, the terror that lingered after you woke up from them. Maybe that was PTSD, and maybe youâve just been keeping it at bay with medication. But if it works, it works, and you wonât complain. You want to learn to be as normal as possible again. You want to be independent from people, you want to move on from what happened. With that drive, your therapist thinks youâll be able to learn to manage everything faster than most people do.
What she doesnât understand is, you need to go back to normal. You need to be able to do the things you used to, or else youâll go insane. One of the reasons why you really wanted to come back home was because it allowed you to be away from your apartment for a while. Itâs a nice apartment, though very small, but itâs been driving you insane these past weeks, making you feel like an animal in a cage.
But being here, even though itâs cold and there are feet of snow on the lawn in front of your parentsâ house in the suburbs, has been freeing. You left some heaviness back in Korea that you hope wonât return when you go backâŚ
If you go back. Youâve been starting to think of cutting your year abroad short to come back here instead, but you havenât made a decision yet.
âThat went⌠decently well,â Stella says next to you as you walk out of the publishing house, snowflakes swirling down from the clouded sky.Â
Theyâre lazy, chasing each other in a slow waltz as they fall, and theyâre already littering the sidewalk, snow crunching under your feet as you walk towards the coffeeshop where Jennie is waiting for you.
âIt did,â you agree. âBut honestly Stella⌠I donât know if Iâll be able to write anytime soon.â
âThatâs okay,â she reassures you. âI am ready to fight tooth and nail to keep them off your back. Youâre allowed to take all the time that you need.â She flashes a quick smile. âBesides, theyâre kind of biting their tongue now that theyâve had bad reviews about how the book felt rushed.â
Indeed, those have come out since youâve published. You didnât really pay it any mind as you were lost in the daze induced by your assault, but there has been a lot of comments about how the book felt rushed compared to your other books.Â
It was rushed. They pushed you like crazy to get a book out in under a year. You felt like you could do it, and youâre proud of what you did with the time that you had, but it was to be expected. Indeed, typos were found in the book, which they wouldnât have had it undergone more revision. Some of the prints had pages missing, others were printed the wrong wayâŚ
A lot of mistakes that would have been avoided if the book wasnât rushed. But thankfully, the story has only received praises, so the bad reviews havenât gone to your head too much.
Youâd warned the publishing house that this would happen, and they refused to listen. So itâs on them, and you wonât take responsibility for their shortcomings.
âYeah,â you let out.
âYou take your time with everything, okay?â Stella says. âAnd if you need to stop writing for a while, know that Iâll be there whenever, or if ever you decide to write again.â
âThank you.â You glance her way, lips curled upwards. âIâm sure Iâll go back to writing eventually. Itâs just, with the concussion and healing I just⌠donât feel like it.â
âWhich is totally normal and expected,â she replies. âNo one is actually expecting you to start writing right now. And if they do, Iâll beat the shit out of them. Metaphorically.â
If she realizes that she accidentally alluded to your own assault, she doesnât let it show. Youâre thankful for it â the hardest part of it all is when people act like something happened to you. Like your brothers, who have been incredibly awkward since you came home.
Like they expect you to break if they say something. It makes it all too real, and itâs the last thing you need.
You snort. âThat sounds a little excessive.â
âYou know Iâd go to war for you,â Stella adds.Â
You do know. Your mother told you she almost flew to Korea when she found out what happened to you, claiming she wanted to bring justice to the assholes that attacked you. Like she was the heroine of a book, maybe even the main character from your book, who did fly to Korea after her father was killed after all.
âIâd go to war for you too,â you tell her.
She wraps her arm around your shoulder, pulling you into a half hug. Sheâs taller than you, and she leans her head on yours for a few seconds. âI love you, Y/n. I know Iâm your agent and you literally pay me for this, but I love you.â
Your gaze grows wet, and you quickly blink it away as you reach a red light. You stare at the hand indicating for you to wait before crossing the street, taking a deep breath.
âYouâre family at this point,â you tell her. âMy mother said you and Allie should come have dinner this weekend. Sheâll make her roast beef.â
âI would kill for your motherâs roast beef,â she declares. âIâll check with Allie, but we could probably come Friday. We have something with the in-laws on Saturday.â
âIâll let my mother know.â
The hand turns to a little person walking, and you cross the street, reaching the coffeeshop. Jennie is inside, and you see two teenagers talking to her excitedly through the window. Sheâs smiling to them politely, but you can tell sheâs a little uncomfortable.
âGotta go rescue Jennie,â you tell Stella, and she glances inside, wincing.
âYouâd think she would get recognized less here,â Stella says with a sigh. âIâd help, but I have a meeting with another author.â
âCheating, I see,â you tease.
She chuckles, and then she pulls you into a tight hug. âIâd never cheat on you.â
You snort, returning the hug. âI know you wouldnât.â
You say goodbye, and Stella waves as she heads towards where her car is parked a little down the street. You get into the coffeeshop before she reaches it though, and the bells above the door ring as the door shuts behind you, the warm coffee-scented atmosphere wrapping around you like another warm hug.
You head towards Jennie, and she spots you between the two girls in front of her. Her features relax as she notices you, and she gets up from her chair.
âWell, it was nice to meet you two,â she says as you near her, and the two girls look at you, gaze widening.
âOh, Jungkookâs girlfriend!â
You think your heart drops to the floor. Hell, you think it turned to glass and shattered upon impact.Â
You are not Jungkookâs girlfriend. Youâd never be his girlfriend, not after everything that happened.
âLetâs go,â Jennie says as she sees the look on your face. âHope you girls enjoy the concert.â
She walks to you as sheâs putting her coat on, her scarf and purse clutched in one hand, and she grabs your arm, pulling you behind her. It doesnât take too long before youâre back outside, winter grasping at your exposed skin once more. It makes your cheek prickle, and you wish you had a scarf to hide your face in.
You forgot it in Korea. And didnât bother to get one here, though you reckon you could have stolen one of your motherâs scarves.
âOh my God,â Jennie lets out as she quickly wraps her own bright red scarf around her neck. âThey were not leaving me alone.â She sighs, glancing at you. âIâm sorry they said that.â
You shrug. âA lot of people have assumed weâre dating after what happened.â
And itâs true. The comments on your posts on Instagram are filled with such thoughts, mixed throughout the comments about your book.
âI hate that people just assume,â Jennie grumbles, and then she looks across the street, where your fatherâs SUV is parked. âWant to go home?â
You nod, digging in your purse to retrieve the keys. âYeah.â
Youâd originally planned to stop for food on the way, but as youâre driving home, your mother calls to say she made your favourite soup, and that she can make you grilled cheese when you get home. She doesnât ask about the meeting, which youâre relieved about.
Youâre kind of tired of talking about writing for today. You just want to go home, wrap yourself in a blanket and watch some stupid show on Netflix with Jennie. But Jennie did not get the memo, because the second you hang up with your mother, she says, âHope your meeting went well.â
You wince internally, checking your mirrors as you switch lanes for the slower one. âYeah, it did. They seemedâŚâ you trail off, searching for the right word. âUnderstanding, but Iâm not sure if it was a load of bullshit.â
âHopefully not.â You feel her gaze on your profile, and you quickly glance her way before resuming your attention on the highway. âI feel like that whole meeting could have been an email. Kind of cruel to make you come all the way here for that.â
âWell, I was coming here regardless,â you point out. âMight as well just go, you know?â
âFair.â Thereâs a short silence, only interrupted by the squeak of the wipers as they move across the windshield. âHow are you feeling, by the way?â
âIn general?â you ask, but you donât wait for her to reply. âGood. Just⌠tired.â
âI mean, it was a long day outside of the house,â she says, even though it wasnât that long. âMakes sense that youâd feel tired.â
You meet her gaze for a heartbeat or two. âHonestly⌠Itâs easier here.â
âYeah?â
You nod. âItâs so far from everything that happened, you know?â You shrug. âMakes it easier to forget it ever happened.â
You smile, but itâs sad. âMaybe I should move back here.â
The silence that follows is heavy, though filled with understanding. Especially when Jennie breaks it to say, âYou have to do what is right for you. If you think that that is what you need, then I fully support it, even if Iâll miss you.â
âI just thinkâŚâ You chuckle, even though there is nothing funny about it at all. âI just think itâd be better, you know?â
âThat makes sense.â
And you really think it does. The more you think of it, the more it does make sense. Youâd move back in with your parents. You could claim the basement as your own, as itâs already an apartment that one of your brothers stayed in during college. It even has its own separate door. You could take time away from everything, with the other half of your support circle, to heal and rebuild yourself. Youâd have to change therapists, but you had a therapist here in the past and could probably reach out to her.
And youâd be far away from him. From the reminders of him, from the moments you shared together. You wouldnât have to live with those memories, to be haunted by them anymore. Â
You doubt thereâs any better way to heal than to be far from everything about him. Or far from almost everything.Â
They have concerts here this weekend. Two of them, one on Friday and one on Saturday. Jennie mentioned it in passing to you as you were flying home, and you pretended you didnât hear. She hasnât talked about it again, and apart from the posters and ads youâve seen in the city, itâs like heâs not here.
He isnât. Heâs most likely still in some other city. At least youâve been telling yourself that constantly.
Otherwise you wouldnât be able to leave the house for a whole other reason.
Later that evening, when you and Jennie sit on the couch in the basement under a thick, fluffy blanket, binge-watching some reality TV show, you glance at Jennie. Sheâs been on her phone the whole time, most likely talking to Taehyung, and you watch as she smiles softly. She looks younger like this, without any makeup, her celebrity personality stripped away.
âYouâre not even paying attention,â you tease her, gently kicking her under the blanket.
She chuckles. âMingee likes Seungil,â she says. âAnd Mina Sue is just mad.â
âOkay, maybe youâre paying attention a little,â you admit. âBut who are you texting like this?â
âTae,â she replies. âHe wants us to go to the concert on Saturday.â
You freeze for the second time today. This time, your heart stays in your chest, but you immediately say, âThereâs not a fucking chance Iâm going to their concert.â
Jennie just stares at you unblinkingly, clearly unimpressed.
âWhat?â you let out.
âWhy not?â she asks.
You widen your gaze, pausing the TV. âWhat do you mean, why not?â
âItâs been better here, yeah?âÂ
You frown. âItâs been better because Iâm away from everything.â
âRight. Sorry.â Jennie sighs, glancing at her phone. âWould you be upset if I went without you?â
âOf course not!â you quickly say. âYou miss Tae, and heâll be right next door. Go see him.â
âBut Iâm here for you, not for him.â
Fuck, you love her so bad.
âBabe, heâs your boyfriend, Iâm just happy you get to see him after all this time apart.âÂ
Indeed, Taehyung only managed to go back to Korea for a few days during the holidays, though some of them were spent with his family while Jennie was with hers.
âIâd stay with him Saturday evening, though. You sure that would be okay with you?â
You smile. âYeah, Iâll just stay here with my parents. Theyâre not bad company.â
She snorts. âYour parents are adorable.â
Indeed, they are. Theyâve always loved each other deeply, which is definitely why you grew up to be such a romantic, and a romance writer too.
That settles the conversation, as Jennie smiles a little wider while she replies to Taehyung, clearly telling him that sheâll go. And you can almost imagine yourself in her position, texting someone else.
For a moment, you see the scene from an outside perspective like itâs a movie playing on the TV. You see it as you stand on the edge of the gaping hole in your chest, looking down at it.
In another universe, you never get assaulted by the sasaengs outside of Jungkookâs house. In that universe, you would have made your relationship official while he was in Korea. Youâd be here on this couch with Jennie excited to go to the concert with her, to see him after the months apart.Â
Youâd be backstage, cheering for him, holding him close whenever heâd get off the stage even though heâd be sweaty. Heâd tell you he loves you, and youâd tell him you love him back.
In that universe, you got your happy ending. Not this bullshit that has fucked you up so bad you doubt youâll ever be the same again.
Youâre crying. You donât know when you started crying, but Jennie looks up, putting her phone down.
âBabe, whatâs wrong?â she asks. âIâll stay, itâs okay.â
You put your hands on your face as a sob wracks through you, making you choke around nothing. And you try to speak, but no words come out, staying lodged in your throat. Jennie pulls you to her chest, holding you tight.
You wish she could hold you tight enough to keep all your pieces together, but you fear only one person could do that, and you donât want to ever see him again.
You canât see him. Not when you know itâll awaken trauma and pain and you just seek healing. But fuck, you wish the conditions surrounding you and him were different. You wish the end wasnât so fucking dramatic, like something youâd see in a horror movie.
But you donât fit in his world. Not when there will always be people threatening you for what you are to him.
âWhatâs wrong?â Jennie asks again as you cling to her like you would to a buoy in a storm.
âHeâll be here,â you choke out.
She rubs your back. âOh, babe.â
âIâm so tired, Jennie, Iâm so fucking tired.â
You think sheâs crying too. Sheâs shaking, and sheâs so sympathetic you know your pain breaks her heart just as much as it breaks yours.
âI know.âÂ
She rocks you from side to side as you cry, but you just keep on breaking, like you should have when you first woke up from the coma.
You didnât deserve what happened to you. You didnât deserve to be the victim of clinically ill jealousy. You didnât deserve for him to lie. You didnât deserve every single shitty thing that happened.
Where would you be, if youâd never gone to Korea?
Home. Youâd be home. Here, not the one you found in his arms.Â
You wish youâd never gone to Seoul at all.
âI donât even know what Iâm supposed to do,â you say when the sobs have lessened, even though the tears just keep on coming. âEveryone just says that I just need time to heal, but my body has healed, and I donât remember shit about it all, yet it all just still fucking hurts.â
âI donât know what to say.â
Jennie sounds desperate, and you hate it so much you wish youâd never burdened her with the darkness in your head.
Itâs been there since the assault. You were just good at pretending it wasnât.
âThereâs nothing to say.â You pull back, sitting back in your spot as you glance at the paused TV. âI think part of me will always see him as responsible for what happened in some way, and I feel so fucking bad about it.â
Silence follows the truth. Itâs heavy, weighing a thousand pounds, and a glance Jennieâs way shows that sheâs indeed crying.
âI think thatâs the problem,â you say as she blurs behind a new onslaught of tears. âIâm aware itâs not his fault, but if he hadnât been a celebrity⌠None of this would have ever happened. And maybe weâd be together today. Maybe weâd be in love and Iâd be able to be with him without thinking I might get killed for it. How crazy is it that I almost was killed just because I know him?â
âY/nâŚâ
âNo, but itâs different for you, cause youâre a celebrity too. People expect him to be with someone like you. Not with the random writer from another country.â
âYou should never listen to what the fans say,â Jennie whispers, and then she adds, voice stronger, âY/n, and trust me when I say this, but it doesnât matter who you are. They hated me for years when I was first dating Tae, long before the military service. And then they saw how depressed he got after we broke up the first time, and when we got back together, everyone was happy.â She pauses, wipes her cheeks. âAt the end of the day, true fans just want them to be happy. The people that did that to youâŚâ
Youâre crying so hard again you have to pull the blanket to your face.Â
âThe people that did that to you werenât fans. They were criminals, and theyâre in prison for it. And honestly part of me thinks they deserve much worse than prison, because I see the impact it had on you and I fucking miss the girl that you were before.â
She chuckles sadly. âLike, whoâd just randomly go to the basement of a club with someone she just met? More than that, who cheers up someone they donât know like you did that night? You were so strong, you still are so fucking strong, but I met you and I was like âDamn, I wish that I was like herâ. And thatâs why I wanted to be friends with you, because you were so down to earth and fun to be around and justâŚâÂ
She stops, taking a deep breath.
âI see the way they broke you. I see you fighting to stay afloat and I wish they got a lot worse than prison time.â The words are said with so much anger you feel its fire. âAnd I wish I could fix everything for you.â
She falls silent, like all the fight suddenly drained out of her. You look at each other, and you wish you could go back a few months ago and tell Jungkook to not come back to Korea. Maybe none of this would have happened in the end.
âI wish you and Jungkook would have gotten to love each other,â Jennie adds in the barest hint of whisper. âI wish you both were not hurting like you are now. And I wish heâd never lied. I know he hates himself for it. Hates himself for everything that happened.â
âItâd break him if he knew what I told you,â you say when she stops talking again. âJennie, I hate it so bad. But I feel like, if I see him, everything will come rushing back.â
âI know.â She wipes the silver lining her gaze again. âI understand now. And Iâm so, so sorry you feel this way.â
âYouâre not mad at me?â
âMad?â You give her a nod, and she tilts her head to the side, confused. âNo, why would I be?â
You shrug. âBecause itâs unfair that I feel this way. That I feel like itâs his fault.â
âBabe, you went through hell. I think that gives you the right to feel any way you want.â
âDoes it, though?â
She thinks about it for a moment, and then says, âListen, I wish you wouldnât. I obviously wish my two friends could be happy together, because you guys seemed so happy in Jeju. You both lit up whenever the other was there, or was mentioned. But what happened got in the way of that, and itâs just life. Itâd be useless and stupid to be mad at one of you for it. Neither of you is responsible.â
A tear slips on your cheek, streaming down to your chin, where it lingers without falling. âI know I promised you I would speak to him one day, but I donât think Iâll be able to.â
âYou donât have to,â she reassures you. âBabe, you really donât have to.â
âI justâŚâ you trail off.
And as you trail off, another one of those things youâve ignored comes bursting out of the hole in your chest. Because what if you donât talk to him, and spend a life regretting it? Whatâs a lifetime of regret over a conversation that might hurt?
What if you need to face the trauma to finally move forward?
What if talking to him would bring more peace than pain? And what if it does bring more pain? Wouldnât the pain catch up to you eventually anyway? You canât spend a lifetime trying to pretend you and him ended that night. Because you didnât. The feelings are still down there in the gaping hole in your chest, just waiting for the moment to come out. Like they did earlier as you imagined what it would have been like in another universe. And even though itâs painful, even though you donât think youâll still be standing by the end of it all, maybe you should confront the feelings.
Maybe closure is what you need.
Itâs like the storm cloud passes suddenly. Breathing becomes easier, the hole in your chest decreases until itâs not crushing your lungs anymore. You feel like youâre lighter, though that might just be post-crying clarity. But the storm cloud does pass, and thereâs sunlight on the horizon. Piercing through it all, painting the clouds with gold.Â
And maybe you and him were just that. The golden hour before the sun sets. No matter how ephemeral it was, no matter how it ended with darkness thicker than a moonless nightâŚ
You deserve closure.
âActually,â you let out. You gulp, meeting Jennieâs gaze. âActually, I want to talk to him.â
She blinks a few times, and a tear escapes and falls on her cheek. âAre you sure?â
You nod. âI am.â
And you realize itâs the first time you havenât lied since you woke up from the coma.
Friday, February 13th
Performing has never been so hard as it is tonight. Jungkook plays with a lump in his throat, his energy off all night. Heâs been trying his best, telling himself that even if youâre not here, performing for your city is like having a piece of you here with himâŚ
But the more he plays, the harder it gets, and he doesnât think heâll make it through the full concert. Especially not when they finally have a break, and he runs off stage first, Taehyung close behind.
He needs out. He needs to breathe, to drink something so that the pain can fade for just a few seconds. But heâs been good at avoiding alcohol. Itâs dangerous when heâs in this mental state. And though he was able to have a beer the other day without anything bad happening, he was not here.
He was not in the city you grew up in.Â
Hell, he feels like he sees you in the crowd. Youâre fucking everywhere here, and he canât do it anymore.
Jungkook realizes heâs crying. âIâm sorry. Iâm so sorry.â
Namjoon appears next to them. âBreathe, JK. Youâre okay.â
Jungkook laughs. He laughs, because itâs absurd to think that heâs okay.Â
Heâll never be okay again.
âDo you need to sit the rest of the concert out?â Namjoon asks. âWe got the track ready to play if needed.â
âI want to play,â Jungkook says. âI just canât, I see her everywhere out there.â
âThen take a break,â Taehyung says. âEvery single person in the arena understands.â
Jungkook knows they do. The outpour of love heâs been on the receiving end of since heâs returned to tour with the boys has been unlike anything from before. Itâs been healing in some way. To think that at least he didnât lose that. To see that the fans, the real ones, understood.
But theyâll never understand the pain that he carries every single fucking day.Â
âI just want to be strong for the fans,â he says.
Taehyung pulls him to his chest, hugging him tight. âYou are strong, JK. Some concerts are just harder, and thatâs okay.â
Jungkook nods as he pulls back from the hug. He feels nauseous, and he reckons he really needs some air.
âIâll try to come back for the encore.â
He doubts heâll be able to, but he feels too guilty for abandoning the boys like this. So as they return on the stage, he drinks water, sits with a blanket on his shoulders. And he tries to meditate, tries to do some breathing exercises that were recommended to him in the single therapy appointment he managed to go to. It helps a little, and he feels calmer when the boys return backstage before the encore.
âYou sure you can do this?â Namjoon asks as they all stand in a semi-circle around Jungkook.
He nods. âI have to.â
Namjoon holds his gaze, and then claps Jungkookâs shoulder. âIâm proud of you.â
And then heâs back on the stage, sitting at his drumset. He grabs the sticks, and they feel foreign in his hands. Less so when he closes his eyes to play, and the rhythm carries him through the first song of the encore.
But then he makes a mistake on the second song. Itâs a minor mistake, but it hurts so bad he starts crying, right there in the spotlight. He stops playing, unable to continue, and Taehyung looks at him from where heâs been playing the trumpet, and he runs over to Jungkook as the song loses yet another instrument.
Jimin is the next to join them, and then all the members run to Jungkook, and they hug him, like theyâre protecting him from the world outside. The fans are screaming, and Jungkook wonders if he can just disappear through the floor.
Itâs one thing to be vulnerable and crying in front of your closest friends, in front of your family. Itâs an entire other thing to be vulnerable and crying in front of the whole world.
To think itâll get to youâŚ
He almost texted you earlier today. Being here in your city made him feel closer to you than heâs felt in months, but when he opened the conversation thread to see all the drunk texts he sent and you ignored, he broke down yet again.Â
He doesnât know how to heal from losing you. From being responsible for what happened to you. From not running out in the street when he should have the second you went outside.Â
Where would he be now if he had? He likes to think that you would have made up, walked back into the house and heâd told you he loves you. But he was stupid, and prioritized someone that he never should have over you, and his mistakes led you to where you are now.
When the members pull back to reveal the crowd, Jungkook sees himself on the big screen. He looks terrible, and he chuckles as he wipes his cheeks. And then he grabs Seokjinâs mic, and gets up from his stool.
âSorry about that,â he apologizes to the crowd, and the scream goes wild. âI just want to sayâŚâ He looks at all the members, and then dries another tear on his cheek as the arena quietens. âPlease tell the people you love that you love them before you lose them. Please donât let your pride get in the way.â People scream, and he knows itâs clear heâs speaking of you, but the fans have been there for him. âLove is the most important thing in life. Donât ever forget that.â
Heâs then crying too much again to say something more, and he hands the mic back to Seokjin as the members wrap him in a hug again. They end up leaving the stage without playing the rest of the encore, and though the fans scream outside for them to come back, Namjoon tells the staff to turn on the lights in the arena.
âHow are you feeling?â Taehyung asks Jungkook as they sit where he was earlier.
Itâs strange and cold in here â itâs clearly a locker room for whatever hockey team the arena that they are in is for â and Jungkook doesnât know what to reply.
Heâs not feeling great. Heâs feeling horrible. Broken, astray, part of his heart forever lost in the blood spilled that night. In the light going out of your eyes. In your cold skin and the ambulance ride.
Hell, he really thinks part of him really did die that night. He doubts heâll ever recover from that.
âI wish I could just sleep through the next year,â Jungkook says.
He rubs his face, though it does nothing to soften the edges of his broken heart.
âIf you need to go on hiatus again, you know that weâll all support you, right?â Taehyung gently says.
Jungkook nods. âI know. But I donât want to fail the fans.â
And mostly, he doesnât want to have time to get lost in his head more than he already is. He barely found the way back the last time. Most likely wouldnât have if it werenât for Jennie.
âI donât think the fans would feel like youâre failing them at all. What you went throughâŚâ Taehyung trails off. âMost people would not be here today if they were in your position.â
Jungkook shrugs. âIâm just doing what I have to do.â
âI know.â Taehyung sighs, and then he looks to the side, where Jiminâs been sitting in silence. âListen, thereâs something I didnât tell you before.â
Jungkook raises his head from the vague spot he was staring at on the floor. âWhat?â
Taehyung and Jimin exchange a look that seems to hold a full conversation. âI thought it was better to not say anything before the concert tonight, so I didnât say anything,â Taehyung says. âBut Jennie and Y/n are here.â
Jungkookâs heart stops. âHere?â
Taehyung nods. âNot at the concert tonight butâŚâ
âTheyâre coming tomorrow,â Jimin finishes for Taehyung.Â
Jungkook is sure heâs heard it wrong. He pinches his arm, trying to make sure heâs not stuck in one of his nightmares. âWhat?â
âY/n came to visit family, and Jennie came with her,â Taehyung explains. âSince we were having concerts here, I invited Jennie.â
That makes sense. Sheâs his girlfriend, and they havenât seen each other in months.
But why the fuck would you want to come?
âAnd Jennie told me sheâd come with Y/n,â Taehyung adds. âI think she doesnât want to leave her alone.â
His heart squeezes painfully, blood dripping between his ribs at the thought of you not being able to be left alone.
Are you doing as bad as he is? You went through worse than he did, after all.
Heâs just a pathetic coward.
âOh,â he lets out.
âTheyâll be backstage,â Jimin adds. âIf you think you canât⌠see Y/n, youâre fully allowed to sit the concert out tomorrow.â
Another absurd thing to even consider. Because why wouldnât he want to see you?
Heâs been dying to see you. Been dying to talk to you, to hear your voiceâŚ
Itâs like one of his nightmares turning into a dream come through.
âAt the same time, figured you guys might need to talk?â Taehyung adds after he and Jimin exchange another long look. âWhat do you think?â
He thinks his heart is beating so fast all of a sudden it might just go into heart attack territory.
âIâll be there,â Jungkook says with a nod.
âJustâŚâ Jimin lets out. âShe might not want to talk at all, you know? Just donât get your hopes up.â
It doesnât matter if you want to talk or not. The fact that heâll see you, in the fleshâŚ
It really is a dream come through.
Saturday, February 14thÂ
You didnât realize it was Valentineâs Day. Like the universe decided to bring you back to Jungkook on some sick, twisted joke of the holiday that represents everything youâve lost. When you saw the date earlier while getting ready for the concert with Jennie, you cried.
She held you, rubbed your back soothingly, and said it was okay if you didnât want to go. That she understood. You know she does, but ever since Wednesday, youâve been feeling some sort of gentle peace at the idea of seeing him. So you held onto that peace, dried your tears, and steeled yourself to finish getting ready.
And now youâre being ushered backstage after Jennie showed the passes on her phone to security. Youâre anxious, hands shaking, throat closing, and you reckon this might be a bad idea. But Jennie senses your unease, grabs your hand, interlacing your fingers. The quiet show of support makes you grow emotional, but you blink the tears away, refusing to break down in front of strangers.
You cried enough last Wednesday. Now is not the time for tears anymore.
The first of the members you see is Taehyung, just as expected as he and Jennie have been texting. She let him know you got here the second you did, and so youâre not surprised heâs waiting outside of the dressing room, just wearing a white tank top. Itâs tucked in his black pants, and he somehow looks elegant despite the simplicity of the look.
It makes sense. He and Jennie both have a simple elegance that just goes well together, even though they also can get extra sometimes.
Taehyung looks up from his phone as he hears you arrive, and his gaze catches on Jennie. You let go of her hand, pushing her towards him, and they run to each other, Taehyung picking her up the floor and spinning her in a circle before putting her down. It reminds you of the way Jungkook greeted you all those months ago, and you blink some more tears away as your gaze drops to the ground.
âY/n,â Taehyung says once heâs done greeting his girlfriend.
Not expecting to hear him say your name, you look up, meeting his gaze. He smiles at you, so genuine you wonder whatâs going on.
âIâm so happy youâre here today.â
Jennie gives you an encouraging nod next to him as you glance at her.
âHuh, thank you,â you let out, cheeks burning. âThank you for the invitation.â
âHow have you been doing?â he asks next.
Your throat is dry, uncomfortably so, and you clear it as you hold onto the strap of your purse tighter, wishing maybe Jennie would still be holding your hand.
âIâve been okay,â you say, and itâs not quite a lie.
You havenât been good, obviously, but you could be worse. You could be at the bottom of the barrel like you were on Wednesday, but youâre not. Youâre standing in the arena where theyâre having a concert later tonight, and you feel stronger than youâve felt in months.
Taehyung nods, glancing at his girlfriend. âAre you guys ready to go in?â
You know the question is more for you than it is for Jennie, especially as they both look at you. You just stand there for a few seconds, wondering if you are, as a matter of fact, ready to see Jungkook, but then fate decides to choose for you, the door opening to reveal Jungkook on the other side.
He slams the door shut the second you meet his gaze like heâs a child caught doing something he shouldnât, and you canât help the small smile on your lips. Though you reckon the smile might be more nervous than anything, especially as it dies when the door opens again, only to reveal Jimin this time.
âY/n!â Jimin lets out with far more enthusiasm than you expected from him.Â
You got along well in Jeju, that is true. But you havenât had a single interaction with him since then, so you didnât expect the camaraderie to have lingered all this time.
âJimin,â you greet him with a small bow.
He walks over to you, leaving the door open, and you peek over his shoulder to try to see Jungkook, but heâs disappeared from view.
You hate that it disappoints you. That your heart sinks in your chest, but what could you expect? Youâve been ignoring him for months, and the last time you saw him, you just asked him to leave.
Jimin opens his arms, stopping in front of you with an eyebrow cocked in question like heâs not sure itâs okay to hug you. You were unaware you were on hugging terms with him at all, but the familiarity of the gesture is sweet, so you wrap your arms around him loosely. He pats your back gently, and then steps back to look at you.
âYou look gorgeous tonight,â he says, and then he looks behind. He freezes in that position for a second, and then looks at you again. âI thought he was right behind me.â
You offer him a tight-lipped smile. âNo worries.â
âI just want to sayâŚâ Jimin starts, and he glances around to make sure that no one is paying attention.Â
Besides Jennie and Taehyung, the staff that led you here left, and there are some body guards by the door that you recognize from having seen them before.
You think one of them is actually the one that was there when you first met Jennie and Jungkook at the club back in May.
âBe patient tonight?â Jimin finishes. âJK has been shitting himself all day, soâŚâ
âShut the fuck up,â Taehyung says from behind.
Jimin winces. âYeah. Just⌠yeah, I guess youâll see for yourself.â
Itâs ominous. And there are shadows in Jiminâs eyes as he says it, like itâs worse than you might be expecting. It makes you even more anxious than you already were, and you gulp as you nod, meeting Jennieâs gaze.
âOkay,â you let out.
Thereâs a moment of awkward silence, and then Taehyung says something you donât care to listen to, and youâre all filing into the dressing room, closing the door behind you.Â
The dressing room is hectic. There are stylists and makeup artists and hairstylists bustling around, getting everyone ready to go on stage. There are a few chairs in a corner, and the walls are lined with benches, a clear indication that this room is also where the hockey team gets ready before matches. You think the smell of sweat lingers in the air, typical of locker rooms like this one, but itâs mixed with the fumes from hairspray, so itâs hard to tell.
Namjoon, Hoseok and Yoongi are getting their hair done, and you glance around, trying to find a familiar doe-eyed boy. Heâs nowhere to be seen, but you do spy Seokjin by a door that most likely leads to the bathroom. Seokjin spots you at the same time you do him, and he waves at you with a smile before walking into the bathroom.
Taehyung and Jimin leave you and Jennie shortly, having to get dressed, and Jennie pulls you to a table with an array of food â sandwiches, vegetables and water bottles. You grab a water bottle, opening it to take a swig of water that you hope will calm your nerves.Â
âYou still okay?â Jennie asks.
You nod. âAll good.â
âYou let me know if you need to leave,â she adds, repeating what sheâs already said a thousand times.
All you do is nod again, and then you glance toward the door leading to the bathroom. It opens, and Jungkook walks out, and for a moment, everything pauses around you â the sounds, Jennieâs arm as it was raising to her mouth, a cucumber in hand. The chatter fades, the hecticness of the room being replaced by a calm void. And in that void, there is you and Jungkook, your gazes meeting.
Heâs changed. Heâs lost a lot of weight over the months, something youâve already realized from the pictures you saw of him online. His cheeks are gaunt, his hair longer than it was the last time you saw him. Thereâs a hollowness to his gaze, a sensation of deep emptiness that makes you feel like youâre falling, with nothing to catch you this time. He doesnât smile at the sight of you. The corners of his lips twitch, which you reckon might have been his best try at a smile, but all you can see is the sadness in those doe eyes.
The longing and yearning that echoes in the hole in your chest can be found in his eyes, too. And itâs only then that you truly understand how bad heâs been doing.
It was one thing to hear it said. But it was hard to conceive that he was doing as bad as you were, yet seeing him standing there, with those dark circles under his eyes, his jaw clenching, you realize that Jungkook has been suffering too.
And it hurts. It hurts like someone put an iron stake in fire before planting it in your chest. It burns and splits you apart, and you turn around, eyes falling to the cucumber plate. The world returns to its regular speed around you, the sounds crashing back into you, and you take a deep breath that chokes on the way down.
Jennie wraps her arm around you, dropping her head on your shoulder.
âIâm okay,â you say before she speaks, sounding almost defensive. âIâm okay.â
âI know you are,â she replies encouragingly. âYouâre strong, youâre beautiful, and if thereâs anyone that can do this, itâs you.â
You lean your head on hers. âI love you.â
âLove you too, honey.â
You feel him behind you, your senses going in overdrive. Goosebumps prick at your skin, and youâre thankful youâre still wearing your coat to hide the evidence of how aware you are of him.
You werenât ready to hear him say your name. Hell, you could have had a thousand years to get ready to hear him say your name again and it wouldnât have been enough. Indeed, it clutches at your heart so tight you think it might burst.
You turn around, taking a deep breath. Jungkookâs looking at Jennie, and you hate that it makes you sad. But it allows you to take a look at his face, to truly take in how much heâs changed, and you hate to see the heaviness on his features.
He looks like heâs at a funeral. Not getting ready for a rock concert. Though their newer music wasnât as much rock as it is⌠a mix of funk, pop and rock music.Â
âHey JK,â Jennie greets him back, and then she looks at you.
Which only leads him to look at you too, and air wooshes out of your lungs like he just punched your gut.
âHey,â you let out, voice weak and small and so not strong like you wanted to be tonight.
He tries his luck at a smile again. It works more than it did earlier, though it doesnât come near his eyes. His eyes remain sad, forlorn, and fuck it makes you want to hold onto him. Itâs a visceral need, one you ignore by looking away, glancing at Jimin and Seokjin behind him, looking at you.
Gauging the situation, seeing if theyâll need to intervene. At least you think that theyâre looking at you like they are for that reason.
âHow have you been?â Jungkook asks, much like Taehyung did outside this room.
Heâs asking you. Not Jennie, and Jennie taps your arm before walking away, giving you space. She doesnât stray too far, like she too wants to make sure sheâs close enough to intervene if needed. It makes you feel like sheâs your chaperone, and youâd laugh at the thought if it wasnât so fucking hard to stand in front of Jeon Jungkook.
âHonestly?â You wet your lips, glancing down at your hands as you fumble with the strap of your purse. âItâs been hard. But not as much as it could have been without the people around me.â
Jungkook smiles, and it once again does not quite reach his eyes. âThatâs good to hear.â
You gulp, flashing a hint of a smile before returning the question to him. âWhat about you?â
He remains silent. His eyes gloss over like he gets lost in thoughts, and he stares at a spot behind you. Youâre tempted to look behind to see if thereâs something there, but you havenât seen him in so long and heâs just, right, there, in front of you, and you canât bring yourself to look away.
âIâve had better days,â he eventually replies, and he pulls on his piercings.
It attracts your gaze to his lips, and you notice that theyâre chapped, like heâs forgotten what chapstick is.
âIâm sorry.â
He shrugs like it doesnât matter. âIt is what it is.â He sighs, hands digging in the pockets of his pants. âItâs great to see you.â
âLikewise,â you echo.
Itâs awkward. You both just stand there in silence for a little while, a world of unsaid words sitting between the two of you. But you donât know where to start, donât know what to say to bridge the gap between then and now. Jungkook doesnât seem to fare any better than you, yet he holds your gaze. Says words with his eyes that you know his mouth wonât form. Because youâre not there anymore.
Too much has changed between you and Jeon Jungkook to ever say those words aloud. But you feel them on your skin, in your heart, deep in your soul, too. You feel them in the gaping hole in your chest, echoing off the walls over and over again.
Unable to stay in this silence, you say, âI hope the concert goes well tonight.â
He freezes, blinking a few times, and you reckon he might be blinking away tears. âYou saw what happened yesterday?â
You did. And it only made you want to come here tonight even more. Because he clearly needs closure too.
âYeah,â you let out. âIâm sorry.â
Another shrug of his shoulders. âIt happens. Itâs a little embarrassing when itâs in front of so many people, but it is what it is.â
âYeah.â You take a deep breath, exhale slowly. âIâm glad I get to see you perform again.â
That same smile but not a smile reappears. âI hope youâll enjoy it.â
âI will.â
Silence. You havenât run out of things to tell Jungkook since way before August. Hell, after you hooked up after that concert in July, conversation with Jungkook was always easy. Never like this. Never like you have to pull the words out of each other.
Itâs unnatural where it used to be as easy as breathing.
âDo you plan on staying after the concert?â he asks.
You glance at Jennie, whoâs with Taehyung now, but she looks your way the second she feels your eyes on her.
âI donât know,â you tell Jungkook as your gaze returns to him. âAre you guys doing something after?â
Jungkook pushes his hair back, though a stubborn strand falls on his forehead again. âThey are. Pretty sure Tae and Jennie will just go back to the hotel.â
âThey?â you repeat.
He sighs. âYeah.â
A crease appears between your eyebrows. âYouâre not planning to join them?â
His gaze drops to the ground. It takes him a few seconds to reply, and you almost wish he hadnât. âI canât really afford to be around alcohol too much.â
Oh.
âAh,â you let out, and you gulp. âI understand that.â
He nods, remaining silent this time around. And for a short moment, you feel like youâre back in the hospital room, telling him to leave. You wonder, did his heart stay in that room, too?
âI wanted to ââ he starts at the same time as you say, âItâs good that you ââ
He gives a pained smile as he stops talking, motioning to you to keep going.
âItâs good that you know to avoid alcohol,â you say. âItâs a depressant.â
He frowns, yet nods his head. âYeah.â
You wish you hadnât said anything.
âYou were going to say?â
âI wanted to apologize,â he says, âforâŚâ
âJungkook, we need you to get ready,â a staff member says as she stands awkwardly to the side.Â
Jungkook looks at her, and you gaze at his profile, at his nose you used to peck under the sheets in his bed. The memory flashes in your head, so real you think you could reach out and touch it. Grab it, and put it in your heart, too.
Maybe itâd fill the hole in your chest.
âOkay,â he lets out, and then he looks at you again. âIâll talk to you later?â
His eyes are begging. Asking you to stay, to not leave again, though he was technically the one to leave in November. You give him a nod, and you donât miss the way his eyes drop to your mouth for a second. He frowns imperceptibly, and you just stare at those doe eyes, wondering how it is that you went from whispering sweet nothings to each other to whatever this is.
But you know how. You know it all too well. Itâs scarred in your side, and definitely in your mind too. Even though you donât remember it exactly, you remember the how all too well.
âYes,â you say. âLetâs talk after the concert.â
His smile is truer then. It doesnât quite reach his eyes still, but it lessens the gauntness of his features just enough for you to momentarily catch sight of the man he was before.Â
âWe will.â
And with that, heâs walking away. You watch him go, your heart reaching for him as he looks over his shoulder to look at you. For a moment, you think he might walk back to you, might say what he was about to say before the staff member interrupted, but he doesnât. He grabs the clothes heâs handed by a stylist, and he disappears in the other room to get dressed.Â
It takes a moment, and youâre all ushered to the actual backstage area before he comes out. Youâre worried, looking back the way you came wondering if he realized he couldnât do it. The members seem concerned too, but then Jungkook jogs to where you are, giving you a quick glance before he grabs his drumsticks from someone from production.Â
And then you watch them file onto the stage, and the music starts. Itâs different to experience it from here, yet you feel yourself swaying to the beat, and you let it wash over you, let it carry you through the songs that they play out there. Jennie is beside you the whole time, and then theyâre running off stage to quickly change and grab some water. Jungkook looks at you as he drinks, and you give him a smile that seems to give him a boost of energy. Indeed, he goes back on stage with a bounce to his steps, and it does ease some of the ache in your chest to see it.
The stage is healing for him. Heâs told you that in the past, but you witness it in person tonight. Especially after the concert, when you all return to the dressing room, and congratulations are thrown around. Jungkook is smiling then, and you think itâs genuine. Because thereâs a familiar twinkle in his eyes, though it burns out when he meets your gaze, his features growing serious.
And though everyone is talking around you, hugging and smiling widely, Jungkook just looks at you, and you look at him, and itâs like youâre alone again.
If you were in that universe you imagined last Wednesday, youâd be throwing your arms around his neck right now. Youâd be kissing him in front of everyone, happy and careless and lighter than a feather.
Instead, youâre filled with lead, staring at each other across a crowded room, strangers again.
You hate that you and Jungkook are turning into strangers. He must hate it too, because he walks over to you, and he nods towards the other room. You understand what he wants, and you follow him there to see that itâs indeed a bathroom, with showers on one side for the hockey players.Â
âYou performed well tonight,â you tell him as the door finishes to close behind you, muffling the sounds from the dressing room.
The light is dim here, the neons above turned off. Thereâs only some light next to the mirrors, and it casts half of Jungkookâs face in shadows.
âThank you,â he lets out, and he leans against the sink, folding his arms on his chest.
Thereâs another one of those excruciating silences, and youâre the one to interrupt it this time.
âJungkook, Iâm sorry for how things went down,â you say.
The words pain him. He shuts his eyes for a few seconds, and then says, âYou have nothing to be sorry about. None of it was your fault.â
You look down at the floor. âI know. But⌠Iâm still sorry.â
âDonât be. Iâm the one whoâs sorry.â
You wait for him to continue, but it takes him a moment to collect himself.Â
âIf I hadnât liedâŚâ he starts, and he lets out a bitter chuckle. âNone of this would have happened.â
Itâs true. But then again, you both didnât know that those sasaengs were crazy enough to hurt you.Â
âYou wouldnât have run out, you wouldnât have gotten assaultedâŚâ
You wince at hearing that last word in his mouth. To hear that truth said aloud by him. But mostly, to hear the bitterness and guilt coating his words. Theyâre dripping with it, and it makes the hole in your chest expand.
âWe couldnât know that that was going to happen,â you remind him. âWe shouldnât blame ourselves for it.â
Itâs strange to say it when youâve spent months telling yourself the opposite. But as your therapist said during your appointment yesterday, the blame is not on you or Jungkook, but on the people that attacked you.
âSay it as much as you want, Y/n, but it was my fault.â
His words fall like rocks on a thin layer of ice, shattering it. And then they plunge in icy water, sinking in your chest to lodge themselves between your ribs.
âIt wasnât your fault,â you whisper, taking a step towards him.
Your eyes are wet. Heâs blurring behind the tears, and you blink them away. And you feel guilty, so so fucking guilty, because you know a part of you is putting the blame on him. Itâs a disgusting part of you, one that searches for a reason for what happened to you. Itâs one thing to tell yourself that only the attackers were to blame, but itâs another to believe it.
Though you reckon you donât actually think Jungkook is to blame for it. Heâs to blame for the lie that got you to run, but he asked you to stay.
How many times did he ask you to stay before you ran outside?
âWe both know thatâs a lie,â Jungkook says, and he sighs deeply, pushing his hair back before folding his arms on his chest again.Â
âJungkook, it wasnât your fault,â you repeat with more conviction. âItâs important that you tell yourself that.â
He just looks at you as you step closer to him until youâre right in front of him, so close you can see the scar on his left cheek and the mole under his lip.
âYou didnât stab me. You didnât plan for those people to attack me. You couldnât know it was going to happen.â
You donât know who youâre trying to convince here. And as you keep talking, you realize youâre trying to convince yourself.
Youâre tired of that ugly part of yourself trying to hold him responsible for things he didnât do.
âYes, you lied. Yes, that was shitty. But you didnât tell me to leave that night. You told me to stay. Iâm the one that didnât listen and ran out andâŚâ You frown, because youâre once again faced with the void in your memories. âAnd then those crazy people were there. But you saved my life. Iâm still here because of you.â
A tear rolls on his cheek, and you donât resist the instinct to dry it for him. Your thumb lingers on his skin for a second, and then your hand falls at your side again.
âIt wasnât your fault. It never was.â
He looks at you, his eyes shining silver. And then youâre cupping his cheek, and heâs leaning into the touch, eyes fluttering shut.
âI just canât get the image of you lying there out of my mind,â he admits in a whisper. âItâs engraved so deep in my brain.â He gulps, and you see his Adamâs apple bobbing. âI dream about it every single night.â
âI have meds for the nightmares,â you tell him. âMaybe you could look into those?â
He straightens, and your hand hangs in the air between the two of you for a heartbeat before you drop it.
âI tried therapy, and it didnât help.â
You frown. âOf course it didnât. Itâs only been a few months.â
Jungkook remains silent this time, just looking down at you with that same gutwrenching sorrow in his eyes.
âYou have to do it for longer,â you tell him. âIâve been seeing the therapist every couple of days ever since I was out of the hospital. And I still have a long way to go.â
Still, he just stares at you.
âPlease try, Jungkook,â you whisper. âDonât give up on yourself.â
He chuckles, and itâs a choked sound that seems more painful than anything. âWhatâs the point, though? I still lost you in the end.â
You donât know what else there is to break in you, but it does break at hearing his words. âBut you donât have to lose yourself.â
âI was going to ask you to be my girlfriend that week in November,â he reveals, and tears roll down your cheeks, coming too suddenly for you to try to stop them. âI loved you.â
You donât miss his use of the past tense, and you think itâs better that way. Itâs better if the feelings died with the pain of the last few months. Because you wouldnât be able to be with him.
You donât think youâd be able to heal by his side. Because heâs a reminder of what happened, whether you like it or not.
The universe made it impossible for you and Jeon Jungook to be together in the end.
âAnd I would have said yes,â you reply, your voice wavering with the tears. âI would have told you I loved you back, but that didnât happen. And itâs unfortunate, and really fucking sad, but we both need to move on.â You wipe your cheeks, closing your eyes to try and find strength for your next words. âWe owe it to each other.â
Heâs crying too. Youâre both two broken fucking messes, but youâre allowed your closure. No matter how much it hurts.
âBut what if I donât want to move on?â he asks. âIâm still in that fucking hospital room with you, Y/n. I was so scared you were never going to wake up.â
âBut I did.â You meet his gaze, standing strong in the face of the grief breaking his eyes. âI did and Iâm here today, and I want us both to be able to move on and heal.â
âYou came here to tell me this?â he lets out, like he canât believe it. âI thoughtâŚâ He pauses, shuts his eyes tight. âJimin saidâŚâ Another pause. âI wanted to believe you wanted to reconnect.â
âJungkook, I canâtâŚâ
âI miss you so much. So fucking much, every day. It doesnât make sense without you.â
âJungkook.â
âNo!â he practically yells. âYou donât get to say my name like this. Why did you even come here if it was to tell me this?â
You donât know where that anger is coming from, but anger is a lot easier to face than grief.
âBecause we deserved closure.â
He laughs, and itâs so pained, so sad, and you need to leave.Â
Youâre about to break irreparably, and you donât want him to witness it.
âYou donât think I got closure when you asked me to leave after I was at your bedside for a week and a half?â
âYou texted me for weeks after that,â you remind him.Â
He turns around, gripping the side of the sink. âSo you saw those texts, but never got around to reply?â
You sob. It wracks through you even though you try to stop it, and Jungkook curses loudly.
âI didnât know what to say,â you admit, and itâs true.
Just like with Mingyu, you didnât know what to say. So you chose the coward way out, and stayed silent instead.
âThatâs fucking bullshit.â He turns the faucet on, and then bends down to splash water in his face. You donât know why he does it, but when itâs done and the tap is off, he straightens, meeting your gaze in the mirror with water dripping down his face, mixing with his tears. âI nearly killed myself during those weeks. I couldnât look at myself in the mirror, couldnât spend more than a minute awake without being drunk because all I could see was you in that fucking alley. And I was hoping youâd come back, but you couldnât even bring yourself to reply to me.â
âI was healing from getting beaten up and stabbed,â you throw back. âI did not have energy for anything else, Jungkook.â
The fight leaves him, and his head hangs low, his hair hiding his features from you. He takes a deep breath that breaks on a choked sob, and you just watch him cry while you cry too, and you wonder if thatâs the last thing youâll do together.
Cry.
âIâm sorry,â he whispers when heâs calmed down. âIâm sorry I got mad.â
You reach out, almost touching his back, but you stop yourself before your fingers find the fabric of his shirt. âItâs okay. It really is okay.â
And it is. Because itâs better if all the feelings are out instead of festering in his chest or yours, isnât it?
âHow can it be okay?â he asks.
âWe promise each other weâll move on,â you whisper. âWe move on and we heal.â
Heâs crying again, and he turns back around to look at you. âI donât know how to do that.â
âTry therapy for real,â you tell him. âIt will help.â
âWhat if it doesnât?â
âIt will,â you insist. âI promise.â
Thereâs a silence of you holding each otherâs gaze, and you take his features in. Commit them to memory, locking them in your heart next to that hole. Though, as you put them there, you realize that hole was always shaped like him.Â
Will always be shaped like him, too.
âSo, this is it?â he asks.
You nod, finding yourself unable to speak. Jungkook curses, and then he pulls you to him, wrapping you in his embrace. You hide your face in his chest, your arms wrapping around his waist as you cry again. He rests his chin on the top of your head, and he holds you tight. For a second, you think the pieces of you are glueing back together, and you hold onto him, your fingers fisting the fabric of his shirt. You let his scent wrap around you, let him hold you.
Your heart beats in sync with his, breaking along with his. Jungkook is the first to break the silence.
âIâll miss you.â
The tears come faster, and you hold him tighter, too. âIâll miss you too.â
He kisses the top of your head. âIâll read all of your books,â he promises, his voice heavy with emotion.
âAnd Iâll listen to all of your songs,â you promise back.
âIâll never forget you.â
You know he wonât. And you wonât either. In another life, Jeon Jungkook was your soulmate.
âMe neither. But I promise I will heal, and I really want you to heal, too.â
He doesnât say anything for a time, just holding you close. And then he whispers, âI promise I will try.â
You really hope he does.
Prev | Next
âââââ
i am fucking sobbing again and again. this story really is the saddest i've ever written, i'm so sorry. let me know what you think of this chapter! and feel free to scream at me
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter deals with heavy themes)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: mentions of the assault, some people recognize oc, a whole bunch of trauma and learning to live with it, cursing, a tough but needed conversation, mentions of suicidal thoughts, it is a really sad chapter all in all
âword count: 12k
âa/n: another sad one tbh, i'm sorry. I hope you guys still enjoy it <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Wednesday, February 11th
You havenât been back in your home country for a while now. Last time you were here, summer blasted at the world outside, Chelseaâs wedding at the summit of it all, but now winter has closed its clutches around the city you grew up in, and part of you wishes you were back in Korea, where the weather has been a little warmer over the last few days.
But now that your ribs have healed, youâve decided to come home for a while, to stay with your family and visit Stella in person, along with the publishing house. They were wanting to set up a meeting with you whenever you were ready to discuss your plans in terms of writing for the next few months considering you havenât done anything sinceâŚ
Since your assault.
Theyâve made it clear that there is no pressure though, repeating it multiple times while you were sitting across from them earlier. They said that they pushed you to release your last book a lot faster than they usually do, and they want to give you a break while you focus on healing.
They claimed theyâll be there whenever youâre ready again, but you know the publishing world is cutthroat. Thereâs a chance theyâll have moved to the next big sensation by then and, strangely, you canât bring yourself to care. Not because of being numb like you were in December, but just because your energy is focused elsewhere right now.
After consulting the doctors back in Korea, youâve managed to convince them to lower the dose of your meds just a little bit. Indeed, youâve been wanting to feel something, craving emotions other than the overwhelming sadness you get whenever you end up thinking about a boy with doe eyes and soft lips. Itâs been a strange adjustment, but you like it better like this.Â
You want to face the emotions head on to be able to heal instead of just pretending that nothing ever happened. Youâve been practicing going outside alone back in Seoul, just to stand outside of your building for a little while before coming back in. You even managed a short walk five minutes away from your condominium not too long before you came back to your home country, but thatâs all youâve managed to do on your own so far.
So Jennie came all the way here with you, as shooting for her movie wrapped up at the end of January. With her, or with Hyunseok, youâve been able to live some sort of a⌠normal life. Youâve gone to a restaurant twice, visited Jennieâs place once, and you even went shopping with Hyunseok last week, but they always had to come meet you at your place first.
But this is good. Being back home, so far away from all the trauma, is good. Itâs practice from being away from your comfort zone, and itâs been healing.
You donât think youâll ever get back to how you were before the assault, some innocence forever stolen from you, but youâre already doing better.Â
Support goes a long way, in situations like this one. And maybe you wonât ever be able to walk around at night alone again, but at least you have people that understand it. And you donât think it matters â you can always take a taxi if you need to get to places alone. But you havenât had to do anything alone once since it all happened, Hyunseok coming with you to every single one of your medical appointments.
Your therapist thinks youâre doing admirable progress, and fast. You reckon itâs all because of her. Her clinical insight, her gentle approach, and the way she makes you feel seen and understood has really been helping with dealing with the anxiety youâve developed.Â
You havenât developed PTSD. She said maybe itâll show up later, in ways you just havenât encountered yet, but you have been trying to be positive.Â
The anxiety is enough, and how would you even develop PTSD about something you donât remember? Youâre no expert in mental health, though, and you know the brain works in weird ways. You could indeed eventually develop PTSD, but so far youâve been okay. You reckon that it helps that you take meds that fully prevent you from dreaming.
You still remember the nightmares that you had before they gave you the meds. Well, you donât remember the nightmares exactly, but you remember the fear, the terror that lingered after you woke up from them. Maybe that was PTSD, and maybe youâve just been keeping it at bay with medication. But if it works, it works, and you wonât complain. You want to learn to be as normal as possible again. You want to be independent from people, you want to move on from what happened. With that drive, your therapist thinks youâll be able to learn to manage everything faster than most people do.
What she doesnât understand is, you need to go back to normal. You need to be able to do the things you used to, or else youâll go insane. One of the reasons why you really wanted to come back home was because it allowed you to be away from your apartment for a while. Itâs a nice apartment, though very small, but itâs been driving you insane these past weeks, making you feel like an animal in a cage.
But being here, even though itâs cold and there are feet of snow on the lawn in front of your parentsâ house in the suburbs, has been freeing. You left some heaviness back in Korea that you hope wonât return when you go backâŚ
If you go back. Youâve been starting to think of cutting your year abroad short to come back here instead, but you havenât made a decision yet.
âThat went⌠decently well,â Stella says next to you as you walk out of the publishing house, snowflakes swirling down from the clouded sky.Â
Theyâre lazy, chasing each other in a slow waltz as they fall, and theyâre already littering the sidewalk, snow crunching under your feet as you walk towards the coffeeshop where Jennie is waiting for you.
âIt did,â you agree. âBut honestly Stella⌠I donât know if Iâll be able to write anytime soon.â
âThatâs okay,â she reassures you. âI am ready to fight tooth and nail to keep them off your back. Youâre allowed to take all the time that you need.â She flashes a quick smile. âBesides, theyâre kind of biting their tongue now that theyâve had bad reviews about how the book felt rushed.â
Indeed, those have come out since youâve published. You didnât really pay it any mind as you were lost in the daze induced by your assault, but there has been a lot of comments about how the book felt rushed compared to your other books.Â
It was rushed. They pushed you like crazy to get a book out in under a year. You felt like you could do it, and youâre proud of what you did with the time that you had, but it was to be expected. Indeed, typos were found in the book, which they wouldnât have had it undergone more revision. Some of the prints had pages missing, others were printed the wrong wayâŚ
A lot of mistakes that would have been avoided if the book wasnât rushed. But thankfully, the story has only received praises, so the bad reviews havenât gone to your head too much.
Youâd warned the publishing house that this would happen, and they refused to listen. So itâs on them, and you wonât take responsibility for their shortcomings.
âYeah,â you let out.
âYou take your time with everything, okay?â Stella says. âAnd if you need to stop writing for a while, know that Iâll be there whenever, or if ever you decide to write again.â
âThank you.â You glance her way, lips curled upwards. âIâm sure Iâll go back to writing eventually. Itâs just, with the concussion and healing I just⌠donât feel like it.â
âWhich is totally normal and expected,â she replies. âNo one is actually expecting you to start writing right now. And if they do, Iâll beat the shit out of them. Metaphorically.â
If she realizes that she accidentally alluded to your own assault, she doesnât let it show. Youâre thankful for it â the hardest part of it all is when people act like something happened to you. Like your brothers, who have been incredibly awkward since you came home.
Like they expect you to break if they say something. It makes it all too real, and itâs the last thing you need.
You snort. âThat sounds a little excessive.â
âYou know Iâd go to war for you,â Stella adds.Â
You do know. Your mother told you she almost flew to Korea when she found out what happened to you, claiming she wanted to bring justice to the assholes that attacked you. Like she was the heroine of a book, maybe even the main character from your book, who did fly to Korea after her father was killed after all.
âIâd go to war for you too,â you tell her.
She wraps her arm around your shoulder, pulling you into a half hug. Sheâs taller than you, and she leans her head on yours for a few seconds. âI love you, Y/n. I know Iâm your agent and you literally pay me for this, but I love you.â
Your gaze grows wet, and you quickly blink it away as you reach a red light. You stare at the hand indicating for you to wait before crossing the street, taking a deep breath.
âYouâre family at this point,â you tell her. âMy mother said you and Allie should come have dinner this weekend. Sheâll make her roast beef.â
âI would kill for your motherâs roast beef,â she declares. âIâll check with Allie, but we could probably come Friday. We have something with the in-laws on Saturday.â
âIâll let my mother know.â
The hand turns to a little person walking, and you cross the street, reaching the coffeeshop. Jennie is inside, and you see two teenagers talking to her excitedly through the window. Sheâs smiling to them politely, but you can tell sheâs a little uncomfortable.
âGotta go rescue Jennie,â you tell Stella, and she glances inside, wincing.
âYouâd think she would get recognized less here,â Stella says with a sigh. âIâd help, but I have a meeting with another author.â
âCheating, I see,â you tease.
She chuckles, and then she pulls you into a tight hug. âIâd never cheat on you.â
You snort, returning the hug. âI know you wouldnât.â
You say goodbye, and Stella waves as she heads towards where her car is parked a little down the street. You get into the coffeeshop before she reaches it though, and the bells above the door ring as the door shuts behind you, the warm coffee-scented atmosphere wrapping around you like another warm hug.
You head towards Jennie, and she spots you between the two girls in front of her. Her features relax as she notices you, and she gets up from her chair.
âWell, it was nice to meet you two,â she says as you near her, and the two girls look at you, gaze widening.
âOh, Jungkookâs girlfriend!â
You think your heart drops to the floor. Hell, you think it turned to glass and shattered upon impact.Â
You are not Jungkookâs girlfriend. Youâd never be his girlfriend, not after everything that happened.
âLetâs go,â Jennie says as she sees the look on your face. âHope you girls enjoy the concert.â
She walks to you as sheâs putting her coat on, her scarf and purse clutched in one hand, and she grabs your arm, pulling you behind her. It doesnât take too long before youâre back outside, winter grasping at your exposed skin once more. It makes your cheek prickle, and you wish you had a scarf to hide your face in.
You forgot it in Korea. And didnât bother to get one here, though you reckon you could have stolen one of your motherâs scarves.
âOh my God,â Jennie lets out as she quickly wraps her own bright red scarf around her neck. âThey were not leaving me alone.â She sighs, glancing at you. âIâm sorry they said that.â
You shrug. âA lot of people have assumed weâre dating after what happened.â
And itâs true. The comments on your posts on Instagram are filled with such thoughts, mixed throughout the comments about your book.
âI hate that people just assume,â Jennie grumbles, and then she looks across the street, where your fatherâs SUV is parked. âWant to go home?â
You nod, digging in your purse to retrieve the keys. âYeah.â
Youâd originally planned to stop for food on the way, but as youâre driving home, your mother calls to say she made your favourite soup, and that she can make you grilled cheese when you get home. She doesnât ask about the meeting, which youâre relieved about.
Youâre kind of tired of talking about writing for today. You just want to go home, wrap yourself in a blanket and watch some stupid show on Netflix with Jennie. But Jennie did not get the memo, because the second you hang up with your mother, she says, âHope your meeting went well.â
You wince internally, checking your mirrors as you switch lanes for the slower one. âYeah, it did. They seemedâŚâ you trail off, searching for the right word. âUnderstanding, but Iâm not sure if it was a load of bullshit.â
âHopefully not.â You feel her gaze on your profile, and you quickly glance her way before resuming your attention on the highway. âI feel like that whole meeting could have been an email. Kind of cruel to make you come all the way here for that.â
âWell, I was coming here regardless,â you point out. âMight as well just go, you know?â
âFair.â Thereâs a short silence, only interrupted by the squeak of the wipers as they move across the windshield. âHow are you feeling, by the way?â
âIn general?â you ask, but you donât wait for her to reply. âGood. Just⌠tired.â
âI mean, it was a long day outside of the house,â she says, even though it wasnât that long. âMakes sense that youâd feel tired.â
You meet her gaze for a heartbeat or two. âHonestly⌠Itâs easier here.â
âYeah?â
You nod. âItâs so far from everything that happened, you know?â You shrug. âMakes it easier to forget it ever happened.â
You smile, but itâs sad. âMaybe I should move back here.â
The silence that follows is heavy, though filled with understanding. Especially when Jennie breaks it to say, âYou have to do what is right for you. If you think that that is what you need, then I fully support it, even if Iâll miss you.â
âI just thinkâŚâ You chuckle, even though there is nothing funny about it at all. âI just think itâd be better, you know?â
âThat makes sense.â
And you really think it does. The more you think of it, the more it does make sense. Youâd move back in with your parents. You could claim the basement as your own, as itâs already an apartment that one of your brothers stayed in during college. It even has its own separate door. You could take time away from everything, with the other half of your support circle, to heal and rebuild yourself. Youâd have to change therapists, but you had a therapist here in the past and could probably reach out to her.
And youâd be far away from him. From the reminders of him, from the moments you shared together. You wouldnât have to live with those memories, to be haunted by them anymore. Â
You doubt thereâs any better way to heal than to be far from everything about him. Or far from almost everything.Â
They have concerts here this weekend. Two of them, one on Friday and one on Saturday. Jennie mentioned it in passing to you as you were flying home, and you pretended you didnât hear. She hasnât talked about it again, and apart from the posters and ads youâve seen in the city, itâs like heâs not here.
He isnât. Heâs most likely still in some other city. At least youâve been telling yourself that constantly.
Otherwise you wouldnât be able to leave the house for a whole other reason.
Later that evening, when you and Jennie sit on the couch in the basement under a thick, fluffy blanket, binge-watching some reality TV show, you glance at Jennie. Sheâs been on her phone the whole time, most likely talking to Taehyung, and you watch as she smiles softly. She looks younger like this, without any makeup, her celebrity personality stripped away.
âYouâre not even paying attention,â you tease her, gently kicking her under the blanket.
She chuckles. âMingee likes Seungil,â she says. âAnd Mina Sue is just mad.â
âOkay, maybe youâre paying attention a little,â you admit. âBut who are you texting like this?â
âTae,â she replies. âHe wants us to go to the concert on Saturday.â
You freeze for the second time today. This time, your heart stays in your chest, but you immediately say, âThereâs not a fucking chance Iâm going to their concert.â
Jennie just stares at you unblinkingly, clearly unimpressed.
âWhat?â you let out.
âWhy not?â she asks.
You widen your gaze, pausing the TV. âWhat do you mean, why not?â
âItâs been better here, yeah?âÂ
You frown. âItâs been better because Iâm away from everything.â
âRight. Sorry.â Jennie sighs, glancing at her phone. âWould you be upset if I went without you?â
âOf course not!â you quickly say. âYou miss Tae, and heâll be right next door. Go see him.â
âBut Iâm here for you, not for him.â
Fuck, you love her so bad.
âBabe, heâs your boyfriend, Iâm just happy you get to see him after all this time apart.âÂ
Indeed, Taehyung only managed to go back to Korea for a few days during the holidays, though some of them were spent with his family while Jennie was with hers.
âIâd stay with him Saturday evening, though. You sure that would be okay with you?â
You smile. âYeah, Iâll just stay here with my parents. Theyâre not bad company.â
She snorts. âYour parents are adorable.â
Indeed, they are. Theyâve always loved each other deeply, which is definitely why you grew up to be such a romantic, and a romance writer too.
That settles the conversation, as Jennie smiles a little wider while she replies to Taehyung, clearly telling him that sheâll go. And you can almost imagine yourself in her position, texting someone else.
For a moment, you see the scene from an outside perspective like itâs a movie playing on the TV. You see it as you stand on the edge of the gaping hole in your chest, looking down at it.
In another universe, you never get assaulted by the sasaengs outside of Jungkookâs house. In that universe, you would have made your relationship official while he was in Korea. Youâd be here on this couch with Jennie excited to go to the concert with her, to see him after the months apart.Â
Youâd be backstage, cheering for him, holding him close whenever heâd get off the stage even though heâd be sweaty. Heâd tell you he loves you, and youâd tell him you love him back.
In that universe, you got your happy ending. Not this bullshit that has fucked you up so bad you doubt youâll ever be the same again.
Youâre crying. You donât know when you started crying, but Jennie looks up, putting her phone down.
âBabe, whatâs wrong?â she asks. âIâll stay, itâs okay.â
You put your hands on your face as a sob wracks through you, making you choke around nothing. And you try to speak, but no words come out, staying lodged in your throat. Jennie pulls you to her chest, holding you tight.
You wish she could hold you tight enough to keep all your pieces together, but you fear only one person could do that, and you donât want to ever see him again.
You canât see him. Not when you know itâll awaken trauma and pain and you just seek healing. But fuck, you wish the conditions surrounding you and him were different. You wish the end wasnât so fucking dramatic, like something youâd see in a horror movie.
But you donât fit in his world. Not when there will always be people threatening you for what you are to him.
âWhatâs wrong?â Jennie asks again as you cling to her like you would to a buoy in a storm.
âHeâll be here,â you choke out.
She rubs your back. âOh, babe.â
âIâm so tired, Jennie, Iâm so fucking tired.â
You think sheâs crying too. Sheâs shaking, and sheâs so sympathetic you know your pain breaks her heart just as much as it breaks yours.
âI know.âÂ
She rocks you from side to side as you cry, but you just keep on breaking, like you should have when you first woke up from the coma.
You didnât deserve what happened to you. You didnât deserve to be the victim of clinically ill jealousy. You didnât deserve for him to lie. You didnât deserve every single shitty thing that happened.
Where would you be, if youâd never gone to Korea?
Home. Youâd be home. Here, not the one you found in his arms.Â
You wish youâd never gone to Seoul at all.
âI donât even know what Iâm supposed to do,â you say when the sobs have lessened, even though the tears just keep on coming. âEveryone just says that I just need time to heal, but my body has healed, and I donât remember shit about it all, yet it all just still fucking hurts.â
âI donât know what to say.â
Jennie sounds desperate, and you hate it so much you wish youâd never burdened her with the darkness in your head.
Itâs been there since the assault. You were just good at pretending it wasnât.
âThereâs nothing to say.â You pull back, sitting back in your spot as you glance at the paused TV. âI think part of me will always see him as responsible for what happened in some way, and I feel so fucking bad about it.â
Silence follows the truth. Itâs heavy, weighing a thousand pounds, and a glance Jennieâs way shows that sheâs indeed crying.
âI think thatâs the problem,â you say as she blurs behind a new onslaught of tears. âIâm aware itâs not his fault, but if he hadnât been a celebrity⌠None of this would have ever happened. And maybe weâd be together today. Maybe weâd be in love and Iâd be able to be with him without thinking I might get killed for it. How crazy is it that I almost was killed just because I know him?â
âY/nâŚâ
âNo, but itâs different for you, cause youâre a celebrity too. People expect him to be with someone like you. Not with the random writer from another country.â
âYou should never listen to what the fans say,â Jennie whispers, and then she adds, voice stronger, âY/n, and trust me when I say this, but it doesnât matter who you are. They hated me for years when I was first dating Tae, long before the military service. And then they saw how depressed he got after we broke up the first time, and when we got back together, everyone was happy.â She pauses, wipes her cheeks. âAt the end of the day, true fans just want them to be happy. The people that did that to youâŚâ
Youâre crying so hard again you have to pull the blanket to your face.Â
âThe people that did that to you werenât fans. They were criminals, and theyâre in prison for it. And honestly part of me thinks they deserve much worse than prison, because I see the impact it had on you and I fucking miss the girl that you were before.â
She chuckles sadly. âLike, whoâd just randomly go to the basement of a club with someone she just met? More than that, who cheers up someone they donât know like you did that night? You were so strong, you still are so fucking strong, but I met you and I was like âDamn, I wish that I was like herâ. And thatâs why I wanted to be friends with you, because you were so down to earth and fun to be around and justâŚâÂ
She stops, taking a deep breath.
âI see the way they broke you. I see you fighting to stay afloat and I wish they got a lot worse than prison time.â The words are said with so much anger you feel its fire. âAnd I wish I could fix everything for you.â
She falls silent, like all the fight suddenly drained out of her. You look at each other, and you wish you could go back a few months ago and tell Jungkook to not come back to Korea. Maybe none of this would have happened in the end.
âI wish you and Jungkook would have gotten to love each other,â Jennie adds in the barest hint of whisper. âI wish you both were not hurting like you are now. And I wish heâd never lied. I know he hates himself for it. Hates himself for everything that happened.â
âItâd break him if he knew what I told you,â you say when she stops talking again. âJennie, I hate it so bad. But I feel like, if I see him, everything will come rushing back.â
âI know.â She wipes the silver lining her gaze again. âI understand now. And Iâm so, so sorry you feel this way.â
âYouâre not mad at me?â
âMad?â You give her a nod, and she tilts her head to the side, confused. âNo, why would I be?â
You shrug. âBecause itâs unfair that I feel this way. That I feel like itâs his fault.â
âBabe, you went through hell. I think that gives you the right to feel any way you want.â
âDoes it, though?â
She thinks about it for a moment, and then says, âListen, I wish you wouldnât. I obviously wish my two friends could be happy together, because you guys seemed so happy in Jeju. You both lit up whenever the other was there, or was mentioned. But what happened got in the way of that, and itâs just life. Itâd be useless and stupid to be mad at one of you for it. Neither of you is responsible.â
A tear slips on your cheek, streaming down to your chin, where it lingers without falling. âI know I promised you I would speak to him one day, but I donât think Iâll be able to.â
âYou donât have to,â she reassures you. âBabe, you really donât have to.â
âI justâŚâ you trail off.
And as you trail off, another one of those things youâve ignored comes bursting out of the hole in your chest. Because what if you donât talk to him, and spend a life regretting it? Whatâs a lifetime of regret over a conversation that might hurt?
What if you need to face the trauma to finally move forward?
What if talking to him would bring more peace than pain? And what if it does bring more pain? Wouldnât the pain catch up to you eventually anyway? You canât spend a lifetime trying to pretend you and him ended that night. Because you didnât. The feelings are still down there in the gaping hole in your chest, just waiting for the moment to come out. Like they did earlier as you imagined what it would have been like in another universe. And even though itâs painful, even though you donât think youâll still be standing by the end of it all, maybe you should confront the feelings.
Maybe closure is what you need.
Itâs like the storm cloud passes suddenly. Breathing becomes easier, the hole in your chest decreases until itâs not crushing your lungs anymore. You feel like youâre lighter, though that might just be post-crying clarity. But the storm cloud does pass, and thereâs sunlight on the horizon. Piercing through it all, painting the clouds with gold.Â
And maybe you and him were just that. The golden hour before the sun sets. No matter how ephemeral it was, no matter how it ended with darkness thicker than a moonless nightâŚ
You deserve closure.
âActually,â you let out. You gulp, meeting Jennieâs gaze. âActually, I want to talk to him.â
She blinks a few times, and a tear escapes and falls on her cheek. âAre you sure?â
You nod. âI am.â
And you realize itâs the first time you havenât lied since you woke up from the coma.
Friday, February 13th
Performing has never been so hard as it is tonight. Jungkook plays with a lump in his throat, his energy off all night. Heâs been trying his best, telling himself that even if youâre not here, performing for your city is like having a piece of you here with himâŚ
But the more he plays, the harder it gets, and he doesnât think heâll make it through the full concert. Especially not when they finally have a break, and he runs off stage first, Taehyung close behind.
He needs out. He needs to breathe, to drink something so that the pain can fade for just a few seconds. But heâs been good at avoiding alcohol. Itâs dangerous when heâs in this mental state. And though he was able to have a beer the other day without anything bad happening, he was not here.
He was not in the city you grew up in.Â
Hell, he feels like he sees you in the crowd. Youâre fucking everywhere here, and he canât do it anymore.
Jungkook realizes heâs crying. âIâm sorry. Iâm so sorry.â
Namjoon appears next to them. âBreathe, JK. Youâre okay.â
Jungkook laughs. He laughs, because itâs absurd to think that heâs okay.Â
Heâll never be okay again.
âDo you need to sit the rest of the concert out?â Namjoon asks. âWe got the track ready to play if needed.â
âI want to play,â Jungkook says. âI just canât, I see her everywhere out there.â
âThen take a break,â Taehyung says. âEvery single person in the arena understands.â
Jungkook knows they do. The outpour of love heâs been on the receiving end of since heâs returned to tour with the boys has been unlike anything from before. Itâs been healing in some way. To think that at least he didnât lose that. To see that the fans, the real ones, understood.
But theyâll never understand the pain that he carries every single fucking day.Â
âI just want to be strong for the fans,â he says.
Taehyung pulls him to his chest, hugging him tight. âYou are strong, JK. Some concerts are just harder, and thatâs okay.â
Jungkook nods as he pulls back from the hug. He feels nauseous, and he reckons he really needs some air.
âIâll try to come back for the encore.â
He doubts heâll be able to, but he feels too guilty for abandoning the boys like this. So as they return on the stage, he drinks water, sits with a blanket on his shoulders. And he tries to meditate, tries to do some breathing exercises that were recommended to him in the single therapy appointment he managed to go to. It helps a little, and he feels calmer when the boys return backstage before the encore.
âYou sure you can do this?â Namjoon asks as they all stand in a semi-circle around Jungkook.
He nods. âI have to.â
Namjoon holds his gaze, and then claps Jungkookâs shoulder. âIâm proud of you.â
And then heâs back on the stage, sitting at his drumset. He grabs the sticks, and they feel foreign in his hands. Less so when he closes his eyes to play, and the rhythm carries him through the first song of the encore.
But then he makes a mistake on the second song. Itâs a minor mistake, but it hurts so bad he starts crying, right there in the spotlight. He stops playing, unable to continue, and Taehyung looks at him from where heâs been playing the trumpet, and he runs over to Jungkook as the song loses yet another instrument.
Jimin is the next to join them, and then all the members run to Jungkook, and they hug him, like theyâre protecting him from the world outside. The fans are screaming, and Jungkook wonders if he can just disappear through the floor.
Itâs one thing to be vulnerable and crying in front of your closest friends, in front of your family. Itâs an entire other thing to be vulnerable and crying in front of the whole world.
To think itâll get to youâŚ
He almost texted you earlier today. Being here in your city made him feel closer to you than heâs felt in months, but when he opened the conversation thread to see all the drunk texts he sent and you ignored, he broke down yet again.Â
He doesnât know how to heal from losing you. From being responsible for what happened to you. From not running out in the street when he should have the second you went outside.Â
Where would he be now if he had? He likes to think that you would have made up, walked back into the house and heâd told you he loves you. But he was stupid, and prioritized someone that he never should have over you, and his mistakes led you to where you are now.
When the members pull back to reveal the crowd, Jungkook sees himself on the big screen. He looks terrible, and he chuckles as he wipes his cheeks. And then he grabs Seokjinâs mic, and gets up from his stool.
âSorry about that,â he apologizes to the crowd, and the scream goes wild. âI just want to sayâŚâ He looks at all the members, and then dries another tear on his cheek as the arena quietens. âPlease tell the people you love that you love them before you lose them. Please donât let your pride get in the way.â People scream, and he knows itâs clear heâs speaking of you, but the fans have been there for him. âLove is the most important thing in life. Donât ever forget that.â
Heâs then crying too much again to say something more, and he hands the mic back to Seokjin as the members wrap him in a hug again. They end up leaving the stage without playing the rest of the encore, and though the fans scream outside for them to come back, Namjoon tells the staff to turn on the lights in the arena.
âHow are you feeling?â Taehyung asks Jungkook as they sit where he was earlier.
Itâs strange and cold in here â itâs clearly a locker room for whatever hockey team the arena that they are in is for â and Jungkook doesnât know what to reply.
Heâs not feeling great. Heâs feeling horrible. Broken, astray, part of his heart forever lost in the blood spilled that night. In the light going out of your eyes. In your cold skin and the ambulance ride.
Hell, he really thinks part of him really did die that night. He doubts heâll ever recover from that.
âI wish I could just sleep through the next year,â Jungkook says.
He rubs his face, though it does nothing to soften the edges of his broken heart.
âIf you need to go on hiatus again, you know that weâll all support you, right?â Taehyung gently says.
Jungkook nods. âI know. But I donât want to fail the fans.â
And mostly, he doesnât want to have time to get lost in his head more than he already is. He barely found the way back the last time. Most likely wouldnât have if it werenât for Jennie.
âI donât think the fans would feel like youâre failing them at all. What you went throughâŚâ Taehyung trails off. âMost people would not be here today if they were in your position.â
Jungkook shrugs. âIâm just doing what I have to do.â
âI know.â Taehyung sighs, and then he looks to the side, where Jiminâs been sitting in silence. âListen, thereâs something I didnât tell you before.â
Jungkook raises his head from the vague spot he was staring at on the floor. âWhat?â
Taehyung and Jimin exchange a look that seems to hold a full conversation. âI thought it was better to not say anything before the concert tonight, so I didnât say anything,â Taehyung says. âBut Jennie and Y/n are here.â
Jungkookâs heart stops. âHere?â
Taehyung nods. âNot at the concert tonight butâŚâ
âTheyâre coming tomorrow,â Jimin finishes for Taehyung.Â
Jungkook is sure heâs heard it wrong. He pinches his arm, trying to make sure heâs not stuck in one of his nightmares. âWhat?â
âY/n came to visit family, and Jennie came with her,â Taehyung explains. âSince we were having concerts here, I invited Jennie.â
That makes sense. Sheâs his girlfriend, and they havenât seen each other in months.
But why the fuck would you want to come?
âAnd Jennie told me sheâd come with Y/n,â Taehyung adds. âI think she doesnât want to leave her alone.â
His heart squeezes painfully, blood dripping between his ribs at the thought of you not being able to be left alone.
Are you doing as bad as he is? You went through worse than he did, after all.
Heâs just a pathetic coward.
âOh,â he lets out.
âTheyâll be backstage,â Jimin adds. âIf you think you canât⌠see Y/n, youâre fully allowed to sit the concert out tomorrow.â
Another absurd thing to even consider. Because why wouldnât he want to see you?
Heâs been dying to see you. Been dying to talk to you, to hear your voiceâŚ
Itâs like one of his nightmares turning into a dream come through.
âAt the same time, figured you guys might need to talk?â Taehyung adds after he and Jimin exchange another long look. âWhat do you think?â
He thinks his heart is beating so fast all of a sudden it might just go into heart attack territory.
âIâll be there,â Jungkook says with a nod.
âJustâŚâ Jimin lets out. âShe might not want to talk at all, you know? Just donât get your hopes up.â
It doesnât matter if you want to talk or not. The fact that heâll see you, in the fleshâŚ
It really is a dream come through.
Saturday, February 14thÂ
You didnât realize it was Valentineâs Day. Like the universe decided to bring you back to Jungkook on some sick, twisted joke of the holiday that represents everything youâve lost. When you saw the date earlier while getting ready for the concert with Jennie, you cried.
She held you, rubbed your back soothingly, and said it was okay if you didnât want to go. That she understood. You know she does, but ever since Wednesday, youâve been feeling some sort of gentle peace at the idea of seeing him. So you held onto that peace, dried your tears, and steeled yourself to finish getting ready.
And now youâre being ushered backstage after Jennie showed the passes on her phone to security. Youâre anxious, hands shaking, throat closing, and you reckon this might be a bad idea. But Jennie senses your unease, grabs your hand, interlacing your fingers. The quiet show of support makes you grow emotional, but you blink the tears away, refusing to break down in front of strangers.
You cried enough last Wednesday. Now is not the time for tears anymore.
The first of the members you see is Taehyung, just as expected as he and Jennie have been texting. She let him know you got here the second you did, and so youâre not surprised heâs waiting outside of the dressing room, just wearing a white tank top. Itâs tucked in his black pants, and he somehow looks elegant despite the simplicity of the look.
It makes sense. He and Jennie both have a simple elegance that just goes well together, even though they also can get extra sometimes.
Taehyung looks up from his phone as he hears you arrive, and his gaze catches on Jennie. You let go of her hand, pushing her towards him, and they run to each other, Taehyung picking her up the floor and spinning her in a circle before putting her down. It reminds you of the way Jungkook greeted you all those months ago, and you blink some more tears away as your gaze drops to the ground.
âY/n,â Taehyung says once heâs done greeting his girlfriend.
Not expecting to hear him say your name, you look up, meeting his gaze. He smiles at you, so genuine you wonder whatâs going on.
âIâm so happy youâre here today.â
Jennie gives you an encouraging nod next to him as you glance at her.
âHuh, thank you,â you let out, cheeks burning. âThank you for the invitation.â
âHow have you been doing?â he asks next.
Your throat is dry, uncomfortably so, and you clear it as you hold onto the strap of your purse tighter, wishing maybe Jennie would still be holding your hand.
âIâve been okay,â you say, and itâs not quite a lie.
You havenât been good, obviously, but you could be worse. You could be at the bottom of the barrel like you were on Wednesday, but youâre not. Youâre standing in the arena where theyâre having a concert later tonight, and you feel stronger than youâve felt in months.
Taehyung nods, glancing at his girlfriend. âAre you guys ready to go in?â
You know the question is more for you than it is for Jennie, especially as they both look at you. You just stand there for a few seconds, wondering if you are, as a matter of fact, ready to see Jungkook, but then fate decides to choose for you, the door opening to reveal Jungkook on the other side.
He slams the door shut the second you meet his gaze like heâs a child caught doing something he shouldnât, and you canât help the small smile on your lips. Though you reckon the smile might be more nervous than anything, especially as it dies when the door opens again, only to reveal Jimin this time.
âY/n!â Jimin lets out with far more enthusiasm than you expected from him.Â
You got along well in Jeju, that is true. But you havenât had a single interaction with him since then, so you didnât expect the camaraderie to have lingered all this time.
âJimin,â you greet him with a small bow.
He walks over to you, leaving the door open, and you peek over his shoulder to try to see Jungkook, but heâs disappeared from view.
You hate that it disappoints you. That your heart sinks in your chest, but what could you expect? Youâve been ignoring him for months, and the last time you saw him, you just asked him to leave.
Jimin opens his arms, stopping in front of you with an eyebrow cocked in question like heâs not sure itâs okay to hug you. You were unaware you were on hugging terms with him at all, but the familiarity of the gesture is sweet, so you wrap your arms around him loosely. He pats your back gently, and then steps back to look at you.
âYou look gorgeous tonight,â he says, and then he looks behind. He freezes in that position for a second, and then looks at you again. âI thought he was right behind me.â
You offer him a tight-lipped smile. âNo worries.â
âI just want to sayâŚâ Jimin starts, and he glances around to make sure that no one is paying attention.Â
Besides Jennie and Taehyung, the staff that led you here left, and there are some body guards by the door that you recognize from having seen them before.
You think one of them is actually the one that was there when you first met Jennie and Jungkook at the club back in May.
âBe patient tonight?â Jimin finishes. âJK has been shitting himself all day, soâŚâ
âShut the fuck up,â Taehyung says from behind.
Jimin winces. âYeah. Just⌠yeah, I guess youâll see for yourself.â
Itâs ominous. And there are shadows in Jiminâs eyes as he says it, like itâs worse than you might be expecting. It makes you even more anxious than you already were, and you gulp as you nod, meeting Jennieâs gaze.
âOkay,â you let out.
Thereâs a moment of awkward silence, and then Taehyung says something you donât care to listen to, and youâre all filing into the dressing room, closing the door behind you.Â
The dressing room is hectic. There are stylists and makeup artists and hairstylists bustling around, getting everyone ready to go on stage. There are a few chairs in a corner, and the walls are lined with benches, a clear indication that this room is also where the hockey team gets ready before matches. You think the smell of sweat lingers in the air, typical of locker rooms like this one, but itâs mixed with the fumes from hairspray, so itâs hard to tell.
Namjoon, Hoseok and Yoongi are getting their hair done, and you glance around, trying to find a familiar doe-eyed boy. Heâs nowhere to be seen, but you do spy Seokjin by a door that most likely leads to the bathroom. Seokjin spots you at the same time you do him, and he waves at you with a smile before walking into the bathroom.
Taehyung and Jimin leave you and Jennie shortly, having to get dressed, and Jennie pulls you to a table with an array of food â sandwiches, vegetables and water bottles. You grab a water bottle, opening it to take a swig of water that you hope will calm your nerves.Â
âYou still okay?â Jennie asks.
You nod. âAll good.â
âYou let me know if you need to leave,â she adds, repeating what sheâs already said a thousand times.
All you do is nod again, and then you glance toward the door leading to the bathroom. It opens, and Jungkook walks out, and for a moment, everything pauses around you â the sounds, Jennieâs arm as it was raising to her mouth, a cucumber in hand. The chatter fades, the hecticness of the room being replaced by a calm void. And in that void, there is you and Jungkook, your gazes meeting.
Heâs changed. Heâs lost a lot of weight over the months, something youâve already realized from the pictures you saw of him online. His cheeks are gaunt, his hair longer than it was the last time you saw him. Thereâs a hollowness to his gaze, a sensation of deep emptiness that makes you feel like youâre falling, with nothing to catch you this time. He doesnât smile at the sight of you. The corners of his lips twitch, which you reckon might have been his best try at a smile, but all you can see is the sadness in those doe eyes.
The longing and yearning that echoes in the hole in your chest can be found in his eyes, too. And itâs only then that you truly understand how bad heâs been doing.
It was one thing to hear it said. But it was hard to conceive that he was doing as bad as you were, yet seeing him standing there, with those dark circles under his eyes, his jaw clenching, you realize that Jungkook has been suffering too.
And it hurts. It hurts like someone put an iron stake in fire before planting it in your chest. It burns and splits you apart, and you turn around, eyes falling to the cucumber plate. The world returns to its regular speed around you, the sounds crashing back into you, and you take a deep breath that chokes on the way down.
Jennie wraps her arm around you, dropping her head on your shoulder.
âIâm okay,â you say before she speaks, sounding almost defensive. âIâm okay.â
âI know you are,â she replies encouragingly. âYouâre strong, youâre beautiful, and if thereâs anyone that can do this, itâs you.â
You lean your head on hers. âI love you.â
âLove you too, honey.â
You feel him behind you, your senses going in overdrive. Goosebumps prick at your skin, and youâre thankful youâre still wearing your coat to hide the evidence of how aware you are of him.
You werenât ready to hear him say your name. Hell, you could have had a thousand years to get ready to hear him say your name again and it wouldnât have been enough. Indeed, it clutches at your heart so tight you think it might burst.
You turn around, taking a deep breath. Jungkookâs looking at Jennie, and you hate that it makes you sad. But it allows you to take a look at his face, to truly take in how much heâs changed, and you hate to see the heaviness on his features.
He looks like heâs at a funeral. Not getting ready for a rock concert. Though their newer music wasnât as much rock as it is⌠a mix of funk, pop and rock music.Â
âHey JK,â Jennie greets him back, and then she looks at you.
Which only leads him to look at you too, and air wooshes out of your lungs like he just punched your gut.
âHey,â you let out, voice weak and small and so not strong like you wanted to be tonight.
He tries his luck at a smile again. It works more than it did earlier, though it doesnât come near his eyes. His eyes remain sad, forlorn, and fuck it makes you want to hold onto him. Itâs a visceral need, one you ignore by looking away, glancing at Jimin and Seokjin behind him, looking at you.
Gauging the situation, seeing if theyâll need to intervene. At least you think that theyâre looking at you like they are for that reason.
âHow have you been?â Jungkook asks, much like Taehyung did outside this room.
Heâs asking you. Not Jennie, and Jennie taps your arm before walking away, giving you space. She doesnât stray too far, like she too wants to make sure sheâs close enough to intervene if needed. It makes you feel like sheâs your chaperone, and youâd laugh at the thought if it wasnât so fucking hard to stand in front of Jeon Jungkook.
âHonestly?â You wet your lips, glancing down at your hands as you fumble with the strap of your purse. âItâs been hard. But not as much as it could have been without the people around me.â
Jungkook smiles, and it once again does not quite reach his eyes. âThatâs good to hear.â
You gulp, flashing a hint of a smile before returning the question to him. âWhat about you?â
He remains silent. His eyes gloss over like he gets lost in thoughts, and he stares at a spot behind you. Youâre tempted to look behind to see if thereâs something there, but you havenât seen him in so long and heâs just, right, there, in front of you, and you canât bring yourself to look away.
âIâve had better days,â he eventually replies, and he pulls on his piercings.
It attracts your gaze to his lips, and you notice that theyâre chapped, like heâs forgotten what chapstick is.
âIâm sorry.â
He shrugs like it doesnât matter. âIt is what it is.â He sighs, hands digging in the pockets of his pants. âItâs great to see you.â
âLikewise,â you echo.
Itâs awkward. You both just stand there in silence for a little while, a world of unsaid words sitting between the two of you. But you donât know where to start, donât know what to say to bridge the gap between then and now. Jungkook doesnât seem to fare any better than you, yet he holds your gaze. Says words with his eyes that you know his mouth wonât form. Because youâre not there anymore.
Too much has changed between you and Jeon Jungkook to ever say those words aloud. But you feel them on your skin, in your heart, deep in your soul, too. You feel them in the gaping hole in your chest, echoing off the walls over and over again.
Unable to stay in this silence, you say, âI hope the concert goes well tonight.â
He freezes, blinking a few times, and you reckon he might be blinking away tears. âYou saw what happened yesterday?â
You did. And it only made you want to come here tonight even more. Because he clearly needs closure too.
âYeah,â you let out. âIâm sorry.â
Another shrug of his shoulders. âIt happens. Itâs a little embarrassing when itâs in front of so many people, but it is what it is.â
âYeah.â You take a deep breath, exhale slowly. âIâm glad I get to see you perform again.â
That same smile but not a smile reappears. âI hope youâll enjoy it.â
âI will.â
Silence. You havenât run out of things to tell Jungkook since way before August. Hell, after you hooked up after that concert in July, conversation with Jungkook was always easy. Never like this. Never like you have to pull the words out of each other.
Itâs unnatural where it used to be as easy as breathing.
âDo you plan on staying after the concert?â he asks.
You glance at Jennie, whoâs with Taehyung now, but she looks your way the second she feels your eyes on her.
âI donât know,â you tell Jungkook as your gaze returns to him. âAre you guys doing something after?â
Jungkook pushes his hair back, though a stubborn strand falls on his forehead again. âThey are. Pretty sure Tae and Jennie will just go back to the hotel.â
âThey?â you repeat.
He sighs. âYeah.â
A crease appears between your eyebrows. âYouâre not planning to join them?â
His gaze drops to the ground. It takes him a few seconds to reply, and you almost wish he hadnât. âI canât really afford to be around alcohol too much.â
Oh.
âAh,â you let out, and you gulp. âI understand that.â
He nods, remaining silent this time around. And for a short moment, you feel like youâre back in the hospital room, telling him to leave. You wonder, did his heart stay in that room, too?
âI wanted to ââ he starts at the same time as you say, âItâs good that you ââ
He gives a pained smile as he stops talking, motioning to you to keep going.
âItâs good that you know to avoid alcohol,â you say. âItâs a depressant.â
He frowns, yet nods his head. âYeah.â
You wish you hadnât said anything.
âYou were going to say?â
âI wanted to apologize,â he says, âforâŚâ
âJungkook, we need you to get ready,â a staff member says as she stands awkwardly to the side.Â
Jungkook looks at her, and you gaze at his profile, at his nose you used to peck under the sheets in his bed. The memory flashes in your head, so real you think you could reach out and touch it. Grab it, and put it in your heart, too.
Maybe itâd fill the hole in your chest.
âOkay,â he lets out, and then he looks at you again. âIâll talk to you later?â
His eyes are begging. Asking you to stay, to not leave again, though he was technically the one to leave in November. You give him a nod, and you donât miss the way his eyes drop to your mouth for a second. He frowns imperceptibly, and you just stare at those doe eyes, wondering how it is that you went from whispering sweet nothings to each other to whatever this is.
But you know how. You know it all too well. Itâs scarred in your side, and definitely in your mind too. Even though you donât remember it exactly, you remember the how all too well.
âYes,â you say. âLetâs talk after the concert.â
His smile is truer then. It doesnât quite reach his eyes still, but it lessens the gauntness of his features just enough for you to momentarily catch sight of the man he was before.Â
âWe will.â
And with that, heâs walking away. You watch him go, your heart reaching for him as he looks over his shoulder to look at you. For a moment, you think he might walk back to you, might say what he was about to say before the staff member interrupted, but he doesnât. He grabs the clothes heâs handed by a stylist, and he disappears in the other room to get dressed.Â
It takes a moment, and youâre all ushered to the actual backstage area before he comes out. Youâre worried, looking back the way you came wondering if he realized he couldnât do it. The members seem concerned too, but then Jungkook jogs to where you are, giving you a quick glance before he grabs his drumsticks from someone from production.Â
And then you watch them file onto the stage, and the music starts. Itâs different to experience it from here, yet you feel yourself swaying to the beat, and you let it wash over you, let it carry you through the songs that they play out there. Jennie is beside you the whole time, and then theyâre running off stage to quickly change and grab some water. Jungkook looks at you as he drinks, and you give him a smile that seems to give him a boost of energy. Indeed, he goes back on stage with a bounce to his steps, and it does ease some of the ache in your chest to see it.
The stage is healing for him. Heâs told you that in the past, but you witness it in person tonight. Especially after the concert, when you all return to the dressing room, and congratulations are thrown around. Jungkook is smiling then, and you think itâs genuine. Because thereâs a familiar twinkle in his eyes, though it burns out when he meets your gaze, his features growing serious.
And though everyone is talking around you, hugging and smiling widely, Jungkook just looks at you, and you look at him, and itâs like youâre alone again.
If you were in that universe you imagined last Wednesday, youâd be throwing your arms around his neck right now. Youâd be kissing him in front of everyone, happy and careless and lighter than a feather.
Instead, youâre filled with lead, staring at each other across a crowded room, strangers again.
You hate that you and Jungkook are turning into strangers. He must hate it too, because he walks over to you, and he nods towards the other room. You understand what he wants, and you follow him there to see that itâs indeed a bathroom, with showers on one side for the hockey players.Â
âYou performed well tonight,â you tell him as the door finishes to close behind you, muffling the sounds from the dressing room.
The light is dim here, the neons above turned off. Thereâs only some light next to the mirrors, and it casts half of Jungkookâs face in shadows.
âThank you,â he lets out, and he leans against the sink, folding his arms on his chest.
Thereâs another one of those excruciating silences, and youâre the one to interrupt it this time.
âJungkook, Iâm sorry for how things went down,â you say.
The words pain him. He shuts his eyes for a few seconds, and then says, âYou have nothing to be sorry about. None of it was your fault.â
You look down at the floor. âI know. But⌠Iâm still sorry.â
âDonât be. Iâm the one whoâs sorry.â
You wait for him to continue, but it takes him a moment to collect himself.Â
âIf I hadnât liedâŚâ he starts, and he lets out a bitter chuckle. âNone of this would have happened.â
Itâs true. But then again, you both didnât know that those sasaengs were crazy enough to hurt you.Â
âYou wouldnât have run out, you wouldnât have gotten assaultedâŚâ
You wince at hearing that last word in his mouth. To hear that truth said aloud by him. But mostly, to hear the bitterness and guilt coating his words. Theyâre dripping with it, and it makes the hole in your chest expand.
âWe couldnât know that that was going to happen,â you remind him. âWe shouldnât blame ourselves for it.â
Itâs strange to say it when youâve spent months telling yourself the opposite. But as your therapist said during your appointment yesterday, the blame is not on you or Jungkook, but on the people that attacked you.
âSay it as much as you want, Y/n, but it was my fault.â
His words fall like rocks on a thin layer of ice, shattering it. And then they plunge in icy water, sinking in your chest to lodge themselves between your ribs.
âIt wasnât your fault,â you whisper, taking a step towards him.
Your eyes are wet. Heâs blurring behind the tears, and you blink them away. And you feel guilty, so so fucking guilty, because you know a part of you is putting the blame on him. Itâs a disgusting part of you, one that searches for a reason for what happened to you. Itâs one thing to tell yourself that only the attackers were to blame, but itâs another to believe it.
Though you reckon you donât actually think Jungkook is to blame for it. Heâs to blame for the lie that got you to run, but he asked you to stay.
How many times did he ask you to stay before you ran outside?
âWe both know thatâs a lie,â Jungkook says, and he sighs deeply, pushing his hair back before folding his arms on his chest again.Â
âJungkook, it wasnât your fault,â you repeat with more conviction. âItâs important that you tell yourself that.â
He just looks at you as you step closer to him until youâre right in front of him, so close you can see the scar on his left cheek and the mole under his lip.
âYou didnât stab me. You didnât plan for those people to attack me. You couldnât know it was going to happen.â
You donât know who youâre trying to convince here. And as you keep talking, you realize youâre trying to convince yourself.
Youâre tired of that ugly part of yourself trying to hold him responsible for things he didnât do.
âYes, you lied. Yes, that was shitty. But you didnât tell me to leave that night. You told me to stay. Iâm the one that didnât listen and ran out andâŚâ You frown, because youâre once again faced with the void in your memories. âAnd then those crazy people were there. But you saved my life. Iâm still here because of you.â
A tear rolls on his cheek, and you donât resist the instinct to dry it for him. Your thumb lingers on his skin for a second, and then your hand falls at your side again.
âIt wasnât your fault. It never was.â
He looks at you, his eyes shining silver. And then youâre cupping his cheek, and heâs leaning into the touch, eyes fluttering shut.
âI just canât get the image of you lying there out of my mind,â he admits in a whisper. âItâs engraved so deep in my brain.â He gulps, and you see his Adamâs apple bobbing. âI dream about it every single night.â
âI have meds for the nightmares,â you tell him. âMaybe you could look into those?â
He straightens, and your hand hangs in the air between the two of you for a heartbeat before you drop it.
âI tried therapy, and it didnât help.â
You frown. âOf course it didnât. Itâs only been a few months.â
Jungkook remains silent this time, just looking down at you with that same gutwrenching sorrow in his eyes.
âYou have to do it for longer,â you tell him. âIâve been seeing the therapist every couple of days ever since I was out of the hospital. And I still have a long way to go.â
Still, he just stares at you.
âPlease try, Jungkook,â you whisper. âDonât give up on yourself.â
He chuckles, and itâs a choked sound that seems more painful than anything. âWhatâs the point, though? I still lost you in the end.â
You donât know what else there is to break in you, but it does break at hearing his words. âBut you donât have to lose yourself.â
âI was going to ask you to be my girlfriend that week in November,â he reveals, and tears roll down your cheeks, coming too suddenly for you to try to stop them. âI loved you.â
You donât miss his use of the past tense, and you think itâs better that way. Itâs better if the feelings died with the pain of the last few months. Because you wouldnât be able to be with him.
You donât think youâd be able to heal by his side. Because heâs a reminder of what happened, whether you like it or not.
The universe made it impossible for you and Jeon Jungook to be together in the end.
âAnd I would have said yes,â you reply, your voice wavering with the tears. âI would have told you I loved you back, but that didnât happen. And itâs unfortunate, and really fucking sad, but we both need to move on.â You wipe your cheeks, closing your eyes to try and find strength for your next words. âWe owe it to each other.â
Heâs crying too. Youâre both two broken fucking messes, but youâre allowed your closure. No matter how much it hurts.
âBut what if I donât want to move on?â he asks. âIâm still in that fucking hospital room with you, Y/n. I was so scared you were never going to wake up.â
âBut I did.â You meet his gaze, standing strong in the face of the grief breaking his eyes. âI did and Iâm here today, and I want us both to be able to move on and heal.â
âYou came here to tell me this?â he lets out, like he canât believe it. âI thoughtâŚâ He pauses, shuts his eyes tight. âJimin saidâŚâ Another pause. âI wanted to believe you wanted to reconnect.â
âJungkook, I canâtâŚâ
âI miss you so much. So fucking much, every day. It doesnât make sense without you.â
âJungkook.â
âNo!â he practically yells. âYou donât get to say my name like this. Why did you even come here if it was to tell me this?â
You donât know where that anger is coming from, but anger is a lot easier to face than grief.
âBecause we deserved closure.â
He laughs, and itâs so pained, so sad, and you need to leave.Â
Youâre about to break irreparably, and you donât want him to witness it.
âYou donât think I got closure when you asked me to leave after I was at your bedside for a week and a half?â
âYou texted me for weeks after that,â you remind him.Â
He turns around, gripping the side of the sink. âSo you saw those texts, but never got around to reply?â
You sob. It wracks through you even though you try to stop it, and Jungkook curses loudly.
âI didnât know what to say,â you admit, and itâs true.
Just like with Mingyu, you didnât know what to say. So you chose the coward way out, and stayed silent instead.
âThatâs fucking bullshit.â He turns the faucet on, and then bends down to splash water in his face. You donât know why he does it, but when itâs done and the tap is off, he straightens, meeting your gaze in the mirror with water dripping down his face, mixing with his tears. âI nearly killed myself during those weeks. I couldnât look at myself in the mirror, couldnât spend more than a minute awake without being drunk because all I could see was you in that fucking alley. And I was hoping youâd come back, but you couldnât even bring yourself to reply to me.â
âI was healing from getting beaten up and stabbed,â you throw back. âI did not have energy for anything else, Jungkook.â
The fight leaves him, and his head hangs low, his hair hiding his features from you. He takes a deep breath that breaks on a choked sob, and you just watch him cry while you cry too, and you wonder if thatâs the last thing youâll do together.
Cry.
âIâm sorry,â he whispers when heâs calmed down. âIâm sorry I got mad.â
You reach out, almost touching his back, but you stop yourself before your fingers find the fabric of his shirt. âItâs okay. It really is okay.â
And it is. Because itâs better if all the feelings are out instead of festering in his chest or yours, isnât it?
âHow can it be okay?â he asks.
âWe promise each other weâll move on,â you whisper. âWe move on and we heal.â
Heâs crying again, and he turns back around to look at you. âI donât know how to do that.â
âTry therapy for real,â you tell him. âIt will help.â
âWhat if it doesnât?â
âIt will,â you insist. âI promise.â
Thereâs a silence of you holding each otherâs gaze, and you take his features in. Commit them to memory, locking them in your heart next to that hole. Though, as you put them there, you realize that hole was always shaped like him.Â
Will always be shaped like him, too.
âSo, this is it?â he asks.
You nod, finding yourself unable to speak. Jungkook curses, and then he pulls you to him, wrapping you in his embrace. You hide your face in his chest, your arms wrapping around his waist as you cry again. He rests his chin on the top of your head, and he holds you tight. For a second, you think the pieces of you are glueing back together, and you hold onto him, your fingers fisting the fabric of his shirt. You let his scent wrap around you, let him hold you.
Your heart beats in sync with his, breaking along with his. Jungkook is the first to break the silence.
âIâll miss you.â
The tears come faster, and you hold him tighter, too. âIâll miss you too.â
He kisses the top of your head. âIâll read all of your books,â he promises, his voice heavy with emotion.
âAnd Iâll listen to all of your songs,â you promise back.
âIâll never forget you.â
You know he wonât. And you wonât either. In another life, Jeon Jungkook was your soulmate.
âMe neither. But I promise I will heal, and I really want you to heal, too.â
He doesnât say anything for a time, just holding you close. And then he whispers, âI promise I will try.â
You really hope he does.
Prev | Next
âââââ
i am fucking sobbing again and again. this story really is the saddest i've ever written, i'm so sorry. let me know what you think of this chapter! and feel free to scream at me
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter deals with heavy themes)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: hospital, a whole lot of trauma on the two sides, mentions of the assault and of blood, nightmares, cursing, alcohol, throwing up, a lot of crying honestly
âword count: 10.3k
âa/n: this one is really heavy, which makes sense after what happened in the last chapter. I hope you guys still enjoy it <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Youâre swimming in bliss. You hear voices sometimes â you recognize them, but they speak a language you know you should understand, yet you canât grasp the meaning of their words. You recognize names â Jungkook, Jennie, Mingyu.Â
Theyâre telling Jungkook that he needs to sleep.
But then youâre gone again, and you donât recognize the voice that speaks up next. Sheâs telling you that theyâre changing you, whatever that means.
You see your parents while you sleep. You dream of home, you dream of the night club where it all started. Sometimes youâre here, sometimes youâre not.Â
You hear your mother and Jungkook speak at some point, and then thereâs just darkness.
Itâs like sleeping while awake, unable to move. Someoneâs brushing your hair at some point, and you almost manage to move a finger. But then youâre gone again, and you dream of lips on your skin and a tattooed arm wrapped around your waist while you sleep.
And then, as if no time has passed, you open your eyes.
Saturday, November 22nd
Jungkook hasnât moved from this chair next to you in almost a week and a half. Heâs only gotten up to go to the bathroom when he couldnât wait anymore, and then come back to keep his watch over you. Theyâve tried to get him to go home and rest, but he much prefers to sleep here next to you in case you wake up.
He canât miss when you wake up.
If you wake up.
The nurses have been kind to him. Bringing him food and giving him a new blanket every night. One of them even tried to get an empty stretcher in here for him, but he only had it for one night before they needed it again. Your mother also has been kind ever since she got here the day after your assault, and sheâs currently gone back to her hotel for the night, as she has been struggling with jetlag.
Jungkook feels horrible. That youâre in this position, on the other side of the world from your family. And only your mother could show up, though she informed him earlier today that the rest of the family should be coming in the next two days.
He didnât think heâd meet your family so soon. Definitely not like this, with you in a state between life and death thatâs been the longest wait of his life. But he didnât end his vigil once, except for his bathroom breaks, eating and sleeping in here every single day.
Though, he doesnât think he has really fully slept in a while now. Every time he starts falling asleep, he dreams of you, bleeding out on the ground of the dark alley, though no matter how much he runs, he never seems to get to you. Heâs forced to watch you bleed out and die, and he always wakes up in cold sweat.
Heâs cried in your motherâs arms. Sheâs a saint, and he understands where you take it from now. Sheâs cried in his arms too, and heâs glad your family will be arriving soon so that she doesnât have to do this alone anymore.
Itâs his fault. Itâs his fault, and heâll have to carry the weight of it for the rest of his life. But he just needs to make sure youâll wake up, needs to make sure youâll survive. The doctors say there is no danger to your life anymore, and that you should be waking up in the next few days. You probably would have woken up before if it was just for the blood loss, but you have some broken cartilage in your ribs too, and a minor concussion that âis the least of our concernâ according to the doctors.
To think he almost ran out right after you. He should have, and will forever hate himself for stopping himself. He just thought you might need space, and so he wanted to wait until the next day before going to see you. But then he saw your phone on the couch, and he got scared. So, so fucking scared, and he knew he had to follow you.
The doctors have told him he saved your life by finding you when he did. But heâll never be able to forget the way he saw the lights go out in your eyes when you passed out.Â
No matter how much heâs washed his hands since then, he still sees your blood on his skin, like heâll forever be scarred by it. Itâll forever stain him, no matter how many times he rubs soap into his skin.
The boys are having a concert tonight. The ones last weekend were canceled, the company wanting to give him time to collect himself, but he ended up deciding to sit out for the next concerts, and the company refused to just postpone the tour. So theyâre going to be playing with a drum track instead of him, which hopefully will not ruin the whole experience for the fans.
But Jungkook canât bring himself to care about the fans right now. Itâs been made very clear that he has history with you, the company releasing a statement that explained everything when Jungkook said heâd leave if they lied. It isnât explicitly written that youâre his girlfriend, and Jungkook only has himself to blame for that.
He never got around to ask you. Stupidly thought he could bring you to some botanical gardens on Wednesday to explain everything to you and ask you, because he thought just a single bouquet was not enough.
Maybe it would have been. Heâll never know now.
Itâs late. The sun has set a long time ago, and Jungkook starts his usual bedtime routine. The one he established when the nurses understood he wouldnât leave, and they showed him how to move you a little so you wonât get wounds from being bedridden.Â
Jungkookâs hands gently wrap around your wrist, and he starts moving your arm. Your skin is warm under his touch, but it lacks its usual colour, like youâve been drained of your life.Â
Which you were. You were so close to dying that night.
Tears sprout from his eyes, like they always fucking do every time he breathes and takes a look at you. One of the nurses mentioned that he needs to talk to a doctor, but he hasnât bothered replying.
It can wait until you wake up. Until then, heâll pursue his quiet vigil next to you.
Jungkook moves to your legs, massaging your calves a little to get the blood moving. And then he grabs the brush on the table next to the bed, bringing it toward your head.
Youâre looking at him.
He almost screams, the brush falling out of his hand and clattering on the floor. And then heâs clicking on the button the nurse showed him to call for them, and he grabs your hand. Your fingers twitch, and he really is crying then, tears streaming freely on his cheeks.
He says your name, and you blink once, a tiny drop of water rolling out of your eye. He reaches forward, dries it for you, and his fingers linger on your cheek as he realizes the wait is over.
Youâre awake. Youâre finally awake.
He wants to tell you heâs sorry and that he loves you and that he regrets even letting Sara talk him into going to see her. But you just stare at him, more tears coming, and he canât speak around the lump in his throat.Â
A nurse comes in â sheâs the one that got him the stretcher that one time. She tells Jungkook to sit as more people come into the room, busying themselves with checking your vitals and seeing how reactive you actually are to stimuli. Jungkook texts your mother to let her know youâre awake, and he just watches attentively, his sleep-deprived brain unable to keep up with the flurry of activity now surrounding you.
A male nurse hands him the hairbrush he dropped, and Jungkook holds it in his lap, fingers flexing and unflexing on the handle. It takes a while, but then a doctor appears in his line of sight, and he meets her gaze.
âEverything seems to be healing well,â she tells him. âSheâs breathing on her own, so we removed the tubes, but she might have trouble with talking for a few days. She still needs some rest even though she woke up.â
âUnderstood,â he says. âThank you.â
She smiles, putting a hand on his shoulder. âNo. Thank you. Sheâs here because of you.â
He knows sheâs meaning to be comforting, but if only she knew how much sheâs right about it. Because itâs all his fault that youâre in this situation.
Your mother gets to the hospital some time later, her eyes still riddled with exhaustion. But you cry at the sight of her, and she tells you a story sheâs told you every day since she got here. Itâs a tale she said she used to tell you when you were falling asleep as a kid, and you visibly relax as she holds your hand through it all. Jungkook sits on the other side of you, listening to your motherâs soothing voice, and he feels his eyelids growing heavy. He tries to fight it, but he hasnât truly slept in so long, and thereâs nothing to keep him up now that youâre awakeâŚ
He falls asleep before your mother finishes the story.
*****
The alley is dark, endless. Jungkook stumbles down the length of it, and heâs slow like heâs stuck in some molasses. Every step closer to you costs him so much, and he watches the blood blooming like a red rose around you as he tries to get to you. But heâs too slow, too fucking slow and youâre dying. But then youâre sitting up, looking at him.
âThis is all your fault,â you tell him.
Sunday, November 23rdÂ
Jungkook jerks awake next to your bed, and you turn your head to look at him. Youâve been awake for a while now, the morning light spilling into your room from the half-drawn curtain at the window. Your mother told you sheâd stay until you fell asleep last night, or maybe it was early morning already. You wanted to say you didnât feel like sleeping anymore, but everything hurt and you grew sleepy as she sat next to you, stroking your hair, a long time after Jungkook fell asleep.
Your memory is⌠fogged. You have trouble remembering what happened. Thereâs a hole after you left his house, a vast expanse of darkness that leads to last night. You donât even know how long youâve been sleeping, and you just know from what your mother said that you got assaulted.
Maybe itâs a blessing that you donât remember exactly what happened. Or maybe itâs just a coping mechanism of your brain, but no matter what it is, youâre relieved you havenât had to relive the experience in your head now that youâre conscious.
But what you do remember is the fight. Itâs the bottomless need to leave that you felt when you found out that Jungkook lied about seeing his ex. And as you look at him, at the way he seems like heâs out of breath, waking up from a nightmare, all you can do is start crying.
He says your name, comes closer, sitting on the edge of your bed. He makes to dry your cheeks, but you turn your head the other way, not wanting him to touch you.
He stayed with you while you were asleep. Your mother said so last night, but you wish he hadnât.
âY/n,â he says again.
You gather your strength, speaking the only word that comes to your mind upon hearing his voice.Â
âLeave.â
Your voice croaks out in a poor excuse of talking, but itâs clear enough for him to have understood. Yet he doesnât move, stays next to you in silence as you feel his gaze on your profile.
So you look at him again, watch the way tears are falling in an infinite sequence along his cheeks. They collect at his chin before falling in his lap and you wish he understood that itâs not personal.
You donât want him to see you like this. Not when the last time you saw each other â that you were conscious of â was when you fought.
When he lied.
Youâre saved by your mother coming into the room, and she takes in the sight of Jungkook sitting on your bed. She gives him a gentle smile and a nod that you assume sheâs meaning to be a bow, and then she hands him a cup of coffee.
Itâs a strange sight to see, especially as she reaches for tissues and hands those to him too. He takes them, wipes his cheeks, and then he gets up to return to his chair. You want to tell him to leave again, but you donât find the strength to, not when your mother sits in the spot he was in earlier and says, âDad and the boys are going to be here in a few hours.â
Youâre crying again. In truth, you donât think youâve stopped crying ever since Jungkook woke up. But you cry because your family will be here soon, and it feels safe.Â
You havenât been reunited in so long, and though the conditions may be dire, you know it will be like a balm on your heart to see everyone at the same time.
Hopefully, Jungkook will understand that he has nothing to do with your family being here, and go. Because you really doubt youâll have the capacity to ask him to leave again.
*****
Jungkook sits in that same chair heâs been sitting in for days now, your mother next to him. You fell asleep not long after breakfast â applesauce from the looks of it, though you only managed to take a few bites. And heâs been silent the whole time, while you carefully talked to your mother in hushed tones. You didnât speak a lot, if heâs honest. It was mostly your mother, and you replied with short words he couldnât really hear from his spot.
He only has a single word burnt in his mind though.
Leave.
Heâs been hearing it on repeat since you said it earlier, and it aches so deep he feels it in his bones. He feels it in his soul, and heâs so fucking heavy, so fucking exhausted.
He doesnât know why he believed youâd be happy to see him by your side when you woke up. He was so focused on making sure you did that he didnât realize itâd upset you. And now heâs just sitting in his stupid chair, his heart bleeding out, trying to find the courage to get up and leave. But he wants to talk to you, to apologize, yet he thinks the words might stay forever lodged in his throat.
âAre you okay?â your mother asks next to him.
He blinks, gazing at her. All he can do is give her a nod, and he resumes his attention on you, on your serene features as you sleep.
âYou know, she talked to me about you.â
Your motherâs words are so sharp they cut through him, nearly beheading him.
âShe did?â
She chuckles lightly, though itâs sorrowful on the edges, induced by this tiring week and a half of waiting for you to wake up. âOh, she did,â she says. âI donât even think she realized she did it. But itâs always about the boy in Seoul.â
He clenches his fists as pain flows through him. âShe asked me to leave,â he whispers, the revelation so heavy and loud he thinks the windows might shatter.
But they donât, and the world outside remains blissfully unaware of his breaking.
âWhat happened between the two of you?â your mother asks carefully.
We fell in love, he thinks. We fell in love and I fucked everything up.
But admitting his guilt to your mother feels like too much of a failure. He doubts sheâd let him stay if she knew.
âWe got in an argument that night,â he admits, his throat drying out as a lump grows at the top of it. âBefore sheâŚâ
He canât say the rest. Not when his hands are still fucking covered with your blood.
âI hope you donât feel responsible,â your mother says.
He breaks. Again and again, he breaks. Heâs so shattered by now he doubts heâll ever be able to collect all of his pieces one day.
He really died with you that night, and the pieces are scattered through the alley where you almost passed away.
âItâs hard not to,â he chokes out, and your mother puts her hand on his arm, trying to be reassuring.
âJungkook,â she says sternly. âItâs not your fault.â
Heâs sobbing, because she doesnât understand. Canât understand heâs the one that drove you out of his house. Shouldnât understand because sheâd hate him, too. He doesnât want her to hate him too.
âShe asked me to leave,â he repeats in between sobs, and your mother pulls him to her, wrapping her arms around him.Â
She rubs a soothing hand on his back as he cries, and heâs embarrassed. So damn embarrassed that heâs crying in her arms again, but everything just
hurts
so
bad.
He doesnât know how long he cries. Just knows heâs fully empty by the time the tears recede, like heâs cried all the water in his body. The wave of exhaustion that hits him then is so potent he almost passes out on the spot, his mind spinning, but he clenches his fists, clenches his jaw, and the spinning recedes, too.
âShe will need time,â your mother says after a long moment of silence.
Not expecting her to talk, Jungkook startles, and then the meaning of her words catches up to him. He glances at her, finding her already looking at him with a gentle smile on her lips that reminds him so much of yours.
âYou think I should go?â he asks.
Unsurprisingly, tears manage to gather in his gaze again, though they donât fall this time.
âI think you need rest,â she replies. âAnd you need to eat a good meal and spend some time away from this hospital room.â Sheâs asking him to leave, too? âAnd Iâm not saying that for her. Iâm saying it for you.â Her smile is sad, infinitely so. âYou need to take care of yourself, too.â
But how is he supposed to do that when he almost lost you?
He nods, and he looks around the room. Takes it all in, like itâs going to disappear the second he leaves. And he thinks it might â he doubts youâll want to see him again.
Itâs the end. Or rather, it ended already, and heâs just been delaying the inevitable.Â
But no one can stop the inevitable from coming. It came and passed, and now he has to leave.Â
He doesnât know how he does it. He barely remembers getting home. He makes it three steps inside before he breaks down.
He hasnât been here since you left.Â
Youâre gone.
Monday, December 1st
The doctors give you the go to get out of the hospital on the first day of December, when an early flurry of snow is falling upon Seoul. Youâll have to come back in a week to make sure that your ribs are healing well, and to most likely take out the sutures on the wounds in your side, which have apparently been healing remarkably well.
Youâre not surprised. Jungkook paid to get you the top of the country care, and you refused to ask how much it cost. Refused to acknowledge that Jungkook did that for you, even though you know he can afford it.
Youâve also refused to acknowledge that he stayed by your side the whole time while you were in a coma. Your mother tried to talk to you about it the day after he left, but you told her you just wanted to spend time with your family, and then you brushed her off every time she mentioned him.
You donât want to think about him. Donât want to face the gaping hole in your chest whenever the thought of him crosses your mind. You just want to focus on healing, and not look back.Â
The nightmares started on the third day after you woke up. They got so bad after the fifth that the doctors prescribed you strong sleeping meds, and youâve been sleeping a dreamless sleep every night since then, slowly recuperating.
Slowly healing, except that gaping hole in your chest you doubt will ever heal. Youâve been signed up for therapy without your consent, though you were told you can stop whenever you want to. So far, youâve only had one appointment from your hospital room with the psychiatrist, and they were the one to suggest that you will need sleeping meds.
You also have calming meds, but theyâve been making you so dizzy youâve tried to avoid taking them, begging the nurses to not force you to take them. You think they believe youâre crazy. Hell, you think you might be. Because you should be traumatized, shouldnât you?
But you donât remember anything. You donât remember the assault at all â thereâs just a blank space in your mind whenever you try to think about it. The nightmares also didnât leave a lasting memory for you to think about at all. They disappeared from your mind like dust in the wind, but the terror they held lasted for hours after you woke up. But with the medsâŚ
With the meds, itâs like nothing ever happened at all. Except your body is still hurting, the bruises still fading away. And youâll have scars on your right side, though the doctors said Jungkook already paid for you to get surgery to remove them, if you so wish.
You donât think you will. Theyâll be the last testament that you went through hell and came back. At least thatâs how youâve been feeling about it lately.
Your mother told you a few days ago that one of the people involved in your assault came forward after all the pressure in the media, and gave the police the names of the other assailants. Theyâre in prison, waiting for trial, but you donât think youâll go.
You donât want to risk going and being hit with the memories.Â
You donât want to risk going and seeing Jungkook, either. You donât even know if heâll go. but Jennie told you about his hiatus, showing you what the company wrote about you and him, and you think he might.
Heâs out for justice. At least thatâs what Jennie said, and you wonât tell him to stop. No, you do think you deserve justice, you just donât have the strength to do it yourself.
âI love your apartment,â your mother says, taking it all in with a spin in the living room.
Your brothers and your father had to go home already, all of them having to return to their jobs now that they know youâre safe, but your mother is retired and decided to stay a little longer, to make sure youâre not alone for the first few days back home in case something happens.
You didnât have the heart to tell her that youâve been craving some alone time. Sheâs been so helpful over the few weeks sheâs been here, taking care of communication with Stella while you couldnât bring yourself to face your phone.
You still havenât. You know you were trending in the days after it happened, and also when you woke up. Jungkookâs fanbase has raised money in your name to give to organisations that help women victims of various crimes. Itâs touching that they would do that for you, but you need to be away from this all for a time.
You want peace and quiet, but not enough so that youâll be forced to look down at the gaping hole in your chest to see whatâs at the bottom.
âThank you,â you tell your mother as you walk in behind her, sitting on the couch.
You feel restless. Have felt restless these last two days as you were waiting to be dismissed from the hospital, but you still feel tired from the ride home. Itâs a weird combination that makes you feel crazy, which you think might be one of the manifestations of your trauma.
But youâre not going to psychoanalyze yourself. You donât want to spend a second in your head at all, if you can avoid it.
And you can. You can, because your mother is here, and Jennie will come later too, and then itâll be Hyunseokâs turn tomorrow. Mingyu sent you a long, heartfelt message after he visited you in the hospital the day before his enlistment, but you havenât been able to read it yet.
Like everything when it comes to your phone, you just canât touch it.
If you had had it with you when it happenedâŚ
You stop the trail of thoughts. Or rather, your mother stops it as she looks over your wall of pictures.
âOh, I love this,â she says. âItâs like the one you have at home.â
Youâve added a lot of pictures to it over the months. There are some from Chelseaâs wedding last summer. Family pictures, and pictures with Hyunseok. Youâve put up the one of you alone that you sent to Jungkook back then, just because itâs your favourite picture of yourself ever.
But also, you have pictures with Jungkook on that wall. Some from Jeju, and others from the days you spent together before. You even have a screenshot from a FaceTime conversation you had after a concert where he looked so good with his tousled hair you said you needed the memory.
Little pieces of you from over the months here in Seoul cover that wall, but you canât bring yourself to see the pictures of Jungkook anymore. So you get up from the couch, wincing at the pain in your ribs that refuses to lessen even though you think it should have healed by now.Â
In truth, from the research you did for your book, you know it should take between six to twelve weeks for it to heal. You just hope youâll be on the shorter end, because the pain is driving you insane. No amount of pain meds has seemed to work that pain out of your sides, and so itâs been a constant in your life since you woke up.
A lot of things have been a constant in your life since you woke up, and youâre so, so thankful youâre finally home.
You walk over to your mother, reaching toward the picture from Jeju. You took it on the yacht, and Jimin, Taehyung, Heryung and Jennie are all in frame, too, Minhaâs peace sign in the corner of it. It hurts to see it, but it hurts much more to try to grab it.
Your mother stops you, forcing you to put your arm down. âWhich picture do you want?â she asks.
âCan you take off every single one that Jungkook is in?â you ask.
Her eyes bore into your profile, but you refuse to look at her, instead staring at that same picture like itâs the source of all your pain. You wish itâd burn down under your stare, but it just stares back at you, a piece of a moment that meant so much to you.
You shove that thought down the gaping hole in your chest. You donât want to think about Jeju.
You want to forget Jungkook and everything that comes with him.
âYou know that boy is in love with you, right?â she says.
Pain. The hole is pain, and you blink away tears. âCan you take off the pictures?â you repeat,
âY/n, weâll need to talk about this at some point,â she carefully says. âHe stayed with you the whole time.â
âI donât care.â You say it loud enough that your ribs hurt, and you wince, shutting your eyes. âTake the pictures off.â
Your mother doesnât say anything, but you hear her clothes shuffle as she hopefully does what you asked her to do. It takes a moment, but then she says, âItâs done.â
You grab them from her hands, and you walk to the small recycling bin in the kitchen area, throwing them out. You feel your motherâs eyes on you the whole time, and you refuse to look at her as you watch Jungkook smiling up at you from the bottom of the bin.
âHe said you had an argument, but I didnât think it was that bad.â
Your motherâs words are sad, so sad, but you canât tell if theyâre sad for you, or for him. And you hate that you canât. But they spent a lot of time together while you were out â it makes sense that some sort of camaraderie would have formed between them during that time.
âI really donât want to talk about him, mom,â you say, warning in your voice. It wavers on the last word, though, and you really hope sheâll let it go.
âOkay,â she lets out. âBut please donât avoid the conversation forever. Iâll be here whenever youâre ready to talk about it.â
You give her a nod even though you know that wonât happen.
Youâre leaving him and everything about him in the past.Â
Itâs the only way forward.
Wednesday, December 17th
Jungkook has a pounding headache. And he thinks he might kill Jennie if she keeps turning on the lights in his house.
âHow much of this did you drink last night?â she asks, her voice way too high-pitched.
He doesnât know. Heâs lost count of the days and weeks since he came home. He meant to go to the trial last week, but he was so drunk off his mind he passed out on this very couch, only to wake up to the news that theyâre all going to prison for a while for attempted murder. Even the girl that came forward despite the police saying theyâd be lenient if one of them said something.
Good riddance, he reckons. They all deserve to be behind bars.
No one has come to his house since then.
Except Jennie, whoâs been checking up on him every few days.Â
âFuck off,â he grumbles as she pushes the curtains open, and sunlight spills into the room, so bright Jungkook thinks he might throw up.
âJungkook, youâre not going to do this to yourself,â she says sternly. âI talked to your mom.â
He grabs a pillow, shoving it in his face. But it reeks of spilled beer, and he gags, throwing it on the floor.
âDonât fucking talk to my mom,â he grinds out, sitting up.
The room spins, and nausea churns at his gut.
âIâll get you a glass of water,â she replies. He burps, and she adds, âAnd a bucket.â
She comes back too late. Heâs thrown up all over the floor by the couch by the time sheâs back, and she just looks at the mess for a time.
âJungkook, fucking hell,â she lets out.
He leans back against the couch, wiping his mouth. âShit.â
âShit, yeah,â she agrees. âGo take a shower, Iâll clean up.â
He shakes his head, cracking an eye open to look at her, but the light feels like itâll split his brain open. âIâll take care of it, go home.â
âIâm not leaving you in this state.â Jennie walks towards him, careful not to step in the mess on the floor. She hands him the glass of water, and the first sip is heavenly, the cool water taming the burning sensation in his throat. âYouâll take a shower, and Iâll clean this up, and then weâll order you some food. And Iâm getting Eunwoo and Lisa to come help with getting the alcohol out of your house.â
âDonât fucking touch my stuff,â he growls.
âJungkook, Iâm not letting you destroy yourself over this.â
This. She says it like it was nothing. Like heâs not responsible for you nearly dying, like you havenât asked him to leave only to never reach out after. Hell, your mother reached out to tell him that she was sorry.
Thatâs the first night he drank. And heâs been in a constant drunk state since then.
Except right now. Because Jennie is fucking ruining the vibe.
âLeave me alone,â he says.
She must have left, because she doesnât reply. He opens his eyes to see the living room is empty. Thereâs an unopened can of beer on the coffee table, right in front of him, and it calls for him. He grabs it, getting up from the couch, nearly stepping in the mess right in front of it, and he groans as the room spins.
He has to close his eyes to steady himself, and when he opens them again, Jennie is looking at him from the doorway to the kitchen, her phone against her ear.
âYeah, please come,â she says. And then she hangs up, walking toward him. âPut the beer down.â
He cracks it open while staring at her, taking three long gulps from it. Itâs warm, and it tastes disgusting, but it comes with salvation.
He hasnât had the nightmare since he started drinking himself to sleep every night and day.
âI fucking hate you,â Jennie says, and she rips the beer out of his hand. It spills on the floor a little, and Jungkook curses, but then she slaps him so hard it stuns him into just staring at her. âGet a grip on yourself, Jungkook. Sheâs not fucking dead.â
He stares her down, but she stands her ground, so much ire in her gaze he doesnât find anything to say.
âYouâll go upstairs, and youâll take a shower because you smell like the fucking sewers, and Eunwoo is coming over with hangover soup.â She motions around. âIâll take care of the mess, and youâll come back downstairs with a better attitude, got it?â
He clenches his jaw so hard it hurts, but then he nods.
And he walks away, goes upstairs in his room.
And like every time heâs walked into his room since he came back from the hospital, he bursts out crying at the sight of your duffel bag by the bed, the clothes spilling out of it.
He hasnât come up here for a reason. He sees you everywhere in here, and it fucking kills him.
Jennie finds him sitting with his back against the wall what must be an hour later. He thinks sheâll scold him again, but she just sits in silence. That silence carries more than words ever could, and Jungkook is crying again.
âTake a shower, JK,â Jennie gently says. âYouâll feel better after, I promise.â
âShe asked me to leave,â he tells her. âThatâs the only thing she told me after she woke up.â
He hears Jennie gulp, and a glance her way reveals that she is crying too.
âSheâs hurting,â Jennie says as she wipes at her cheeks. âShe tries to act like everything is okay, but sheâs traumatized.â
So is he. He so fucking is too. He canât close his eyes without seeing you bleeding out.
âI went to see Sara that day,â he tells Jennie.
âI know.â Her words are low, yet they carry to his ears with so much disappointment he really wishes he was drunk right now. âHeryung told me she has cancer and has been trying to make amends.â
âI wish I hadnât gone,â he whispers, and he hides his face in his hands as he starts sobbing again, even though heâs so dehydrated he should not have water left in his system to cry. âI lied to Y/n about it, and she ran outside because she found out.â
âWhy did you lie?â Jennie asks.
Why? Why indeed.
âItâs all my fault.â
Jennie pulls on his hands until they drop from his face, and she cups his cheeks, trying to force him to look at her. âJungkook.â He refuses to open his eyes, but she slaps him again, though much lighter this time. Just a tap to get him to look at her. When he does look at her to see sheâs now kneeling in front of him, she says, âDonât you fucking dare say itâs your fault again. Understood?â
He canât say anything. The lump in his throat is so big now he canât breathe anymore.
âIt wasnât your fault,â she says. âSay it with me.â
He canât. He canât say anything, and she just pulls him in a tight hug as he cries again.Â
âItâs not your fault,â she repeats over and over, like sheâs trying to hammer the words in his brain.Â
Maybe she didnât understand what he said. That heâs the reason why you left that night. But he doesnât have the strength to tell her again, his head hurting so bad his tears stop of their own volition.
He straightens, wiping his cheeks dry with the sleeve of his sweater. Jennie just stays in front of him, waiting for him to meet her gaze. When he does, she says, âGo take a shower. Eunwoo is downstairs with the soup and Lisa is on her way.â
Jungkook wishes the members would be here. But theyâre all the way on the other side of the planet, performing concerts without him while heâs dying all alone.
âOkay,â he lets out.
Jennie gives him an encouraging nod, a small smile on her lips, but the redness in her eyes from her crying betrays the sorrow clutching to her, too. But sheâs doing her best, and she wonât fix whatâs dead inside of him.
It has necrosed by now anyway â the only thing to do is to cut it out of himself. But how does one cut out their own beating heart?
He canât. The pain will live on with him.
And despite the pain, he gets up, grabs clean clothes in a drawer, and then points to the duffel bag.Â
âCan you take that back to her?â he asks.
Jennie looks at your clothes, and she gives him a nod. âI will.â He takes a deep breath that burns on the way in and out. âBe quick, the soup will be cold.â
He doesnât have it in him to say anything to that. He simply heads to the bathroom, where he sees your toothbrush. He knows your soap is in the shower, and he drops his clothes on the counter, grabs your toothbrush and soap.
âJennie!â he yells as he runs back to his bedroom.
Sheâs kneeling by his bed, neatly folding your clothes. âYes?â
âThis is hers too,â he says. âAnd the charger right there, too.â
He points at it, and Jennie glances at it. âIâll grab it.â
He puts your stuff down on the bed, taking one last look at Jennie before returning to the bathroom. He shuts the door behind himself, leans against it for a second just to breathe a little, and then he takes his clothes off, throwing them in the hamper.
He looks at himself in the mirror before getting in the shower. Heâs melted in the last month, his cheeks caving in, his muscles dissolved. Heâs barely eaten after all, except the occasional pack of instant ramen, and it really shows.
A diet of practically just alcohol will do that to a man, he reckons. And itâs strange, his stomach is swollen, the only spot on his body that doesnât seem to have grown smaller. He assumes itâs due to alcohol intake, and he rubs the small bump.
He has to get rid of this. Heâll have to go back on tour in January, and he canât go while looking like⌠this.Â
Like the poor excuse of a man heâs become. And so he steels himself, gives himself a nod, and then he steps in the shower, turning it on to a cold setting. He winces as it hits his back, but he doesnât turn it warmer.
He just stands there in the cold water for a time, wondering if it can rival the ice in his chest. It doesnât seem like it can, and so he gets in motion, cleaning himself and his body before turning off the shower. And then he stands there, dripping water, for another minute before he gets out, dries himself and gets dressed.Â
The clothes cover how much his body has changed, which is a relief because he doesnât want his friends to see him like this. He pushes his wet hair back, giving himself one last look in the mirror, and then he finally goes to meet Jennie, Eunwoo and Lisa downstairs.
As he steps down from the last step, he sees that Jennie has indeed cleaned the living room thoroughly. Thereâs not a trace of what happened in here left, and he wonders if she just decided to throw away the pillow he spilled beer on, because itâs nowhere to be seen. No, the living room is spotless, and it even smells of cleaning products.
He follows the sound of his friendsâ chatter to the kitchen, which he finds just as clean as the living room. Theyâre sitting at the dinner table he rarely uses when heâs alone, and they all look at him as he appears in the doorway.
Jennie smiles. She smiles like sheâs proud of him, and heâd cry again. But heâs done crying for today. Instead, he swallows around the lump in his throat, gives them a nod of acknowledgement, and then walks over to the fridge.
Itâs been emptied of the alcohol he knows was in there, and stacked full with bottles of water and some meal prep someone brought, most likely Eunwoo considering the large portions. Jungkook grabs a bottle of water, aware that his friends are still staring at him, and he opens it, taking a long sip of it.Â
He puts the cap back on the bottle after heâs done drinking, closing the fridge, and then he walks over to the table, and the soup waiting for him.
âThank you,â he says.
Itâs all he can say. They understand, giving him different variations of smiles, nods, and âof courseâs, and he sits at the seat in front of the soup, his stomach rumbling, a clear indication that heâs been starving, but just didnât realize before.
He eats, finishing the bowl while his friends resume their idle chatter next to him, talking about what theyâve been busy with lately, and Jungkook listens, taking in the normalcy of the scene, the domesticity of it, using it as a balm for the wounds covering his soul.
Wounds he inflicted himself, others you inflicted to him. But he wonât blame you â he only has himself to blame.Â
âWhat about you?â Eunwoo asks him a while later, when theyâve all finished talking about what theyâve been up to. âWhatâs your plan moving forward?â
It sounds like an intervention, and Jungkook reckons that it is. So he holds Jennieâs gaze, and says, âIâll go back to touring with the boys.â
âAre you sure itâs a good idea?â Jennie asks.
He takes a deep breath. âI canât stay here anymore.â
Her eyes cloud over with tears, but she blinks them away. âThen Iâm fully supporting you. I think itâll be good for you to be busy.â
Thereâs a short silence, and then Lisa looks around the table like it costs her to speak before she says, âWe think you should think about therapy.â
Theyâre right. He should. But heâs not ready yet. Not when it means carving into all those wounds and putting them into the hands of someone else. One day, he will be.
Just not today.
âIâll think about it,â he tells them, because thatâs what they want to hear.
Lisa and Eunwoo seem relieved, but Jennie sees through him. Sees the wounds, and she understands. He thinks she does. She gives him an imperceptible nod, and he gives her a tight-lipped smile back.
And despite all the pain plaguing him, all the shadows in his mind, Jungkook knows he will keep going forward.
Itâs the only way.
Tuesday, December 24thÂ
Youâve never felt this immune to the holiday charm in years now. Hell, youâre relieved you couldnât go back home for the holidays, the doctors recommending that you wait until your ribs have fully healed. Youâll likely FaceTime with your family at some point tomorrow morning while theyâll be celebrating back home, but thatâs all you have the capacity to do for these holidays.
Except this dinner with Jennie and Hyunseok, who has been very visibly vibrating with excitement at the fact that heâs having dinner with her. It feels⌠normal, and you cling to it. Cling to the fact that despite what happened to you, youâre still able to have dinner with friends. To eat some food and smile with them and make a gingerbread house on the tiny plastic table Hyunseok brought over for dinner since you donât really have a table at all in your apartment.
You havenât gone outside once since youâve come home from the hospital. Not even when your mother left. You managed to get all the way down to the reception, but the sight of the world outside kind of made you want to puke, so you said goodbye there instead of at the airport like youâd initially planned. Your mother understood â sheâs the one that told you to go back home and rest up, and that sheâd be able to get to the airport without your help.
After she left, you managed to start going to the gym downstairs a couple of times. Obviously not to lift weights or anything, but youâve walked on the treadmill a little, and itâs helped with spending some of that restless exhausting energy youâve been plagued with.
Jennie visited a couple of times, but youâve spent nearly every day with Hyunseok since you came home. He feels reassuring, as heâs got no connections with the celebrity scene of Seoul, and youâve been quietly enjoying healing with him by your side, and Haneul occasionally too. And Hyunseok is a nurse, so heâs been good at doting on you, at taking care of you and reminding you to take your meds.
You feel like a child, but you reckon youâre allowed to be one for a little while. Youâre allowed to let people take care of you, and not feel guilty about it. At least thatâs what the therapist youâve started seeing said, and you agree with her.
The strangest part of it all is, youâve been feeling numb. Completely detached from the events that happened to you. Your therapist mentioned that your concussion could actually be some sort of blessing in disguise, since it took away the memories of the act in and of itself. Or maybe itâs you that said it.
You donât quite remember. Youâve been having trouble with memory in general, and the doctors said itâs most likely a side effect of the concussion and of the time spent in coma. But you think itâs also just the trauma.
Why would your brain choose to remember things that hurt so much when you can just remember stuff like your book release, and your friends, and the way your whole family came to see you on the other side of the world?
Youâd rather focus on that. Focus on that and avoid looking at your phone for more than a few seconds at a time. You just reply to your family, Stella, Hyunseok and Jennie, and thatâs plenty enough at the moment. Youâll get around to checking the rest eventually.
Or maybe you wonât. Maybe you donât need to read the hundreds of messages you got from close friends and not so close friends, from family members you havenât spoken to in years. From fans and haters and from Mingyu.
Youâve only skimmed his message once so far, and it looked so much like a love confession that you got scared, and you havenât had the courage to look at it again. It doesnât matter â heâs still doing training right now where heâs enlisted for his service, and he shouldnât have access to his phone for a couple of weeks still. So you still have time before having to reply, or at least you think you do.
Someone else texted you a lot for a little while. Messages that meant no sense, both in Korean and in English, with so many typos you figured he had to be drunk when he sent them. Jennie confirmed that theory earlier, before Hyunseok arrived, when she said that she, Eunwoo and Lisa had to do an intervention because he was just constantly getting plastered drunk to the point of being sick every day.
It hurts and burns and pulls on your heart so hard it almost rips out of your chest, but you just canât reach out. You donât have it in you, and maybe it makes you a bad person.Â
Or maybe you just need time. You donât even know â numbness has also invaded that part of your brain, the one that holds the memories of him, and you just canât bring yourself to talk to him. Not when this numbness is a blessing, a way to keep moving forward.
You donât want to have to confront your demons. Especially not those that are shaped like him.
One thing you didnât expect out of all that happened was for Josh to message you. But he did, telling you he heard about you in the news â apparently, you made the news back home as well â and that he wanted to make sure you were okay. You did reply to him, most likely as a force of habit, but the conversation went nowhere, and he hasnât reached out since then.
Asshole. He probably only reached out originally because he felt like it was expected of him. Maybe his mother, who always loved you, forced him to do it.
You donât care. Like many things lately, you just donât care.
âThat house will not survive,â Hyunseok teases you as he glances at your gingerbread house after focusing on his own masterpiece for a while.
You blink out of your thoughts to see that, as a matter of fact, it has already crumbled.
âYikes,â you let out flatly.Â
âLet me help,â he suggests, and you push the plate towards him before glancing at Jennie.Â
Sheâs so focused on whatever she is drawing on her house that her tongue is poking out of her mouth, and you chuckle at the sight. She looks up, meeting your gaze.
âWhat?â she asks.
âWho are you pulling your tongue out at?â
She snorts, and she pushes some hair off her forehead with the back of her hand so as to not put some icing in the silky strands. âYou, bitch.â
You widen your gaze, making a face that must be funny, because she bursts out laughing. It brings a rare smile to your lips.
âWhat have I done?â you ask.
âYou suck at making gingerbread houses,â Hyunseok provides.
âHey, thatâs unfair!â you let out. âTry lifting your arms when your ribs are cracked.â
Note to self â do not joke about your trauma. Indeed, the atmosphere instantly turns heavy, awkward, and you look up at the ceiling, sighing dramatically.
âThat was a joke, thank you very much.â
Jennie chuckles. âBad delivery. Maybe you should work on it a little.â
âYeah, that definitely sucked,â Hyunseok jumps in. âLiterally no one laughed.â
You close your eyes, and then you smile. You smile, and you laugh, because fuck, youâre so thankful for your friends. For them still acting normally with you, and for not walking on egg shells. You think that might be whatâs been keeping you going these last few weeks.
And maybe they think youâre crazy, because they just chuckle awkwardly, but it doesnât matter. You love them regardless.
You end up deciding to do a sleepover, Jennie and Hyunseok not having plans until the afternoon tomorrow. You lay on the couch, while they share a spot on the plush carpet in the living room, atop a pile of pillows Jennie raided from your bed. If it wasnât for your ribs, youâd probably lie with them, but you donât think your body can afford it.
Especially not when youâd risk getting elbowed in the ribs, and youâre pretty sure youâd murder whoever dares touch your sides right now.
But it leads to conversation that lasts well into the night â youâve taken a liking to going to sleep early, and waking up with the morning sun, if only to avoid being awake while itâs dark outside as much as possible. So, well into the night just means some time after midnight, but youâre yawning on the bed as Jennie and Hyunseok gossip, switching to Korean occasionally, though you still manage to follow.
Thereâs a lull in the conversation after a moment, and you glance at them. Hyunseok is on his phone, but Jennie is just looking up at the ceiling, and she meets your gaze when she sees you looking.
âYâall good?â you ask.
âI told you your carpet looks like the most comfortable shit ever at least five times before,â Jennie points out, which she actually did every time she came over. âI was right.â
You smile. âGood.â
She nods, rolling on her stomach as she props herself up on her elbows. âHow have you been, by the way?â
You know sheâs meaning to resume the conversation you had earlier, before Hyunseok arrived, from the way she grows serious, her eyes watching you intently. You feel like running, fearing the conversation, but thereâs nowhere to go. Not when Hyunseok mirrors Jennieâs position, looking at you too.
âItâs been strange,â you admit. âI donât really know how to feel. I feel like I should be feeling worse?â you say it like a question, looking up at the ceiling as holding your friendsâ gaze becomes too hard. âBut I donât. Like my body hurts, but my mind is just⌠numb.â
âThat would be the meds for you,â Hyunseok says, and you reckon it makes sense.Â
âYou think?â you ask as your gaze slides to him.
He nods. âYouâre on high dosage anti-depressants right now,â he points out, because heâs a nurse and he would know as heâs been giving you said meds. âThey kind of turn off emotions.â
âRight.â You look back up at the ceiling. âThat would explain it. I havenât really felt anything at all since I came home.â Except when you threw away the pictures on your wall, but even now, thinking back on it, you donât feel the pain you should be feeling.
âThatâs good, I think?â Jennie lets out.
âFor a little while, maybe?â You sigh deeply. âBut it will probably start driving me crazy soon.â You wet your lips, finding a dry spot you pull on with your teeth. âWhat writer doesnât have emotions?â
âGirl, you donât need to be writing right now,â Hyunseok says. âI still think itâs crazy you wrote and published a book in the same year considering it usually takes like a year and a half.â
âYou have the editors to thank for that,â you say, chuckling. âThey wanted to use Jennieâs fame.â
âAs if you need it. You already shine on your own.â Jennie shakes her head. âBut the fact you managed to do it is admirable.â
You smile, meeting her gaze. âThanks.â
She smiles back. âOf course.âÂ
Thereâs a silence, and you see Jennieâs eyes filling with a question that will make you want to die. Maybe because youâre close enough to her now you can practically read her thoughts.
âWhat are you going to do about Jungkook?â
You reckon Hyunseok had the same question in mind. Because he watches you intently, and you flee their gazes, looking up again.
But also, you look up because you donât want them to know how much it hurts to even hear his name.
âNothing,â you say. âI donâtâŚâ You take a breath, hold it in for a few seconds before blowing it out. âI canât do anything about it.â
âYou could,â Jennie says.Â
âI donât want to see him.â Your words are firm, and shouldnât allow for discussion, yet she keeps going.
Of course she would. She was his friend first, wasnât she?
âHe feels guilty,â she lets out.
You close your eyes, because the pain is pushing through the numbness, blowing away the clouds covering the gaping hole in your chest. âWhy would he? Heâs not the one that stabbed me.â
The silence that follows is heavy, like youâre stupid and should understand. But why would he feel guilty? He made a choice, and that choice was to lie to you.
You havenât been able to forget that. Even with the numbness.
âYou fought that night, didnât you?â she asks.
You clench your teeth as a lump grows in your throat. âHe told you?â
âHeâŚâ she trails off, and she sighs. âHe did.â
You wondered when she truly would approach the subject with you. It didnât seem like she would, but you should have known it was coming.
âWhat did he say?â
It takes Jennie a moment before she answers. âHe said he lied to you about going to see Sara.â
âAh.â
Itâs the only thing you manage to say. Not because of the lump in your throat, or of anything else, really, but just because there is nothing to say. There are no words down the hole in your chest, just primal pain that you hope will fade with time.
âYouâre not planning to see him again, are you?â Jennie asks.
You cry. You canât stop it. A tear spills out of your eye, dropping to the couch under your head.Â
âI canât,â you whisper, because saying the words too loud would break. âI just canât.â
Another silence falls upon you. And then she says, âHeâs going back on tour.â
Youâre happy for him. You know music is his passion, and you reckon being with his band mates will likely help him feel better. He wonât have time to constantly drink himself stupid anymore, at least. Though Jennie did say earlier that he seems to have entirely stopped drinking for now.
âGood,â you let out.
âY/n.â Itâs Hyunseok speaking, and you dry your eyes with your thumbs before turning your head to look at him.
âYes?â
âIâm going to say something that will probably piss you off, but you shouldnât push him away like that.â
You frown. âHe lied.â
âAnd?â He gives you time to answer, but you donât find anything to say. âHe lied, but then he spent days just watching over you at the hospital. Donât you feel like⌠the lying was inconsequential compared to everything else that happened?â
âWhat the fuck do you mean?â
âHe had coffee with his ex that has cancer, for fuckâs sake. He didnât cheat.â
Youâre angry. A red, hot ball of fiery anger lighting up the hole in your chest, revealing all its jagged edges.Â
âWhy are you defending him?â you ask.Â
âBecause you were so in love with him, and you almost died, and heâs still just right there wanting to be with you. And you canât even talk to him.â
That question is aimed at Jennie, who gives you an apologetic expression. âIâm not going to say you should get back together with him,â she says, much calmer than Hyunseok. âBut I think you guys should at least talk a little.â Her eyes fill with tears. âY/n, Iâve never seen him in such a state. Heâs doing horrible.â
So am I? you think. But you donât say it. Because youâve just been so numb, and it would be a lie.
Youâve had phases in your life where you felt worse than this. And your therapist has been keen on making you understand that you shouldnât feel guilty about it.
âIâŚâ You shut your eyes hard, trying to not think of those big, doe eyes, of the emotions that used to swirl in their depths. âI just canât. Not right now.â
Jennie â or maybe itâs Hyunseok? â reaches out to squeeze your hand.
âThatâs okay,â Jennie says softly. âJust promise youâll talk to him someday, when youâre ready.â
More tears fall down your cheeks, and someone gets up. But your hand is still being squeezed, and you open your eyes to meet Jennieâs gaze.
âI donât know when Iâll be ready,â you admit, and you shatter.Â
A sob breaks through, and Jennie squeezes your hand harder.Â
âGirl, Iâd take you in my arms, but I donât want to hurt your ribs.â
You chuckle. A sad, pitiful sound that rips some of the jagged edges of the hole in your chest and throws them in your face. âGirl,â you choke out.
She just swipes her thumb on the back of your hand. âTake your time, bubs. But just promise me youâll talk to him.â
You meet her gaze, give her a small nod. âI will.â
And itâs all you can say before you truly rupture, the numbness fading to be replaced by a truck of emotions hitting at full speed. Hyunseok comes back with tissues, drying your cheeks, and Jennie holds your hand through it all.
Without them, youâd crumble. But they hold you up and maybe, just maybe, there is light at the end of the tunnel.
Prev | Next
âââââ
I am sobbing out here. i think this chapter alone is the saddest thing i've ever written. i apologize to you all, feel free too scream at me
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
Anya is live and ready to show you everything. Watch her strip, dance, and perform exclusive shows just for you. Interact in real-time and make your fantasies come true.
â Live Streamingâ Interactive Chatâ Private Showsâ HD Qualityâ Free Actions
Free to watch ⢠No registration required ⢠HD streaming
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter has mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: cursing, alcohol, sasaengs, sara, a side character being diagnosed with cancer, cigarettes, panic attack, explicit content: jerking off, oral sex (male receiving), dry humping, clit play (slaps), unprotected sex (wrap it if you tap it), creampie. Different kind of explicit content: physical assault, knife, blood.
âword count: 12.9k
âa/n: hope you guys enjoy this new chapter <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Sunday, October 26th
Jungkook is tired. Exhausted, even, and he wishes they didnât have concerts back to back like theyâve had the last few weekends.
Three concerts one after the other is too much, he reckons. But at least, the streak is done, and they have until next Thursday before the next concert, though theyâll have to travel to a whole other country for that one.
To be fair, Vancouver isnât too far from Seattle, but still.
Jungkook looks towards Taehyung, whoâs typing away on his phone while the other members are slowly taking off the tour outfits to put on their regular clothes again. Taehyungâs smiling, most likely texting Jennie, and Jungkook wonders if youâre busy right now. Itâs a little past 11 pm here, which means it should beâŚ
His brain fails to do the maths, and Jungkook pulls his phone out to go look at the international clocks. It should be 4 pm in Seoul, according to the app, which means youâre probably in the meeting for the publishing of your book. Indeed, itâll be out in two weeks, with a book release at midnight in Seoul, where Jennie, Mingyu, Lisa and probably even RosĂŠ will be in attendance.
You said your agent believed it to be the best way to promote the book, and to have all eyes on it right from the start. Jungkook agrees that itâs a good idea, and he wishes he could be there to support youâŚ
But heâll be getting ready for a concert in the evening in yet another city. Actually, heâll probably still be asleep then, considering the time difference.
Heâs been missing you a lot. Despite frequent FaceTime calls and almost constant texting, when youâre awake, he feels like he left his heart in your hands that Sunday in August when they first had to leave for the South American leg of the tour. They visited multiple countries there, performing in Sao Paulo, Lima, Buenos Aires, Bogota and even Santiago. Each stop had more than one concert, and then they headed up to Mexico City before starting with a few shows in New York.
And now Seattle, and soon Vancouver. And after that, theyâll be going back down the West Coast.Â
Jungkook sighs, exhaustion swiftly pushing through him. He feels a little dizzy, and so he sits down, heading to his text messages with you.
[7:07 pm] You: good luck for the concert tonight
[7:08 pm] You: youâre gonna fuck shit up
Your messages made him smile earlier, and they still do as he rereads, imagining you saying it out loud with that twinkle in your eyes heâs been chasing in the night sky whenever the sun is down.Â
He hasnât looked at the stars the same since the trip to Jeju. They remind him of you, and heâs taken a liking to stargazing each night, even though the city lights rarely let him see the stars like he saw them with you. They were infinite that night, with the Milky Way striking across the sky.Â
He doesnât even know if heâll be able to see anything tonight. It was cloudy earlier, before they got to the arena, but the clouds were supposed to scatter around midnightâŚ
Hopefully.
[11:13 pm] Jungkook: it was a good concert but oof iâm glad weâre done with seattle
He presses send, watching the message deliver on your message thread. He doubts youâll reply right away, so he shoves his phone in the pocket of his pants, yawning as he glances around to see that theyâre almost all ready to go.
Everyone is in different levels of exhaustion, it seems, with only Jimin brimming with energy as he had the brilliant idea to chug an energy drink before the encore. Heâs currently yapping to Hoseok about something Jungkook doesnât care to listen to, and Hoseok is replying with short one-worded answers, though it doesnât deter Jimin.
Nothing ever really does. Jungkook envies that of his friend â talking has always been easy for Jimin, whereas Jungkookâs always been a little more on the introverted side. It almost cost him you at the beginning of your relationship, after all.
He blushes. Relationship is a big word. Youâve never really put a label on what it is between you and him, but Jungkook likes to tell himself that youâre his girlfriend. All the members act as if you are, too, so itâs been easy for him.
He wonders if you see him as your boyfriend. Or if the distance keeps you from imagining him as such. It hurts, his heart straining in his chest, and he wishes he could be by your side, if only for a few hours.
Heâd ask you to be his girlfriend instead of just assuming you are. Heâs thought about doing it over FaceTime, but it feels way too lame compared to the intensity of what he feels for you. And despite the distance, his feelings for you have just kept on growing since the end of August, only strengthening with every day that passes.
He believes you feel the same, if only because you always struggle with hanging up every time you FaceTime, telling him you need to see him for just a little longer. He never minds it, even though it steals some precious minutes of rest from him.
Who needs sleep when he can spend time with you instead?
âLetâs go,â Namjoon says to no one in particular, though Jungkook knows his words are aimed at the group of them.Â
Indeed, they all file out of the dressing room, heading to the two cars thatâll drive them back to the hotel. Jungkook climbs into the one with Namjoon, Yoongi and Jimin, the two latter deciding to go grab a beer at a local bar while Namjoon peers down at his phone in his hands.
Heâs been talking with his ex these last few days, the one he was with during the summer. They didnât last long, but it seems the feelings lingered on her side, because she reached out to him first. She was the one to end things, though, so Jungkook feels wary for his friend, but he hasnât said anything.
With his history with Sara, it would probably be out of place for him to say anything. Because he never listened to Namjoonâs advice, no matter how many times Namjoon told him to break up with Sara and block her so that she doesnât come back.
He still hasnât blocked her, though he hasnât replied to any of the messages sheâs sent over the last few months. She doesnât deserve his attention anymore, or at least he likes to tell himself that.
Heâs too busy thinking about you anyway. Talking to you, too. Thereâs no room for Sara in his life when heâs with you.
The car reaches the hotel, parking out front. There are fans waiting outside, and Jungkook shuts his eyes in annoyance, though he knows itâs not as bad as those that come to his house.
There were two break-in attempts this last month, though the police was quick to intervene. Both people ended up doing some jail time, and they have yet to show up on the cameras again.
Hell, one of them was even deported to another country with a stain on their passport that blocks them from ever returning to South Korea.
Jungkook shakes the thoughts away â theyâre too heavy, and he doesnât have the energy for that right now. Instead, he waits for the manager to give them the go to exit the car, and he plasters a smile on his lips when he finally does get out, waving at the fans.
They scream at the sight of him and the other members, and Jungkook could kiss Taehyung on the forehead when he shushes them with a finger on his mouth. They all instantly fall silent, which makes Jimin snort and say, âDamn, theyâre well-trained.â
Hopefully, none of the fans speak Korean, because thereâs a sarcastic lilt to Jiminâs words. One that doesnât go unnoticed by the rest of the members, including Jungkook, and they all chuckle before heading in, wishing the fans good night.
Before he gets in, Jungkook makes sure to look up â thereâs a break in the clouds, and he sees a lone star shining up above in all its beauty. He reckons it might be Jupiter, but heâll have to make sure with his starmap app later.
For now, he focuses on heading to his hotel room to take a shower as he waits for you to get out of your meeting so that you can FaceTime before he goes to bed. Itâs well past midnight when you finally text him to call, and heâs already half asleep in bed when he presses on the icon at the top of the conversation, the front camera turning on to reveal the dark circles under his eyes along with his tousled hair.
He looks even more exhausted than he feels, and he winces at the sight, trying to fix his hair quickly as the call connects.
âHey,â you greet him the second you come into view.
Youâre sitting at a coffeeshop from the looks of it, having clearly called the second you left the library where the book release will be. Youâre sipping an iced americano, and you look so beautiful Jungkook thinks he might burst out crying.
Do you miss him as much as he misses you?
âHey,â he echoes, wetting his lip. âHow did the meeting go?â
You smile, glancing to the side as someone walks past you with a tray in hand. âIt went really well. Theyâll be able to sell alcohol.â
Youâd been worried about that, as you claimed itâs one of the most fun parts of midnight releases. Especially with the crowd thatâs expected since a bunch of celebrities will be in attendance.
âThatâs amazing,â Jungkook says. âYou must be relieved.â
You nod, your eyebrows raising over your eyes. âYou have no clue. But what about you, how was the concert?â
âSame old,â Jungkook replies with a chuckle. âAt this point, I think I could do the concert asleep.â
You laugh, the crystalline sound carrying so well through the phone Jungkook feels like youâre right here with him for a few seconds. His heart reaches for you, thinking itâll find you⌠only to be met with a void that sounds like you.
He didnât even know it was physically possible to miss someone this much.
âYou probably could,â you agree, and then your features grow more serious. âYou actually look exhausted.â
He sighs, rolling on his back as he holds the phone over his face. âYeah, I am.â You look sad at his words, and he quickly adds, âBut we have four days off until the next concert, so Iâll be able to rest a bunch.â
âGood.â You nod, as if to put emphasis on your word. âReally good. They shouldnât overwork you guys like this.â
Jungkook chuckles. âHonestly, most of the time, it isnât too bad. Iâve just been having trouble sleeping at this hotel, and it was three days of concerts straight.â
âInhumane!â you let out, which only makes him laugh again.
âIâll make sure youâre on the tour planning committee next time so we can avoid this.â
You smile. Itâs infinitely soft, and Jungkook wishes he could reach through the screen to trace the curve of your lips with a finger.Â
âIâll make sure all concerts are in Seoul,â you say with a nod. âOr wherever Iâll be in the world by then.â
âHere, probably.â
You snort. âI did not grow up in the West.â You tilt your head to the side, growing pensive. âI could probably easily follow if it was all in the US, thoughâŚâ
Thatâs something Jungkook realized weeks ago, one night he couldnât sleep and he just ended up staring at the ceiling. As a writer, youâre not confined to one country to be able to work. You could write from anywhere in the world. If it werenât for the fact youâre releasing your book in Seoul and have to do some promotion for it there, he would have suggested that you join on part of the tour.
But it feels like a lot to ask. Even Minha got too tired and decided to go back to Korea for a few weeks before coming back some time in November. At least that was the plan the last time he talked to Seokjin about it, and Jungkook genuinely hopes sheâll come back.
Seokjin has been a grumpy pain in the ass since she left.
âYou could,â Jungkook says as he pulls on his piercings. âAnd then you could be in Seoul with me when the tour finishes.â
âThatâd be amazing.â
Jungkook agrees. To be with you, back home⌠with nowhere to go and nothing to do. Heâd take his damn time with you.
The thought immediately sends a bolt of lust down his spine, and it shoots forward to his dick.
âI miss you,â he says. He wets his lips, shuts his eyes for a few seconds to keep the arousal at bay â youâre in public after all. âI wish I could be with you right now.â
âOh, Jungkook,â you let out, and he opens his eyes to see a pout on your lips, your gaze growing sad, heavier. âI miss you too.â
âJust want to kiss you.â Jungkook sighs, and he rolls on his side. âReally fucking wanna kiss you, actually.â
Your cheeks dust with pink. âIs that all you want to do?â
The question makes his heartbeat skyrockets, and Jungkook shuts his eyes with a small chuckle. âDonât do this to me.â
You laugh, mischief in every word you say next, so low he barely hears them. âI really wanna be able to touch you.â
âYeah?â he lets out as his dick hardens at your words.
You look around, bringing the phone closer to yourself. âKinda want to ride you, too.â
Fuck.
He can picture it. You on top of him, your breasts bouncing as he jackhammers his hips into yours, the way you scream his name when you comeâŚ
You nod your head. âItâd be better than your hand, no?â
Youâre insanity personified. Or maybe thatâs him. Slowly going insane for a woman on the other side of the world.
He says your name like a warning. âPeople are going to hear you.â
You laugh, shrugging your shoulders. âAlright then, Iâll stop.â
âAre you far from home?â Jungkook asks, his hand going down his body as he tries to readjust himself in his boxers.
âWhy?â you ask innocently.
âYou know exactly why.â His voice is low, husky, and he wonders if you can hear the urgency in his tone.
He needs you so bad. Misses you even more and he is truly, fully, going insane with every moment spent away from you.
âWell, Iâm meeting with Mingyu soon.â
Itâs like someone threw a bucket of cold water at him, and the arousal slips out of Jungkook as if it was never there to begin with.
Youâre friends with Mingyu. Obviously a lot closer to Jennie, but youâve been hanging out with Mingyu lately, hitting the gym with him and Jennie whenever she can. But it hasnât been too often lately, because sheâs been out of the city to film a movie thatâll release next year.
And Jungkook loves Mingyu. Theyâre best friends after all. But Mingyu is attractive, and a flirt, and has mentioned he finds you attractive before, andâŚ
Jungkook stops the train of thoughts before it can spiral any further.
âGym sesh?â he asks.
You nod. âAnd then dinner with Hyunseok and his boyfriend.â
The jealousy dissipates at the knowledge you wonât spend too long with Mingyu, but Jungkook still wishes it could be him instead.
Youâve never worked out together before despite the multiple times you hung out at his house. The only time you ever were in his gym together is that night he ended up fingering you before you ran away.
âWhere are you guys going?â he asks.
âThe restaurant you recommended in Seongsu.â
You say the words with sadness etched around your eyes. Jungkook frowns at the sight, wishing he could take you in his arms.
âYou okay?â
âI wish we were going together,â you admit. âI⌠I really miss you a lot too.â
A lump forms in Jungkookâs throat, and he gulps around it. But thenâŚ
They have five days off between the San Francisco concert and then the following one. Maybe he could fly home for a timeâŚ
He sits up in bed, eyes going wide. âIâll come.â
âWhat?â you let out.
He laughs, like he should have figured it out before. âIâll come home in two weeks. I have five days off, I can easily fly in and spend them with you.â
âDonât say that,â you say, your voice barely above a whisper.
Jungkookâs excitement slowly dwindles to nothing. âWhy?â
âDonât make promises you canât hold.â
He sucks on his piercings. âBut I can,â he insists. âIâll book flights with the manager. I bet some of the other members would also love to go home for a little.â
âBut youâre already exhausted,â you point out, though Jungkook sees the spark of hope as it ignites in your eyes, an echo of the one in his, heâs pretty sure.
âWho cares?â he lets out. âIâll sleep on the flight to Incheon, and then Iâll sleep with you in my arms.â
âYouâll snore in my ears all night.âÂ
Youâre smiling. Youâre smiling and itâs like the light at the end of the tunnel. Jungkook runs towards it, dives in it.
âI will, and youâll love it,â he jokes.
The smile stretches even wider, turning into a full-blown grin. âI will.â
Jungkook sends a message to the group chat, asking who wants to go with him, and then returns to the call with you. âIâll see you soon.â
Itâs like heâs suddenly powered by a nuclear reactor, and he feels like getting up to jump around like a little kid. He keeps it in though, his heart galloping in his chest instead, and he realizes his gaze is wet as a tear slips free, a bearer of so much joy he doesnât even bother wiping it away.
You look just as happy. Your eyes shining with unshed tears too, your grin still just as wide. You laugh, that same crystalline sound wrapping around Jungkook like a warm blanket. It doesnât hurt like before, just fills him with far too much happiness for his heart to handle.
âI canât wait,â he says. âWeâll cuddle and work out and Iâll cook some food for you.â
âOh, your food,â you let out. âI fucking miss your food.â
His lips curve upwards. âIâll cook you breakfast and lunch and dinner, and as many snacks as you want.â
âIâll get fat.â
âMore of you to love,â he says, and then his gaze widens at his choice of words.
Love is a big word you have yet to say to each other, sort of, and Jungkook does not want to say it through the phone for the first time. Not when he whispered on your skin that he was falling in love with you the last time he saw you.
But heâs not falling anymore. Things are more than clear now.
Your eyes widen too, and you let out a small giggle. âOf course, of course.â
Jungkookâs phone buzzes in his hand with an upcoming message from Hoseok.
[1:04 am] Hoseok: heryungâs home those dates, iâm fucking in
âHobi is coming too,â Jungkook says.
He receives a message from Seokjin and Namjoon at the same time, both of them saying they want to come as well.
âJin and Namjoon too,â he adds a second later.
âTaehyung?â you ask, probably thinking about Jennie.
âHe hasnât replied yet, but Iâm sure heâll come.â
âGood,â you let out. And then you chuckle, eyes falling to your coffee. âIâll see you in two weeks.â
He nods. âRight after your book release.â
You laugh again, slightly shaking your head like you canât believe it. âI canât fucking wait.â
âMe neither.â
And itâs true. The two next weeks are going to be hell. If only because Jungkook knows time will feel eternal, inching forward at a snail pace. But even if time stretches indefinitelyâŚ
Youâll still be there at the end of those two weeks. And thereâs nothing in this world that matters more than that.
Monday, November 10th
Your steps are light today. Thereâs a bounce to them as if youâre a second way from flying away like a balloon in the wind. It makes sense, as youâll finally see Jungkook after months of waiting to see him again. Not only that, but your book release was a success over the weekend, and youâve made record sales since Saturday night.
Your dreams are paying off. In every aspect of your life, it seems. And you really feel so fucking light you might start floating soon. Hell, youâll float to Jungkookâs place.
Youâre on your way there. With a duffel bag with clothes for the next few days, because youâre not planning on leaving his house until he has to leave and go back to America.
He said he wouldnât let you leave. That heâll lock you in the basement if you try to, which only makes you laugh because his basement is the least threatening basement youâve ever seen with the karaoke corner and the bar and the gym.
Youâre walking down the boulevard, the wind surprisingly warm today. Or maybe the warmth comes from within, your heart inundating your bloodstream with it as it pumps your blood.
In just twenty minutes, youâll finally be at Jungkookâs place. He offered to pick you up, but you had a meeting with Stella about the book release and you didnât want him to wait around for you when he just landed from a twelve-hour flight. So you convinced him to go home, and you practically ran out the second the meeting finished.
Your bag has been ready since he told you heâd come two weeks ago.
So, you walk with a bounce in your step, unable to stop yourself from smiling as you turn into Jungkookâs street. You pass by two girls as you do so, and you smile at them, only to have them glare at you like youâre weird.
Right. People donât usually smile at each other here. You canât bring yourself to care, not when youâre so damn happy to see him. And it doesnât take you long to reach his house, the street outside blissfully empty. Heâs given you the code to get in without having to knock, and you head to the door, pressing it in before pushing the door open.
And then youâre stepping in, kicking your shoes off as you inhale a whiff of food. Heâs cooking, much like he said he would, and you drop your bag and purse by the door before running in.
Heâs in the kitchen, his back turned to you as heâs at the stove, mixing something in a pan with a wooden spoon. He doesnât hear you, and you just stand there for a few seconds, taking in the fact that heâs standing in the same room as you. That, in a second, heâll turn around and see you, and youâll be able to run up to him, to hold him in your arms like youâve been craving since August.
âHey,â you let out, unable to wait any longer.
He startles, looking over his shoulder, and the second he sees you standing there, Jungkook spins around, running up to you and picking you up in his arms. You wrap yours around his neck as he spins you around, and you giggle as the world spins and spins.
âYouâre here,â he says like he canât believe it, and then heâs laughing too. âYouâre here.â
âI am,â you say, and he stops spinning to look up at you, and you crash your lips on his with enough force he stumbles back.
His lips are just as pillowy soft as you remember them to be, and they part on a small grunt that just makes you laugh again.Â
âYouâre here,â he repeats against your mouth, like he can hardly believe it.
âIâve always been here,â you say as you pull away to meet his eyes. And then you fall in the depths of them, in the emotions and the stars that look like nebulas as he stares at you with such intensity you feel like no oneâs ever truly seen you before. âYouâre the one that left.â
He lets out a small chuckle, and then he puts you down. He doesnât let you get too far, his hands cupping your cheeks so he can pull you into another kiss, much more languid this time.Â
Itâs a heavy kiss. It holds the weight of the months apart, of the distance and the numerous FaceTime calls where you just craved the otherâs touch. Itâs heavy with the feelings that slowly appeared between the two of you over the summer, strengthened by the time in Jeju. Itâs heavy with the way those feelings kept growing despite being away from each other since then, too.
Itâs heavy with the fact he alluded to loving you on that FaceTime call two weeks ago when he decided to come back. And fuck, as he pulls away from you to rest his forehead against yours, his thumbs swiping the side of your face, those three little words almost tumble free.
But then the smoke detector starts blaring, and you both startle, glancing at the stove.
âShit,â Jungkook says, and he runs back to the stove, quickly lifting the pan from it. He grabs the wooden spoon, stirring the contents of the pan, and then looks at you. âCan you grab a towel and shake it at the smoke detector?â
You nod, gaze widening because why didnât you think of it before, and then youâre jogging into the kitchen, pulling the drawer with the dish towels open to grab one. And then youâre shaking it at the ceiling as Jungkook cranks the fan up to its highest setting. Itâs so loud you can barely hear yourself think, but soon enough, the smoke alarm stops, and Jungkook turns down the fan and opens a window instead.
âI think the oil burned a little,â he says, âand some of the chicken might not be edible anymore butâŚâ He shrugs with a laugh. âWe still have plenty enough for a snack.â
You smile, walking back behind the kitchen island, throwing the towel on the counter. âLet me see.â
He lowers the pan, and you gaze at its contents. Indeed, some of the vegetables and chicken have blackened, though most of it still looks perfectly fine.
âYeah, weâre good,â you say with a nod. Right on cue, your stomach wails, and you both burst out laughing. âIâm starving.â
âThen letâs eat,â he says, grinning wide. âIâm famished too.â
You grab plates from the cupboard next to the stove fan, and you help Jungkook with splitting the charred food with whatâs still good before you split that into two plates. Luckily enough, and because Jungkook always cooks for an army, you both have plenty enough food for a full meal, and you eat at the kitchen island, Jungkook sitting so close you feel his thigh against yours. You donât mind â youâve needed him close, far closer than that, for months.
Youâre not going to push him away now that heâs finally here.
When the meal is done and the dishes are washed and left to dry, you return to the front door to grab your duffel bag, bringing it upstairs in Jungkookâs bedroom. Heâs your shadow on the way there, right behind you the whole time like he canât let you out of sight for more than a few seconds.Â
You put your duffel down by the bed, turning around with the intention of teasing Jungkook about it, but the intense look in his eyes stops the words from coming out, your smile slowly dying.
âIâve missed you so fucking much,â he whispers as he takes a step toward you.
âJungkookâŚâ
You both start walking toward each other then, crashing in the middle of his bedroom. Jungkookâs lips are on yours quicker than you can even register it, and it clashes so hard you think your teeth might have slightly bashed together. But it doesnât hurt, not when emotions pour out of his body and yours like a dam just broke between you and youâre losing yourselves in the dizzying dance of your lips on his, of your hands getting lost in his hair while his hold the back of your head and your waist.
The kiss deepens as Jungkook nudges your lips open with his tongue. Heâs gentle about it, like heâs coaxing a wild animal into surrendering to him, and youâd laugh about it, say itâs not needed, if you werenât so busy kissing him back with so much passion your heart races for a finish line you know itâll find somewhere in his ribcage.
As your tongues twirl together, Jungkook backs you toward the bed, though he doesnât push you down yet. He keeps on kissing you, keeps on holding you close like he canât let go of you yet, even if itâs just for the few heartbeats itâd take for you to fall back on the bed. And you donât want to let go either. Even as your lungs start burning from lack of oxygen, you just keep on moving your lips against the pillowy softness of his, his taste inebriating on your tongue.
Youâll never get enough of this man. There arenât enough days in eternity for you to get bored of him, but you want every single one of them. You want to challenge fate, tell it to try and break you apart now that youâre together.
As if thatâll ever happen.Â
Jungkook pulls away from the kiss, his lips swollen by it, and you just stare at each other for a few seconds like youâre trying to make sure that this is really happening, that youâre finally reunited. And you smile, so wide, because this is as real as can be.
Youâre finally here together.
You sit back on the bed, grabbing Jungkookâs hand to tug him down with you. He resists for a few seconds like he needs to look at you for just a little longer, and then he climbs on top of you, spreading your legs with a knee as you lie back down with him hovering over you. His mouth is on yours a heartbeat later, so soft and sweet you could cry.
âI donât think I can take my time with you right now,â he whispers in a desperate plea when thereâs a short break in the kiss so you can breathe.
Youâre holding his cheeks, and you immediately pull him back down for another kiss that leads to you sucking on his lower lip, teasing it with your teeth.
âDonât take your time,â you reply when you part.
Itâs like youâve unleashed a beast. Jungkook grunts, grinding into you to show you just how hard he already is, and then he straightens, taking off his shirt, hands flying to his belt after. He unbuckles it, takes it off in a swift motion, and throws it on the floor. It thumps on the hardwood floor, and you imagine it probably left a mark, but Jungkook does not seem like he gives a fuck as he gets up to quickly push his pants and underwear down.
He steps out of the pile of clothing in his naked glory save for a silver chain on his neck, and he fists his dick, stroking himself as he looks down at you. You sit up, hand reaching for him, and he guides himself to your mouth.
You know what he wants, and you want it just as bad as he does. Youâve been dying for a taste of him, so you lick at the bead of precum that prettily sits on his slit, and then take him in your mouth, tongue swirling around him. Jungkook grunts, head throwing back as you suck hard, and he grabs your cheeks, pulling out of your mouth.
âIâll come if you suck me,â he says, and he chuckles breathlessly. âI want to be inside you.â
Youâre not going to say no to that, not when he starts undressing you in loving gestures, peppering kisses on every inch of skin revealed until youâre just sitting there in your bra and underwear. He leaves those on, pushing you back on the bed until heâs on top of you again, his dick rubbing at your clothed pussy.Â
âCan already feel how wet you are,â he says as you let out a breathy sound.
Indeed, your panties are sticking to your wetness, even more so as Jungkook rubs himself on you. You spread your legs as wide open as you can as you chase more sensations, more friction, but Jungkook doesnât give in right away, instead returning to your lips for another languid kiss. Your fingers are on his back, nails slightly digging in his skin, and Jungkook just keeps grinding into you, working you into a tight, uncomfortable knot that refuses to let go.
Not when thereâs still fabric between you and him.
âJungkook,â you whimper against his mouth.
He pulls away to look at your face. His pink lips are wet, glistening in the light coming in from the window, and your gaze catches on the mole under his mouth.
âWhatâs wrong, baby?â Jungkook asks.
âI want you inside of me,â you reply as you wrap your legs around his waist as if thatâll push him in.
âWant me to ruin you in that pretty thong?âÂ
Indeed, you made sure to wear a nice lace set for him. Maybe thatâs why he left the bra on.
âPlease,â you beg.
He chuckles darkly, pecking your lips once. âOf course, baby. I got you.â
He kneels back between your legs, hands caressing your thighs a few times as he looks down at you, his eyes shining with untethered lust and passion for you. He glances down between your legs, one hand following to gently rub at your clit through the fabric, and you moan under his ministrations. He sucks in a breath at the sound, and then he pushes your panties to the side so he can directly touch you.
Itâs so much sensation you almost close your legs, but he holds them open before grabbing his dick, stroking himself again as he watches your pussy. You whine, and he taps your clit, making you jerk against the bed in surprise, the sudden pain turning into burning pleasure.
âOh, you like this,â he teases as if he didnât already know.
He slaps your clit again, harder this time, and your eyes flutter close as you spread your legs open wider. And then, instead of using his hand, Jungkook taps his dick on you, before starting to rub himself between your folds, collecting your juices. It feels insanely good, and you fist the sheets, lifting your hips trying to get him to push in.
He doesnât. He just keeps rubbing himself on you, your panties to the side, so much so you know your panties are ruined long before he finally decides to put you out of your misery, pushing his tip inside of you.
It stretches, burning slightly despite how wet you are, and you moan his name in a broken sound.
âFuck, itâs been too long,â he says as he slowly pulls out before starting to push in again, gaining another inch this time. âWay too fucking long.â
He keeps that infernal push and pull up until he manages to fully seat himself in you, and then he finally bends down again, finding your mouth for a sloppy kiss. His tongue is between your lips, his dick inside of you, and youâve never felt so at home before.
Jungkookâs dick twitches inside of you once as you tighten your walls, and he grunts, pulling away from the kiss.
âIâm going to fuck you so rough,â he says, and itâs the only warning you get before he starts jackhammering inside of you, soon leaning back and pushing your legs up to his chest as he keeps fucking you.
His balls slap on your ass as he spears you wide open, and your mind swims with pleasure as he kisses the side of your leg, teeth nipping at your skin. You say his name as you look at the way the muscles of his abdomen contract with the effort from fucking you. He says your name back, reverence coating every syllable, and your heart swells so much for him, right as the knot heâs been working you into gets ready to snap.
He must have sensed it. Because he pulls out, flips you on your stomach, pushes one of your legs up and then slips inside of you again, reaching so much deeper this time. You hide your face in the sheets as you mewl at the sensation, and heâs unforgiving, fucking you fast and deep, so rough he slowly pushes you up the bed. You hold onto the sheets as if thatâll save you, but nothing can, not when heâs fucking you like this.
You come before he does. The knot inside of you snaps so hard and so suddenly you lose your vision for a moment, everything going white. He slows down then, coaxing the orgasm out of you in slow swipes of his hips, milking it out for so long you think you might be trembling when it finally starts fading.
Jungkook bends down then, leaning with his elbows on each side of your head. You turn your head to the side to catch sight of him, and he finds your mouth, kissing you sweetly as he keeps up with the slower rhythm he established when you were coming. Itâs dizzying, mindnumbing, and you doubt youâre still fully in your body as he slowly starts to pick up the pace, chasing his own climax.
You reach back, cupping his cheek, and then you say, âPlease come for me.â
It works. The words make Jungkook pick up the same relentless pace as earlier, and he fucks you hard into the mattress, his balls slapping against your clit now. It feels so good you think you might come again, even as his motions grow sloppy until he grunts out your name, slamming to the hilt as he comes deep within you, his dick twitching and twitching with every spurt of cum he paints you with.
Jungkook leans his forehead on the side of your face as you just breathe in sync for a time, and he interlaces your fingers on the bed. His weight on you is so comforting you feel your eyes watering. You smile, wide, mind buzzing with the remnants of your orgasm.
âI missed you too,â you say.
He chuckles, pecking your cheek. âI know, baby. I know.â
His dick, now softened, slips out of you, and his cum spills out, staining the sheets under you. But Jungkook doesnât move, keeps caging your body with his like heâs protecting you from the harsh reality of the world outside. And you donât want to move either. Donât want to end this moment with him, but the small eternity eventually passes, Jungkook getting up and pulling you with him. Youâre wobbly on your feet, but he holds you up, wraps his arms around you in a soulcrushing hug that you return without hesitation.
And then he tugs you to the shower, where you end up having sex again. And then youâre in his bed, sheets off in the washing machine, talking about the months apart. You end up making love again so many times as the day passes that you doubt youâll be able to walk tomorrow, but youâre catching up for the months apart, and you wouldnât have it any other way.
Itâs much later that night, when the sheets are back on the bed and youâre lying in Jungkookâs embrace, looking at each other, that Jungkook says, âI know I said Iâd be with you for tomorrow, but I have a quick thing to do in the afternoon.â
You scan his features, his slightly chapped lips from all the kissing. âWhat do you have to do?â
Thereâs a short silence as he just keeps on looking at you, and then he replies, âJust a quick something with the company.â
You nod, eyes fluttering shut as you nestle yourself closer in his embrace. âNo worries. Iâll stay here while you go.â
He kisses the top of your head, his loose grip around your waist tightening to hold you impossibly closer. âPerfect.â
You smile as he pecks your head again, and you let his warmth guide you to a dreamless sleep that smells like him.
Tuesday, November 11th
Seoul is cold today, the warmth from yesterday having faded away so thoroughly it seems like winter's holding the world in its clutches. Jungkook hides his face from the wind in the lapels of the jacket you forced him to wear, smiling as he remembers how you used them to tug him into a kiss that almost convinced him to not go. And as another gush of wind bites at his features, he reckons he should have been convinced.
He knows he agreed to meet up with Sara last week when she called him crying and he picked up half asleep not realizing it was her. But he doesnât want to see her, not when he fell for you so, so hard.
But then again, heâs going to pick up roses on the way back, and heâll officially ask you to be his girlfriend. He wants the label, wants you to call him his boyfriend to everyone you know. He wants more than just the rumors about you and him that have slowly dwindled down over the months he spent away.
Hell, he wants to scream at the world that heâs in love with you. And he reckons some dirty, ugly part of himself just wants to rub it into Saraâs face after the way sheâs treated him in the past.
Jungkook finally reaches the coffeeshop Sara asked to meet up at, and he walks in, the warmth a welcome reprieve from the world outside. He heads to the counter to order a hot cup of coffee, and heâs thankful that the person behind the register is an elderly woman. She just smiles at him with a nod of her head, clearly not recognizing him, and then she makes his cup of coffee, handing it to him.
He bows and thanks her before taking it, and then he looks around, wondering where Sara might be. The coffeeshop is tiny and completely empty, but then he spies a staircase in the corner, and he glances at the lady behind the counter.
âIs there someone upstairs?â he asks.
She nods. âA young lady arrived earlier and went upstairs,â she informs him.
He thanks the lady again, and then he heads in that direction, careful to not spill the hot liquid on himself. He climbs upstairs, indeed finding Sara sitting at a table overlooking the street.
Save for her, the floor is empty too, and Jungkook reckons her choice of meeting point was commendable. No one will know they were here together at all.
âHey,â he says as he nears the table where sheâs sat, and Sara startles, looking at him.
The dark circles around her eyes are witnesses to what sheâs been going through, and Jungkook stops her from getting up when she tries to.
âNo need,â he says, putting his cup of coffee on the table before sitting across from her.
âI didnât think you would actually come,â she says, her voice wavery like sheâs about to cry.
He reckons his would too, if he were to be diagnosed with cancer.
âI said I would.â
She nods weakly, looking down at the smoothie in front of her, clearly sensing that he is closed off.
âWell, thank you,â she says.
He nods curtly, glancing at the steam wafting out of his cup of coffee, his gaze then trailing outside to see some snowflakes fluttering about.
âI just wantedâŚâ she starts, falling silent. âTo catch up, you know?â
He wets his lips, sighing as he looks at her again. âLike I said over the phone, I have someone in my life now,â he says. âI donât really want to catch up.â
She doesnât say anything for a few seconds, just staring at him unblinkingly. âWhy are you here, then?â
Because you might be dying, Jungkook thinks, but he canât bring himself to say it aloud.
âYou said you wanted to apologize,â he reminds her instead, because she did mention that over the phone.
Her jaw clenches, a muscle ticking under the skin. âCanât we catch up first?â
âI donât really have much to say to you, Sara.â
Her eyebrows almost touch over her eyes as she frowns. âArenât you touring? Surely, you must have stories to tell about that.â
He widens his gaze, surprised at her audacity. âSara, I told you I have someone in my life. Sheâs the one I want to tell my stories to, not you.â
It hurts her. The frown falls, replaced by a silver line slowly growing in her eyes. She blinks the tears away, looking out the window with a small, hurt chuckle.
âSheâs that writer, isnât she?â
So, Sara must have seen the rumors about you, then.Â
Jungkook nods. âNot that itâs any of your business, but yes.â
âYou know, Seojoon broke up with me because he said Iâm still in love with you,â Sara casually says, and Jungkook hates the way his heart strains in his chest like a reflex.
He didnât even know Seojoon had broken up with her.
âIâm sorry,â he lets out, and heâs relieved he sounds a little bit genuine.Â
Because frankly, he doesnât care that she still loves him. He hardly thinks itâs true.Â
Sheâs too good of a manipulator for it to be true.
âItâsâŚâ she trails off, shrugging her shoulders. âItâs whatever.â
Jungkook purses his lips, but doesnât find words to say in return. So he busies himself with taking a sip of his coffee, and itâs so hot it almost burns the skin off his tongue. He puts the cup back down, figuring heâs going to have to wait before drinking.
âHonestly, Jungkook, I really wished we could catch up like old times.â
He shuts his eyes at the sadness laced with her words. Itâs so potent he almost tastes it on his tongue despite the burn left behind by the coffee.
âI get that,â he says, looking at her. âBut what we had was extremely toxic. I donât want to bring that back into my life.â
âSo youâre calling me toxic?â she says.
He cocks an eyebrow. âYou have to be aware that our relationship was toxic, Sara. Iâm not saying you were.â Even though she definitely was. âI think itâs better left in the past.â
She takes a deep breath, and then draws a sip from the straw in her smoothie. It takes her a moment to speak again, but then she says, âOkay, then. It was toxic. I guess this wholeâŚâ she motions at herself, âthing has really just put things in perspective for me.â
Jungkook meets her gaze, but remains silent as he waits for her to keep going.
âIâm sorry, Jungkook.â She sighs. âIâm sorry for everything I put you through.â
He clenches his jaw, not expecting the words to hurt as much as they do. He thought itâd be liberating to hear it, but it just tastes bitter.
âBut you also werenât perfect,â she adds, and it explains the bitterness behind the words.
Because with Sara, nothing ever means what itâs supposed to mean. She always has an ulterior motive, and Jungkook really doesnât understand why he agreed to meet up. As he sits in front of her, he realizes that heâs been over her for months now, and he likes it as it is.
Likes that sheâs just a memory from the past. Heâs sad sheâs sick, thatâs for sure, but he doesnât want to walk down memory lane when it comes to her.Â
âAlright Sara,â he says. âAnything else you want to say before I leave?â
âYouâre not drinking the coffee?â she asks, her eyes round with fear.Â
Jungkook glances at the cup, and it looks just as hot as it was earlier. âIâm not sure it was a good idea for us to meet up.â
She starts crying. And he doesnât know how to react, the good part of him wanting to comfort her, but the more rational one remembering that she uses tears as a weapon all the time.
âI might die, JK,â she says. âIâm scared.â
He shuts his eyes again, because what the fuck is he supposed to say to that?
âYouâve been doing treatments, no?â he asks when he opens his eyes again.
She chuckles, but itâs entirely void of joy. And then she takes off the wig sheâs wearing, throwing it on the table. âYeah.â
Jungkook stares at the wig for a few seconds before looking up at her. She looks so sad like this, so vulnerable, that the good part of him wins.
âYou still look good,â he reassures her.
âThank you for acknowledging that a woman does not need hair to be attractive,â she says, using his compliment as an attack, as always.
He tilts his head to the side, raising his eyebrows like âReally?â.
âNo, seriously,â she adds, and she wipes at her cheeks. âItâs something I keep telling myself every time I look at myself in the mirror.â She gulps and itâs loud enough for him to hear. âI donât recognize myself anymore. Even with the wig on.â
âIâm sorry,â he lets out, voice barely above a whisper.
She shrugs. âItâs okay. Iâll kick cancerâs ass and grow my hair back.â
âYou will.â
She smiles, so sad he looks outside again to see it doesnât seem to be snowing anymore. âThank you,â she lets out. And then she adds, with no regard to him, âAnd Iâm really sorry for taking you for granted all these years. I thought Iâd always have you by my side.â
He clenches his jaw, sucking on his piercings hard enough to hurt. âIt is what it is,â he says after a few beats of silence. âI couldnât keep being treated like that forever.â
She nods. âFair. I really do apologize for everything, Jungkook.â
He meets her gaze, gives her a nod. âThank you.â
He hears the clear scuffle of steps in the staircase, and his heart stops for a second at the thought of being seen with her. But then Heryung appears at the top of the stairs, and relief washes through him.
Only to be replaced by a wave of sick dread as she takes in the sight of him, gaze widening.
âWhat are you doing here?â she asks as Hoseok appears behind her.
Jungkook just looks between Heryung and Hoseok a few times before glancing at Sara. Sheâs looking down at the table like sheâs guilty, and he realizes she planned this.
She wanted them to get caught. To be seen together. And for that reason and that reason only, Jungkook gets up from the table, his anger so sudden and potent he figures it best to leave and not say hurtful things to her.
âNothing,â Jungkook says, and he walks away, not even glancing back.Â
Heâs glad he didnât take his coat off, so he doesnât have to awkwardly put it back on before storming away. But despite trying to get away before something more can happen, Hoseok steps in his path, forcing him to stop.
âDoes Y/n know youâre here?â
Jungkook frowns. âHobi, let me leave.â
âI thought you were really into Y/n,â Hoseok adds despite the warning in Jungkookâs tone.
âI am, and Iâm going back to her right now, alright?â
Hoseok frowns, but remains silent, stepping aside to let him pass. Jungkook doesnât wait a second longer, and he quickly runs down the stairs before returning to the cold world outside.
He really shouldnât have come.
*****
Jungkookâs been silent ever since he came back from the company. You think it might be because he had to call the police before being able to get into the house. You were napping, and so you didnât hear, but he apparently caught two girls trying to come in when he arrived.
When are people going to get tired of this? It doesnât make sense to you. As if Jungkook would be happy to see them walk into his houseâŚ
He called them sasaengs, but you think itâs more than that. Itâs a clinical level of delusion that would need severe therapy and most likely meds to heal from. Because who in their right mind believes breaking into someoneâs house will make them like you?
He made dinner when he came home, busying himself in the kitchen for nearly half an hour. You tried to engage in conversation, but he looked so out of it you ended up leaving him alone, though you did the dishes every time he was done with something, if only to keep yourself occupied.
Over dinner, he told you that the meeting at the company was a waste of time, and that he wishes heâd stayed home with you instead. You smiled, telling him you wish he stayed too, and he only then seemed to start relaxing. He still hasnât been talkative, even as he made love to you on the couch in the living room, while a movie you did not bring yourself to care about played in the background. You then took a shower, made love again in his bed, and then went downstairs for a snack, which you ended up eating in the living room, with yet another movie playing in the background.Â
And Jungkook is now lying with his head on your chest, soft snores coming out of him at regular intervals while you scroll on your phone.Â
You receive a text message from Heryung, and you click on it, expecting her to update you about what youâll do this weekend, as she suggested hanging out while sheâs here.
To your surprise, her message is in fact not about meeting up at all, and you frown as you read.
[11:23 pm] Heryung: is everything okay with jk?
[11:23 pm] You: yes?
[11:24 pm] You: there were people at his house earlier but the police scared them off
[11:25 pm] Heryung: he just seemed rattled when we saw him earlier with sara
You stare at your phone, ice filling every inch of your body.Â
Jungkook was with Sara earlier?
[11:25 pm] You: wdym with sara
It takes a moment for Heryung to reply, and your heart is beating so incredibly fast by the time her message comes in that you feel dizzy.
[11:29 pm] Heryung: he was talking with her at a coffee shop earlier?
[11:30 pm] Heryung: didnât he tell you?
No, he, as a matter of fact, did not tell you. In truth, he lied to you.
Jungkook fucking lied to you.
âJungkook,â you let out as you put your phone down, trying to rouse him from his sleep. You push on him, and he grunts as his grip around you tightens. âJungkook,â you repeat, your tone firmer this time.
âMmh?â he hums.
âJungkook, get the fuck up.â
The urgency in your tone must have woken him right up, because he sits up, throwing you a confused glance as he runs a hand through his hair, leaving it dishevelled.
âWhat?â
Youâre disgusted, looking at him then. Because if he lied to you so easily about seeing Sara, didnât he lie about the rest, too?
âWhat were you doing with your ex this afternoon?â
Your question does wake him right up. His gaze widens, fear filling the depth of his eyes, and he looks around for his phone, not finding it as itâs currently on the counter in the kitchen, where he left it to charge earlier.
âIt was nothing,â he says, and then he must sense it sounds bad, because he adds, âI promise.â
âYou said you were at the company.â
He doesnât say anything for a while, and you get up from the couch, heading to the kitchen. He follows behind you, trying to grab your arm, but you shake out of his grip.
âDonât touch me right now.â
You would rather jump off a bridge than be touched by him right now.
âSorry,â he says. âY/n, she has cancer and she just wanted to talk.â
You laugh, a bitter taste coating your entire mouth. Because what the fuck do you mean he came home and made love to you twice without saying anything? No wonder he was so silent when he arrived.
âI donât care,â you reply as you find your purse.
Youâre wearing Jungkookâs sweater right now, the one he gave you last August, the one you were wearing when you got here. Which is a relief â you donât have enough energy to go upstairs to grab your stuff right now.
You want out, and right now.
âShe wanted to apologize,â he adds. âIt really was nothing, and I shouldnât have gone.â
You laugh again, shaking your head as you glance at him. âI really donât care.â
You walk around him, heading towards the front door.
âWill you stop for a second so I can explain?â he says behind you.
You spin around, and heâs so close he almost bumps into you. You raise a finger, pointing at him accusingly. âYou should have explained before going.â
âWell, with your reaction, Iâm sure you would not have understood.â
The audacity of this manâŚÂ
You spin on your heels again, heading towards the front door. Good thing youâre wearing sweatpants, and not the silky PJ shorts you brought in your duffel bag.
âY/n, stop, I did not mean that,â he says behind you as youâre halfway through the living room, heading to the hall that leads to the front door. âShe was shitty, like she always is, and I honestly just want to pretend it never happened.â
âWhy the fuck did you go see her, then?â you ask.
âShe has cancer,â he repeats. âShe called crying and said she needed to talk to someone, and that she wanted to apologize.â
âItâs unfortunate for her that sheâs sick, it really is,â you say, and you mean it. âBut if you think that thatâs the biggest problem, then I donât have anything to do here anymore.â
âWhatâs the problem?â he asks, which only makes you laugh bitterly again.
A look over your shoulder tells you the laugh hurt him. He looks like youâve slapped him across the face, and you really need to get out of this house before you actually do it.
âYou lied, Jungkook. You lied like it was nothing.â
âI just didnât want to make a big deal out of this,â he says, and his voice shakes like heâs about to cry. âI didnât even want to see her.â
You turn around. Heâs further away this time, having stopped at the start of the hall, of which youâre already almost all the way down.
âBut you still went, and you lied about it,â you say. âYou really believe Iâll trust a single word you say after that?â
He closes his eyes, cards his hand through his hair again. âY/n, donât blow this out of proportion, please. Letâs talk it out.â
âI do not want to talk it out with you,â you spit. âI donât entertain cheaters.â
You resume your walk to the door, kicking off the slippers he got for you to put your shoes on instead.
âItâs freezing outside, surely youâre not going to walk home.â
You look over your shoulder. âI think I might punch you if you stop me.â
âYour things are upstairs,â he points out, and thereâs terror in his voice. Itâs shaking at the edges, and you reckon he seems to be shaking, too.
âGive them to Mingyu, heâll bring them to me.â
You turn to grab the door knob.Â
âY/n, stop,â Jungkook insists again. âIâm not a cheater. I didnât cheat, we just talked.â
âBut lying about it is emotional cheating,â you throw at him, the accusing finger back on display. âYou lied like it was nothing, and you probably wouldnât have said anything about it if I didnât find out on my own.â
âHeryung told you?â
âIt doesnât matter who told me, Jungkook. Iâm going home.â
âStop!â he yells as you turn the door knob, only to find it locked. âPlease stop. Iâm in love with you, you canât just leave like that.â
His words take your heart out of your chest, throw it on the floor only to stomp on it repeatedly until itâs a disgusting mess of jam.Â
âYou should have thought about that before lying,â you say, your voice lower this time, and you unlock the door before looking at him one last time. âYou really should have thought about it before lying.â
âY/n, please,â he says, his voice breaking as tears roll on his cheeks.Â
It gathers tears in your eyes, too, so you turn around, stepping out into the cold November night. The door closes behind you, sounding like the final nail in a coffin, and you feel like youâve been dipped in acid. Your entire body hurts with the betrayal and heartbreak, and you angrily blink the tears away, refusing to cry for Jungkook.
Not after he lied to you like this.Â
The street is empty, save for the moon up in the sky, and you walk down towards the boulevard, looking over your shoulder at Jungkookâs house, expecting him to come running out after you, but the door remains shut.
It hurts so bad you turn left, needing to be home as quick as possible before you collapse. Because you will. You know you will â the tears are an impending doom of the collapse that awaits you the second the heartbreak really does fully settle in. So you turn left, heading towards the alley you walked down with Jungkook once, the moon thankfully guiding your path.
And as you walk, you canât help but doubt everything Jungkook ever told you. It turns the memories from Jeju into a rotten mess, and you clench your teeth so hard it hurts.
Iâm in love with you.
Hours ago, those words would have been the most beautiful revelation in this world, but now they just burn and ache and break, and you wish he had kept it to himself instead of putting that weight on your shoulders.
Because why the fuck did he lie to you if he is truly in love with you? To see his ex out of all thingsâŚ
You reach the alley that cuts through the neighbourhood. Itâs dark, like it always is but even more so at night, and you can almost hear Jungkookâs voice telling you itâs not safe. But his voice is the last thing you want to hear, so you ignore it, turning into the alley. You donât slow down as it grows darker â there isnât really any light but the light of the moon thatâs following you home up in the sky, but even then the full moon barely reaches the ground here.
Itâs creepy. Even during the day, this alley has always been creepy to you, and you feel adrenaline slowly surging into your bloodstream, inconveniently erasing the anger youâve been feeling at Jungkookâs words. Instead, itâs replaced by the primal fear of being looked at right now, and you look over your shoulder.
Thereâs no one behind you, yet you accelerate, wanting to be out of the alley as soon as you possibly can. Your throat dries out, your heart picking up its pace in your chest, and you hear it hammering inside your ribcage as you reach the bend in the alley.
Your heart almost stops entirely as two girls are standing just right there, and you stop in your tracks right before bumping into one of them. They eye you up and down, exchanging a look that makes cold sweat break out on every inch of your skin, and you immediately open your purse, trying to reach for your phone.
âSorry,â you tell the girls as you try to pass between them, but one of them steps right in front of you.
You look at her, cocking an eyebrow, hand still fumbling in your purse for your phone. You can feel your Airpod case, your keys and your lip stain, but your phone isnât there.
Why is your phone not there?
âAre you Jungkookâs girlfriend?â the girl that stepped in front of you says.
Your gaze widens, and you let out a small laugh. âExcuse me?â
âOur friend says you just left his house.â
A ball of lead is forming at the bottom of your stomach, and it grows so heavy you feel like you canât breathe right.
âDo I know you?â you ask, and you give up your search for your phone â itâs still on Jungkookâs couch, after all â holding onto your purse like it might be a weapon instead.
It feels silly, but the way the girls are looking at you makes the hair rise all over your body, and you just want to get out.
The girl to your left laughs, pushing up the wall against which she was leaning. Sheâs smoking a cigarette â the smell of it is clouding the air surrounding you â and she throws it on the floor, stepping on it with the heel of a boot.
She doesnât look much older than twenty. The one in front of you seems older, and she has a predatory gleam in her eyes that makes you take a step back.
âDonât be afraid,â she says, and just like that, you know that you have to be very, very afraid.
âIâm just trying to go home,â you say, voice shaking slightly, and you turn on your heel, heading back the way you came from.
You make it three steps after the bend in the alley before you notice a man and another woman coming your way.Â
âWe finally got her,â the man says in Korean, and you glance over your shoulder to see the two girls have followed you.
âSheâs scared,â the first girl lets out.
They laugh. They all laugh, and youâre hit with the realization that they have to be some of the sasaengs that keep trying to get into Jungkook's house.
âWho are you?â you ask.
âAnd she speaks English? Not surprised heâs fucking ditching us for a foreign girl.â
You gulp as the four of them walk closer to you. Thereâs no way out â the walls are way too high on each side for you to dream of climbing them, and you know they wonât let you pass even if you ask. Thereâs something in the way theyâre eyeing you that makes you feel like a mouse in the talons of an eagle, and you raise your hands.
âHey, Iâm not looking for any trouble,â you say.
You canât even call the police. Thereâs nothing you can do, and you look behind the man and woman in front of you, hoping to see someone else coming your way. Maybe Jungkook, finally running out after you. But itâs late, and itâs a residential neighbourhood, and you really shouldnât have come in here at this hour.
âLeave me alone.â Youâd hoped to sound threatening, but it only makes the guy laugh, and then everything happens all at once.
You make to scream, but the girl behind you wraps her hand on your mouth, pulling you back and making you stumble. The man is on you in an instant, and his fist collides on the side of your face so hard you see stars, your knees giving out under you. You drop your purse, and you try to raise a hand only for the girl to pull your arm in your back.
âWe should film this,â one of the other girls says. âThatâs going to teach him that he shouldnât just date any fucking slut.â
You bite. Itâs all you can think to do in the panic and grogginess that are battling inside your mind, and she lets you go long enough that you can scream.
One shrill sound that echoes on the walls of the alley, but that dies the second the man punches you in the stomach. The air goes out of your lungs as you fold in two, and you swear you heard something crack. But you donât have time to think.
Youâre thrown on the ground, and then theyâre kicking at you. All you can think to do is protect your head, and tears roll on your cheeks as you let out muffled yelps of pain. You donât know how long it is before someoneâs pulling your head back by your hair, forcing you up in a sitting position. You try to get their hand off your hair, weakly punching at the air above you, but theyâre laughing at you.
Theyâre all laughing at you, and youâre crying. Youâve been crying, and all you manage to do is grab ahold of the fingers in your hair. Your scalp is burning from how hard theyâre pulling on it, but you immediately stop moving when you feel something cold on your throat.
âShe deserves to fucking die.â
Itâs the guy speaking, and you open your eyes to see him bending down in front of you. Heâs got a knife in his hand, and the tip of it is pressing on your throat.
Youâre going to die. You are going to die, and all you can think to do is say, âIâm sorry. Iâm so sorry.â
It must have enabled him. Because he laughs, slapping you. âYouâre not.â
âOkay, I think itâs enough,â one of the girls says, panic in her voice.Â
You look up to see the youngest one looking down at you, and the last member of their group is holding onto her arm. âJust let him do what we paid him to do,â the one holding her says.
âWe said weâd scare her.â
âShe pissed herself, we got her pretty good.â
It occurs to you that you might have. That youâre too dizzy and terrified to compute that your pants are indeed wet, and that something warm is also running down your temple.
âSheâs even bleeding,â the man says, and he brushes his fingers on the side of your face.
Youâre shaking. Youâre shaking like a leaf in the wind and all you want to do is fall asleep and never wake up.
This has to be a nightmare. But everything is hurting, and youâre keenly aware that it isnât a nightmare. Suddenly, he pressure on your scalp suddenly disappears, and you fall on the ground again, rolling into a fetal position.
You hear screams. You hear screams and something sharp digs in your side twice before theyâre running away, and youâre sobbing. Youâre sobbing and your hand is red when you touch your side.
Youâre bleeding.
Why the fuck did you leave your phone at Jungkookâs place?
Theyâre gone. They left, and youâre bleeding.Â
Did they run because he stabbed you?Â
You take a deep breath, and it hurts so much you choke.
You choke, but hands find your shoulders and pull you up. You cry in pain, shielding your face, but itâs a familiar voice this time.
âY/n.â
You sob and choke and shake.
âY/n, look at me.â
You canât. Everything hurts.
âPlease.â His voice breaks. âY/n, holy fucking shit.â
He gently rests you down on the floor, and then heâs speaking quick Korean on the phone.
âStay with me,â he tells you a few seconds later, but it also feels like an eternity later.
Time is moving slow and quick, all at once.
âJungkook,â you choke out. Youâre lying on your back, and his doe eyes are so wide you see white all around his irises. âWhat are you doing here?â
âI called the police,â he says, and you think heâs crying, like he was crying at his house. âJust stay with me.â
He has his hand on your side now. You donât even know when he put it there, when yours fell away from the wounds.
âBut what about Sara?â
You donât know why you think of her right now. Why you become so tired at the same time, like youâve just run four marathons back to back.
âStay with me.âÂ
Jungkook is pretty. Youâve always been aware of it, but with the moon creating a halo behind his head, he looks like an angel. You raise your hand, and you touch his cheek. It stains red, and your hand falls back on the ground. You donât even feel it hit the concrete.
You see home. Your home country, your family. Growing up with your siblings. You see a night sky over the sea in Jeju, words whispered against your skin. Youâre so tired, and you canât hold on much longer.
âHey, hey, look at me,â Jungkook says.
You donât know when you closed your eyes, but they flutter open at the sound of his voice. He smiles at you, and tears run down his cheeks. You want to tell him youâre okay, youâre not mad anymore, but no sound comes out when your mouth opens.
You pass out on your next exhale.
*****
Jungkook sees the moment the light goes out in your eyes. Sees the moment you lose consciousness, and alarms ring so loud in the distance that he startles. He says your name, over and over again, but you donât come back. Blood still spills from the wounds on your side, and he canât even tell if youâre alive anymore.
He should have never gone to see Sara. Fucking hell,
Heâd kill her right now, but her cancer might just take care of that for him.
âY/n, please come back to me,â he cries as he gently pats your cheek, only to leave blood on it.
He didnât even realize his two hands were covered in blood.
âFuck, Y/n.â Heâs been crying, but your lack of response makes him break, and he shatters like glass hit by a baseball bat.
Youâre dying. Hell, you might be dead. If he had run out after you faster, he would have been able to protect you. Would have told you to come back so you can talk. Would have convinced you somehow, even though you seemed so disgusted with him before you left.
He doesnât quite know when the paramedics reach your side. When they pull him away from you, and he resists, refusing to let you out of his sight. Heâs screaming, panicking. He might even have punched someone. But he canât see you anymore, and thereâs an animalistic fear in him at the thought that this might be the last time he ever sees you.
âI need you to calm down,â a police officer says, breaking through his panic. âJust calm down.â
âLet me stay with her.â Jungkook cries, and the police officer pulls him in a hug.Â
âWeâll drive you to the hospital.â
âNo.â Jungkook pushes him away. âWhere is she?â
âTheyâre going to take her to the hospital.â
âI want to be with her,â Jungkook says, and heâs almost screaming.
A lot of people are watching him â paramedics, police officers, there are even people looking through the windows of their houses where lights have been turned on since he found you lying in a pool of your own blood.
âLet him come,â one of the paramedics says.
Jungkook almost falls in her arms, and she leads him to the ambulance. Youâre lying there, and youâre so pale, and Jungkook just stares at you.
Your heart is beating. At least thatâs what they say, and Jungkook canât even fucking blink.
Everything passes in a blur. The ambulance ride. The hospital, with its white walls and pale blue floors. There are neon lights, and then a doctor calmly tells Jungkook that he has to let go of your hand. He canât â your fingers are cold under his touch, and heâll punch whoever tries to take you away from him.
âHeâs under shock,â someone is saying.
âHe might need calming meds.â
âPlease, sir,â the doctor says. âWeâll bring her right back to you.â
Dead or alive.
Dead, or fucking alive?
They manage to get him to let go of you.
Jungkook watches them as they push your stretcher away, and then you disappear behind double doors.
And he dies with you.
Prev | Next
âââââ
........ yeah huh. my most sincere apologies. you're free to scream at me, i deserve it
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter has mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: cursing, alcohol, sasaengs, sara, a side character being diagnosed with cancer, cigarettes, panic attack, explicit content: jerking off, oral sex (male receiving), dry humping, clit play (slaps), unprotected sex (wrap it if you tap it), creampie. Different kind of explicit content: physical assault, knife, blood.
âword count: 12.9k
âa/n: hope you guys enjoy this new chapter <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Sunday, October 26th
Jungkook is tired. Exhausted, even, and he wishes they didnât have concerts back to back like theyâve had the last few weekends.
Three concerts one after the other is too much, he reckons. But at least, the streak is done, and they have until next Thursday before the next concert, though theyâll have to travel to a whole other country for that one.
To be fair, Vancouver isnât too far from Seattle, but still.
Jungkook looks towards Taehyung, whoâs typing away on his phone while the other members are slowly taking off the tour outfits to put on their regular clothes again. Taehyungâs smiling, most likely texting Jennie, and Jungkook wonders if youâre busy right now. Itâs a little past 11 pm here, which means it should beâŚ
His brain fails to do the maths, and Jungkook pulls his phone out to go look at the international clocks. It should be 4 pm in Seoul, according to the app, which means youâre probably in the meeting for the publishing of your book. Indeed, itâll be out in two weeks, with a book release at midnight in Seoul, where Jennie, Mingyu, Lisa and probably even RosĂŠ will be in attendance.
You said your agent believed it to be the best way to promote the book, and to have all eyes on it right from the start. Jungkook agrees that itâs a good idea, and he wishes he could be there to support youâŚ
But heâll be getting ready for a concert in the evening in yet another city. Actually, heâll probably still be asleep then, considering the time difference.
Heâs been missing you a lot. Despite frequent FaceTime calls and almost constant texting, when youâre awake, he feels like he left his heart in your hands that Sunday in August when they first had to leave for the South American leg of the tour. They visited multiple countries there, performing in Sao Paulo, Lima, Buenos Aires, Bogota and even Santiago. Each stop had more than one concert, and then they headed up to Mexico City before starting with a few shows in New York.
And now Seattle, and soon Vancouver. And after that, theyâll be going back down the West Coast.Â
Jungkook sighs, exhaustion swiftly pushing through him. He feels a little dizzy, and so he sits down, heading to his text messages with you.
[7:07 pm] You: good luck for the concert tonight
[7:08 pm] You: youâre gonna fuck shit up
Your messages made him smile earlier, and they still do as he rereads, imagining you saying it out loud with that twinkle in your eyes heâs been chasing in the night sky whenever the sun is down.Â
He hasnât looked at the stars the same since the trip to Jeju. They remind him of you, and heâs taken a liking to stargazing each night, even though the city lights rarely let him see the stars like he saw them with you. They were infinite that night, with the Milky Way striking across the sky.Â
He doesnât even know if heâll be able to see anything tonight. It was cloudy earlier, before they got to the arena, but the clouds were supposed to scatter around midnightâŚ
Hopefully.
[11:13 pm] Jungkook: it was a good concert but oof iâm glad weâre done with seattle
He presses send, watching the message deliver on your message thread. He doubts youâll reply right away, so he shoves his phone in the pocket of his pants, yawning as he glances around to see that theyâre almost all ready to go.
Everyone is in different levels of exhaustion, it seems, with only Jimin brimming with energy as he had the brilliant idea to chug an energy drink before the encore. Heâs currently yapping to Hoseok about something Jungkook doesnât care to listen to, and Hoseok is replying with short one-worded answers, though it doesnât deter Jimin.
Nothing ever really does. Jungkook envies that of his friend â talking has always been easy for Jimin, whereas Jungkookâs always been a little more on the introverted side. It almost cost him you at the beginning of your relationship, after all.
He blushes. Relationship is a big word. Youâve never really put a label on what it is between you and him, but Jungkook likes to tell himself that youâre his girlfriend. All the members act as if you are, too, so itâs been easy for him.
He wonders if you see him as your boyfriend. Or if the distance keeps you from imagining him as such. It hurts, his heart straining in his chest, and he wishes he could be by your side, if only for a few hours.
Heâd ask you to be his girlfriend instead of just assuming you are. Heâs thought about doing it over FaceTime, but it feels way too lame compared to the intensity of what he feels for you. And despite the distance, his feelings for you have just kept on growing since the end of August, only strengthening with every day that passes.
He believes you feel the same, if only because you always struggle with hanging up every time you FaceTime, telling him you need to see him for just a little longer. He never minds it, even though it steals some precious minutes of rest from him.
Who needs sleep when he can spend time with you instead?
âLetâs go,â Namjoon says to no one in particular, though Jungkook knows his words are aimed at the group of them.Â
Indeed, they all file out of the dressing room, heading to the two cars thatâll drive them back to the hotel. Jungkook climbs into the one with Namjoon, Yoongi and Jimin, the two latter deciding to go grab a beer at a local bar while Namjoon peers down at his phone in his hands.
Heâs been talking with his ex these last few days, the one he was with during the summer. They didnât last long, but it seems the feelings lingered on her side, because she reached out to him first. She was the one to end things, though, so Jungkook feels wary for his friend, but he hasnât said anything.
With his history with Sara, it would probably be out of place for him to say anything. Because he never listened to Namjoonâs advice, no matter how many times Namjoon told him to break up with Sara and block her so that she doesnât come back.
He still hasnât blocked her, though he hasnât replied to any of the messages sheâs sent over the last few months. She doesnât deserve his attention anymore, or at least he likes to tell himself that.
Heâs too busy thinking about you anyway. Talking to you, too. Thereâs no room for Sara in his life when heâs with you.
The car reaches the hotel, parking out front. There are fans waiting outside, and Jungkook shuts his eyes in annoyance, though he knows itâs not as bad as those that come to his house.
There were two break-in attempts this last month, though the police was quick to intervene. Both people ended up doing some jail time, and they have yet to show up on the cameras again.
Hell, one of them was even deported to another country with a stain on their passport that blocks them from ever returning to South Korea.
Jungkook shakes the thoughts away â theyâre too heavy, and he doesnât have the energy for that right now. Instead, he waits for the manager to give them the go to exit the car, and he plasters a smile on his lips when he finally does get out, waving at the fans.
They scream at the sight of him and the other members, and Jungkook could kiss Taehyung on the forehead when he shushes them with a finger on his mouth. They all instantly fall silent, which makes Jimin snort and say, âDamn, theyâre well-trained.â
Hopefully, none of the fans speak Korean, because thereâs a sarcastic lilt to Jiminâs words. One that doesnât go unnoticed by the rest of the members, including Jungkook, and they all chuckle before heading in, wishing the fans good night.
Before he gets in, Jungkook makes sure to look up â thereâs a break in the clouds, and he sees a lone star shining up above in all its beauty. He reckons it might be Jupiter, but heâll have to make sure with his starmap app later.
For now, he focuses on heading to his hotel room to take a shower as he waits for you to get out of your meeting so that you can FaceTime before he goes to bed. Itâs well past midnight when you finally text him to call, and heâs already half asleep in bed when he presses on the icon at the top of the conversation, the front camera turning on to reveal the dark circles under his eyes along with his tousled hair.
He looks even more exhausted than he feels, and he winces at the sight, trying to fix his hair quickly as the call connects.
âHey,â you greet him the second you come into view.
Youâre sitting at a coffeeshop from the looks of it, having clearly called the second you left the library where the book release will be. Youâre sipping an iced americano, and you look so beautiful Jungkook thinks he might burst out crying.
Do you miss him as much as he misses you?
âHey,â he echoes, wetting his lip. âHow did the meeting go?â
You smile, glancing to the side as someone walks past you with a tray in hand. âIt went really well. Theyâll be able to sell alcohol.â
Youâd been worried about that, as you claimed itâs one of the most fun parts of midnight releases. Especially with the crowd thatâs expected since a bunch of celebrities will be in attendance.
âThatâs amazing,â Jungkook says. âYou must be relieved.â
You nod, your eyebrows raising over your eyes. âYou have no clue. But what about you, how was the concert?â
âSame old,â Jungkook replies with a chuckle. âAt this point, I think I could do the concert asleep.â
You laugh, the crystalline sound carrying so well through the phone Jungkook feels like youâre right here with him for a few seconds. His heart reaches for you, thinking itâll find you⌠only to be met with a void that sounds like you.
He didnât even know it was physically possible to miss someone this much.
âYou probably could,â you agree, and then your features grow more serious. âYou actually look exhausted.â
He sighs, rolling on his back as he holds the phone over his face. âYeah, I am.â You look sad at his words, and he quickly adds, âBut we have four days off until the next concert, so Iâll be able to rest a bunch.â
âGood.â You nod, as if to put emphasis on your word. âReally good. They shouldnât overwork you guys like this.â
Jungkook chuckles. âHonestly, most of the time, it isnât too bad. Iâve just been having trouble sleeping at this hotel, and it was three days of concerts straight.â
âInhumane!â you let out, which only makes him laugh again.
âIâll make sure youâre on the tour planning committee next time so we can avoid this.â
You smile. Itâs infinitely soft, and Jungkook wishes he could reach through the screen to trace the curve of your lips with a finger.Â
âIâll make sure all concerts are in Seoul,â you say with a nod. âOr wherever Iâll be in the world by then.â
âHere, probably.â
You snort. âI did not grow up in the West.â You tilt your head to the side, growing pensive. âI could probably easily follow if it was all in the US, thoughâŚâ
Thatâs something Jungkook realized weeks ago, one night he couldnât sleep and he just ended up staring at the ceiling. As a writer, youâre not confined to one country to be able to work. You could write from anywhere in the world. If it werenât for the fact youâre releasing your book in Seoul and have to do some promotion for it there, he would have suggested that you join on part of the tour.
But it feels like a lot to ask. Even Minha got too tired and decided to go back to Korea for a few weeks before coming back some time in November. At least that was the plan the last time he talked to Seokjin about it, and Jungkook genuinely hopes sheâll come back.
Seokjin has been a grumpy pain in the ass since she left.
âYou could,â Jungkook says as he pulls on his piercings. âAnd then you could be in Seoul with me when the tour finishes.â
âThatâd be amazing.â
Jungkook agrees. To be with you, back home⌠with nowhere to go and nothing to do. Heâd take his damn time with you.
The thought immediately sends a bolt of lust down his spine, and it shoots forward to his dick.
âI miss you,â he says. He wets his lips, shuts his eyes for a few seconds to keep the arousal at bay â youâre in public after all. âI wish I could be with you right now.â
âOh, Jungkook,â you let out, and he opens his eyes to see a pout on your lips, your gaze growing sad, heavier. âI miss you too.â
âJust want to kiss you.â Jungkook sighs, and he rolls on his side. âReally fucking wanna kiss you, actually.â
Your cheeks dust with pink. âIs that all you want to do?â
The question makes his heartbeat skyrockets, and Jungkook shuts his eyes with a small chuckle. âDonât do this to me.â
You laugh, mischief in every word you say next, so low he barely hears them. âI really wanna be able to touch you.â
âYeah?â he lets out as his dick hardens at your words.
You look around, bringing the phone closer to yourself. âKinda want to ride you, too.â
Fuck.
He can picture it. You on top of him, your breasts bouncing as he jackhammers his hips into yours, the way you scream his name when you comeâŚ
You nod your head. âItâd be better than your hand, no?â
Youâre insanity personified. Or maybe thatâs him. Slowly going insane for a woman on the other side of the world.
He says your name like a warning. âPeople are going to hear you.â
You laugh, shrugging your shoulders. âAlright then, Iâll stop.â
âAre you far from home?â Jungkook asks, his hand going down his body as he tries to readjust himself in his boxers.
âWhy?â you ask innocently.
âYou know exactly why.â His voice is low, husky, and he wonders if you can hear the urgency in his tone.
He needs you so bad. Misses you even more and he is truly, fully, going insane with every moment spent away from you.
âWell, Iâm meeting with Mingyu soon.â
Itâs like someone threw a bucket of cold water at him, and the arousal slips out of Jungkook as if it was never there to begin with.
Youâre friends with Mingyu. Obviously a lot closer to Jennie, but youâve been hanging out with Mingyu lately, hitting the gym with him and Jennie whenever she can. But it hasnât been too often lately, because sheâs been out of the city to film a movie thatâll release next year.
And Jungkook loves Mingyu. Theyâre best friends after all. But Mingyu is attractive, and a flirt, and has mentioned he finds you attractive before, andâŚ
Jungkook stops the train of thoughts before it can spiral any further.
âGym sesh?â he asks.
You nod. âAnd then dinner with Hyunseok and his boyfriend.â
The jealousy dissipates at the knowledge you wonât spend too long with Mingyu, but Jungkook still wishes it could be him instead.
Youâve never worked out together before despite the multiple times you hung out at his house. The only time you ever were in his gym together is that night he ended up fingering you before you ran away.
âWhere are you guys going?â he asks.
âThe restaurant you recommended in Seongsu.â
You say the words with sadness etched around your eyes. Jungkook frowns at the sight, wishing he could take you in his arms.
âYou okay?â
âI wish we were going together,â you admit. âI⌠I really miss you a lot too.â
A lump forms in Jungkookâs throat, and he gulps around it. But thenâŚ
They have five days off between the San Francisco concert and then the following one. Maybe he could fly home for a timeâŚ
He sits up in bed, eyes going wide. âIâll come.â
âWhat?â you let out.
He laughs, like he should have figured it out before. âIâll come home in two weeks. I have five days off, I can easily fly in and spend them with you.â
âDonât say that,â you say, your voice barely above a whisper.
Jungkookâs excitement slowly dwindles to nothing. âWhy?â
âDonât make promises you canât hold.â
He sucks on his piercings. âBut I can,â he insists. âIâll book flights with the manager. I bet some of the other members would also love to go home for a little.â
âBut youâre already exhausted,â you point out, though Jungkook sees the spark of hope as it ignites in your eyes, an echo of the one in his, heâs pretty sure.
âWho cares?â he lets out. âIâll sleep on the flight to Incheon, and then Iâll sleep with you in my arms.â
âYouâll snore in my ears all night.âÂ
Youâre smiling. Youâre smiling and itâs like the light at the end of the tunnel. Jungkook runs towards it, dives in it.
âI will, and youâll love it,â he jokes.
The smile stretches even wider, turning into a full-blown grin. âI will.â
Jungkook sends a message to the group chat, asking who wants to go with him, and then returns to the call with you. âIâll see you soon.â
Itâs like heâs suddenly powered by a nuclear reactor, and he feels like getting up to jump around like a little kid. He keeps it in though, his heart galloping in his chest instead, and he realizes his gaze is wet as a tear slips free, a bearer of so much joy he doesnât even bother wiping it away.
You look just as happy. Your eyes shining with unshed tears too, your grin still just as wide. You laugh, that same crystalline sound wrapping around Jungkook like a warm blanket. It doesnât hurt like before, just fills him with far too much happiness for his heart to handle.
âI canât wait,â he says. âWeâll cuddle and work out and Iâll cook some food for you.â
âOh, your food,â you let out. âI fucking miss your food.â
His lips curve upwards. âIâll cook you breakfast and lunch and dinner, and as many snacks as you want.â
âIâll get fat.â
âMore of you to love,â he says, and then his gaze widens at his choice of words.
Love is a big word you have yet to say to each other, sort of, and Jungkook does not want to say it through the phone for the first time. Not when he whispered on your skin that he was falling in love with you the last time he saw you.
But heâs not falling anymore. Things are more than clear now.
Your eyes widen too, and you let out a small giggle. âOf course, of course.â
Jungkookâs phone buzzes in his hand with an upcoming message from Hoseok.
[1:04 am] Hoseok: heryungâs home those dates, iâm fucking in
âHobi is coming too,â Jungkook says.
He receives a message from Seokjin and Namjoon at the same time, both of them saying they want to come as well.
âJin and Namjoon too,â he adds a second later.
âTaehyung?â you ask, probably thinking about Jennie.
âHe hasnât replied yet, but Iâm sure heâll come.â
âGood,â you let out. And then you chuckle, eyes falling to your coffee. âIâll see you in two weeks.â
He nods. âRight after your book release.â
You laugh again, slightly shaking your head like you canât believe it. âI canât fucking wait.â
âMe neither.â
And itâs true. The two next weeks are going to be hell. If only because Jungkook knows time will feel eternal, inching forward at a snail pace. But even if time stretches indefinitelyâŚ
Youâll still be there at the end of those two weeks. And thereâs nothing in this world that matters more than that.
Monday, November 10th
Your steps are light today. Thereâs a bounce to them as if youâre a second way from flying away like a balloon in the wind. It makes sense, as youâll finally see Jungkook after months of waiting to see him again. Not only that, but your book release was a success over the weekend, and youâve made record sales since Saturday night.
Your dreams are paying off. In every aspect of your life, it seems. And you really feel so fucking light you might start floating soon. Hell, youâll float to Jungkookâs place.
Youâre on your way there. With a duffel bag with clothes for the next few days, because youâre not planning on leaving his house until he has to leave and go back to America.
He said he wouldnât let you leave. That heâll lock you in the basement if you try to, which only makes you laugh because his basement is the least threatening basement youâve ever seen with the karaoke corner and the bar and the gym.
Youâre walking down the boulevard, the wind surprisingly warm today. Or maybe the warmth comes from within, your heart inundating your bloodstream with it as it pumps your blood.
In just twenty minutes, youâll finally be at Jungkookâs place. He offered to pick you up, but you had a meeting with Stella about the book release and you didnât want him to wait around for you when he just landed from a twelve-hour flight. So you convinced him to go home, and you practically ran out the second the meeting finished.
Your bag has been ready since he told you heâd come two weeks ago.
So, you walk with a bounce in your step, unable to stop yourself from smiling as you turn into Jungkookâs street. You pass by two girls as you do so, and you smile at them, only to have them glare at you like youâre weird.
Right. People donât usually smile at each other here. You canât bring yourself to care, not when youâre so damn happy to see him. And it doesnât take you long to reach his house, the street outside blissfully empty. Heâs given you the code to get in without having to knock, and you head to the door, pressing it in before pushing the door open.
And then youâre stepping in, kicking your shoes off as you inhale a whiff of food. Heâs cooking, much like he said he would, and you drop your bag and purse by the door before running in.
Heâs in the kitchen, his back turned to you as heâs at the stove, mixing something in a pan with a wooden spoon. He doesnât hear you, and you just stand there for a few seconds, taking in the fact that heâs standing in the same room as you. That, in a second, heâll turn around and see you, and youâll be able to run up to him, to hold him in your arms like youâve been craving since August.
âHey,â you let out, unable to wait any longer.
He startles, looking over his shoulder, and the second he sees you standing there, Jungkook spins around, running up to you and picking you up in his arms. You wrap yours around his neck as he spins you around, and you giggle as the world spins and spins.
âYouâre here,â he says like he canât believe it, and then heâs laughing too. âYouâre here.â
âI am,â you say, and he stops spinning to look up at you, and you crash your lips on his with enough force he stumbles back.
His lips are just as pillowy soft as you remember them to be, and they part on a small grunt that just makes you laugh again.Â
âYouâre here,â he repeats against your mouth, like he can hardly believe it.
âIâve always been here,â you say as you pull away to meet his eyes. And then you fall in the depths of them, in the emotions and the stars that look like nebulas as he stares at you with such intensity you feel like no oneâs ever truly seen you before. âYouâre the one that left.â
He lets out a small chuckle, and then he puts you down. He doesnât let you get too far, his hands cupping your cheeks so he can pull you into another kiss, much more languid this time.Â
Itâs a heavy kiss. It holds the weight of the months apart, of the distance and the numerous FaceTime calls where you just craved the otherâs touch. Itâs heavy with the feelings that slowly appeared between the two of you over the summer, strengthened by the time in Jeju. Itâs heavy with the way those feelings kept growing despite being away from each other since then, too.
Itâs heavy with the fact he alluded to loving you on that FaceTime call two weeks ago when he decided to come back. And fuck, as he pulls away from you to rest his forehead against yours, his thumbs swiping the side of your face, those three little words almost tumble free.
But then the smoke detector starts blaring, and you both startle, glancing at the stove.
âShit,â Jungkook says, and he runs back to the stove, quickly lifting the pan from it. He grabs the wooden spoon, stirring the contents of the pan, and then looks at you. âCan you grab a towel and shake it at the smoke detector?â
You nod, gaze widening because why didnât you think of it before, and then youâre jogging into the kitchen, pulling the drawer with the dish towels open to grab one. And then youâre shaking it at the ceiling as Jungkook cranks the fan up to its highest setting. Itâs so loud you can barely hear yourself think, but soon enough, the smoke alarm stops, and Jungkook turns down the fan and opens a window instead.
âI think the oil burned a little,â he says, âand some of the chicken might not be edible anymore butâŚâ He shrugs with a laugh. âWe still have plenty enough for a snack.â
You smile, walking back behind the kitchen island, throwing the towel on the counter. âLet me see.â
He lowers the pan, and you gaze at its contents. Indeed, some of the vegetables and chicken have blackened, though most of it still looks perfectly fine.
âYeah, weâre good,â you say with a nod. Right on cue, your stomach wails, and you both burst out laughing. âIâm starving.â
âThen letâs eat,â he says, grinning wide. âIâm famished too.â
You grab plates from the cupboard next to the stove fan, and you help Jungkook with splitting the charred food with whatâs still good before you split that into two plates. Luckily enough, and because Jungkook always cooks for an army, you both have plenty enough food for a full meal, and you eat at the kitchen island, Jungkook sitting so close you feel his thigh against yours. You donât mind â youâve needed him close, far closer than that, for months.
Youâre not going to push him away now that heâs finally here.
When the meal is done and the dishes are washed and left to dry, you return to the front door to grab your duffel bag, bringing it upstairs in Jungkookâs bedroom. Heâs your shadow on the way there, right behind you the whole time like he canât let you out of sight for more than a few seconds.Â
You put your duffel down by the bed, turning around with the intention of teasing Jungkook about it, but the intense look in his eyes stops the words from coming out, your smile slowly dying.
âIâve missed you so fucking much,â he whispers as he takes a step toward you.
âJungkookâŚâ
You both start walking toward each other then, crashing in the middle of his bedroom. Jungkookâs lips are on yours quicker than you can even register it, and it clashes so hard you think your teeth might have slightly bashed together. But it doesnât hurt, not when emotions pour out of his body and yours like a dam just broke between you and youâre losing yourselves in the dizzying dance of your lips on his, of your hands getting lost in his hair while his hold the back of your head and your waist.
The kiss deepens as Jungkook nudges your lips open with his tongue. Heâs gentle about it, like heâs coaxing a wild animal into surrendering to him, and youâd laugh about it, say itâs not needed, if you werenât so busy kissing him back with so much passion your heart races for a finish line you know itâll find somewhere in his ribcage.
As your tongues twirl together, Jungkook backs you toward the bed, though he doesnât push you down yet. He keeps on kissing you, keeps on holding you close like he canât let go of you yet, even if itâs just for the few heartbeats itâd take for you to fall back on the bed. And you donât want to let go either. Even as your lungs start burning from lack of oxygen, you just keep on moving your lips against the pillowy softness of his, his taste inebriating on your tongue.
Youâll never get enough of this man. There arenât enough days in eternity for you to get bored of him, but you want every single one of them. You want to challenge fate, tell it to try and break you apart now that youâre together.
As if thatâll ever happen.Â
Jungkook pulls away from the kiss, his lips swollen by it, and you just stare at each other for a few seconds like youâre trying to make sure that this is really happening, that youâre finally reunited. And you smile, so wide, because this is as real as can be.
Youâre finally here together.
You sit back on the bed, grabbing Jungkookâs hand to tug him down with you. He resists for a few seconds like he needs to look at you for just a little longer, and then he climbs on top of you, spreading your legs with a knee as you lie back down with him hovering over you. His mouth is on yours a heartbeat later, so soft and sweet you could cry.
âI donât think I can take my time with you right now,â he whispers in a desperate plea when thereâs a short break in the kiss so you can breathe.
Youâre holding his cheeks, and you immediately pull him back down for another kiss that leads to you sucking on his lower lip, teasing it with your teeth.
âDonât take your time,â you reply when you part.
Itâs like youâve unleashed a beast. Jungkook grunts, grinding into you to show you just how hard he already is, and then he straightens, taking off his shirt, hands flying to his belt after. He unbuckles it, takes it off in a swift motion, and throws it on the floor. It thumps on the hardwood floor, and you imagine it probably left a mark, but Jungkook does not seem like he gives a fuck as he gets up to quickly push his pants and underwear down.
He steps out of the pile of clothing in his naked glory save for a silver chain on his neck, and he fists his dick, stroking himself as he looks down at you. You sit up, hand reaching for him, and he guides himself to your mouth.
You know what he wants, and you want it just as bad as he does. Youâve been dying for a taste of him, so you lick at the bead of precum that prettily sits on his slit, and then take him in your mouth, tongue swirling around him. Jungkook grunts, head throwing back as you suck hard, and he grabs your cheeks, pulling out of your mouth.
âIâll come if you suck me,â he says, and he chuckles breathlessly. âI want to be inside you.â
Youâre not going to say no to that, not when he starts undressing you in loving gestures, peppering kisses on every inch of skin revealed until youâre just sitting there in your bra and underwear. He leaves those on, pushing you back on the bed until heâs on top of you again, his dick rubbing at your clothed pussy.Â
âCan already feel how wet you are,â he says as you let out a breathy sound.
Indeed, your panties are sticking to your wetness, even more so as Jungkook rubs himself on you. You spread your legs as wide open as you can as you chase more sensations, more friction, but Jungkook doesnât give in right away, instead returning to your lips for another languid kiss. Your fingers are on his back, nails slightly digging in his skin, and Jungkook just keeps grinding into you, working you into a tight, uncomfortable knot that refuses to let go.
Not when thereâs still fabric between you and him.
âJungkook,â you whimper against his mouth.
He pulls away to look at your face. His pink lips are wet, glistening in the light coming in from the window, and your gaze catches on the mole under his mouth.
âWhatâs wrong, baby?â Jungkook asks.
âI want you inside of me,â you reply as you wrap your legs around his waist as if thatâll push him in.
âWant me to ruin you in that pretty thong?âÂ
Indeed, you made sure to wear a nice lace set for him. Maybe thatâs why he left the bra on.
âPlease,â you beg.
He chuckles darkly, pecking your lips once. âOf course, baby. I got you.â
He kneels back between your legs, hands caressing your thighs a few times as he looks down at you, his eyes shining with untethered lust and passion for you. He glances down between your legs, one hand following to gently rub at your clit through the fabric, and you moan under his ministrations. He sucks in a breath at the sound, and then he pushes your panties to the side so he can directly touch you.
Itâs so much sensation you almost close your legs, but he holds them open before grabbing his dick, stroking himself again as he watches your pussy. You whine, and he taps your clit, making you jerk against the bed in surprise, the sudden pain turning into burning pleasure.
âOh, you like this,â he teases as if he didnât already know.
He slaps your clit again, harder this time, and your eyes flutter close as you spread your legs open wider. And then, instead of using his hand, Jungkook taps his dick on you, before starting to rub himself between your folds, collecting your juices. It feels insanely good, and you fist the sheets, lifting your hips trying to get him to push in.
He doesnât. He just keeps rubbing himself on you, your panties to the side, so much so you know your panties are ruined long before he finally decides to put you out of your misery, pushing his tip inside of you.
It stretches, burning slightly despite how wet you are, and you moan his name in a broken sound.
âFuck, itâs been too long,â he says as he slowly pulls out before starting to push in again, gaining another inch this time. âWay too fucking long.â
He keeps that infernal push and pull up until he manages to fully seat himself in you, and then he finally bends down again, finding your mouth for a sloppy kiss. His tongue is between your lips, his dick inside of you, and youâve never felt so at home before.
Jungkookâs dick twitches inside of you once as you tighten your walls, and he grunts, pulling away from the kiss.
âIâm going to fuck you so rough,â he says, and itâs the only warning you get before he starts jackhammering inside of you, soon leaning back and pushing your legs up to his chest as he keeps fucking you.
His balls slap on your ass as he spears you wide open, and your mind swims with pleasure as he kisses the side of your leg, teeth nipping at your skin. You say his name as you look at the way the muscles of his abdomen contract with the effort from fucking you. He says your name back, reverence coating every syllable, and your heart swells so much for him, right as the knot heâs been working you into gets ready to snap.
He must have sensed it. Because he pulls out, flips you on your stomach, pushes one of your legs up and then slips inside of you again, reaching so much deeper this time. You hide your face in the sheets as you mewl at the sensation, and heâs unforgiving, fucking you fast and deep, so rough he slowly pushes you up the bed. You hold onto the sheets as if thatâll save you, but nothing can, not when heâs fucking you like this.
You come before he does. The knot inside of you snaps so hard and so suddenly you lose your vision for a moment, everything going white. He slows down then, coaxing the orgasm out of you in slow swipes of his hips, milking it out for so long you think you might be trembling when it finally starts fading.
Jungkook bends down then, leaning with his elbows on each side of your head. You turn your head to the side to catch sight of him, and he finds your mouth, kissing you sweetly as he keeps up with the slower rhythm he established when you were coming. Itâs dizzying, mindnumbing, and you doubt youâre still fully in your body as he slowly starts to pick up the pace, chasing his own climax.
You reach back, cupping his cheek, and then you say, âPlease come for me.â
It works. The words make Jungkook pick up the same relentless pace as earlier, and he fucks you hard into the mattress, his balls slapping against your clit now. It feels so good you think you might come again, even as his motions grow sloppy until he grunts out your name, slamming to the hilt as he comes deep within you, his dick twitching and twitching with every spurt of cum he paints you with.
Jungkook leans his forehead on the side of your face as you just breathe in sync for a time, and he interlaces your fingers on the bed. His weight on you is so comforting you feel your eyes watering. You smile, wide, mind buzzing with the remnants of your orgasm.
âI missed you too,â you say.
He chuckles, pecking your cheek. âI know, baby. I know.â
His dick, now softened, slips out of you, and his cum spills out, staining the sheets under you. But Jungkook doesnât move, keeps caging your body with his like heâs protecting you from the harsh reality of the world outside. And you donât want to move either. Donât want to end this moment with him, but the small eternity eventually passes, Jungkook getting up and pulling you with him. Youâre wobbly on your feet, but he holds you up, wraps his arms around you in a soulcrushing hug that you return without hesitation.
And then he tugs you to the shower, where you end up having sex again. And then youâre in his bed, sheets off in the washing machine, talking about the months apart. You end up making love again so many times as the day passes that you doubt youâll be able to walk tomorrow, but youâre catching up for the months apart, and you wouldnât have it any other way.
Itâs much later that night, when the sheets are back on the bed and youâre lying in Jungkookâs embrace, looking at each other, that Jungkook says, âI know I said Iâd be with you for tomorrow, but I have a quick thing to do in the afternoon.â
You scan his features, his slightly chapped lips from all the kissing. âWhat do you have to do?â
Thereâs a short silence as he just keeps on looking at you, and then he replies, âJust a quick something with the company.â
You nod, eyes fluttering shut as you nestle yourself closer in his embrace. âNo worries. Iâll stay here while you go.â
He kisses the top of your head, his loose grip around your waist tightening to hold you impossibly closer. âPerfect.â
You smile as he pecks your head again, and you let his warmth guide you to a dreamless sleep that smells like him.
Tuesday, November 11th
Seoul is cold today, the warmth from yesterday having faded away so thoroughly it seems like winter's holding the world in its clutches. Jungkook hides his face from the wind in the lapels of the jacket you forced him to wear, smiling as he remembers how you used them to tug him into a kiss that almost convinced him to not go. And as another gush of wind bites at his features, he reckons he should have been convinced.
He knows he agreed to meet up with Sara last week when she called him crying and he picked up half asleep not realizing it was her. But he doesnât want to see her, not when he fell for you so, so hard.
But then again, heâs going to pick up roses on the way back, and heâll officially ask you to be his girlfriend. He wants the label, wants you to call him his boyfriend to everyone you know. He wants more than just the rumors about you and him that have slowly dwindled down over the months he spent away.
Hell, he wants to scream at the world that heâs in love with you. And he reckons some dirty, ugly part of himself just wants to rub it into Saraâs face after the way sheâs treated him in the past.
Jungkook finally reaches the coffeeshop Sara asked to meet up at, and he walks in, the warmth a welcome reprieve from the world outside. He heads to the counter to order a hot cup of coffee, and heâs thankful that the person behind the register is an elderly woman. She just smiles at him with a nod of her head, clearly not recognizing him, and then she makes his cup of coffee, handing it to him.
He bows and thanks her before taking it, and then he looks around, wondering where Sara might be. The coffeeshop is tiny and completely empty, but then he spies a staircase in the corner, and he glances at the lady behind the counter.
âIs there someone upstairs?â he asks.
She nods. âA young lady arrived earlier and went upstairs,â she informs him.
He thanks the lady again, and then he heads in that direction, careful to not spill the hot liquid on himself. He climbs upstairs, indeed finding Sara sitting at a table overlooking the street.
Save for her, the floor is empty too, and Jungkook reckons her choice of meeting point was commendable. No one will know they were here together at all.
âHey,â he says as he nears the table where sheâs sat, and Sara startles, looking at him.
The dark circles around her eyes are witnesses to what sheâs been going through, and Jungkook stops her from getting up when she tries to.
âNo need,â he says, putting his cup of coffee on the table before sitting across from her.
âI didnât think you would actually come,â she says, her voice wavery like sheâs about to cry.
He reckons his would too, if he were to be diagnosed with cancer.
âI said I would.â
She nods weakly, looking down at the smoothie in front of her, clearly sensing that he is closed off.
âWell, thank you,â she says.
He nods curtly, glancing at the steam wafting out of his cup of coffee, his gaze then trailing outside to see some snowflakes fluttering about.
âI just wantedâŚâ she starts, falling silent. âTo catch up, you know?â
He wets his lips, sighing as he looks at her again. âLike I said over the phone, I have someone in my life now,â he says. âI donât really want to catch up.â
She doesnât say anything for a few seconds, just staring at him unblinkingly. âWhy are you here, then?â
Because you might be dying, Jungkook thinks, but he canât bring himself to say it aloud.
âYou said you wanted to apologize,â he reminds her instead, because she did mention that over the phone.
Her jaw clenches, a muscle ticking under the skin. âCanât we catch up first?â
âI donât really have much to say to you, Sara.â
Her eyebrows almost touch over her eyes as she frowns. âArenât you touring? Surely, you must have stories to tell about that.â
He widens his gaze, surprised at her audacity. âSara, I told you I have someone in my life. Sheâs the one I want to tell my stories to, not you.â
It hurts her. The frown falls, replaced by a silver line slowly growing in her eyes. She blinks the tears away, looking out the window with a small, hurt chuckle.
âSheâs that writer, isnât she?â
So, Sara must have seen the rumors about you, then.Â
Jungkook nods. âNot that itâs any of your business, but yes.â
âYou know, Seojoon broke up with me because he said Iâm still in love with you,â Sara casually says, and Jungkook hates the way his heart strains in his chest like a reflex.
He didnât even know Seojoon had broken up with her.
âIâm sorry,â he lets out, and heâs relieved he sounds a little bit genuine.Â
Because frankly, he doesnât care that she still loves him. He hardly thinks itâs true.Â
Sheâs too good of a manipulator for it to be true.
âItâsâŚâ she trails off, shrugging her shoulders. âItâs whatever.â
Jungkook purses his lips, but doesnât find words to say in return. So he busies himself with taking a sip of his coffee, and itâs so hot it almost burns the skin off his tongue. He puts the cup back down, figuring heâs going to have to wait before drinking.
âHonestly, Jungkook, I really wished we could catch up like old times.â
He shuts his eyes at the sadness laced with her words. Itâs so potent he almost tastes it on his tongue despite the burn left behind by the coffee.
âI get that,â he says, looking at her. âBut what we had was extremely toxic. I donât want to bring that back into my life.â
âSo youâre calling me toxic?â she says.
He cocks an eyebrow. âYou have to be aware that our relationship was toxic, Sara. Iâm not saying you were.â Even though she definitely was. âI think itâs better left in the past.â
She takes a deep breath, and then draws a sip from the straw in her smoothie. It takes her a moment to speak again, but then she says, âOkay, then. It was toxic. I guess this wholeâŚâ she motions at herself, âthing has really just put things in perspective for me.â
Jungkook meets her gaze, but remains silent as he waits for her to keep going.
âIâm sorry, Jungkook.â She sighs. âIâm sorry for everything I put you through.â
He clenches his jaw, not expecting the words to hurt as much as they do. He thought itâd be liberating to hear it, but it just tastes bitter.
âBut you also werenât perfect,â she adds, and it explains the bitterness behind the words.
Because with Sara, nothing ever means what itâs supposed to mean. She always has an ulterior motive, and Jungkook really doesnât understand why he agreed to meet up. As he sits in front of her, he realizes that heâs been over her for months now, and he likes it as it is.
Likes that sheâs just a memory from the past. Heâs sad sheâs sick, thatâs for sure, but he doesnât want to walk down memory lane when it comes to her.Â
âAlright Sara,â he says. âAnything else you want to say before I leave?â
âYouâre not drinking the coffee?â she asks, her eyes round with fear.Â
Jungkook glances at the cup, and it looks just as hot as it was earlier. âIâm not sure it was a good idea for us to meet up.â
She starts crying. And he doesnât know how to react, the good part of him wanting to comfort her, but the more rational one remembering that she uses tears as a weapon all the time.
âI might die, JK,â she says. âIâm scared.â
He shuts his eyes again, because what the fuck is he supposed to say to that?
âYouâve been doing treatments, no?â he asks when he opens his eyes again.
She chuckles, but itâs entirely void of joy. And then she takes off the wig sheâs wearing, throwing it on the table. âYeah.â
Jungkook stares at the wig for a few seconds before looking up at her. She looks so sad like this, so vulnerable, that the good part of him wins.
âYou still look good,â he reassures her.
âThank you for acknowledging that a woman does not need hair to be attractive,â she says, using his compliment as an attack, as always.
He tilts his head to the side, raising his eyebrows like âReally?â.
âNo, seriously,â she adds, and she wipes at her cheeks. âItâs something I keep telling myself every time I look at myself in the mirror.â She gulps and itâs loud enough for him to hear. âI donât recognize myself anymore. Even with the wig on.â
âIâm sorry,â he lets out, voice barely above a whisper.
She shrugs. âItâs okay. Iâll kick cancerâs ass and grow my hair back.â
âYou will.â
She smiles, so sad he looks outside again to see it doesnât seem to be snowing anymore. âThank you,â she lets out. And then she adds, with no regard to him, âAnd Iâm really sorry for taking you for granted all these years. I thought Iâd always have you by my side.â
He clenches his jaw, sucking on his piercings hard enough to hurt. âIt is what it is,â he says after a few beats of silence. âI couldnât keep being treated like that forever.â
She nods. âFair. I really do apologize for everything, Jungkook.â
He meets her gaze, gives her a nod. âThank you.â
He hears the clear scuffle of steps in the staircase, and his heart stops for a second at the thought of being seen with her. But then Heryung appears at the top of the stairs, and relief washes through him.
Only to be replaced by a wave of sick dread as she takes in the sight of him, gaze widening.
âWhat are you doing here?â she asks as Hoseok appears behind her.
Jungkook just looks between Heryung and Hoseok a few times before glancing at Sara. Sheâs looking down at the table like sheâs guilty, and he realizes she planned this.
She wanted them to get caught. To be seen together. And for that reason and that reason only, Jungkook gets up from the table, his anger so sudden and potent he figures it best to leave and not say hurtful things to her.
âNothing,â Jungkook says, and he walks away, not even glancing back.Â
Heâs glad he didnât take his coat off, so he doesnât have to awkwardly put it back on before storming away. But despite trying to get away before something more can happen, Hoseok steps in his path, forcing him to stop.
âDoes Y/n know youâre here?â
Jungkook frowns. âHobi, let me leave.â
âI thought you were really into Y/n,â Hoseok adds despite the warning in Jungkookâs tone.
âI am, and Iâm going back to her right now, alright?â
Hoseok frowns, but remains silent, stepping aside to let him pass. Jungkook doesnât wait a second longer, and he quickly runs down the stairs before returning to the cold world outside.
He really shouldnât have come.
*****
Jungkookâs been silent ever since he came back from the company. You think it might be because he had to call the police before being able to get into the house. You were napping, and so you didnât hear, but he apparently caught two girls trying to come in when he arrived.
When are people going to get tired of this? It doesnât make sense to you. As if Jungkook would be happy to see them walk into his houseâŚ
He called them sasaengs, but you think itâs more than that. Itâs a clinical level of delusion that would need severe therapy and most likely meds to heal from. Because who in their right mind believes breaking into someoneâs house will make them like you?
He made dinner when he came home, busying himself in the kitchen for nearly half an hour. You tried to engage in conversation, but he looked so out of it you ended up leaving him alone, though you did the dishes every time he was done with something, if only to keep yourself occupied.
Over dinner, he told you that the meeting at the company was a waste of time, and that he wishes heâd stayed home with you instead. You smiled, telling him you wish he stayed too, and he only then seemed to start relaxing. He still hasnât been talkative, even as he made love to you on the couch in the living room, while a movie you did not bring yourself to care about played in the background. You then took a shower, made love again in his bed, and then went downstairs for a snack, which you ended up eating in the living room, with yet another movie playing in the background.Â
And Jungkook is now lying with his head on your chest, soft snores coming out of him at regular intervals while you scroll on your phone.Â
You receive a text message from Heryung, and you click on it, expecting her to update you about what youâll do this weekend, as she suggested hanging out while sheâs here.
To your surprise, her message is in fact not about meeting up at all, and you frown as you read.
[11:23 pm] Heryung: is everything okay with jk?
[11:23 pm] You: yes?
[11:24 pm] You: there were people at his house earlier but the police scared them off
[11:25 pm] Heryung: he just seemed rattled when we saw him earlier with sara
You stare at your phone, ice filling every inch of your body.Â
Jungkook was with Sara earlier?
[11:25 pm] You: wdym with sara
It takes a moment for Heryung to reply, and your heart is beating so incredibly fast by the time her message comes in that you feel dizzy.
[11:29 pm] Heryung: he was talking with her at a coffee shop earlier?
[11:30 pm] Heryung: didnât he tell you?
No, he, as a matter of fact, did not tell you. In truth, he lied to you.
Jungkook fucking lied to you.
âJungkook,â you let out as you put your phone down, trying to rouse him from his sleep. You push on him, and he grunts as his grip around you tightens. âJungkook,â you repeat, your tone firmer this time.
âMmh?â he hums.
âJungkook, get the fuck up.â
The urgency in your tone must have woken him right up, because he sits up, throwing you a confused glance as he runs a hand through his hair, leaving it dishevelled.
âWhat?â
Youâre disgusted, looking at him then. Because if he lied to you so easily about seeing Sara, didnât he lie about the rest, too?
âWhat were you doing with your ex this afternoon?â
Your question does wake him right up. His gaze widens, fear filling the depth of his eyes, and he looks around for his phone, not finding it as itâs currently on the counter in the kitchen, where he left it to charge earlier.
âIt was nothing,â he says, and then he must sense it sounds bad, because he adds, âI promise.â
âYou said you were at the company.â
He doesnât say anything for a while, and you get up from the couch, heading to the kitchen. He follows behind you, trying to grab your arm, but you shake out of his grip.
âDonât touch me right now.â
You would rather jump off a bridge than be touched by him right now.
âSorry,â he says. âY/n, she has cancer and she just wanted to talk.â
You laugh, a bitter taste coating your entire mouth. Because what the fuck do you mean he came home and made love to you twice without saying anything? No wonder he was so silent when he arrived.
âI donât care,â you reply as you find your purse.
Youâre wearing Jungkookâs sweater right now, the one he gave you last August, the one you were wearing when you got here. Which is a relief â you donât have enough energy to go upstairs to grab your stuff right now.
You want out, and right now.
âShe wanted to apologize,â he adds. âIt really was nothing, and I shouldnât have gone.â
You laugh again, shaking your head as you glance at him. âI really donât care.â
You walk around him, heading towards the front door.
âWill you stop for a second so I can explain?â he says behind you.
You spin around, and heâs so close he almost bumps into you. You raise a finger, pointing at him accusingly. âYou should have explained before going.â
âWell, with your reaction, Iâm sure you would not have understood.â
The audacity of this manâŚÂ
You spin on your heels again, heading towards the front door. Good thing youâre wearing sweatpants, and not the silky PJ shorts you brought in your duffel bag.
âY/n, stop, I did not mean that,â he says behind you as youâre halfway through the living room, heading to the hall that leads to the front door. âShe was shitty, like she always is, and I honestly just want to pretend it never happened.â
âWhy the fuck did you go see her, then?â you ask.
âShe has cancer,â he repeats. âShe called crying and said she needed to talk to someone, and that she wanted to apologize.â
âItâs unfortunate for her that sheâs sick, it really is,â you say, and you mean it. âBut if you think that thatâs the biggest problem, then I donât have anything to do here anymore.â
âWhatâs the problem?â he asks, which only makes you laugh bitterly again.
A look over your shoulder tells you the laugh hurt him. He looks like youâve slapped him across the face, and you really need to get out of this house before you actually do it.
âYou lied, Jungkook. You lied like it was nothing.â
âI just didnât want to make a big deal out of this,â he says, and his voice shakes like heâs about to cry. âI didnât even want to see her.â
You turn around. Heâs further away this time, having stopped at the start of the hall, of which youâre already almost all the way down.
âBut you still went, and you lied about it,â you say. âYou really believe Iâll trust a single word you say after that?â
He closes his eyes, cards his hand through his hair again. âY/n, donât blow this out of proportion, please. Letâs talk it out.â
âI do not want to talk it out with you,â you spit. âI donât entertain cheaters.â
You resume your walk to the door, kicking off the slippers he got for you to put your shoes on instead.
âItâs freezing outside, surely youâre not going to walk home.â
You look over your shoulder. âI think I might punch you if you stop me.â
âYour things are upstairs,â he points out, and thereâs terror in his voice. Itâs shaking at the edges, and you reckon he seems to be shaking, too.
âGive them to Mingyu, heâll bring them to me.â
You turn to grab the door knob.Â
âY/n, stop,â Jungkook insists again. âIâm not a cheater. I didnât cheat, we just talked.â
âBut lying about it is emotional cheating,â you throw at him, the accusing finger back on display. âYou lied like it was nothing, and you probably wouldnât have said anything about it if I didnât find out on my own.â
âHeryung told you?â
âIt doesnât matter who told me, Jungkook. Iâm going home.â
âStop!â he yells as you turn the door knob, only to find it locked. âPlease stop. Iâm in love with you, you canât just leave like that.â
His words take your heart out of your chest, throw it on the floor only to stomp on it repeatedly until itâs a disgusting mess of jam.Â
âYou should have thought about that before lying,â you say, your voice lower this time, and you unlock the door before looking at him one last time. âYou really should have thought about it before lying.â
âY/n, please,â he says, his voice breaking as tears roll on his cheeks.Â
It gathers tears in your eyes, too, so you turn around, stepping out into the cold November night. The door closes behind you, sounding like the final nail in a coffin, and you feel like youâve been dipped in acid. Your entire body hurts with the betrayal and heartbreak, and you angrily blink the tears away, refusing to cry for Jungkook.
Not after he lied to you like this.Â
The street is empty, save for the moon up in the sky, and you walk down towards the boulevard, looking over your shoulder at Jungkookâs house, expecting him to come running out after you, but the door remains shut.
It hurts so bad you turn left, needing to be home as quick as possible before you collapse. Because you will. You know you will â the tears are an impending doom of the collapse that awaits you the second the heartbreak really does fully settle in. So you turn left, heading towards the alley you walked down with Jungkook once, the moon thankfully guiding your path.
And as you walk, you canât help but doubt everything Jungkook ever told you. It turns the memories from Jeju into a rotten mess, and you clench your teeth so hard it hurts.
Iâm in love with you.
Hours ago, those words would have been the most beautiful revelation in this world, but now they just burn and ache and break, and you wish he had kept it to himself instead of putting that weight on your shoulders.
Because why the fuck did he lie to you if he is truly in love with you? To see his ex out of all thingsâŚ
You reach the alley that cuts through the neighbourhood. Itâs dark, like it always is but even more so at night, and you can almost hear Jungkookâs voice telling you itâs not safe. But his voice is the last thing you want to hear, so you ignore it, turning into the alley. You donât slow down as it grows darker â there isnât really any light but the light of the moon thatâs following you home up in the sky, but even then the full moon barely reaches the ground here.
Itâs creepy. Even during the day, this alley has always been creepy to you, and you feel adrenaline slowly surging into your bloodstream, inconveniently erasing the anger youâve been feeling at Jungkookâs words. Instead, itâs replaced by the primal fear of being looked at right now, and you look over your shoulder.
Thereâs no one behind you, yet you accelerate, wanting to be out of the alley as soon as you possibly can. Your throat dries out, your heart picking up its pace in your chest, and you hear it hammering inside your ribcage as you reach the bend in the alley.
Your heart almost stops entirely as two girls are standing just right there, and you stop in your tracks right before bumping into one of them. They eye you up and down, exchanging a look that makes cold sweat break out on every inch of your skin, and you immediately open your purse, trying to reach for your phone.
âSorry,â you tell the girls as you try to pass between them, but one of them steps right in front of you.
You look at her, cocking an eyebrow, hand still fumbling in your purse for your phone. You can feel your Airpod case, your keys and your lip stain, but your phone isnât there.
Why is your phone not there?
âAre you Jungkookâs girlfriend?â the girl that stepped in front of you says.
Your gaze widens, and you let out a small laugh. âExcuse me?â
âOur friend says you just left his house.â
A ball of lead is forming at the bottom of your stomach, and it grows so heavy you feel like you canât breathe right.
âDo I know you?â you ask, and you give up your search for your phone â itâs still on Jungkookâs couch, after all â holding onto your purse like it might be a weapon instead.
It feels silly, but the way the girls are looking at you makes the hair rise all over your body, and you just want to get out.
The girl to your left laughs, pushing up the wall against which she was leaning. Sheâs smoking a cigarette â the smell of it is clouding the air surrounding you â and she throws it on the floor, stepping on it with the heel of a boot.
She doesnât look much older than twenty. The one in front of you seems older, and she has a predatory gleam in her eyes that makes you take a step back.
âDonât be afraid,â she says, and just like that, you know that you have to be very, very afraid.
âIâm just trying to go home,â you say, voice shaking slightly, and you turn on your heel, heading back the way you came from.
You make it three steps after the bend in the alley before you notice a man and another woman coming your way.Â
âWe finally got her,â the man says in Korean, and you glance over your shoulder to see the two girls have followed you.
âSheâs scared,â the first girl lets out.
They laugh. They all laugh, and youâre hit with the realization that they have to be some of the sasaengs that keep trying to get into Jungkook's house.
âWho are you?â you ask.
âAnd she speaks English? Not surprised heâs fucking ditching us for a foreign girl.â
You gulp as the four of them walk closer to you. Thereâs no way out â the walls are way too high on each side for you to dream of climbing them, and you know they wonât let you pass even if you ask. Thereâs something in the way theyâre eyeing you that makes you feel like a mouse in the talons of an eagle, and you raise your hands.
âHey, Iâm not looking for any trouble,â you say.
You canât even call the police. Thereâs nothing you can do, and you look behind the man and woman in front of you, hoping to see someone else coming your way. Maybe Jungkook, finally running out after you. But itâs late, and itâs a residential neighbourhood, and you really shouldnât have come in here at this hour.
âLeave me alone.â Youâd hoped to sound threatening, but it only makes the guy laugh, and then everything happens all at once.
You make to scream, but the girl behind you wraps her hand on your mouth, pulling you back and making you stumble. The man is on you in an instant, and his fist collides on the side of your face so hard you see stars, your knees giving out under you. You drop your purse, and you try to raise a hand only for the girl to pull your arm in your back.
âWe should film this,â one of the other girls says. âThatâs going to teach him that he shouldnât just date any fucking slut.â
You bite. Itâs all you can think to do in the panic and grogginess that are battling inside your mind, and she lets you go long enough that you can scream.
One shrill sound that echoes on the walls of the alley, but that dies the second the man punches you in the stomach. The air goes out of your lungs as you fold in two, and you swear you heard something crack. But you donât have time to think.
Youâre thrown on the ground, and then theyâre kicking at you. All you can think to do is protect your head, and tears roll on your cheeks as you let out muffled yelps of pain. You donât know how long it is before someoneâs pulling your head back by your hair, forcing you up in a sitting position. You try to get their hand off your hair, weakly punching at the air above you, but theyâre laughing at you.
Theyâre all laughing at you, and youâre crying. Youâve been crying, and all you manage to do is grab ahold of the fingers in your hair. Your scalp is burning from how hard theyâre pulling on it, but you immediately stop moving when you feel something cold on your throat.
âShe deserves to fucking die.â
Itâs the guy speaking, and you open your eyes to see him bending down in front of you. Heâs got a knife in his hand, and the tip of it is pressing on your throat.
Youâre going to die. You are going to die, and all you can think to do is say, âIâm sorry. Iâm so sorry.â
It must have enabled him. Because he laughs, slapping you. âYouâre not.â
âOkay, I think itâs enough,â one of the girls says, panic in her voice.Â
You look up to see the youngest one looking down at you, and the last member of their group is holding onto her arm. âJust let him do what we paid him to do,â the one holding her says.
âWe said weâd scare her.â
âShe pissed herself, we got her pretty good.â
It occurs to you that you might have. That youâre too dizzy and terrified to compute that your pants are indeed wet, and that something warm is also running down your temple.
âSheâs even bleeding,â the man says, and he brushes his fingers on the side of your face.
Youâre shaking. Youâre shaking like a leaf in the wind and all you want to do is fall asleep and never wake up.
This has to be a nightmare. But everything is hurting, and youâre keenly aware that it isnât a nightmare. Suddenly, he pressure on your scalp suddenly disappears, and you fall on the ground again, rolling into a fetal position.
You hear screams. You hear screams and something sharp digs in your side twice before theyâre running away, and youâre sobbing. Youâre sobbing and your hand is red when you touch your side.
Youâre bleeding.
Why the fuck did you leave your phone at Jungkookâs place?
Theyâre gone. They left, and youâre bleeding.Â
Did they run because he stabbed you?Â
You take a deep breath, and it hurts so much you choke.
You choke, but hands find your shoulders and pull you up. You cry in pain, shielding your face, but itâs a familiar voice this time.
âY/n.â
You sob and choke and shake.
âY/n, look at me.â
You canât. Everything hurts.
âPlease.â His voice breaks. âY/n, holy fucking shit.â
He gently rests you down on the floor, and then heâs speaking quick Korean on the phone.
âStay with me,â he tells you a few seconds later, but it also feels like an eternity later.
Time is moving slow and quick, all at once.
âJungkook,â you choke out. Youâre lying on your back, and his doe eyes are so wide you see white all around his irises. âWhat are you doing here?â
âI called the police,â he says, and you think heâs crying, like he was crying at his house. âJust stay with me.â
He has his hand on your side now. You donât even know when he put it there, when yours fell away from the wounds.
âBut what about Sara?â
You donât know why you think of her right now. Why you become so tired at the same time, like youâve just run four marathons back to back.
âStay with me.âÂ
Jungkook is pretty. Youâve always been aware of it, but with the moon creating a halo behind his head, he looks like an angel. You raise your hand, and you touch his cheek. It stains red, and your hand falls back on the ground. You donât even feel it hit the concrete.
You see home. Your home country, your family. Growing up with your siblings. You see a night sky over the sea in Jeju, words whispered against your skin. Youâre so tired, and you canât hold on much longer.
âHey, hey, look at me,â Jungkook says.
You donât know when you closed your eyes, but they flutter open at the sound of his voice. He smiles at you, and tears run down his cheeks. You want to tell him youâre okay, youâre not mad anymore, but no sound comes out when your mouth opens.
You pass out on your next exhale.
*****
Jungkook sees the moment the light goes out in your eyes. Sees the moment you lose consciousness, and alarms ring so loud in the distance that he startles. He says your name, over and over again, but you donât come back. Blood still spills from the wounds on your side, and he canât even tell if youâre alive anymore.
He should have never gone to see Sara. Fucking hell,
Heâd kill her right now, but her cancer might just take care of that for him.
âY/n, please come back to me,â he cries as he gently pats your cheek, only to leave blood on it.
He didnât even realize his two hands were covered in blood.
âFuck, Y/n.â Heâs been crying, but your lack of response makes him break, and he shatters like glass hit by a baseball bat.
Youâre dying. Hell, you might be dead. If he had run out after you faster, he would have been able to protect you. Would have told you to come back so you can talk. Would have convinced you somehow, even though you seemed so disgusted with him before you left.
He doesnât quite know when the paramedics reach your side. When they pull him away from you, and he resists, refusing to let you out of his sight. Heâs screaming, panicking. He might even have punched someone. But he canât see you anymore, and thereâs an animalistic fear in him at the thought that this might be the last time he ever sees you.
âI need you to calm down,â a police officer says, breaking through his panic. âJust calm down.â
âLet me stay with her.â Jungkook cries, and the police officer pulls him in a hug.Â
âWeâll drive you to the hospital.â
âNo.â Jungkook pushes him away. âWhere is she?â
âTheyâre going to take her to the hospital.â
âI want to be with her,â Jungkook says, and heâs almost screaming.
A lot of people are watching him â paramedics, police officers, there are even people looking through the windows of their houses where lights have been turned on since he found you lying in a pool of your own blood.
âLet him come,â one of the paramedics says.
Jungkook almost falls in her arms, and she leads him to the ambulance. Youâre lying there, and youâre so pale, and Jungkook just stares at you.
Your heart is beating. At least thatâs what they say, and Jungkook canât even fucking blink.
Everything passes in a blur. The ambulance ride. The hospital, with its white walls and pale blue floors. There are neon lights, and then a doctor calmly tells Jungkook that he has to let go of your hand. He canât â your fingers are cold under his touch, and heâll punch whoever tries to take you away from him.
âHeâs under shock,â someone is saying.
âHe might need calming meds.â
âPlease, sir,â the doctor says. âWeâll bring her right back to you.â
Dead or alive.
Dead, or fucking alive?
They manage to get him to let go of you.
Jungkook watches them as they push your stretcher away, and then you disappear behind double doors.
And he dies with you.
Prev | Next
âââââ
........ yeah huh. my most sincere apologies. you're free to scream at me, i deserve it
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter has mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: cursing, alcohol, mentions of jk's relationship with sara, a stressful conversation, honestly this one is a little sad, explicit content: unprotected sex (wrap it if you tap it), nipple play, oral sex (female receiving), praise, creampie
âword count: 13.1k
âa/n: this chapter is one of my favourites of the whole series and i hope you guys will love it just as much<3 thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Friday, August 29th
Youâve never been to Jeju island before. In truth, you havenât seen much of the world yet, your horizons confined to the state you grew up in and the few trips you did out of state.
And these last months in Seoul, obviously. But youâve never been somewhere like Jeju before, and you think youâre already in love with the island.
Itâs quiet. Save for the sound of the wind in the leaves of the trees, and the waves crashing on the beach just a little further away. There are birds too, seagulls crying at the sky, but apart from thatâŚÂ
Apart from that, the world is quiet. You donât think you noticed quite how loud Seoul can get before. Even on your trip back home, you were so caught up in the wedding and the stress from your meetings with the editor that you didnât get to enjoy the quiet.
But here⌠Here, the quiet is all around you, like a hug from your mother youâve missed far too much. It helps that youâre here with Jennie, and all the boys, too. Mostly, it helps that youâre here with Jungkook, who youâve been falling for more with every day that passes.
Not that youâve said anything. With him leaving for the start of his tour next week, you havenât been able to tell him about the feelings in your chest. Itâd be unwise â a young relationship surely canât survive months apart, can it? So youâve been enjoying the moments you get with him instead, few as they are. Heâs been more busy every day, and though youâve done your best to still hang out, the time together has been few and far between now.Â
Though you reckon itâs always been like this. You just werenât as aware of it before.Â
Jungkook hasnât mentioned anything. But you can tell heâs a little more guarded, his smile and laughs somewhat fewer, as if he always has something on his mind. You donât blame him â touring must be a source of a lot of stress, even though it has to be exciting, too. At least you blame it on that.
You refuse to believe Jungkook is pulling away from you. Not when he still fucks you with all the stars of the sky shining in his eyes like youâre the center of the universe.
You blink out of your reverie as Jennie nudges you in the ribs. You glance at her, her sunglasses perched high on her head as youâre in the shadow of the trees right now. The boys are currently swimming in the pool, and Hoseok and his girlfriend have sneaked off to somewhere inside.
âYou good?â Jennie asks.
You chuckle, trying to hide the fact that you are in fact growing anxious. âYeah. Just tired.â
Jennie smirks. âUp late with Jungkook last night? she asks.
âI was not up late with Jungkook last night.â
In fact, Jungkook fell asleep the second his head touched the pillow last night, most likely being hit with the exhaustion of all the work heâs been doing, and with the exhaustion from travelling, too.
Even if you flew in a private jet. It was your first experience in one of those, and your fingers are already itching for a scene youâll write in a later book thatâll take place in such an airplane.
âBoring,â Jennie says with a pout, and you roll your eyes as she laughs.
Taehyung and Jennie have been more in love than ever before since that Friday he told her he wanted a break only for him to change his mind and bring her flowers to confess his undying love. You trusted Jungkook about Taehyungâs sincerity, and he hasnât done a single thing to make you doubt after that.
Theyâve practically moved in together, in fact, and Jennieâs been a ball of sunshine, her smile never too far off her lips.
âFuck off!â Jimin yells from the other side of the pool, and you glance that way to see Jungkook is lurking not too far from him, clearly threatening to push him in the water.
Jimin says something in a quick Satoori dialect, and you canât keep up with the quick words. Not when theyâre swallowed by Jungkookâs laugh, Taehyung throwing a volleyball at Jimin.
It hits him in the back of the head, and he spins around, cursing, only for Jungkook to take that opportunity to pounce on him, pushing him in the water.
Seokjin curses as the volleyball bounces his way, splashing his book with water, and his wife laughs as he glares at the boys in the water, Jungkook having jumped in too.
âTheyâre fucking kids,â he grumbles in Korean, and Minha grabs the volleyball, throwing it back in the pool.
âI donât know how weâll survive with a baby and them at the same time,â she says.
Jungkook explained to you yesterday that theyâve been trying to get pregnant for a few months now, though they havenât had any luck so far. With the tour coming, you assume itâll just get harder for them, but apparently, Minha will be touring with them.
A weird, ugly part of you is jealous at the thought, because itâs not something Jungkook ever suggested to you. You donât know why he would have, though, as youâre not even dating, so you do your best to silence that part of you, listening to the one telling you heâs been making a lot of efforts to see you instead.
Hoseok and Heryung come out of the house, hand in hand, and the flush on their cheeks leave little to the imagination as to what they were doing in there. Heryung winks at you as her gaze catches with yours, and then she kisses Hoseokâs cheek before walking over to where you and Jennie are standing.
âHad some fun?â Jennie teases her.
It didnât take you long to realize Jennie and Heryung are good friends, and Heryungâs outgoing personality made it easy for you to become friends with her, too.
âSometimes, I wonder if Hoseok is trying to put a baby in me,â she says, sighing loudly.
âEw!â Jennie bursts out at the same time as you say, âWhat the fuck.â
Heryung laughs, shrugging her shoulders. âWe barely get time like this together, of course weâll enjoy each other.â
You donât blame her. From what sheâs told you, she and Hoseok are mostly long distance, so it makes sense that their relationship gets⌠carnal whenever they do get the chance to hang out.
âHopefully Namjoon and Yoongi didnât hear anything,â Heryung muses. âTheyâre working on a song right now, can you believe it?â
You havenât really talked to the two of them before, so you wouldnât be one to agree with her. Jennie, on the other hand, nods her head and says, âIâm not surprised. They worked on the production of the last album the whole time when we were here a few years ago.â
Apparently, itâs a big tradition for them to come here before a tour. It started with just the boys when they were a lot younger, barely rookies of the music industry, and theyâve been doing it every time since then.
Like a little family outing before they jump into the public eye of their fame. You think itâs cute, endearing, and youâre still surprised you made the cut. But Jungkook suggested it earlier this week, after you told him that Jennie talked to you about it, and you accepted the invitation right away.
You werenât expecting him to invite you at all. But he did, with that sweet smile of his that reveals a dimple in his cheek, his big doe eyes so filled with hope you just could not say no. Hyunseok was upset when you cancelled the plans you had with him this weekend, but he immediately understood the urgency of the situation when you told him what you would be doing instead.
âShould we get a drink?â Jennie suggests, glancing up at the sky. âItâs way too hot, and I do not feel like jumping in the pool when these idiots are playing like kids.â
âHey, I heard that!â Jungkook yells from the pool.
The three of you glance his way, though his eyes immediately divert to you. They soften at the edges, and he offers you a tiny smile that you tuck right in against your chest, though the smile is short-lived.
Jimin tackles him, and they disappear under the surface of the pool. Jungkook comes up coughing, and Jimin is a giggling mess next to him as he emerges too.
âYeah, Iâd take a drink,â you say with a snort, and Jennie hooks her arms with yours and Heryungâs, pulling you towards the house.
Itâs a huge house, a place where they actually came to film a TV show before their first tour. The owners took a liking to the group of them, and so theyâve offered to rent it to them whenever they want to. And it thankfully has AC, so it offers a reprieve from the heat outside as you step in, the cool air swarming you.
âDo we still have everything we need for lychee martinis?â Jennie asks.
âNo clue, Iâm having a margarita," Heryung replies.Â
You did indeed make a pitcher of margarita earlier, and you end up having one too, Jennie abandoning the quest of making lychee martinis when she saw that the Soho bottle is almost empty.
You clink glasses, taking the first sip inside before you return outside, where the boys are still at it in the pool, Minha tanning while Seokjin curses at the younger members. You end up making your way to the other pool chairs next to Minha, and you and Jennie share one while Heryung lies down to tan, too.
Minha offers you a polite smile as she notices you next to her, her eyes looking down at your drinks with envy. But she mentioned sheâs avoiding alcohol in case she does get pregnant, so you donât offer her a drink.
âItâs so hot,â she says, her accent thick.
âI love it,â Heryung replies in Korean. âWe need to charge up on summer before winter comes.â
âWoah, we still have a lot of that before the winter,â Jennie replies, wincing. âLetâs not even think of it.â
Youâre proud of yourself for understanding all of that, and you take a sip of the margarita, the cold liquid far more refreshing than you thought it could be.Â
Not when you know youâve made it strong as hell. Or rather, Jimin made it strong as hell, as he claimed he accidentally dropped the tequila bottle in it or something. You donât believe him â you know heâs done it on purpose, but you wonât complain.
The alcohol helps with making you feel less out of place with this group of people you used to be a fan of when you were younger, after all.
The rest of the afternoon passes in a blur of more margaritas, in a blur of lounging by the pool and swimming when the boys have calmed down. Jungkook is sweet through it all, his big eyes and soft smiles feeling so, so intimate despite the group of people surrounding you. It helps that he stays with you once Jimin decides to go in for a nap and Taehyung and Jennie risk their chances at a walk on the beach.
It isnât a private beach, so youâve mostly decided to stay clear, if only to avoid being seen. The boys donât want to risk people discovering this place. You understand â itâd be a quick getaway into losing this haven theyâve come to cherish through the years.
As afternoon turns into evening and bellies start rumbling with hunger, you all head inside, where you find out Yoongi has already been working on cooking dinner, Namjoon sitting at the kitchen table with a laptop in front of him, still working on the song.Â
You donât know how he does it. If you were on the brink of leaving for a tour, your first priority would not be to produce a new song. Youâd be focusing on spending time with the people that you loveâŚ
But Namjoon broke up with his girlfriend recently, so you do understand the need to get away, the need to produce art thatâll hold the feelings instead of keeping them locked up in his chest.
âWhat are you making?â Jungkook asks as he walks into the kitchen, and you donât hear Yoongiâs reply over the noise the rest of the group makes as they file in.Â
Jungkook is quick to start helping his friend with the food, and you end up playing a game of Uno at the dinner table that finally gets Namjoon to stop working. Itâs a mess, with a lot of yells and insults thrown at each other, and you mostly just observe, not yet comfortable with these people the way that they are with each other.
You feel some sort of a disconnect with them, which you blame on the language barrier. Though you understand most of whatâs being said, itâs a whole different thing to be able to partake in casual conversation like this, especially with the loud music Hoseok also puts on. You still play though, trying your best to win, but it quickly occurs to you that the boys are cheating.
Indeed, you find a lot of lost cards under the table when you bend down some time later to pick up one youâve dropped. Most of them are at the feet of Taehyung and Hoseok, and Taehyung catches you looking when you straighten up.
âYouâre cheating,â you let out.
He raises an eyebrow, the face of composure. âAm I?â
You tilt your head to the side with a no-bullshit look on your face. âLook under the table.â
Everyone immediately does, and it leads to a collective eruption of laughter as Taehyung and Hoseok start bickering about whoâs worse between the two of them. Itâs finally loud enough to rouse Jimin from his slumber, and he stumbles into the kitchen with his hair sticking out all over the place, a confused look on his features.
âWhat the fuck are yâall doing?â he asks in Korean.
âWhat does it look like weâre doing?â Seokjin fires back.
âDinnerâs ready!â Jungkook yells from the kitchen proper.
You all turn to look at him, and then everyone is scrambling up, heading to where Yoongi is waiting with bowls in hands. You all form a line, taking a bowl and letting Jungkook fill it with some noodles and soup that smells heavenly as steam wafts out of it.
You end up returning outside to eat, scattering all over the picnic table and the chairs by the pool, and the boys are back to swimming not long after having eaten, despite Heryung warning them that they should digest first. They ignore it, though they donât play as rough as they did earlier, which allows you and the other girls to partake in conversation without hearing constant screams.
âHowâs the married life been?â Heryung asks Minha as youâre sipping on yet another margarita.
Minha smiles, her eyes darting to Seokjin whoâs sitting with his legs in the water, chatting away with Taehyung and Yoongi.
âItâs been amazing,â she says with a dreamy sigh. âWeâve been together for so long, so I canât say much has changed over the last year, but it feels amazing to be able to call him my husband.â
Heryung smiles. âI bet it does.â
âDo you ever want to get married?â Minha asks.
âI honestly donât know,â Heryung admits, and you and Jennie exchange a look.
Bad sign for poor Hoseok, if youâd say so yourself.
âMy parents never got married, and they still loved each other to bits,â Heryung adds. âI donât feel like I need to get married to be able to experience a love like that, you know?â
âAnd do you think you and Hobi have that?â Jennie asks.
The corners of Heryungâs lips lift in a soft smile. âI think we have something solid going on. Even the distance mixed with military service wasnât enough to fuck it up, soâŚâ She shrugs. âI think we got this.â Her smile grows larger, more sure. âWhat about you and Tae?â
You can feel the love immediately pouring out of Jennieâs eyes as she lets out a small chuckle. âI think we got this, too. Would not have said that a month ago butâŚâ She sighs, glancing at Taehyung. You catch him looking her way too, and you glance away to give them some privacy. âBut heâs been everything Iâve ever dreamed of. JK told him to step up and be the man I deserve, and it shows that Taehyung listened.â
âItâs funny coming from Jungkook of all people,â Heryung says with a snort. âAs if he understands that shit.â
You frown, your heart squeezing in your chest. Heryung notices, and she immediately puts a hand on your arm.
âSorry, I didnât mean with you,â she quickly apologizes. âBut you know his history with his ex, right?â
You nod, worrying at your lower lip. âYeah, it seemed⌠toxic.â
âToxic is not even the word for it,â Heryung says. âThey were horrible to each other for literal years.â
âShe was way worse than he was,â Jennie says, her tone defensive.
âYou know I was friends with Sara.â Heryung glances at you. âHeavy on the âwasâ. But he was way worse than her at the beginning. She became the way she was because of how he treated her during the first few years.â
You wish you did not understand Korean after all. You wish you were not sat here with the boysâ long term partners, made to feel like the odd one out. You wish you didnât feel your heart crushing in your chest at the knowledge that Jungkook didnât treat his ex rightâŚ
Though he was young. Youth is made to make mistakes, isnât it? As long as heâs learned from themâŚ
âWhat do you mean?â Minha asks.
Heryung winces as she glances at you, her nose scrunching up. âWell, he did string her along for months before they made things official.â
Thereâs nothing wrong with that, is there? ExceptâŚ
Except youâre kind of stuck in a similar pattern, arenât you?
âAnd he was fucking around so much during that time too,â Heryung adds. âShit, I feel like we should not be talking about this.â
Jungkook, fucking around? That doesnât sound like the sweet man youâve come to know, but then again⌠then again he was a young, attractive celebrity. Of course, heâd be sleeping around.
âYou okay?â Jennie asks you, and the three girls look at you.
âYeah,â you say, nodding your head as if to give emphasis to the word. âWe donât really talk about that usually soâŚâ
âHe honestly has changed a hell of a lot through the years,â Heryung reassures you. "They all kind of used to fuck around a bunch. Except Seokjin, but thatâs only because he and Minha are ancient.â
âWhat do you mean ancient?â Minha says as she laughs softly. âWeâre just high school sweethearts.â
Heryung meets your gaze. âAncient, Iâm telling you.â
Minha playfully pushes Heryung as you snort.Â
âHonestly, itâs commendable that you guys stayed together throughââ you motion around â âall of this.â
Minhaâs eyes shine as she grins. âThank you. It wasnât always easy, but it just made sense. Weâve got that red thread around our wrists and all.â
You barely know her, yet youâre so happy for her. Because if you were to meet your soulmate one day, you too would sustain any hurdles life throws your way to stay with them.
Your eyes glide towards Jungkook. Heâs now sitting on the other side of the pool while Jimin floats on his back in front of him. Theyâre talking, yet Jungkook must have sensed your eyes on him because he looks up, his features softening.
For a moment, itâs like everything fades away â the chatter of the people surrounding you, the sound of the waves on the beach, the shrill cry of crickets as the sun sets. For a moment, itâs just you and Jungkook and you wonder, do you have red strings around your wrists, too?
Or is this bound to end in painful tears and broken hearts?
The thought is chilling. A lot more than it should be in the fading day, the warmth lingering around even though the sun is nearly gone. It makes your heart strain in your chest, and itâs much more painful than it should be.
Maybe itâs your mistake for getting so attached to him so fast. But you canât help it â heâs everything youâve always dreamed of, and youâre a hopeless romantic.
Of course youâll romanticize everything when it comes to him, too. But⌠but you like to tell yourself itâs reciprocated. It has to be â no one can mimic that look in their eyes. And his eyes, they hold the light of the universe when he looks at you.
Some time later, when everyone starts calling it a night as you have to get up relatively early tomorrow for a yacht trip out at sea, you find yourself making your way into the house along with Jungkook. Heâs silent as you climb the stairs to the room youâve claimed for yourselves â the smallest one, as Jungkook is the youngest of the group and does not have dibs on anything.Â
You donât find anything to say as you walk upstairs, all the margaritas and the weight of the day starting to weigh on your shoulders, making you yawn as you finish climbing up.Â
Yet when Jungkook grabs your hand the second youâre in your room, gently turning you around so he can kiss you, you feel all your worries disappearing like mist in the sun.
Thereâs no way heâd kiss you like that if he didnât mean it. Itâs enough to fully reassure you, and you melt into the kiss, tongue teasing his piercings. He chuckles in your mouth, pulling away to rest his forehead against yours, and you remain unmoving for a time, just enjoying each otherâs proximity.
âIâm so happy you get along so well with everyone,â he whispers. âI⌠I really like having you here.â
Your heart skips a beat. âI love hanging out with all of them.â You smile softly. âTheyâre so welcoming.â
Jungkook pulls away, pecking your forehead. âTheyâre happy for me.â
Youâre melting. Like a puddle that might pass through the cracks on the floor, but his hands on your waist are strong, holding you up.
âYou do deserve happiness, you know that?â you whisper.
He doesnât say anything for a time, so long that you open your eyes wondering if you said the wrong thing. But then you see him looking at you with so much emotion in his eyes you feel like youâve been hit by a tsunami. His gaze is lined with silver, and you think he might cry, but then a knock at the door makes you jump, startling you.
âAre you guys going to take a shower right away?â Jimin asks through the door, fully disregarding the fact he might have interrupted a moment. âOr can I go?â
You and Jungkook exchange a look, and you see the emotion has faded from his gaze. It makes you want to cry, makes you wish you could step back in time to ten seconds ago just to relive the moment you opened your eyes.
But you canât. So you say, âWe probably should take a shower.â
Jungkook nods. âWeâll go first.â
Jimin groans on the other side of the door, and you chuckle lightly at the sound. âBe quick.â
You are. Or at least, you try your best. You share the shower with Jungkook, cleaning yourself while he cleans himself, but then your gazes connect, and Jungkookâs lips are on yours before you have time to take a breath.
Itâs destroying. The kiss breaks you down, builds you anew into playdough under his adept fingers. You know that, in the moment, Jungkook could ask you to do anything and youâd do it. No questions asked, pure trust for him echoing with every beat of your heart.
And he kisses you like thereâs no tomorrow. Like he, too, is realizing that heâll be leaving for months soon, the fear of the distance making him need you closer. And you can tell he wants you close, much like you want him close. Youâd have him under your skin if you could, youâd have him in you and around you and everywhere in between.
You wish you could fuse with him. Fuse with his heart and soul and pour every single of your heartbeats into him, just so he knows your heart beats for him. It has for a while now, but itâs just been growing stronger, so strong you realize there really only are two options when it comes to you and Jungkook: either you break unforgivably, or you live on to spend a life with him. Itâs scary, and vulnerable, and the type of feelings youâre used to writing about, not the ones you usually experience.
Itâs something so grand you think the fabric of the universe sighs when Jungkook pushes into you, his dick filling every inch of you. Heâs bent you down, fucking you from behind, yet his arms wrap around your waist to make you straighten. So he can hold you close, so you can feel his strong body behind you. And then heâs moving in you as you lean your hands on the cool tile of the shower wall. His lips are peppering endless kisses on the skin of your shoulder and in your neck, and heâs whispering sweet nothings in your ear that makes your mind spin with him, your heart full with him.
Youâre in love, you realize. Youâve fallen in love with Jeon Jungkook, and itâs the most beautiful thing youâve ever had the chance to experience. But itâs also scary with the vulnerability that it arises â youâre terrified for the months to come.
What if the distance undoes you?Â
Jungkook must sense your unease, because he slows down, hand reaching for your chin so he can make you turn your head. And then he kisses you softly, like a feather, and your heart settles in your chest, syncing with his.
Youâll be okay. You have to be.
Saturday, August 30th
The waves lap at the hull of the yacht relentlessly, though theyâve grown weaker now that youâre further out at sea, the coast a distant line on the horizon. The water is darker here, deep blue compared to the crystalline aspect it takes near the shore, and the sun beams down on you where it sits high in the sky, the vast expanse of it unbothered by clouds.
Itâs beautiful. You think, if someone were to ask you to describe what heaven would look like, it would be this. The sea, the sun, the sails of a sailboat in the distance.Â
The people youâre surrounded with. The captain of the yacht is none other than the owner of the house youâre staying in, and heâs been chatting it up with Seokjin and Namjoon on the top deck, where the wheel of the boat is. He makes you think of a fun grandpa, with his Hawaiian shirt and the fishing hat heâs wearing. He spoke to you in a heavily accented Korean you did not understand, before saying the only word heâs been saying to you all day.
Pretty.
Youâll take it. Because he says it with a genuine grin each time â Jennie told you he said you remind him of his sonâs wife, so you know he means no harm.
The weather is hot, though the breeze now that youâre out at sea helps, making your hair dance all around your head where youâre lounging on the sun deck along with the other girls and Jungkook, Jimin and Taehyung. Hoseok and Yoongi are sitting at the back, where you ate earlier, talking about something theyâve clearly indicated they donât want to share with the rest of you.
Jungkook thinks theyâre talking about the producer Yoongiâs been hooking up with, but you wouldnât know.
âI donât ever want to go back to Tokyo,â Heryung says next to you.Â
Youâre lying down, eyes closed to enjoy the sun, and you turn your head to look at her, cracking an eye open. Youâre blinded by the sun, and you put your hand over your face to create a shadow on your features.Â
âWhen are you going back?â you ask.
âTomorrow.â She sighs, glancing at you. âI have a direct flight there.â
âOof,â you let out.
âAt least, weâre all leaving at the same time. But I wonât get to enjoy the private jet back to Seoul.â
âIâm pretty sure weâll all be napping on the flight back,â you tell her, trying to sound reassuring.
âWish that were me.â Her sigh is dramatic, and she turns on her stomach, leaning on her elbows as she looks at you. âShould I move back to Seoul?â
Youâre surprised sheâs asking you out of all people. And you donât have time to reply, because Jennie yells from the other side of you, âYes, please!â
Heryung bursts out laughing. âYouâre more eager than Hobi.â
âYouâd understand if you had to hear him complain about it constantly.â That comes from Jimin, who you werenât aware was even paying attention to what you and Heryung were saying.
âAw, of course he is.â She smiles, closing her fists to lean her chin on them. âHeâs a cutie.â
âHeâs a pain in the ass is what he is,â Jimin grumbles.
Apparently, they got into a small argument earlier over something that Heryung called stupid and not worth discussing, but Jimin is clearly still salty about it.Â
âWomp womp,â Taehyung jokes, and Jimin glares at him.
âFuck off.â
They start bickering in quick Korean, and you sit up, your eyes trailing to Jungkook. Heâs already looking at you, and his gaze grows tender the second yours finds him. Your heart starts beating faster, your lungs filling with warmth. There are butterflies in your stomach, taking flight in a spiral that makes you feel like you might start flying too. You feel light and heavy at the same time, so full of emotions you might just burst right here.
You really have fallen for Jungkook. So much more than you thought it possible.
Jungkook smiles. It starts in his eyes and trickles down to his lips, and he tilts his head toward the cabin of the yacht like an invitation. Anticipation swells in you, and you get up, grabbing your sunglasses to put them back on.
âWhere are you going?â Jennie asks.
Jungkook gets up at that moment, and Jennie looks at him.Â
âOh,â she lets out.
You snort. âJust going to grab some snacks.â
âYeah, âsnacksâ,â she mimics, and you roll your eyes as you head inside, though you have to walk around the cabin in and of itself to access it from the back, where large sliding doors keep the AC inside. You politely nod at Hoseok and Yoongi, and Hoseok grins at you. You grin back, unable to stop yourself, and then you walk in, surprised at the rush of cold air that surrounds you.
Goosebumps cover your skin, and you rub your arms as Jungkook slides the door shut behind you.
âSnacks, mmh?â he lets out, and he grabs your waist, spinning you around to press his lips on yours.
You expected the kiss, and you welcome it readily, your arms wrapping around his neck to hold him close. He tastes of the beer he drank earlier, though the second his tongue starts truly teasing yours, your mind empties.
Only for you to startle in his hold when Hoseok taps on the door. You both glance at him, and you see him mouthing âGet a roomâ, though you canât hear him through the glass. Yoongi is smirking next to him, but he looks away when you look at him.
Jungkook flips them off, and then he tugs you further inside, where the kitchen area is located. Heâs kissing you again then, his hands gently caressing up your sides before he cups your cheeks as he deepens the kiss, tilting his head to the side.Â
You wish life would stop on this moment, forever. On the joy lingering in the air when he pulls away, smiling wide. Heâs so damn beautiful it hurts, and you wonder how it is that he chose you. That youâre the one he invited here, that youâre the one heâs kissing like the world is ending.
âI know Iâve said it already but you look fucking fantastic,â he says. He takes a step back, making a show of looking you up and down. âThis colour looks amazing on you.â
You look down at your pink bikini, a laugh bubbling its way up in your throat. âYou like the colour, or the bikini?â
He pulls at his piercings, eyes twinkling with mischief as he grabs your waist, pulling you closer again. âThe colour, of course.â
He winks, and you giggle as he leans in to press a kiss on your forehead. Itâs featherlight, barely there, and fuck, the feelings swell so much they almost spill out of your mouth.Â
But then he steps back, heading to the fridge, and the words get stuck in your throat, so much so you choke on them a little, clearing your throat. Jungkook doesnât notice as he opens the fridge to grab a can of beer, and he offers you one, though you decline with a shake of your head. He frowns, but then he returns to rummaging through the fridge, pulling out a spiked lemonade that looks a lot more inviting than beer.
âThanks,â you say, grabbing the can as he hands it to you, and he grins again, clearly satisfied that his offer was accepted. âWhyâd you want to pull me in here alone?â you ask as you lean against the counter, cracking the can open.
Jungkook mirrors your position next to you as he too opens his drink. You clink together, and you take a sip of the refreshing lemonade, though it feels strangely cold in here, making you shiver. Jungkook slides closer to you until the warm skin of his arm is pressed against yours, and you smile up at him.
âJust wanted to spend some time alone with you,â he said. âYouâre always with Jennie and Heryung.â
You chuckle. âTheyâre fun. And weâre also on a boat.â
Jungkookâs lips jut out in a small pout. âJust say youâre avoiding me on purpose.â
âShut up,â you say as you roll your eyes, your laugh tumbling out of you. âIâm not avoiding you at all.â
He grins. âGood.â He leans down, pressing a peck on your temple. âThat would suck.â
You nod in agreement. âGotta enjoy the little time we have left.â
You donât realize how sad your sentence sounds before itâs out there, hanging in the air between you and Jungkook. He tenses next to you, his eyes dropping to the can in his hands, and you wish you hadnât said anything.
Wish you could take it all back.
âI hope you do enjoy it,â Jungkook muses, voice low.
You turn to face him fully. âI really am.â
He nods, but his eyes remain on the can, and you feel like he disappeared somewhere inside of his mind. You donât know how to bring him back, so you try to step in his line of vision. He meets your gaze for just a heartbeat and a half before heâs looking away, pushing up from the counter and motioning outside.
âShould we go back with the others?â
His question makes you raise an eyebrow. âI thought you wanted to spend some time alone with me.â
He sucks on his piercings, tugging them into his mouth, and then he sighs, closing his eyes as he slightly shakes his head. âYes. Sorry.â He takes a deep breath, and then adds, âItâs hard to believe Iâm leaving on Monday.â
It is. Itâs hard to believe youâll soon be in a city thatâs void of him.Â
How will it even look without him around?
âArenât you excited?â you ask.
He takes a sip of beer as he seems to ponder your question, and then answers, âI am. I really am, I love performing.â He meets your gaze then, and the drop of sadness behind his irises looks so out of place in this place that should be filled with joy you feel like crying. âBut⌠I think Iâll miss you.â
You crumble. You crumble into little pieces on the ground because⌠because that means something. That means everything thatâs been building up in your chest has been building up in his too, and itâs the reassurance you needed. Â
âIâll miss you too,â you murmur.
He offers you a sad smile, and then sighs again. âBut letâs not think about that right now. Letâs live in the present.â He chuckles, but it lacks conviction. âNo use in fearing tomorrow when weâve got today.â
It sounds wise, and youâre pretty sure you heard Namjoon say something similar earlier. Considering how much Jungkook respects his older friend, youâre not surprised it stuck with him.
âLetâs,â you agree, and Jungkook meets your gaze again.
The drop of sadness in his gaze slowly melts away, replaced with that same tenderness you spied earlier. It steals your breath, much like Jungkookâs lips on yours do a second later. You shut your eyes at his sudden proximity, your free hand landing on the skin of his chest, still sunwarmed despite the AC blasting in the cabin. His finds the back of your neck, and he cradles you close as his soft lips move against yours.
You donât know how long you kiss. Just know heat puddles in your lower stomach, and you put the can down on the counter behind him, your hand itchy to touch him more. To feel his skin on yours and his breath mingling with yours. Jungkook also puts down his can, and he caresses your sides before cupping your ass, squeezing lightly. You let out a breathy sound that he swallows like heâs dying of starvation, and he pushes you closer until all the length of him is pressed against all of you. His dick is on your stomach, so hard you feel wetness pooling at your core and you reach between your bodies, rubbing your hand on him.
âWhat the fuck!â Jennie yells, and you jump back, heart beating out of your chest, cheeks flushed.
Sheâs standing at the sliding doors, one hand over her eyes, and you hear Hoseok say, âTold you.â
âGet a fucking room!â Jennie yells again. âIâm never going to be able to look at you again.â
âGirl,â you let out, an embarrassed chuckle falling from your lips. âWe were just kissing.â
âThat looked like a lot more than kissing,â she replies, her hand still covering her eyes. âAre you sure youâre wearing clothes?â
You burst out laughing this time. âYes, babe, we are.â
She nods, and her hand falls at her side. She bursts out laughing the second your gazes meet, and she says, âHell yeah, girl.â
You laugh along with her, Jungkook remaining strangely silent beside you. You glance at him to see his cheeks are beet red, and he meets your gaze with a wince that makes you reach for him so you can squeeze his hand. He visibly relaxes then, and he grabs his can of beer, taking a long drag of it.
âShould have locked the door,â he mumbles, looking all sheepish.
You grin at him. âWeâll know for next time.â
He smiles too, revealing the small dimples in his cheek. âNext time,â he repeats.
It sounds like a promise.
*****
Jungkook is a mess. He feels stressed for the tour coming, especially more so now that Namjoon told them theyâll have to take a flight right away when they return to Incheon because their manager thought it was a good idea to book some last minute interviews. Which means heâs not leaving on Monday anymore.
One less day with you.
Heâs been silent since Namjoon told him, not too long after they disembarked from the yacht. You were walking ahead with Jennie and Heryung, Minha not too far behind, and so he doubts you heard the news.
And theyâve all collectively decided to not tell you girls. If only to salvage the atmosphere thatâs been reigning on this little getaway far from reality. Even Seokjin refrained from telling Minha, though he made sure that her flight ticket was also updated since sheâs coming with them.
He doesnât even have 24 hours left with you. It feels like a countdown has started in the distance, every second like the beat of a dreadful gong. It echoes in his mind, swirls down to his heart and squeezes it uncomfortably.
He doesnât know what to do anymore. Heâs falling for you, so, so much, but he doesnât want to force you into a long distance relationship. And theyâll be touring for the next year.
He canât ask you to wait for him for a year. Hell, though your visa allows you to stay until April, he doesnât even know if youâre planning to renew it to stay for longer. You havenât talked about the future a lot yet, stuck in this cycle of getting to know each other and being too busy to truly do so, and heâs running out of time.
Hell, he thinks he already ran out of time. Because, how is he supposed to make you understand whatâs going on in his head in 24 hours when he barely even understands it himself?
He canât stop thinking of you. Hasnât fully stopped thinking of you since he saw you that first time in May, and itâs been months and he still canât fucking understand. Itâs like youâre engraved on his bones, carved into his very essence.
And heâs leaving in less than 24 hours.
He wants to cry. He wants to cry and scream because he should be excited. After all, heâs been looking forward to this tour ever since they announced they were going to do their military service. Itâs been planned for years now, yet it tastes so fucking bittersweet today.
He sighs, rubbing a hand on his face as he leans back in his seat by the firepit. The atmosphere is a little more somber tonight, like thereâs a damper on the guysâ enthusiasm, but he can hear you girls chatting away where youâre sitting by the pool. He spies a look at you, and you immediately meet his gaze, offering him a wide grin.
He tries to reciprocate, but he knows he failed when you frown before getting up, walking over to where heâs sitting.Â
âEverything okay?â you ask as you claim the spot next to him.
He glances at the members around the fire â Seokjin, Namjoon and Jimin, the others inside doing fuck knows what â before looking at you again.
âDo you want to go for a walk on the beach?â he asks.
You glance in the general direction of the beach before looking at him again. âItâs pretty dark, but Iâm down to see the view.â
You smile like that might just be the most exciting thing youâll do in your life, your eyes sparkling, and his anxiety settles in his chest a little, like the weight on his shoulders was lessened. In truth, it has been lessened. Youâve always had that impact on him.
Jungkook gets up, and the members all look at him and then you before their eyes return to the flames in front of them. Theyâre silent, much like he was, though you know theyâre not all dreading the departure tomorrow. Indeed, Namjoonâs been needing to leave Seoul for a while, getting broken up with last month having been hard on him.
And Seokjin⌠Seokjin doesnât have anything to worry about. Because Minha is coming too, and heâll get to spend the following months with her.
Jungkook feels jealous, and he hates that he does. So he pushes the feeling away as he holds out his hand for you to take, your fingers interlacing with his. You squeeze his hand as he leads you towards the fence gate at the end of the backyard. Thereâs a short path on the other side thatâs followed by stairs going down to the beach, and you both kick off your slippers on the last step, before jumping down in the sand.
Itâs cool, the warmth of the sun having fully disappeared almost two hours ago, though the air is still warm enough despite the wind coming from the sea. Jungkook tugs you close, holding your hand tightly, refusing to let go.
He needs you close right now, because who knows whenâs the next time heâll get to hold you? If there is even a next timeâŚ
âIs everything okay?â you ask as he turns left so that you can walk along the beach.Â
He slowly pulls you closer to the water, though he stops before you actually reach it, not wanting to get his feet wet. The sand is hard here, also making it easier to walk, and the waves crashing on the beach are loud, yet not nearly as much as it was earlier today.
Jungkook rubs his thumb on the back of your hand, eyes going to the horizon, to the sea of stars that seem to be endless, only interrupted by the ocean.
âYeah,â he lets out, and then he sighs deeply, aware it doesnât sound like anything is okay at all. âItâs justâŚâ
He falls silent, unable to find the words. Unable to name his fears, and the weight of everything comes crashing onto his shoulders.
There are goodbyes hanging in the air. Ones he doesnât feel like having.
âIâm not supposed to tell you,â he says, and he runs a hand through his hair. âWeâre leaving tomorrow.â
âI know,â you say with a chuckle.
He frowns, glancing at you. âWho told you?â
A quizzical look takes over your pretty features, your eyebrows almost touching over your eyes. âWell, weâre all leaving tomorrow.â
Oh. His heart squeezes in his chest, and he sees the moment you understand. The moment you notice the sadness in his gaze, the tightness to his lips.
âOh,â you echo his inner voice. âYouâre leaving leaving tomorrow.â
He nods, and he looks away at the sea again. âManager called Namjoon earlier to let him know.â
You donât say anything, though you let go of his hand, grabbing his arm instead. It makes you step closer to him, and he takes in the feeling of you against him, carves it in his brain so he doesnât forget.
âThatâs okay,â you finally say. âWe got all weekend.â
His head drops, eyes falling on the sand in front of his feet. âWe did.â
Silence falls, loud with the wind and the waves, and Jungkookâs incessant thoughts. He wishes the thoughts could stop for a time, but they donât. Itâs dizzying, and he wishes he could drown it in the sea for a while.
âIâve been meaning to askâŚâ you start, trailing off as he glances at you. You let out a small, anxious chuckle, and he can hear you gulp as you swallow. âWhat does that mean for us, Jungkook?â
There it is. Itâs a conversation he wishes you didnât need to have, one that scares him shitless, but he canât run away from it.Â
âI donât think we should do long distance,â he says.
You stop walking, letting go of his arm as you stare up into his eyes, shock ebbing on your features like ripples on water. And Jungkook hates himself, and wishes youâd understand.
âSorry?â you let out.
He pulls at his piercings. âI canât ask you to do long distance, Y/n.â
You raise your eyebrows. âWhat if I want to do it?â
He stares at you, unblinking. âWhat?â
âWhat if I want to do the long distance?â you repeat.
He wasnât expecting that. He doesnât know why, but he believed you would understand right away. Wishful thinking.
âIâm leaving for a year,â he says, his throat dry as he tries to swallow. âI canât ask you to wait for me for that long.â
You blink a few times, and he has to look away when he notices the silver line in your eyes. He canât look at you crying. That might make him weak, but he just canât.
âI donât care,â you say. âA year is nothing.â
âA year is a lot.â
You shake your head, grabbing his arm again. He looks at you then, relieved to see youâve blinked the tears away. âJungkook, a year is nothing.â
Thereâs so much conviction in your eyes he feels his resolve crumbling. Because itâs a sign you want to stay here in Korea, and he was not expecting it at all.
âI donât want you to get lonely,â he whispers.
You shrug. âWe can text and call,â you point out. âYou leaving on tour should not be the reason why we end things.â
Things⌠what even are you?
âBut what ifâŚâ He pulls at his piercings, giving a shake of his head. âWhat if you do get lonely? I wonât be able to come back.â
âI have my friends,â you say. âIâll hang out with Jennie and Hyunseok and Mingyu.â
âMingyuâs leaving for military service soon.â
Your gaze widens. âWhat?â
Shit, he wasnât supposed to tell you.
âHeâs enlisting by the end of the year,â Jungkook admits.Â
You remain silent for a few seconds again, before saying, âOh well.â
A bigger wave crashes on the shore, and Jungkook quickly pulls you higher up as the water races toward your feet.Â
âI just donât know if doing the long distance is a good idea,â he admits. âWeâre not evenâŚâ
He canât finish the sentence. Not when you fold your arms on your chest, cocking an eyebrow. âAre we not?â
He doesnât know how to reply to that, so he just stares with a wide-eyed gaze.
âWhat am I doing here then, Jungkook?â you ask.
It takes him ten heartbeats before heâs able to speak, âI wanted us to say goodbye.â
You scoff, and itâs a cold sound, one he thinks might make the sea freeze over. But itâs only his heart in his chest turning to ice, and he wishes he could take it all back.
âAnd here I thought you liked me.â
Your words fall like lead in his stomach, and he gulps around a lump in his throat. âI do.â
âThen why are you ending things?â
You turn blurry, and he furiously blinks, refusing to let the tears fall. âIâm afraid.â
For a moment, itâs like the sea pauses, the wind holds its breath. Itâs like the universe was put on hold, and you just look up into his eyes with sadness clinging at the seams of you.
âJungkook⌠what are you afraid of?â
Everything. Heâs afraid of everything. But mostly, heâs afraid of losing you. Heâs afraid youâll find someone else while heâs gone, someone to entertain you when he canât.
Sara did it once, after all.
âI donât know,â he lets out, squeezing his eyes shut. âArenât you afraid, too?â
He doesnât hear you come closer, but your hand gently cups his cheeks, and his eyelids flutter open. Youâve stepped closer to him, so close he needs only to bend to press his lips on yours.
âOh, Jungkook,â you whisper, and your thumb swipes at his cheeks, collecting a tear that slipped free. âYes, I am. But I think itâs okay to be scared.â
His throat bobs as he swallows, almost choking on that same lump. âIâm afraid weâll get hurt,â he whispers. âIâm afraid Iâll hurt you.â
âYou wonât,â you reassure him, and you tiptoe to press a featherlight kiss on his lips. âI trust you, Jungkook.â
Emotions rush in. Wash over him, scatter his soul to sea, and Jungkook grabs your waist, catching your mouth in a languid kiss that soon tastes like his tears, like the sea next to you. You lose your hand in his hair, the other grabbing the front of his shirt as if to keep him from leaving.
But he canât. He wonât.
Heâs been falling in love with you, inevitably, and heâs just been afraid of the vulnerability. Of the loss that might come.
But even if he does lose you one day⌠isnât it better to have at least experienced you? To have gotten to be with you, to love you?
He knows the answer to that as you kiss him with such fervor he feels weak in the knees. And the kiss lasts forever, for an eternity that takes all his worries and pushes them out to be swallowed by the waves crashing on the shore.
When you eventually pull away, staring up into his eyes with stars in yours, Jungkook whispers, âIâm starting to like you a lot.â
You smile, so soft and beautiful under the light of the constellations above. âMe too.â
He pecks your forehead then, his lips lingering there for another small eternity. Up until you let out a small giggle, and he pulls away to the sight of you grinning from ear to ear.
âYou like me,â you say through the grin.
His heart is full and warm, blooming like a flower in the spring. âI do.â He chuckles, and he brushes a strand of hair behind your ear. âYou like me, too.â
You nod, laughing again. âI do.â
Fuck. He feels like crying from the relief, from finally being free of this stress.
âDo you want to keep walking?â he asks.
You glance to the side, before nodding your head. âYes.â
And so Jungkook grabs your hand, interlacing your fingers again, and he tugs you down the beach, toward the spot where the sand and the water meet at the horizon. Itâs silent, but a comfortable kind of silence he wishes he could record to have with him when heâll be gone. Itâs a silence of enjoying each otherâs company, of hope that shines brighter than the stars above.
Itâs a silence of two people falling in love.
Jungkook smiles to himself as you walk, unable to keep the joy from tugging at his lips, and he reckons youâre smiling too. Indeed, whenever you meet his gaze for a soft embrace, your lips are curled up, eyes twinkling.Â
Youâre happy. And that makes him more happy than anything else ever could.
âLook, thereâs a swing!â you say, motioning to said swing higher up on the beach.Â
You let go of his hand, running toward it, and Jungkook runs after you, chasing your giggles in the wind. He helps you up on it, pushing you as you laugh and kick your feet at the stars, and he feels infinite.
He wonders if you feel it too.
You must, because when the swing finally slows down to a halt, you squeeze in a corner, patting the spot next to you. Itâs barely large enough to fit the both of you, yet Jungkook settles down next to you, arm wrapped around the rope on his side. You lean your head on his shoulder, eyes looking up at the sky, and his gaze travels to the stars too, taking in their beauty.
It doesnât compare to your beauty, but itâs still a sight to see, one he knows will become a core memory. He feels it deep in his gut, as if his hippocampus is already working over time to make sure everything can be committed to perfect memory.
And as you look at the sky over your heads, a shooting star crosses the vast expanse of it, leaving him with a wish he hopes is on your mind too. A wish he prays is reciprocated, yet one he wonât say out loud just yet, if only to not jinx it.
He really does feel infinite tonight.
*****
You must have stayed on the beach for longer than you thought you did. Indeed, as you walk back to the house, climbing the stairs and pushing the iron fence open to return to the backyard, you notice everyone has gone inside, and the lack of lights on indicates that they all probably went to bed, too.
You feel bad for keeping Jungkook away from his bandmates for the last night before theyâre leaving for their tour, but youâre also infinitely thankful Jungkook decided to spend this moment with you.
Infinitely thankful that he didnât push through with ending things. Because you would have broken out there on the beach, and it would have been ugly.
You donât want Jungkook to ever see you breaking down. You want to show him the strongest parts of you, those that can withstand what a life by his side might be.Â
âGuess we should also head to bed,â Jungkook says as he too takes in the empty backyard.
You glance at him over your shoulder, and then look up at the stars again. âWe spent way too long looking at the stars.â
Jungkook steps closer to you, turning you around with a gentle hand on your arm. He then cups your cheek, before leaning in to brush his lips on yours. âI loved every second of it.â
You smile bright, and then you tug him towards the house. He follows you with a small laugh, and you slide the door open, making sure to be as silent as possible. You hear a shower in the bathroom on the ground floor though, so someone has to still be up. You reckon they might have not come back in too long ago.
You end up quickly taking a shower upstairs, Jungkook accompanying you once more. Heâs touchy, rubbing your back and pulling you back into his chest as you stand under the warm water, and you lean your head back on his shoulder. His soft lips peck your cheek as you do so, and you melt in his touch, eyes shutting in contentment.
âLetâs go to bed,â he whispers, kissing your cheek again. âI want to hold you in my arms.â
Youâre gone for this man. So thoroughly gone you wonder if youâll ever be the same again. You doubt you will â Jungkook has forever changed you, and you wouldnât have it any other way.
Once youâre done in the shower, you quickly dry yourself, before putting on your PJs and heading back to your room. You chuck your dirty clothes in your luggage while Jungkook neatly folds his, and then you sit on the bed, watching him as he straightens, his grey joggers hanging low on his hips.
He didnât bother with putting underwear or a shirt on, and you lean back on your elbows as he stalks towards you. You spread your legs to make space for him as he climbs on the bed, and he immediately bends down to capture your lips in a languid kiss. You sigh in his mouth, your heart syncing with his, and you wrap your legs around his waist to pull him in as close as possible.
Because this is it. This is the last night youâre getting with him for months, and youâll make it count. Youâll be damned if you donât.
âJungkook,â you whisper as he pulls away to look at you for a moment.
Heâs beautiful like this, hair wet from the shower, drops of water still littering his skin from how poorly he actually dried himself. They shine in the light of the lamp on the night table like tiny pools of gold, and you dry the ones on his neck with your thumb.
âYes?â he asks.
âI canât believe I used to think you hated me.â
He chuckles, eyes crinkling at the corners as he leans down to kiss you sweetly again. âI never did,â he whispers like a promise. âI was always just too attracted to you.â
You canât help your smile. âOf course you were.â
âYou were wearing a green dress when I met you,â he muses. âYou were a fucking vision.â
âAnd you were pissy and asked me to sign an NDA.â
Jungkook winces before letting himself fall on the bed next to you.
âIâm such a fucking loser.â
You laugh, rolling until youâre straddling him, his big hands immediately resting on your thighs. âI was so pissed,â you admit. âBut I genuinely thought I would never see you again.â
His features grow more serious as he looks up at you, his hands rubbing your thighs gently. âI think I would have died if I never got to see you again.â
You snort, bending down to press your lips on the pillowy softness of his for a second before leaning back. âYouâre cheesy.â
âFor you? Damn right I am.â
You take a deep breath, the scent of his bodywash filling your nose. Itâs so him that you feel your heart reaching for him, so much so itâs almost painful.
Youâre in deeper than the Pacific Ocean.
So you dive in. Into those sparkly eyes of his, so tender they feel like a warm summer breeze. You jump into his eyes, feet first, losing yourself in him. Even more so as he sits up to capture your lips, and you follow him down as he lies back, his hands now on your back to pull you with him.Â
And you kiss him with passion. You kiss him with fire, with rain like that of a storm. You kiss him with all the strength of the feelings you have for him, and he kisses you back with the same intensity, meeting you exactly where you are.Â
You sit up, take off your shirt and toss it to the side. Jungkookâs gaze dips to your breasts, and he cups them, pinching your nipples lightly, before tugging you back down into another kiss. Itâs like thereâs a tornado in your brain then, as he spins you to be on top of you again, and you let out a surprised yelp that ends with his hand on your mouth.
âShh,â he lets out. âWe wouldnât want the others to hear.â
And then, like he has no care for your sanity, Jungkook leaves a trail of hot kisses down your neck. But he doesnât stop there, continuing his path downwards to your breasts. His tongue teases at one of your nipples, and it hardens at the sensation. He smirks at the sight, though he doesnât linger around for too long as he keeps lowering himself down your body.Â
As if itâs not enough, he ends up kneeling on the floor next to the bed, grabbing your thighs to pull you closer. He unties the knot thatâs holding your shorts up before pulling them down your legs along with your panties.
It seems Jungkook has no patience to tease you tonight like he usually does. Thereâs some sort of urgency in his touch, in the way he kisses at the inside of your thighs, nipping at the skin. And before you know it, he buries himself in your pussy, his tongue dipping in between your folds before he goes up to tease your clit, swirling around the sensitive bundle of nerves. You let out a breathy sound that makes him pull away, and he regards you with so much intensity in those dark eyes of his you think your heart stops in your chest.
âBaby, they can hear us,â he reminds you.
You gulp, nodding your head. âSorry. Iâll be careful.â
He smirks, head tilting to the side like a predator sizing his prey. âGood girl.â
His words send pleasure coursing up your spine, much like his lips closing around your clit does a second later. It takes everything in you to not moan out loud, and you put a hand on your mouth to muffle the breathy noise that still crawls its way up your throat. Jungkook lets it slide this time, too busy making out with your pussy, his tongue tracing adept circles on your clit before he starts flicking at it.Â
It feels heavenly. So much better than itâs ever been with anyone before, and your hand grabs at the sheets on the bed, so much so you think you might rip the fabric. But it holds on strong as your fist tightens, and Jungkook flattens his tongue, swiping it from side to side.Â
You try to grind on his face to get more friction, but heâs quick to put a hand on your stomach, holding you in place. It somehow heightens the sensation of his tongue on you, and your mind goes blank.
And then it explodes as he pushes a finger inside of you. You see colours and lights, a kaleidoscope that makes your mind spin. Itâs harder to keep your sounds in, and you have to bite in the skin of the inside of your lip to prevent from alerting the whole house that youâre currently getting the best head youâve ever gotten in your life.
It always feels like this with Jungkook, and youâll never get tired of it.
âIâm close,â you let out in a whimper as Jungkook keeps making out with your pussy, making lewd noises that have to be loud enough to be heard outside the door.Â
He hums against you, the sound like a shockwave in your body, and your fist clenches on the sheets once more as you try to grind on him again only to be firmly held down by his hand on your stomach.
Itâs frustrating, and you let go of the sheets to grab his hair instead, trying to push his head down. Jungkook lets you do it, most likely because he can sense your walls growing impossibly tight around his finger like they always do when youâre about to come. He curls his finger, rubs at that nutty spot inside of you, and you lose it as he sucks on your clit, hard.
You break apart. You lose sense of your surroundings, the orgasm crashing through you in waves and waves of pleasure, Jungkook guiding you through it all. Heâs gentle with it, making sure it doesnât get oversensitive, and you ride the pleasure for longer than you thought it possible.
Itâs ecstasy in its purest form. Everything seems out of focus when you open your eyes again, like thereâs an aura coating every object. Coating Jungkook, as he pushes you back on the bed to be able to climb on top of you once more. He kisses you rough, the taste of you on his lips mixing with his taste, and you kiss him back sloppily, your tongue meeting his.
When Jungkook leans back from the kiss to take off his sweatpants, you admire the aura of light that seems to be surrounding him. Itâs yellow and pink, with some orange, like the light of the lamp is fractured in its different components. Itâs beautiful.
He is beautiful. So fucking ethereal your eyes water at the sight of him.
And he likes you.
Jungkook likes you.
âHey, you okay?â he whispers when heâs climbed back on top of you, his dick teasing your swollen entrance.
âI really like you,â you murmur with all the vulnerability in your heart.
He kisses you, time slows and stretches, and you wrap your arms to hold him close to you. As if thatâll keep him right here with you and for a foolish moment, you think it does. You tell yourself heâs staying tomorrow, and all the days after that.
Itâs the most beautiful lie youâve ever told yourself.Â
âI like you so much,â Jungkook replies. He grabs his dick to align himself properly, and then pushes inside of you to the hilt.
Youâre so full of him, physically and emotionally, and you think this is it.
This is what your brain will remind you in the seconds before your death.
âSo, so much,â Jungkook adds, and then heâs kissing you again.
Youâre his. Youâre so completely his, and you know heâs yours too. Maybe you havenât put a label on your relationship tonight, but youâre going to try to make it work. And in this moment in time, you donât have a doubt that itâll work.
Thereâs too much love in the air for it to not work. Itâs everywhere in this room, like a thousand fireflies, twinkling to life around you. Itâs in Jungkookâs gaze, in the way he slowly pulls his hips back before pushing in again. Itâs in the depths of his eyes, circling his irises, shining in his pupils. Hell, you slowly lose yourself in his soul as he makes love to you, slow and steady.Â
Itâs home. Youâve found home.
Jungkook kisses you, tongue parting your lips open gently until it dances with yours. And he keeps on making love to you, keeps that push and pull of his hips that drags on your inner walls, and you slowly unravel under him again. But this time is different.Â
Itâs not an explosion. Itâs a slow build up of emotion rather than pleasure, of feelings passing between your heart and his as they beat in sync. Itâs a melody only you and him know, one that wouldnât make sense to anyone but the two of you. And it doesnât have to.
Because this is you and him. Stripped to your souls, a connection so deep it has to rattle the stars in the sky above. And if you were outside, casting your eyes up at the constellations again, youâd know that it does. That shooting stars rain for you and Jungkook, like the stars want in on that moment between you and him. So does the wind and the waves and the sea outside.
Jungkook makes love to you for a long time. And you enjoy every second of it, committing it to memory to remember in the next few months. When he comes, Jungkook leans his forehead against yours, grunting softly. You only wrap your legs tighter around his waist, rubbing his back. His dick twitches inside of you as he spills his cum deep in you, and even when heâs done, he doesnât pull out right away. Like he, too, is committing everything to memory. And you let him have this moment, keep on caressing the skin of his back.
He pecks your lips again, and then whispers, âI honestly think Iâm falling in love with you.â He kisses you again, like he didnât just reveal such a beautiful truth to you. Itâs soft and sweet and everything that makes him, him and you, you.
He pulls away, resting his forehead against yours. And then, he gives you another beautiful truth.
âIâm not scared anymore.â
And the best thing is, you arenât either.
Sunday, August 31st
The flight back to Seoul is spent in heavy silence. Youâre cuddling Jungkook for most of it, your head on his shoulder as he traces idle shapes on the skin of your arm. When you shiver, goosebumps pricking your skin, he offers you his sweater.
It smells of him, like a comforting hug, and you know youâre not giving it back to him at the end of the flight.
Youâll need it in the months to come.
From where youâre sitting, you can see Jennie and Taehyung cuddling too. Theyâve been watching a show together, and you donât know how they can be focusing on that when⌠when in just a few hours, the boys will be gone.
The further you go from Jeju, the more you feel like the weekend might have just been an invention from your brain. But the people around you are a reminder that it did happen, that you and Jungkook are indeed falling in love, and that the last few days will forever be cherished in your heart.
No matter what the future holds, youâll never forget the time you spent in Jeju.
Jungkook sighs, kissing the top of your head. You try to squeeze closer to him, and he wraps his arm around you to hold you against his chest. You know the other members of the group have been looking, but you canât bring yourself to care.
You only have a few hours left with him. And it breaks your heart so much you understand what he meant, last night.
How will you make it through the next year? It feels impossible after last night, after the stars and the love. Yet you have to do it. And you have to be strong for him, especially when youâre the one that convinced him it was worth it to try.
When the wheels of the airplane hit the tarmac in Incheon, you think they might have squeezed your heart on the pavement too, leaving a bloody mess behind. It takes everything in you to disentangle yourself with Jungkook. To get up and follow everyone out of the airplane. Their jet is already waiting for them at another location of the airport, and a small van is already waiting to drive them there.Â
Itâs cruel. This is cruel â they donât even have time to go back home before leaving for so long. Like the world decided to make their goodbyes for them, and you wonder if theyâre all as affected by it as you would be.
You know Jungkook is. His eyes are filled with tears when he looks at you as you stand there on the tarmac, gazes connecting like the two opposite poles of magnets. Itâs a pull so strong you donât know how heâll be able to leave.
âSo, this is it,â he lets out.
A lump grows in your throat, so big it gets harder to breathe.Â
âWell, not really,â you say, chuckling. It sounds more like youâre choking, and you blink away the sudden wetness in your eyes. âWeâll be talking the second you land.â
Jungkook nods, lips pulled in a taut line. âWe will.â
He steps closer to you, ignoring the members moving to the car, Jennie and Taehyung lingering behind too. Minha gazes at you from the van, her features sad, but you ignore her to focus on the man in front of you instead.
âThank you for everything,â he says, voice choked.
âStop,â you reply, slapping his chest. âYou sound like youâre breaking up.â
A tear rolls on his cheek as he chuckles. You wipe it for him, a single drop of water that holds so much emotion you think you might pass through the Earthâs crust.
âIâm not,â he reassures you. âI wouldnât be able to. Not after last night.â
Your heart swells in your chest, tripling in size for the man youâve been falling in love with.
âGood,â you say, voice just as watery as his. âDamn, why are we crying?â
He laughs, and he wraps his arms around you, pulling you tight to his chest. âIâll miss you,â he whispers.
You hide your face in his neck, inhaling deep. He still smells like his bodywash, and you make a mental note to go buy the same one he uses.
âIâll miss you too.â
His lips find the top of your head, and you both remain unmoving for so long you tell yourself the van left without him. But itâs still there when Jungkook pulls away from the hug, his hands remaining on your shoulders as he looks down at you with those big, sad eyes of his.
Who knew goodbyes could hurt so bad?
âYouâll have fun, yeah?â you ask.
He chuckles as another tear falls on his cheek. âI will. Not as much as if you were there.â
âI bet youâll be too busy to even think of me,â you say. It was meant to be reassuring, but it actually scares you so much you start crying.
âNo, no,â Jungkook says, pulling you into his chest again. âDonât cry. I canât leave if youâre crying.â
âJungkook!â Namjoon yells from the van.
âJust a second!â Jungkook yells back, and he rubs your back, swaying you side to side. âIâll come back as soon as I can,â he tells you, voice barely over a whisper. âItâll be like no time has passed.â
You nod, pulling back to wipe your tears. âI canât wait.â
Your gazes meet again, and Jungkook offers you a smile. It doesnât quite reach his eyes, but you can tell heâs trying. Trying to be reassuring despite the fact that youâll be apart for so long at the beginning of your relationship.
âMe too,â he says.Â
Somebody else screams Jungkookâs name, and you know he has to go. They sound impatient, and lest you have a heart attack right here and then, thereâs nothing you can do to keep him from leaving.
âIâll be thinking of you all the way there,â he says.
The words swirl around you like butterflies before settling into your heart.Â
âIâll be waiting for your text.â
He smiles again, a sad smile you wish you didnât have to be a witness to. Itâs nostalgic, like this truly might be the end. But youâll try⌠right?
âFuck,â he curses, and then heâs cupping your cheeks and kissing you deeply.
The world fades, and itâs just you and him for a time. Itâs short, too short, and then heâs stepping back, smiling that stupid sad smile again. You smile back, or at least you try to as he takes a few steps back. He gives you a nod, his throat bobbing on a swallow, and then heâs turning around, jogging to the van.
He turns to look at you when heâs in, but the manager shuts the door behind him before youâve truly been able to wave him goodbye. You almost break down, but Jennie pulls you into a hug despite the tears on her own cheeks.
âItâs okay,â she tells you. âTheyâll come back faster than weâll even realize.â
You hope sheâs right. And she should be, as sheâs already gone through this before. So you steel yourself, pulling away from her hug to wipe the new tears on your cheeks. And then you look at the van as it disappears in the distance, turning past a wall, and you think your heart left with him.
What if it never comes back?
Prev | Next
âââââ
i forgot how angsty this got oops i would like to sincerely apologize to all of you guys... hope you still enjoyed tho :') tell me what you think!
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
âsummary: when you move to Seoul to do some research on your upcoming book, your life gets tangled with the city's celebrity scene. It leads to you crossing paths with Jeon Jungkook, whose confusing behaviour convinces you that he hates you. Only, you might have misread his intentions from the beginning...
âpairings: drummer!Jungkook x writer!female reader
ârating: 18+ (minors DNI, this chapter has mature content)
âgenre: enemies (annoyances?) to lovers!au, celebrity!au, rockstar!au, smut, angst (make it dramatic), fluff
âwarnings: cursing, taehyung being a dick, some mentions of sara, explicit content: jerking off, unprotected sex (wrap it before you tap it), nipple play, clit play, creampie
âword count: 8.5k
âa/n: hope you guys enjoy this new chapter <3 and thank you to @moonleeai for being my perfect beta reader again, you are the best and i'm forever thankful for you <3
âadd yourself to the taglist here!
âââââ
And I don't want the world to see me
'Cause I don't think that they'd understand
When everything's made to be broken
I just want you to know who I am
Iris, The Goo Goo Dolls
âââââ
Thursday, August 7th
Jungkook hasnât been in such a good mood in months. No, his good moods usually never linger around, but heâs been feeling like heâs on cloud nine for weeks now.
Ever since their last concert, and the time he got to spend with you. Which isnât too much of it, as heâs been busy with rehearsals for their upcoming tour along with filming for music videos, but he still made time for you at least once a week.
Heâd want more, always, but his schedule doesnât really allow it. So instead, he enjoys the rare moments he gets with you, and keeps them tucked close to his heart whenever youâre apart. Theyâre little pearls of time, precious moments he knows heâll never want to forget.
He hasnât watched Sara stream in the last three weeks. Hasnât really even thought about her at all, choosing to Facetime you instead when he has a short break in his day. You always pick up with a smile on your face and bright eyes that make being busy annoying, but also so worth it.
âLetâs run that one again,â the director of the music video says, snapping him out of his thoughts.
He blinks back to reality, the lights of the set almost blinding where heâs standing, and he gives a quick nod to the director, though it goes unnoticed as heâs already instructing Jimin and Taehyung as to what he wants them to do.
âThe rest of you, just do the same thing,â the director then yells, and he returns behind the camera as the crew repositions themselves for filming to resume.
Theyâre filming a scene for the music video, the only one in which theyâre actually playing their respective instruments. The rest of the music video is more of a story telling how they made it through the military service and the time they spent apart from each other, and Jungkook already knows that the fans will love it.
In truth, he thinks the fans will love the new album a lot more than they loved what they put out in the past. Maybe because their music has grown in time with the fans, and the subjects they now speak of are more mature, things that adults can relate to more than teenagers.
The director does the countdown to resume filming, and the track of the song blasts from the speakers around the makeshift scene. They start playing again, the camera focusing more on Jimin and Taehyung, yet Jungkook gives his all in the back, much like he always does lately.
Youâve given him an infinite well of energy, and it shows in everything they do. Heâs always the first one there and the last one to leave, if only because he wants to impress you. Wants you to remember the days of being a fan of the group, if only because he wants you to love the music as much as he does.
He wants you in every aspect of his life, and though it should be scary, he thinks itâs the sweetest thing ever. For years, heâs stopped himself from building something with someone else in fear that Sara would come back, which she always did, but now he knows heâd tell her to leave if she tried to come back.
Hell, heâs never replied to the message she sent him after their concert, and she hasnât reached out again, so he doubts sheâll ever come back anyway. Heâs finally free of her, and now all he has to do is enjoy you.
Heâs seeing you tomorrow. They have two days off before returning to rehearsals on Sunday, and though youâre busy until the early evening, heâll get to see you tomorrow night, and then youâll spend Saturday together.
He really canât fucking wait.
They end up redoing the scene seven more times after that take, the director wanting to film each of them individually, too, as to have tiny tidbits of all of them sprinkled through the big thing. It could be annoying, exhausting even, yet Jungkook feels excited as they do so, if only because he knows they have a break after, and heâll text you to ask about how your meeting with your editor went.
Apparently, they asked you to rewrite the ending of the book, and you seemed extremely bummed about it the last time you mentioned it. But Jungkook encouraged you, and he knows youâve been working hard at it over the last two weeks.
âCut!â the director finally yells, ending the final tape they needed, and Jungkook gets up, stretching.Â
A set assistant walks out with water bottles she hands to all of them, and Jungkook grabs his with a smile on his lips, drinking deeply as she moves along to Yoongi and Namjoon. Heâs chugged half of it when Taehyung swears loudly, almost making him choke.
âWhatâs wrong with you?â Jimin asks Taehyung, who just throws his water bottle on the floor, storming away.
Jimin meets Jungkookâs gaze as an awkward atmosphere fills the set, and Jungkook winces, before running after his friend.Â
Taehyung is halfway to the dressing room when Jungkook catches up to him. Taehyungâs on his phone, eyes cast downwards to look at the screen, and Jungkook spies the name of Jennie at the top of the conversation Taehyung is looking at.
Theyâve been having a rocky few days, some ghosts from their past haunting them â Jennie, asking Taehyung for more attention as she feels left out of his life and Taehyung, asking for space to concentrate on their busy schedule.
Itâs always been an issue between the two of them, Taehyung never being the best at balancing work and personal life. They used to get in arguments about it all the time before Taehyung broke up the week before he enlisted, but Jungkook reckons the issue caught up to them regardless.
âYou good?â Jungkook hesitantly asks as they reach the dressing room.
Taehyung simply scoffs, not bothering to say anything, and he walks into the room, closing the door in Jungkookâs face.
Not one to be deterred by his friendâs shitty mood, Jungkook walks in, leaving the door wide open as he folds his arms on his chest.Â
âWhat the fuck is wrong with you?â Jungkook asks. Â
âNothing,â Taehyung replies, his tone clipped.
Jungkook cocks an eyebrow in disbelief, leaning against the door frame. âGot in an argument with Jennie again?â
âAgain?â Taehyung repeats, and then he scoffs. âSo sheâs talked to you already?â
It sounds like an accusation, and Jungkook just remains silent as he stares down his friend. Taehyung turns around, cursing under his breath, and he pulls on a chair before sitting on it.
âYou really need to choose who your friendâs with here.â
âWeâre adults, Tae,â Jungkook carefully says. âLetâs act like it.â
It clearly was the wrong thing to say, because Taehyung gets up, stalking towards Jungkook. âWhat the fuck did you just tell me?â
For a moment, Jungkook is afraid Taehyung will punch him, and so he chooses to remain silent, just holding his friendâs gaze. That seems to work better, as Taehyung shuts his eyes and takes a deep breath.
âShit, sorry,â Taehyung apologizes. âI just canât believe weâre fighting over this again.â
He looks around, and then sighs deeply, returning to the chair where he sat before. Jungkook follows him, sitting on the chair next to it, and he just looks at his friendâs profile as heâs looking at his phone.
âI donât know what to tell her anymore,â Taehyung finally says a minute later, sounding far too defeated. âI feel like Iâll never be good enough for her.â
Jungkookâs brows knit together, confusion sweeping through him. âWhat do you mean?â
Taehyung meets his gaze. âShe always wants more. Feels like who I am right now is not enough.â
Jungkook pulls at his piercings, tilting his head to the side. âBefore I say anything, Iâll say that she in fact has not talked to me.â
But she talked to you, and you talked to him, but Taehyung doesnât need to know that.
âSo I donât know if what Iâll say is fully accurate, but I think she just wants you to make the effort to see her more.â
âI did when I had time!â Taehyung scoffs, pinching the bridge of his nose. âYou know how fucking busy weâve been these last weeks. I donât have time to hang out.â
âWeâre off tomorrow,â Jungkook points out. âHave you planned to see her?â
Taehyung shuts his eyes, rolling his shoulders. âI have a shooting for a commercial tomorrow.â
Shit.
âBut I said Iâd go to hers and bring take out after.â
âThatâs good,â Jungkook says encouragingly. âWhy are you upset, then?â
âShe said sheâs busy. And that she wants to see each other on Saturday instead, but Iâm supposed to hang out with the Wooga guys.â
Jungkook tenses, because the Wooga guys include Park Seojoon, Saraâs now boyfriend. Taehyung completely misses his discomfort, clearly too deep in his own.
âShould they uh⌠really be a priority right now?â
The affronted look Taehyung throws his way makes Jungkook want to disappear through the floor. âListen, I know you donât like Seojoon because of Sara, but theyâre still my close friends.â
Jungkook raises his hands in defense. âThat is not what I meant.â
âWhatever.â Thereâs a tense silence, and then Taehyung sighs again. âI told her itâs tomorrow night or nothing, and she sent me a paragraph to complain about how I donât prioritize her.â
He doesnât. In Jungkookâs honest opinion, Taehyung does not prioritize Jennie at all, but he doesnât know how to communicate that to his friend without it becoming an argument.
Namjoon would be better at this than he is.
âWell thenâŚâ Jungkook trails off, not knowing what to say. âI could try to talk to her.â
âAnd tell her what?â
Jungkook shrugs, glancing behind himself as he hears the scuffing of shoes by the door. Itâs Jimin and Hoseok, who both look like they were ready to fight if needed.
âThat you love her,â Jungkook simply replies. âAnd that you both are flawed, but if you got together again, it means you can overcome hurdles together. Just gotta compromise.â
âExactly what I said earlier,â Jimin pipes in. âJust plan something elaborate next weekend, and go sleep over during the week. Doesnât she live closer anyway?â
Taehyung remains silent for a few seconds, before muttering, âShe does.â
âThen itâs easy,â Jimin adds. âTell her you can go sleep at hers next week and that youâre taking her out on a date on Saturday.â
Taehyung does not look like he wants to do that, yet he gives a curt nod. âOkay.â
Jimin and Jungkook exchange a look, both sensing that Taehyung is probably not going to do that at all, but before they can say anything, Namjoon appears in the door frame.
âWeâre going to get samgyeopsal.âÂ
It probably was meant to be an invitation, but Namjoon doesnât say anything else, just knocking on the door frame once before turning back the way he came. They all follow him out of the dressing room, from the instincts of the years when Namjoon would order them around as the leader of the group â even though heâs the oldest, Seokjin never really wanted to lead.
And though he tries to talk to his older friend again as theyâre finishing to eat some time later, Taehyung leaves before Jungkook has a chance to.Â
It stresses Jungkook out more than it should.
Friday, August 8th
You want to bash your head in the wall. In truth, you want to jump out the window â not actually, just as an euphemism. But if you have to write a single other sentence for this bookâŚ
You canât seem to make the end of the book work again. You feel like it worked perfectly well as it was, but apparently it didnât. The editor didnât like that the mob boss died. Said it was lazy writing, that he should not sacrifice himself for the main character. But it just made sense â he wasnât directly involved in the main characterâs fatherâs death, but he felt responsible for it. And now you donât know how to end it anymore. The bookâs themes feel too dark to have it end with the main character and the mob boss falling in love.
But they did. It sort of happened on its own, when they were at a poker game where you revealed that the police officer was actually involved with a ring of criminals unrelated to the mob boss. They were the ones to eliminate her father when he got too close to finding out the truth about them after the mob boss sent him on their trail. The poker game ended in a shooting where the mob boss protects the main character, getting shot in the shoulder by the police officer.
Which led to them falling in love. They fell in love as she stitched the wound for him, and you think it was always meant to end that way. She was always meant to fall in love with the dark man and his sleeve of tattoosâŚ
But, the editor does not want him dead. So you canât kill him, and you donât know how to keep him alive. Because the police officer and his goons storm the mob bossâs house at an auction dinner, and the chaos that ensues leads to him jumping in front of the main character to protect her from getting killed by the police officer.
Or maybe⌠Maybe he could still jump in front of her. Maybe he could protect her and get injured without dying. It might feel redundant as heâs done it already, but it could become something the main character teases him about.
She could tease him about how heâs always catching bullets for her. How he should learn to have a survival instinct, and he could tell her that his only instinct is towards her. That he doesnât care if he lives or dies, as long as he gets to be with her when the end comes.
Itâs romantic. You know youâll have to figure out the conversation more for it to flow naturally, but itâs a start. So you get to work, rewriting the scene from the moment the police officer and his men burst into the ballroom of the house. Itâs packed with action, with shorter sentences to make the readers feel out of breath, like theyâre in the middle of the action tooâŚ
When the mob boss is bleeding out on the floor, your fingers pause, hovering over the keyboard of your laptop. And then you laugh. You laugh, because you know what should happen. Itâs so clear now, like you should have figured it out earlierâŚ
The main character picks up the mob bossâs pistol. Takes aim at the police officer, who raises his hands and tells her, "Sweetheart, you donât want to do thisâ. But she does. Oh, she really does, and she shoots him right between the eyes, killing him with no regrets.
And then sheâs with the mob boss, pressing a hand on his wound, and he tells her sheâs his angel. She kisses him in the chaos surrounding them, and then his second helps to carry him out. They go down a dusty staircase usually used by the staff of the house, and they escape through the night.
You finish the chapter, sitting back in your chair as you fold your arms on your chest. You reread it, feeling satisfied enough that you send it to your agent to see what she thinks, and if she agrees with this direction. Mostly, to ask if she believes you should keep going, or if the editor will once more call your writing lazy.
Once the email is crafted and sent, you finally allow yourself to go upstairs, where you left your phone so you wouldnât be distracted while you write. And you know you would have had reasons to be distracted â Jungkook is off today, and he said heâd send you pictures of him working out.
Heâs done that a bunch over the last few weeks, and itâs been driving you insane in all the best ways possible. Almost as much as the moments you got to spend with him, where he showed you just how much he knows how to touch you already.
Itâs insane. Youâve never had a connection with anyone like this before, like itâs more natural than the wind and the rain and the sky, yet being with Jungkook, laying with him, feels more natural than all those things combined.
You sit on your mattress as you get upstairs, reaching for your phone on the other side of it. It was face down, volume off to make sure it wouldnât disturb your writing and you grab it, turning it in your hand to take a look at the screen. Your heart drops in your chest as you see you have five missed calls from Jennie, along with a dozen of messages.
Jungkook texted you, too, but you ignore his messages in favour of opening the conversation thread with Jennie.
[2:34 pm] Jennieâ¨: babe
[2:34 pm] Jennieâ¨: tae said he needs a break
[2:35 pm] Jennie⨠i canât believe this shit
You quickly read through the other messages, all of them growing increasingly more desperate and sad. Sheâs freaking out, visibly so, and your heart breaks in your chest for her. So you call her, but she sends you right to voicemail, though a text message comes in almost instantly.
[4:45 pm] Jennieâ¨: am crying
[4:46 pm] Jennieâ¨: canât believe i lost him again
[4:46 pm] You: are you at home?
It takes a moment for Jennie to reply, and youâre already grabbing a raincoat and an umbrella from the closet by the door when her reply comes in.
[4:50 pm] Jennieâ¨: yes
[4:51 pm] You: omw
*****
Jennie is a mess. Sheâs been a mess, sobbing in your arms for the better part of the last hour while Jungkook and Mingyu have just been sitting there like theyâre going through a nightmare.Â
You didnât know Jungkook was here. But Jennie admitted that she called Mingyu when you didnât pick up, and Jungkook and Mingyu were together, so they both came to the rescue. You reckon they seem like theyâve been doing a shit job at cheering her up, but theyâre men.
Men suck with emotions.
âHe just said he needs to think about it all,â Jennie says for what feels like the hundredth time. âAgain. He always does this shit.â
âAnd you always go back to him.â Mingyuâs words earn him a glare from you and a punch in the shoulder from Jungkook. âWhat! Itâs true.â
âI thought he would have changed after the military,â Jennie says, glaring at him through her red eyes and swollen nose.Â
âHeâs been stressedâ, Jungkook says, which only makes Jennie glare at him, too. âHeâs shutting me out too.â
âBut not his stupid friends.â Jennie sniffs, glancing at her phone as it lights up.Â
Itâs not a message from Taehyung. You know it because she visibly deflates, and a rush of fresh tears roll down her cheeks.
âBet heâs with them right now,â she adds. âLaughing and shit when he fucking broke my heart again.â
âBabeâŚâ you let out, grabbing a tissue from the box sitting between the two of you. You dab her cheeks, and she just starts crying harder the second your gazes meet, so you pull her in again, letting her cry on your shoulder. âDeep breaths,â you gently say as you rub her back.
Mingyu says something behind you in Korean â you recognize the words for ice cream â and Jungkook replies in the affirmative.
âIâll be back,â Mingyu then says, and you glance at him.
He offers you a weak smile, and then he leaves, disappearing down the hallway that leads to the front door of Jennieâs spacious condo. You return your attention to Jennie, who takes a shuddering breath in before leaning back from the hug so she can lean on the backrest of the couch instead, looking at you.
âI donât feel like eating ice cream,â she tells you, like youâre the one that suggested it.
âHeâs just trying to help,â you gently say, and you meet Jungkookâs gaze quickly. âIs there something youâd rather have?â
âA baseball bat,â she grumbles. âSo I can beat some sense into Taehyung.â
âWoah,â Jungkook lets out. âLetâs not resort to violence here.â
âLetâs throw eggs on his house,â Jennie adds, ignoring Jungkook. âI could slash his fucking tires.â
You snort. âPeriod. Iâll help.â
Jungkook sighs, before weakly saying, âIâll drive you guys.â
That earns a smile from Jennie, and you look at it like itâs a rainbow after the worst storm of the century.Â
âHeâll kill you,â Jennie says.
Jungkook shrugs. âHe can try.â
She snorts, before sighing loudly. And then she looks between the two of you, and her eyes grow silver again. âTo think yâall are dating when Iâm getting dumped.â
Sheâs crying again, and you put a hand on her forearm, squeezing softly.
âHey, hey, he just asked for a break, he didnât break up.â You meet Jungkookâs big doe eyes after the words leave your mouth, and you wet your lips. âAnd Jungkook and I are just friends. Nothing more.â
It hurts him. He recoils, immediately frowning, his big eyes narrowing to unhappy slits. But then you nod your head towards Jennie, trying to communicate with your eyes what you canât say in front of her.
Jungkook doesnât seem like he understands for a few seconds, but then his face lights up with comprehension, and he says, âYeah, weâre just friends.â
Jennie deflates even more. âI want you guys to like each other.â
Sheâs pouting, and you chuckle at the sight. âFriends like each other.â
She remains silent, just taking a deep breath as she grabs a tissue to wipe her cheeks once more. She throws it on the pile of used tissues on the floor, and you glance at Jungkook again.
He looks pensive, eyes downcast, and he doesnât look up to meet your gaze. You hope heâs not upset with your words, and that he understood you were just trying not to upset Jennie.Â
The last thing she needs right now is you two rubbing in her face how youâve been standing in front of a blooming relationship.
At least thatâs what you think it is. It surely feels like it, and though youâre still wary about Jungkook not being over his ex, he hasnât mentioned her since that day after the concert. And the praises he reserves for you whenever heâs balls deep in youâŚ
You feel your cheeks burning, and you push the thought away, clearing your throat.Â
âCan we watch Mean Girls?â Jennie asks.
Right as she says the words, you hear the front door unlocking, and Mingyu strolls into the living room a few seconds later with a tub of ice cream in a seethrough plastic bag.
âI got the goods,â he says proudly.
Jennie sighs, and then motions towards the kitchen. âGo get bowls.â
He does so, and you hear him looking through drawers and cupboards for a few seconds before he returns. Meanwhile, Jungkook busies himself with setting up the movie, and soon enough, the four of you sit together on the floor in front of the couch so that you can eat while watching.
Youâre halfway through when the front door bell rings, and Jennie throws a look in that direction, frowning as she pauses the movie.Â
âDid you invite someone else?â she asks.
You shake your head no, both the guys replying in the negative, too.
âWeird,â she lets out.
âIâll get it,â Jungkook quickly says, and he gets up from where he was sitting next to you, jogging to the front door.
You all listen, looking in the direction he went, and Jennie jumps to her feet when a baritone voice is heard.
âWhat the fuck are you doing here?â
Itâs Taehyung asking, and Jennie runs out of the living room. You and Mingyu both get up to follow her, though you stop when you can see the door.
Jennie has her arms thrown around Taehyungâs neck, and heâs holding a bouquet of red roses while Jungkook stands to the side, visibly trying to avoid the glare Taehyung is throwing his way.
Taehyungâs gaze shifts to you, and the daggers lessen as he catches sight of you.
âWe were just hanging out,â Jungkook replies then, motioning over his shoulder at you and Mingyu.Â
Taehyung hands him the bouquet, and Jungkook grabs it, throwing you a confused look. And then Taehyung is pushing Jennie back until he can close the door behind himself before he wraps his arm around her waist, hiding his face in her neck.
You wave Jungkook over, but he just stupidly stands there for a moment, until Mingyu says his name in a hushed whisper that still cuts through the air. Jungkook startles, and then he turns and walks over to you guys.
âWhat shââ he starts, but you put a finger on your mouth to tell him to shut up before grabbing his arm and Mingyuâs arm, pulling them towards the kitchen.Â
And then, thinking better of it, you push them out on the balcony. You follow them, closing the sliding door behind you, and the two men look at you as you turn around.
âLetâs just give them space,â you explain.
âItâs raining,â Mingyu deadpans.
It is. But the balcony is large, and thereâs a small roof over part of it that allows you to remain dry.Â
âWeâre okay,â you say, and you glance at Jungkook whoâs just looking at the bouquet of roses in his hands.
âHe brought her flowers,â he says, and he lets out a small, disbelieving chuckle. âTaehyung fucking brought her flowers.â
He looks up, smiling, to see you and Mingyu looking at him with your brows furrowed in confusion.Â
âHeâs never brought her flowers before,â Jungkook explains. âGuess he figured out heâs a dick.â
âFlowers donât excuse his fuck ass behaviour,â Mingyu says. âShe deserves better.â
âHeâll be better,â Jungkook replies with such quiet conviction that you immediately believe him.
Theyâre practically brothers, after all. If anyone would know, itâs him.
âStill donât trust him,â Mingyu says with a slight shake of his head. âWhy would he ask for a break and then show up here with flowers a few hours later?â
âHe probably realized he was wrong and decided to apologize before it was too late,â you guess. âWhich is a good thing.â
âWell, define a good thing. Weâre stuck on a balcony in the rain,â Mingyu grumbles. You laugh in time with Jungkook, and Mingyu just looks between the two of you before leaning his head back, looking towards the sky. âI guess there are worse things in life than this.â
âDefinitely,â you say.
There are. There are a lot of worse things in life than your friend not actually getting her heart broken today. Relief washes over you, and you really, really hope Jungkook is right. Because Jennie deserves happiness, always, and you know she wonât want it if it doesnât come from Taehyung.
She loves him too much.
The sliding door opens, and you turn to see Jennie standing there. You spy Taehyung a few steps behind her, his hands in his pockets, and he meets your gaze for barely a second before looking away.
âWhat are you guys doing out here?â she asks.
âY/n thought it was best to give you space,â Mingyu explains.
Jennie laughs, pushing a strand of hair behind her ear. âWell, thanks for that, bubs. But you guys can come in.â
You do so, and thereâs an awkward silence while the five of you exchange a look, until you figure someone should say something. So you clear your throat, and say, âAre you okay?â
Jennie gives you a small smile. âI will be.â She looks at Taehyung, and then adds, âDid you guys want to finish the movie?â
âI think Iâll head home,â Mingyu says, scratching the back of his neck. âBut Iâm glad youâre feeling better.â He then walks closer to Taehyung, and says, âIf you hurt her again, I think Iâll kill you.â
âMingyu!â Jennie bursts out.
He looks over his shoulder, winking at her, and then he walks away. Taehyung remains silent, though youâre pretty sure he clenched his jaw. He takes a deep breath, and then says, âI deserved that.â
âYou did,â Jungkook agrees, and he hands the flowers to Jennie. âIf you donât mind, I think Y/n and I will go, too.â
Jennie smiles, looking between the two of you. âLeaving together, I see.â
âWeâre neighbours,â you remind her as you narrow your gaze at her, but she ignores it, turning around to grab a vase in a cupboard to put her flowers in.Â
âIâll see you at rehearsals on Sunday,â Jungkook tells Taehyung, and he taps his friend on the shoulder.
Taehyung nods and then speaks in Korean. âYeah. Thank you for the message you sent, by the way. You opened my eyes.â
At least you think thatâs what he said with your limited Korean knowledge, though you reckon youâve been getting a lot better in the last few months after hanging out with all of them for so long.
âOf course, bro,â Jungkook replies, and then he looks over his shoulder to meet your gaze. âYou coming?â
âYes,â you say, but you quickly jog to Jennie, pulling her into a hug. âYou need to tell me everything tomorrow,â you tell her in a whisper.
She nods her head. âWill do. Thank you for today.â
âAnytime, girl.â You hug her again. âLove you.â
âLove you too.â
*****
Jungkook taps his finger on the wheel in time with the beat of the music, the windshield wiper swiping across the windshield in a quick flurry. Itâs hypnotizing, especially as youâre stuck in traffic, and youâve been silent for most of the ride, looking outside the passenger window.
He glances at you, and you havenât moved from your position. From this angle, all he sees is your profile, though you turn your head as you sense his gaze on you.
âEverything okay?â Jungkook asks before returning his attention to the world outside as the car in front of you move.Â
âYeahâ, you let out, and you wet your lips before adding, âYou think Taehyung and Jennie will be okay?â
Of course youâd be worried for Jennie. Despite the fact you havenât been friends for a long time, Jungkook can tell you have grown extremely close to Jennie. Enough so that she chose to call you today, and not RosĂŠ or Lisa.Â
âI think so,â Jungkook says as he presses his foot on the accelerator, and the car inches forward, slowly, to make sure he doesnât bump into the car in front. âHe would have never come over if he didnât mean to make it work.â
âAre you sure about that?â you ask.
Jungkook casts you a quick glance. âI am.â
You nod, worrying at your bottom lip as you too look in front of you. The car youâre stuck behind is looking to turn to the left, and Jungkook makes sure thereâs no one in his right blind spot before he switches lanes to pass the car.
âWhat did you tell him anyway?âÂ
Jungkook raises his eyebrows, surprised you understood that as Taehyung did not speak in English. âI told him she would never take him back. That she knows her worth and deserves better than that.â
âYou did?â you let out. âDidnât you say Taehyung is stubborn?â
Jungkook chuckles. âYou remember that?â He mentioned it once the last time you hung out, when you mentioned Jennieâs worries about Taehyung being distant. âHe really is. But he loves her. Heâs stupid about it, but I know he loves her.â He falls silent as they finally are able to roll down the street, traffic seeming to lessen out of nowhere. âHe was depressed the whole time they were broken up.â
Your eyes tickle his profile, and Jungkook quickly glances at you before resuming his attention on the street.
âHe was?â
Jungkook nods with a sigh. âIt was a lot,â he admits. âBut heâs been doing so much better now that theyâre back together. He just took her for granted.â
âHe did,â you agree. âHopefully he wonât anymore.â
âDonât think he will.â
You donât say anything to that, and a new song starts on the radio, one Jungkook knows you love from hearing you humming it a couple of times. He turns the volume up, and you start bobbing your head along to the beat, a smile splitting your face open.
Itâs like his heart expands in his chest at the sight, with warmth and softness and something just a tad scary, and he canât help the smile that grows on his lips too. It remains there for the whole duration of the song, even when you start singing just a little off key.
He laughs then, and you glare at him, but then youâre taken by the bridge of the song, and Jungkook canât help but sing with you. At that youâre smiling again, eyes shining and fuck, Jungkook wonders if heâll ever forget this moment. It seems so simple, yet⌠Yet you look so happy, careless, and thereâs a gentle aura around you that feels like the glow of the sun. Youâre glowing, shining from within, a fallen star he has the chance to see in the flesh.
And though you sing just a little off key, thereâs something raw about it, an authentic quality to your voice that few people could reproduce. Heâd listen to you sing all day, even if he knows you get insecure when you realize heâs listening.
Indeed, every time youâve sung in front of him before, you end up turning deep crimson and telling him to stop looking at you. He just canât help himself â youâre so damn beautiful.
You finally reach the boulevard by your place, and Jungkook drives past your building, heading to his house instead. It doesnât take too long until you get there, another song playing on the radio that you seem to enjoy just as much as the other.
With the torrential rain, the street outside his house is thankfully empty, and Jungkook is able to pull into the tunnel that leads to his underground parking without anyone looking his way, or running away. Itâs such a relief he feels the tension lifting from his shoulders, and heâs able to breathe better as he closes the garage door behind the car while youâre going down the ramp.Â
Soon enough, he parks his car in the usual spot, and you both get out, heading towards the staircase.
But Jungkook doesnât let you get to it. No, heâs been dying to kiss you since you got to Jennieâs place, so he grabs your wrist, spinning you around into his arms. He catches you, one arm going around your waist while his other reaches up, his hand grabbing the back of your neck to pull you into a kiss.Â
You donât resist, as if you expected the kiss, and your lips part open on a soft inhale as his mouth finds yours. He takes the opportunity to gently tease your tongue with his, your hands grabbing at his oversized shirt to pull him closer, and he sighs against your lips.
You taste sweet. Sweet and soft and everything in between. And he kisses you languidly, letting your taste fill his mouth, dizzying his head. Mind spinning with you, Jungkook pulls away just enough to rest his forehead against yours, and he takes a breath.
âJust friends, huh?â he lets out.
You chuckle. âYou know I just said that because I didnât want to upset Jennie.â
He doesnât reply anything to that, instead pressing another kiss on the pillowy softness of your mouth, and youâre quick to deepen it, tilting your head to the side as one of your hands gets lost in the hair at the back of his head, pulling just enough for him to feel a shot of desire going down his spine.
He likes when you pull his hair. Likes when you dig your nails in the skin of his back, or when you nip at his neck. He likes the gentle pain that comes with it, as it mixes with pleasure. Heâs always been like this, but itâs heightened with you.Â
Heâs aware of you in ways he barely comprehends, and he doubts heâs supposed to understand. Instead, he just enjoys it, lets it be. Itâs easy â youâre starting to become the oxygen in his lungs, and he wouldnât have it any other way.
He pulls away again, his breath shorter this time, a little ragged as he whispers your name. You say his back in that soft, breathy voice of yours that makes him crave your body against his, under his, and Jungkook is back on your mouth, though itâs fiercer this time.
Thereâs far too much desire in his bloodstream now for him to be able to hold back. Not when he held back all evening, even as he sat next to you during the movie. The faint smell of your perfume was making him feel lightheaded, but itâs nothing compared to the spinning in his mind now that he gets to touch you, to taste you.
Youâre his favourite drug. He gets drunk on you, on the way your lips move against his, as his hands lift your shirt just enough to slip underneath so that he can feel the warmth of your skin in his palms. Itâs inebriating, and fuck heâll never get enough of it.
Heâll never get enough of you and of how a single kiss of yours feels like heâs been struck by lightning. Heâll never get enough of how your hands on him make him feel like a star about to burst, a supernova waiting to happen. Heâs so energized in your presence he thinks sleep becomes futile.
But maybe thatâs just because he wants to fuck you all night long. Heâs so greedy when it comes to you â all he can do is hope his greed wonât become his downfall.Â
âJungkook,â you breathe out again as he pulls away, and you tilt your head to the side, his lips coasting at the side of your throat.
âY/n,â he says in the same tone.
You curse, and he knows he needs you right now. Knows thereâs no chance heâll make it all the way to his bedroom, yet he still bends down to pick you up. You let out a startled yelp, yet wrap your arms around his neck quickly.Â
He walks upstairs, pushing the door open with his back so he can carry you to the couch. Itâs dark, only the motion sensor light by the garage door lit up, and he gently sets you down before grabbing his phone to quickly turn on the lights by the bar.
He wants to see you. Needs to see you as he takes you.Â
He looks down at you, at the way your hair is like a halo on the couch under you. Youâre breathing heavily as your gazes connect, and Jungkook takes his shirt off, throwing it on the floor. He doesnât even check to see where it lands, too busy contemplating you as he climbs on top of you to find your mouth again.
Your swollen lips taste just as heavenly as they did downstairs, and he feels his dick straining against the fabric of his pants. He shifts, inadvertently rubbing against you as he does so, and he groans in your mouth. It unleashes you, your hand going between the two of you so you can cup him.
âYouâre already so hard,â you say with a gasp of surprise. âSo fucking hard.â
âBaby,â he lets out, groaning in pleasure, yet he needs more. âYou know Iâm always hard for you.â
You bite at your lower lip, and he leans down to suck your lip out of your teethâs prison, which makes you moan softly. Itâs a barely-there sound, but Jungkook still bucks his hips, seeking friction.
Your hand leaves him for a few seconds, though you quickly push it into his pants, under his boxers. The moment you wrap your fingers around him, Jungkook moans, his head falling into the crook of your neck. He smells your perfume there, and he gently bites at the skin of your neck before sucking on it.
You stroke him, your grip tight, though it seems like youâre struggling because of the angle and of his clothes. So Jungkook kneels back between your legs, quickly unbuttoning his pants. Youâre impatient, pushing them down just enough so that you can rub his dick through the fabric of his boxers, and then you push those down too. His dick stands tall, leaking precum, and you rub your thumb over his slit before spreading his precum on his length.
Jungkook shuts his eyes, taking in the sensations, and he throws his head back as you start jerking him off at a steady pace. He wants to fuck into your hand, if only so that he can get more, but he knows if he does, youâll stop your ministrations to tease him.
Youâre bratty. He loves it, likes to tame you until youâre a mess under him, but he doesnât have the patience for it right now. Not when his balls are already tightening and youâve barely even touched him yet.
âFuck, that feels good,â he praises, and he looks down at you to see youâre looking up at him with lust spilling out of your gaze, on your features, like the way youâre touching him is making you feel just as good as it makes him feel.
Fucking downright sinful, you are. He loves it.
âBaby,â he lets out. âI want to fuck you, mmh?â
You smirk. âDonât like my hand wrapped around your dick, Jungkook?â
He shuts his eyes with a smile on his lips, shaking his head. âThatâs not what Iâm saying.â
âThen let me have my fun, alright?â
And then youâre letting go of his dick just so that you can spit in your hand before grabbing him again. None of his fantasies have been able to convey just how hot that simple gesture is, and Jungkook knows he canât wait any longer.
He needs to be buried in you. Needs to feel your tightness sucking him in. So he grabs your hand, pushing it over your head along with the other so he can hold your wrists in place, and then he unbuttons your pants, pushing them down your legs.
âLet meâŚâ you trail off as he struggles with it, and he lets you go, getting up to finish taking off his pants and boxers, too.
He watches you undress, though you keep your shirt on. He doesnât mind â heâll push it up so he can see your perfect breasts as he fucks you anyway. So he kneels between your legs again, gently caressing up and down your thighs, your soft skin like satin under his touch. You just look at him through your lashes, lips slightly parted, and he needs to kiss you again.
So he bends down, captures your mouth in a sweet embrace, and he grabs his dick to align it with your entrance. With the lack of foreplay, he knows heâll have to take his time, and though he can grow impatient with you, he knows he has all evening.
And tomorrow, too.
So Jungkook nudges your entrance, rubs his tip on your clit, and when you softly moan in his mouth, he starts pushing in, slowly. One inch at a time. Youâre tight around him, yet so, so wet, and so he slips right in, up until heâs fully sheathed inside of you. Your walls flutter around him, and he grunts, though he doesnât disconnect from the kiss.
Thereâs something too perfectly intimate about kissing you while inside of you. It makes him forget about the world outside, about everything that led to this moment in time. Itâs just you. Itâs just been you for a few weeks now, he reckons, and he wouldnât have it any other way.
After what feels like a short eternity, Jungkook pulls away from the kiss, leaning his forehead against yours. He slowly pulls back, and then pushes all the way in, the breathy sound you let out like the first sip of water after being lost in the desert for days. Itâs heavenly, and heâs convinced youâre an angel.
Youâre his angel, sent to save him from this existence.Â
âJungkook,â you whisper, and he realizes he hasnât moved for a few heartbeats too long.Â
Heâs just been taking in the feeling of you, getting distracted by it. He swallows, his throat feeling somewhat dry, and then he starts moving again, slowly. His motions are steady, deep, and he feels all of you along all of him. Your walls suck him in, and it feels so good he knows he could come like this.
Heâs always on the verge of coming when heâs with you. You turn him on too much, but he wants to please you first. Only ever allows himself to come when he knows you had your fun. So he focuses on you, on the way you react to everything he does, and soon heâs picking up his pace, kneeling back between your legs as your soft moans start growing louder.
Itâs pornographic. He wishes he could record you for when he touches himself, but heâs got a good imagination, and so far it hasnât disappointed.
âYou feel so good,â he praises you. Your walls tighten around him, and he bites the inside of his lip to keep from coming. âSo fucking good.â
He opens his eyes â he doesnât even remember closing them â and he looks down at the spot where your bodies are connected. His dick glistens with your juices every time he pulls his hips back, and itâs a sight heâs committed to memory already. So, instead, he looks up to your features, to the creases of pleasure on your forehead. He picks up the pace even more, and your hands find his thighs, your nails scratching at his skin inadvertently.
âYou take me so well, baby.â He grunts as your walls grow even tighter before loosening. âLove to fuck you.â
âYouâre so big.âÂ
Your words are a whine, and Jungkook feels his balls tighten so hard it takes everything in him not to come then and there. But he manages to hold it in, and he takes a deep breath as he slows down the rhythm.
âWanna try another position?â he asks.
Heâs come to realize youâre not the biggest fan of missionary. He doubts youâd tell him, but heâs pretty sure he wouldnât make you come like this.Â
Itâs much easier when youâre on top, or when youâre lying on your side. This time, you end up on top of him, and Jungkook plants his feet into the couch to be able to fuck up into you as you ride him, your head thrown back in bliss.
He pushes your shirt up, hands caressing up your sides before moving forward to your breast. Youâre not wearing a bra, and your nipples are perked high. He sits up, feeling the need to taste you, and he licks at one of the sensitive buds, rolling the other between his fingers. You keep fucking yourself on him as he does so, and youâre so wet he feels your juices dripping down his balls, most likely staining the couch underneath. Itâs leather, though. Heâll have no problem with cleaning it after. So instead of worrying about it, he slides a hand between your two bodies, finding your clit. Itâs swollen with arousal, and he rubs at it gently, trying to make sure to not put too much pressure. You cry out his name still, and your pussy grows so tight he thinks you might push him out.Â
But then you grow limp, your head falling in the crook of his neck as you stop moving, and your walls spasm all around his dick. He raises his head from your breast, kissing the side of your face. You come for a while, and he rubs your back all through it, up until you raise your head too, immediately aiming for his mouth. Itâs a sloppy kiss, and then youâre moving again, going up and down on his dick.
Youâll be the death of him.
You push him down, the blissed out look on your face enough to make him let you take over, and then youâre fucking yourself on him, though this time, youâre focusing on his pleasure. Your hand rests around his neck in a loose embrace, and he helps supporting your weight with his hands on your ass. His eyes focus on your breasts as they bounce with the motions, and itâs entrancing, so much so that he feels his balls tighten again, and this time, he lets himself go.
This time, he comes deep inside of you, his mind soaring to the sky as you barely even slow down, the stimulation so thorough he loses grasp on reality for a moment. He only comes to his senses when you move up until his dick falls on his lower abdomen, his cum spilling out of you. His mind is spinning too much for him to register the view, and then youâre putting a hand under you as if to stop the flow.
Jungkook chuckles, looking down at himself. He came a lot, and there is nothing to clean himself with here.
âWhatâs funny?â you ask.
He shuts his eyes, his lips spreading in a lopsided grin. âNothing. I just feel⌠amazing.â
You press a quick kiss on his lips. âSo do I.â
Jungkook meets your gaze. âLetâs get cleaned up and then we should order takeout.â
He doesnât want to waste time cooking right now. Not when he only has this evening and tomorrow with you. After that, itâs getting ready for the album release next week, for the tour and the months awayâŚ
His heart drops in his chest.Â
How will he manage to spend months away from you?
Prev | Next
âââââ
i'm a little sorry for that ending OOP- hope you guys enjoyed this chapter tho! tell me what you think here
All rights reserved to @oddinary4bts, 2026. Do not copy, repost or translate.
Trigger Warning: 18+, MDNI, mentions of death and drug abuse, use of cocaine and armed weapons, mentions of rape and violent sodomy in court justice, use of smoking and littering outside of public property, private executions
WC: 3116
Synopsis: Hye-Mi explains her family struggles to Soa and how much they value their friendship. Meanwhile, Jong-Doo and Jungkook has been released from prison. They both have separate ideas on how they would enjoy their freedoms except one of them wanted revenge.
Author's Note: I decided to create a warning up there anyways to avoid getting reported.
Chapter Two
The next dayâŚ
Authorâs P.O.V
Soa and Hyemi went inside a local cafe and sat down near the window facing the entrance. Soa invited Hyemi out for coffee to discuss the relationship between her and her father. To be honest, this is a new territory for Soa. Sheâs never been good at listening to feelings. Much less discuss it. Her way of expressing her feelings is through training and spar against any opponent whoâs willing to put their life on the line while she beats the life out of them.
However, ever since she first started working for Mr. Ko, Hyemi has been very kind and patient with her. She has always been there to assist Soa, even when it was unnecessary. Like the one time Soa had accidentally cut herself in the kitchen, she didnât feel any pain thanks to her training of learning how to endure the pain. It eventually becomes numb, mind over matter, she tells herself. What surprised her was the concerned look on Hyemiâs face when she saw the cut on Soaâs index finger.
Soa wanted to snag her finger away, telling Hyemi itâs no big deal. Hyemi had noticed it for weeksâthe way Soa never flinched, never slowed down, never treated herself with even basic care. The cut was tiny, but the way Soa ignored it made something in Hyemi finally snap. âPlease do not dismiss your life as if it has no value. I may not know you personally, but I have seen someone who hates their life so much. They wasted so much of their time with the wrong crowd who donât value human life.â She sheds a tear. âWhatever you are going through, donât let it be the reason why you should stay down. You have the will power to get up and fight the negativity and you wonât have to do it alone. I would be willing to help, if you let me.â Since then, the friendship between them grew. Hyemi taught her the humane things about life, trust, and care for the next six months.Â
âDo you and your father plan to never speak again?â Soa asked, sipping on her black coffee.
Hyemi looks down with a sad expression on her face. âKnowing my father, he probably wonât speak to me until the end of summer. By then, Iâll be at the University studying.â She says, tapping her fingers on the coffee cup.
âI can see that. I have never seen your father so angry before. Not so surprising, considering he was a soldier.â
Hyemi scoffed, âyou donât know the half of it.â She rolled her eyes in annoyance.
âHis temper is one thing. But at home, he acts more of a soldier than a father figure. I can tolerate his attitude, but my older sister couldnât. There were times I felt I wanted to blame him for chasing her away. But at the same time, heâs not entirely at fault. She made her own choices after mother died. The drugs, the alcohol, her abusive boyfriend.â
Her expression tightened for a moment, then she exhaled slowly. âFather had tried to help her. I tried to help her. Sheâs been in and out of rehab for more than three years. In the end, my father gave up on her and focused on his business.â She sighed deeply.
âBut you didnât.â Soa says, tilting her head in concern.
Hyemi slowly shook her head, âI didnât have the heart to give up on her and I was right not to.â
She fidgets her fingers before starting her story, âover a year ago, she called me and told me about turning her boyfriend in to the police and going to rehab after. I didnât believe her at first, then the police came knocking at our door. I was lucky enough to open it, and father was out grocery shopping for the restaurant. They told me everything that was going on and I was able to see the whole thing going through. I made sure my father didn't know anything about it because he wanted nothing to do with her. After court, my big sister went to rehab like she promised.â Her voice started to crack towards the end. Her visions blurred as her tears were threatening to come out as she raised head facing Soa. âFor the first time in a long time. I finally have my big sister back!â She cried, shedding her tears while she was smiling. âSheâs been getting a lot better and weâve kept contact after that.âÂ
Soa smiled a little and slowly nodded her head with approval. âIâm glad to hear that.â
âA few weeks ago, my sister called me and told me sheâll be released from rehab soon. But the problem is, father doesnât want her home. So I donât know how long I can keep up with this lie about my father thinking about it.â
âShe can stay with me.â Soa interrupted her.
Her eyes widened with surprise, âW-what? N-No! You donât have to do that for me!â
âBut I want to. Itâs the least I could do after everything you and your father did for me.â She says, laying her hand gently over Hyemiâs hand.
Hyemi gasped, covering her mouth with her other hand. She got up and hugged Soa from behind tightly. âThank you, thank you so much! You are the best!âÂ
âI will tell my big sister right away!â She says, sitting back down. Taking her cellphone out from her front pocket.
                                                   * * * * * * *
Later that afternoonâŚ
The front entrance of the prison facility doors had creaked open and out of the shadow was Park Jong-Doo. He leaned his neck back, sniffing the air of freedom that didnât reek of inmate sweat and other heavy testosterone. He sighed deeply, strolling with his haughty attitude, hands in his pockets, and smiling ear to ear as he exited through the final gate.
âFreedom at least! I have never felt more alive!â He screamed with joy while raising his hands up to the sky.
Then he turned back on his left side, looking at the guards who were not so pleased seeing him released early. Normally the law would have him in prison for drug possession and soliciting prostitutes for fifteen years or more. However, with his connections within the law to bribe a judge and threaten a number of jurors with families, his sentence resulted in a year and six months.
âThanks for the hospitality, boys! I hope we can keep in touch!â He sent them a taunting salute.
From across the street, there was a black SUV parked next to the curb along with a driver and a few men standing beside him. Most of them were dressed in grunge and punk street wear clothing with heavy piercings and tattoos from head to toe. Some were vaping, others had their sunglasses on to hide their diluted pupils from sniffing cocaine. As he got closer, they all bowed and greeted him respectfully.
Jong-Doo chuckled and clapped his hands while rubbing them. âMy boys! What a sight for sore eyes! I hope you guys didnât celebrate my release without inviting me.â He says, snatching the sunglasses from one of his men.
One of his guys squinted from the bright light and turned away.
Jong-Doo scoffed, âWell thatâs a damn shame.â He threw the sunglasses at the guyâs chest.
âNo matter, today is a good day! Iâm in the mood to get laid anyways. Jerking off in prison isnât as fun as it used to be.â He says, feeling annoyed.Â
âI know! Thereâs this nightclub full of hot foreign women who're looking to get laid.â
Jong-Doo shook his head, âNah! I know just the whore I want for my pleasure,â he says, taking out his picture of his ex-girlfriend.
âAn unfinished business Iâve been wanting to get my hands on for over a year now.â He smirked devilishly.
Before he was about to say anything, one of his guys noticed someone else coming out of the prison gates.
âHey, look, boss! One of the Bangtan brothers has been released from prison too!â One of the guys said, gesturing his head at the young man across the road from them.
The guys began murmuringâŚ
âWait, isnât that Jeon Jungkook?â
âYeah, I heard he went to the clink for beating somebody to death.â
âOh really? Who?â
Jong Doo started to feel annoyed by their whispers and yelled, âDoes it fucking matter?! Is he your boss?! Or am I?!â He asked, pointing at himself and the young man behind him.
They all flinched at his burst of anger and shook their heads, âYou, boss!â
They bowed at him with respect. Jong Doo scoffed at their loyalty, âGet in the car before I have the urge to kill all of you!â He dropped his voice at the end, aware they were still outside the prison walls and unwilling to risk landing back inside.
Before Jong Doo got inside the car, he made one last deadly stare at Jungkook and his brother then drove off.
*REWIND*
Jungkook had finally been released after being in prison for three years. It would have been 25 years to life if it werenât for his brothers. Unlike Jung Doo, they didnât need to bribe and threaten people to lighten Jungkookâs sentence. The Bangtan brothers wanted to keep him there to learn his lesson for being rebellious and reckless. Especially the stunt he pulled by beating the bar owner to death over a woman whoâs old enough to be his mother. Some say he had an affair with the bar ownerâs wife and killed her husband to claim ownership. Others say she seduced him into killing her husband for insurance money. No one knew the truth except Jungkook and his older brothers.
As soon as he crossed the front gates, he saw two of his older brothers leaning on their black jeep. One of them had a stone look and their arms crossed. While the other, smiled joyfully and spread his arms out for his little brother.
âLooks like the golden maknae lives!â One of them said with a mochiâsoft smile.
Jungkook scoffed, rolling his eyes playfully. âWhatâs up, Jimin-hyung?â
Both of them embraced warmly, patting each other on their backs, and released each other right after. Before Jungkook was about to say something, his other hyung beat him to it.
âI hope you learned your damn lesson during your time at the clink,â his other hyung said in a monotone.
âYes, Taehyung-hyung. I learned my lesson,â Jungkook sighed, annoyingly. âFrom now on, Iâll mind my own damn business when it comes to marital disputes.â
âEven though the bastard deserved it,â he lowered his voice angrily while gritting his teeth.
âWho gives a damn whether he deserved it or not. We are the Bangtan brothers, not vigilantes for battered women. Besides, his wife deserved just as much.â He pointed out, tilting his head to the side.
Jungkook made a confused look before he was about to ask. It was as if Taehyung knew what he was going to ask, he âtskedâ and shook his head in disappointment.Â
âAfter you were sent to prison, I went to investigate the incident with Jimin.â He gestured his head at Jimin.
âWe caught the woman sleeping with one of her husbandâs bouncers. Her luggage was packed and ready to go by the doorway. Along with the money stolen from her husbandâs vault.â Taehyung could tell the look of betrayal on Jungkookâs face and sighed deeply as he patted his younger brotherâs shoulder.
Jungkook pushed his hand away in anger and glared at him, âI donât believe you! She swore her loyalty to me before I confronted her husband! She even showed me her scars and bruises!â
âOh yeah?â Taehyung interrupted him. âDid she swear to you while you were sleeping with her or after?â
âYou son of a bitch!â Jungkook gritted his teeth in anger as he was about to punch him, but was immediately blocked by Jimin, who was standing between him and Taehyung.
âHey! Thatâs enough!â Jimin says, frowning at both of his younger brothers.
After trying to calm down Jungkook, whoâs puffed up with anger, Jimin sighed deeply, âTaehyung is telling the truth, bro.â
âThat woman used you to kill her husband to run away with her so-called real lover. There was no remorse in her eyes.â He said, looking at his younger brother pitifully.
Jungkookâs eyes widened in shock, taking a couple of steps back before kicking the ground in anger. âAISH!!âÂ
He dragged in a sharp breath through his nose, shoulders tight, then shoved past them and yanked the car door open, âIâm going to kill that bitch,â he mumbled.
âWhoa! Hold on, bro!â Jimin said as he quickly shut the car door in front of Jungkook.
âTaehyung already took care of her,â Jimin said, trying to assure him.
Jungkook glared at Jimin, âHyung!â
âJungkook-ah!â Jimin interrupted him. âYou know I would never lie when Iâm serious,â he said, giving him a serious look.
Jungkook slowly turned to Taehyung, âDid she suffer?â
Teahyung smirked devilishly, âTrust me, bro. She stopped screaming after the cement block sank her and her lover to the bottom of the ocean. Theyâre nothing but shark food now.â
Jungkook scoffed and chuckled, âGood. Now I feel bad I wasnât there to see that.â He smirked.
Jimin and Taehyung laughed around him and patted his back, âThereâs the maknae we know.â Jimin said, opening the passenger car door for Jungkook.
Just as he was about to get into the car, a familiar yell rang out from across the street behind him. He turned to see Jong-Doo shooting him a death glare before climbing into his own car.
As the Bangtan brothers got inside the car, Jimin spoke. âI heard Jong-Doo was going to be released today. They say the court ruling was chaotic because his girlfriend turned him in.â He chuckled, âTalk about a stab in the back.â
âWomen can never be trusted. They bring nothing but death, deception, and disappointment. Nobody, and I mean, nobody, underestimates the Bangtan Brothers. I will hunt them and gut them down like an animal if anyone thinks they have a chance against us.â Teahyung glared deeply into space without noticing his whitening knuckles gripping on the black leather wheel.
âYou and me both, hyung.â Jungkook nodded his head with approval. âFor now, letâs go home. Iâm sure Namjoon-hyung and Seokjin-hyung are looking forward to lecturing me.â He rolled his eyes annoyingly. Leaving Jimin laughing and slapping his back at his remarks.
                                                        *********
The next dayâŚ
Near the edge of Seoul is a rehab facility for women who were drug addicts. Amongst them was Ko Ok-Sun, it took her over a year to go through withdrawal and avoid temptation to get her next fix. Getting over pain and throwing up constantly was a huge challenge for her in the beginning. Ok-Sun was close to giving up the treatment when her thoughts drifted to her father and younger sister. The hard steps she had to take were meant for them. Seeing the look on their smiling faces, and for the first time in a long time, her father would be proud of her and welcome her home.Â
After the withdrawal, she went from group therapy to solo therapy from the trauma she went through with her boyfriend and her rebellious years after her mother died. She cried most of the time during her therapy sessions. Feeling remorse for her words and actions was her next step of improvement. Her therapist was willing to help her create a goal to improve her relationship with her family and her future life choices.
However, when it was almost time for her to leave the facility. Ok-Sun spoke to her younger sister, Hye-mi, about coming home. Except that plan had changed when their father didnât want her to come home. Ok-Sun felt completely heartbroken after working so hard to recover and was ready to come home. She knew living in the streets would be dangerous for her since her ex-boyfriend owned them even when he was in prison. Ok-Sun felt the urge to have a panic attack until her sister called her again and told her her co-worker is willing to take her in. She felt unsure at first, but her younger sister assured her that her co-worker is also a close friend. Someone she would trust with her life. Ok-Sun somehow felt relaxed after hearing the phrase âtrust with her life.â It was all she needed to calm her anxieties. On her last day at the rehab facility, Ok-Sun had her belongings packed and ready to go. She took a deep breath while feeling excited at the same time. Ok-Sun looked forward to reuniting with her younger sister and meeting her best friend at the same time.
But little did she knowâŚ
There was a black SUV parked outside the rehab facility, and Park Jong-Doo sat in the passenger seat. Smoking his weed and watching people coming in and out of the entrance. Like a predator watching its prey, his eyes squinted and growled angrily. Remembering that time in court when she testified against him. Explaining every detail of what he did on his business days, talking about his abuse toward her to the point he ended up raping her with foreign objects, including a loaded gun. Fortunately, he didnât pull the trigger. But he still left deep, jagged scars carved into her thighs, back, and arms. What set him off even more was when she spoke about his torture rooms. From every sharp butcherâs instrument to working tools that were used for construction sites. His dumping sites for dismembered bodies fed to starving dogs after the dog fight arena that he ran on his property.
Jong-Doo flicked off his lit cigarette with his middle finger through the window. âSo this is where she was staying this whole time while I was in prison?âÂ
âYeah, boss! One of my sources told me that her old man doesnât want her home, and she has been staying here since. No one came to visit her. Not even her younger sister.â One of his guys answered.
Jong-Doo chuckled, âHow unfortunate. I guess that makes me her only family, and as her only relative, itâs time I bring her home and teach her a lesson about snitching. Donât you think, boys?â He asked, turning towards them, smirking evilly.Â
His men nodded in agreement, pulled out their masks and weapons from their feet, and cocked their pistols to ready themselves as they left the SUV and followed their boss into the rehab facility.
Anya is live and ready to show you everything. Watch her strip, dance, and perform exclusive shows just for you. Interact in real-time and make your fantasies come true.
â Live Streamingâ Interactive Chatâ Private Showsâ HD Qualityâ Free Actions
Free to watch ⢠No registration required ⢠HD streaming
Synopsis: Daughter of a powerful tycoon, Seoyoon names herself after the Korean folklore, "Gumiho" to spread fear in the hearts of men and enemies. However, she mysteriously disappears after her father sends her on a solo mission.
Three years later, Seoyoon returns with different identity hoping to live a normal life.
*Please read "A Note From The Author" from Masterpost*
Chapter One
When I was a little girl, I used to read a folklore story called Gumiho. A nine tailed fox spirit in the body of a woman who was beautiful and benevolent on the outside. But dangerous and evil on the inside. Like a siren, she lures men into the forest at night through her charms and ethereal beauty. Then consumes their hearts and livers to live a long life and gain stronger supernatural powers.
Legends say that the Gumiho was so desperate to become human that it was willing to take the hearts and livers of a hundred men to escape its curse.Â
Most people would find this story terrifying, but I found this as an inspiration for my way of life. As an assassin, I understood why Gumiho did what she had to do to survive.Â
The only difference was⌠she didnât have an older sister who was trained by her side their entire lives until they were ready to hunt.Â
If thereâs one thing I learned from Gumiho, the only reason why she wanted to become human was because deep down, she hated the desire to end innocent lives for immorality.Â
For seven years, my sister and I have hunted down warlords and crime leaders to please our father. His goal was to become the only king of the underworld crime empire. Anyone who was a threat to him, we were sent to annihilate.
Until that one night, I couldnât carry out the mission I was sent to do. So I left and never looked back.Â
I hoped and prayed that Red Fox would never return. Not as a villain, but as something else who would make up for the lives she had taken into something more.
                                             * * * * * *
Three years laterâŚ
Authorâs P.O.V
âHyemi-ah! Would you mind helping me pick up dishes from empty tables?â The waitress shouted over her shoulder as she served hot porridge soup to the guests.
âIâm busy with this table!â The waitress concluded.
âIâm coming!â Hye-mi rushed from the kitchen double doors to collect the dishes.
Soa watches Hye-mi float aroundâŚletting her mind wander to when she was that age.
Ko Hye-Mi, an eighteen-year-old graduate student from high school. She starts her first year at Seoul University in the fall, where sheâll study to become a lawyer. Being her fatherâs golden child, she decided to spend her last three monthsâ vacation to help her father and his business. âSouperKorea.â It was Hye-Miâs way of thanking her father for saving his business money over the years to spend it on a scholarship for her studies and a dorm room for her to stay for the next three years. As an average-height girl with round brown eyes and long, dark brown hair that frames her fair skin, she is unafraid to face any challenge that comes her way, even if it means risking her life for the people she cares about.
âEnjoy your meals.â The waitress bowed briefly to the elderly couple.
When she stood back up, she used her index finger to push back her thick black glasses to the bridge of her nose. Her soft smile revealed the kind expression on her face despite her bangs covering her eyebrows and the rest of her curly hair tied in a low ponytail on the back of her head.Â
The elderly couple responded to her gentle expression, âYou have a beautiful smile, young lady!â The old lady chuckled.
âYour boyfriend must be a very lucky man!â The old man said, turning to his wife as she nodded in agreement.
The waitress blushed and shook her head, âNo, I donât have a boyfriend." She took a long pause before responding, "Iâm afraid my job has kept me more occupied than relationships as it is.â
The old woman had a look of pity on her face, âYou shouldnât work so hard, youâre still young! Go out there and have fun! Fall in love! Get married! Trust me.â She held her husbandâs hand. âItâs worth it.â She concluded by placing her head on her husbandâs shoulder.
The old man chuckled softly, patted his wifeâs head, and kissed the center with love.
The waitress was about to warmly smile at their affections. But caught herself and turned a blank face.
She once again told them to enjoy their meal and bowed quickly before she rushed back to the kitchen.
At the end of the day, the girls were cleaning the serving area, wiping the tables, then flipping the chairs over to stack on top of the tables. Sweeping and mopping the floors and collecting trash from the garbage bins. Before Hye-Mi was about to leave through the back door. Her father came through the double doors from the kitchen.Â
Mr. Ko, an old man in his sixties wearing a black bandana. His grey hairs sticking out on the sides of his face and his eyebrows. Wearing a black and white chef cook uniform with a black apron wrapped around his waist and sleeves rolled neatly up to his elbows. Before he owned his restaurant, Mr. Ko was a war veteran in his younger years. But after being away from home too often, he decided to end his tour and opened his restaurant, âSouperKorea.â He met Hyemiâs mother, got married, and had children together.
Unfortunately, his happy ending didnât last forever. His wife passed away from blood cancer, leaving him behind to struggle with the business and her two little girls on their own to help their father at home and work.
âAh! Great job, ladies! We made it through another successful day at work,â he said, grinning at them.
âEspecially you, Mun Soa-ssi!â He turned to the waitress who was putting the last chair on top of the table.
âThank you for the assistance in the kitchen! I know it was a last-minute call, but if it wasnât for your help. My âSouperKoreaâ business would have been in trouble,â he chuckled.
âYouâre welcome, sir. Iâm glad to help out.â Soa bowed to her boss in respect.
*RING! RING!*
Hye-Miâs cellphone rang from her back pocket, causing her to be alarmed within her fatherâs presence.
âWhatâs the matter, sweetheart? Arenât you going to answer your phone?â Her father asked.
Hye-Mi quickly grabbed her cellphone to check the caller I.D and bit her lip nervously, âitâs Ok-Sun, father.â
Ko Ok-Sun, Mr. Koâs eldest daughter. After her motherâs death, she grew rebellious against her father at the age of 15. She refused to âbe a slaveâ to her fatherâs needs and turned to the worst crowd who were willing to accept her. Over the next few years, Ok-Sun dropped out of high school and became addicted to drugs and alcohol. Her father has tried to talk her into going to rehab, but their debates became too extreme. Mr. Ko had no choice but to kick her out of the house, and he hasnât spoken to her since.
Her fatherâs smile melted into a frown, âWhy is she calling you? How did she get your number?â
âI gave her my number.â She responded in a shy tone.
âPlease donât be mad, father! She has been doing really good this time! Sheâs been recovering for over a year now!â She takes a deep breath before pleading. âShe just wants to come home!â Before Hye-mi was about to continue, her father interrupted her.
âNo! I gave her three chances and she blew it! Recovered or not, she is no longer my responsibility!â He yelled angrily.
âYou either end your conversations with her now, or you are disowned from this family too!â He huffed and turned back through the kitchen doors.
âSHEâS YOUR DAUGHTER! YOUR OWN FLESH AND BLOOD!â Hye-Mi screamed through her heartbroken tears.
Her father paused his movements before entering the double doors.
âYou have no idea how hard it was for her to go through the pain of withdrawal. The constant vomiting, the shakes, and the headaches. Ok-Sun went through all of that just to prove how sorry she was and how willing she is to recover because sheâs ready to come home.â She sniffled, wiping her tears from her right cheek with the back of her hand.Â
âIf you canât accept her forgiveness and anything were to happen to her. You will regret it for the rest of your life.â Hye-mi concluded, before leaving through the back door to take out the trash.
Soa sighed and was about to untie her apron when her boss called for her.
âMun Soa-ssi, could you please forget about what you just heard and make sure you girls lock up before you leave?â He said as he left through the double doors from the kitchen and up the stairs to his house.
Soa slowly nodded and whispered, âYes, sir.âÂ
Later that nightâŚ
Outside the city of Seoul, there was a high-security prison facility with moving lights on different corners of the building. Guards spoke to one another through their walkie-talkies, others checking the perimeter with their dogs. Every single one of them was occupied with their jobs. Meanwhile, inside the building, through the dark halls and echoing footsteps of security guards, a loud grunt came from the first floor in one of the cellblocks. A man was doing sit-ups, facing the wall in front of him. The room may have been dark, but his eyes were focused on one thing. A picture of a woman with long dark hair, round eyes, and pale skin, smiling while holding a cigarette in her fingers. Instead of focusing on her face, he focused on her plump breasts, where her other arm was covering her nipples. He couldnât help but drool over her provocative position.Â
By the time he finished a number of sit-ups. He got up, breathing heavily, and strolled toward his picture and removed it from the wall. Before he was about to utter a word, he heard a few bangs from his cell bars. He smiled, knowing it was one of the guards getting his attention without turning around.
âHey! You! Park Jong-Doo!â The guard yelled, raising his flashlight. It revealed the prisonerâs glistening, sweat-soaked upper body, covered in heavy tattoos. On his back was a tattoo of a phoenix flying from the flames. Then on his right arm was an eastern dragon with horns, slithering around his entire arm and shoulder with exotic flowers.Â
âStop making a racket and off to bed now! Or itâs an isolation room for you!â The guard warned before he left.
Jong-Doo scoffed in annoyance and ignored the guards' threat. âJust one more week, baby. I will see you soon.âÂ
He flipped the picture around before the guard's flashlight left his cell and read on the back out loud to himself, âMy Ok-Sun.â Releasing his scary laughter.
                                                     * * * * * * *
Mun Soa P.O.V
Itâs been a few days since Hye-mi and her father last spoke to one another, since that night when they argued over Ok-Sun. Not even a glance. As much as their tension makes me feel uncomfortable. I also felt pity for them. Like Hye-Mi, for example, she sees the potential of goodness in her sister. No matter how many chances her sister was given. Hye-Mi never gave up on her. Even if it meant hiding their conversations from their father. I can understand why she did that. I should know, I also had a father who saw nothing but disappointment from my older sister, Yuna.
*FLASHBACK*
Authorâs P.O.V
âUgh!â Yuna grunted when she landed her back hard on the ground. She remembers why she chose her code name, Viper. A name that sounds dangerous because she was tired of being underestimated.
âThatâs enough! Red Fox is the winner!â Their father said in his deep voice as he raised his left hand to cease their sparring.
Yuna turned to their father with her eyes widened. âNo, Father! Wait! Let me try again! I can beat her this time!â
âNo! You will not!â Their father yelled, rising from his seat. Then strolled toward his youngest daughter, Red Fox.
âIt is clear no matter how many times youâve tried to outbeat her. You always fail!â
He proudly patted his youngest daughterâs shoulder, âRed Fox has never failed to disappoint me.â He quickly switched the subject. âSoon, when the underground empire becomes mine, you will be my right hand.â He smiled proudly at his youngest.
Meanwhile, Red Fox stood there, still breathing heavily and sweating from the recent sparring with Yuna. She felt uneasy about the promotion she received. She didnât know what to say until she saw the sad look on Yunaâs face.
âWhat about Viper, Father? Will she rule with us?â Red Fox asked, hoping the answer would help her older sister feel better.
âHumph! I highly doubt that! Sheâs nothing but a disappointment! Viper should be happy Iâm only keeping her around because sheâs my last flesh and blood. He grinned cynically. âIf you would like, she could be your servant.â He chuckled, turning on his heel and exited the room with his men.Â
Yuna clenched her fists tight until you saw white knuckles. Her tears were threatening to come out, and her teeth were grinding in anger. Red Fox could easily see the hurtful look on her older sisterâs face when their father talked down to her.
Red Fox knew Yuna hated to see the look of pity on her face. Instead, she sighed heavily and knelt down next to her. âIgnore the old man, you are a skilled fighter. Iâve seen your potential! If you want, I could teach you-â
âSHUT UP!â Yuna yelled in anger and shoved Red Fox to the ground.
âI thought I told you to stop pitying me!â She growled, taking out a short blade and shoving it near her throat. âI donât want your fucking help!âÂ
âTry that again, and I wonât hesitate to kill you!â Yuna threatened before getting up, keeping the blade by her side.
âI will beat you one way or another. Even if it means I have to train ten times harder, a snake never backs away from a fight.â She glared at Red Fox before leaving the room.
*FLASHBACK ENDED*
Soa had just arrived at her apartment after work. She switched from her shoes to her house slippers and walked toward her bedroom. From there, Soa opened her closet door and saw an old wooden box on the ground with a Kitsune symbol, faded with red paint. She kneeled down in front of it, caressed the top part with her right hand, and sighed heavily.
Mun Soa P.O.V
Red Fox had done so much damage to many families. Some were left with physical scars, others were left to die, and nobody saved them. To this day, I can still hear their screams. There were times I could barely eat or sleep. My apologies will never be enough to bring them back.
Although I couldnât help but wonder if I could help fix the relationship between Mr. Ko and his daughter. Would it help me? Or could this be the opportunity for redemption from my past?
Inspired by: Black Widow (MARVEL), Electra (DC), Mortal Kombat Legacy (Kitana & Mileena), Legend of Chun Li: Street Fighter (Film), Snake Eyes: G.I. Joe Origins, Tokyo Vice
Theme: Twist Sisterhood/Family, Trauma, the path to Redemption and the power of Choices, Feminism and Empowerment, the struggle for Identity and Legitimacy, Transformation and Survival, Good vs. Evil, Forging a new life, Rivalry and Jealousy, Loyalty and Betrayal and the conflict between Duty and personal Desire, the dynamic often shifts between hatred and a desire for family, Self-Discovery, the price of secrets, Corruption and Moral Ambiguity, Mafia Underworld Dynamics.
Vibes: Dark & Gritty Atmosphere, Intense Action Scenes, Dual Life Drama, High-Stakes Melodrama, âFlashbackâ Driven Plotting, Assassin Thriller Atmosphere, Family Dynamics and Trauma. Feminist and Empowering, Nostalgic and Reflective, Reclaimed Narrative, Tragic Sisterhood and Rivalry, Royalty and Power Struggle, Horror Elements, a dark, action-packed vibe focused on redemption and martial arts, slow-burn tension, Sensory Details, Enemies to Lovers, Intense Action & Atmosphere, Assassin and Kkangpae Conflict, Criminal Underworld Dominance, Explicit Sexual Contents, Graphic Violence and Gore, Abusive Power Dynamics and Manipulation, BDSM, Torture, Mime and Sadism.
Warning: This story contains extremely dark and mature themes that may be disturbing to some readers. Triggering topics, and I will attach photos that are not very safe in your mind. This is just a work of pure fiction. Names, Character Reference, and Historical Reference are clearly the products of the authorâs imagination and just used for fictional manner and for representation ONLY. Places, Characters and events that appeared on the content donât have anything to do in real life. All scenes and chapters are completely the work of the author's imagination. Credits to the rightful owners who created the films and tv shows on the list of inspired by.
Do not expect to be warned when I update the chapters. You can only be warned from here.
*****************
This narrative is specifically crafted for readers who are comfortable with, and actively seek out, dark romance with challenging and potentially triggering content. It does not shy away from the darker aspects of human nature and relationships. Plus I did some research on Asian Mafia (Yakuza, Kkangpae, Triads), their initiations and hierarchy, Tattoos, Allies and enemies, Loan Sharks and so forth.
If you are sensitive to any of the aforementioned themes or prefer lighter romance, adventure and happy endings, this is not the story for you. It will contain human Trafficking, Public and Private executions, Drugs and Weapons Trafficking, Punishments, Extortian, Dangerous Heists, Espionage, Embezzelment, Political and High society Corruption and Bribery, rape and harsh punishments and so forth. May I remind you, the story may be fictional but these certain contents are somewhat true in real life based on History videos and Online Research. So please do not take it to heart and throw your anger out on me. Not to be rude, but please! Donât bother reading ahead and leave if you canât handle this story and its contents.
Disclaimer: This story does not reflect any real thoughts, opinions, or behaviors of the BTS members. Do not compare the actions and beliefs of these characters to the real Bangtan. This is an alternate universe, though their names may have changed. But their appearances and their actions are from my own imagination and countless weeks of planning and building characters and storyline.
Word Count: N/A
Summary: For as long as she could remember, Seoyoon and her older sister has been training to become assassins for their father who plans to reign the criminal underworld and sends his daughters to kill anyone who threatens to get in his way.
Seoyoon names herself after the Korean Folklore âGumihoâ to spread fear in the hearts of men and enemies. However, she mysteriously disappears after her father sends her on a solo mission.
Three years later, Seoyoon returns with a different identity hoping to live a normal life after hearing her father has passed away.
Suddenly, her new life was cut short when her friendâs older sister was kidnapped by her ex boyfriend.
Would she return as Red Fox to make amends of her dark past?
A NOTE FROM THE AUTHOR
To those of you who will read on, please proceed with caution and at your own discretion. None of the theme and vibe contents are to be condoned or glorified. As this takes place in a fully fictional world, I ask you to read on with the understanding that their cultures, traditions, politics and more may differ from what youâd prefer in an ideal world.
Hello ARMY! Thank you so much for giving this story a chance! I know this story contains mature themes for mature adult readers. I wanted to challenge myself into creating a unique story that is different from all other BTS mafia themes. I grew tired of their repeated conflicts and plot themes. I sincerely hope this story will be something you want for guilty pleasures and slow-burn tension based on my dark imagination. Iâll do my best to write this plot in a way that captures your minds and hearts. I look forward to receiving lots of encouraging comments from all of you! Enjoy your reading, ARMY!